Reporting with Oracle Business Intelligence User Guide for Oracle

Oracle
Taleo Enterprise
Reporting with Oracle Business
Intelligence User Guide
Release 17.2
Taleo Enterprise Reporting with Oracle Business Intelligence User Guide
Part Number: E92682-01
Copyright © 2017, Oracle and/or its affiliates. All rights reserved
Authors: Taleo Information Development Team
This software and related documentation are provided under a license agreement containing restrictions on use and disclosure and are protected by
intellectual property laws. Except as expressly permitted in your license agreement or allowed by law, you may not use, copy, reproduce, translate,
broadcast, modify, license, transmit, distribute, exhibit, perform, publish, or display in any part, in any form, or by any means. Reverse engineering,
disassembly, or decompilation of this software, unless required by law for interoperability, is prohibited.
The information contained herein is subject to change without notice and is not warranted to be error-free. If you find any errors, please report them
to us in writing.
If this is software or related documentation that is delivered to the U.S. Government or anyone licensing it on behalf of the U.S. Government, the
following notice is applicable:
U.S. GOVERNMENT END USERS: Oracle programs, including any operating system, integrated software, any programs installed on the hardware,
and/or documentation, delivered to U.S. Government end users are "commercial computer software" pursuant to the applicable Federal Acquisition
Regulation and agency-specific supplemental regulations. As such, use, duplication, disclosure, modification, and adaptation of the programs, including
any operating system, integrated software, any programs installed on the hardware, and/or documentation, shall be subject to license terms and license
restrictions applicable to the programs. No other rights are granted to the U.S. Government.
This software or hardware is developed for general use in a variety of information management applications. It is not developed or intended for use in
any inherently dangerous applications, including applications that may create a risk of personal injury. If you use this software or hardware in dangerous
applications, then you shall be responsible to take all appropriate fail-safe, backup, redundancy, and other measures to ensure its safe use. Oracle
Corporation and its affiliates disclaim any liability for any damages caused by use of this software or hardware in dangerous applications.
Oracle and Java are registered trademarks of Oracle Corporation and/or its affiliates. Other names may be trademarks of their respective owners.
Intel and Intel Xeon are trademarks or registered trademarks of Intel Corporation. All SPARC trademarks are used under license and are trademarks or
registered trademarks of SPARC International, Inc. AMD, Opteron, the AMD logo, and the AMD Opteron logo are trademarks or registered trademarks
of Advanced Micro Devices. UNIX is a registered trademark of The Open Group.
This software or hardware and documentation may provide access to or information about content, products, and services from third parties. Oracle
Corporation and its affiliates are not responsible for and expressly disclaim all warranties of any kind with respect to third-party content, products, and
services unless otherwise set forth in an applicable agreement between you and Oracle. Oracle Corporation and its affiliates will not be responsible
for any loss, costs, or damages incurred due to your access to or use of third-party content, products, or services, except as set forth in an applicable
agreement between you and Oracle.
The business names used in this documentation are fictitious, and are not intended to identify any real companies currently or previously in existence.
Oracle customers that have purchased support have access to electronic support through My Oracle Support. For information, visit http://
www.oracle.com/pls/topic/lookup?ctx=acc&id=info or visit http://www.oracle.com/pls/topic/lookup?ctx=acc&id=trs if you are hearing impaired.
Oracle Taleo Enterprise
Reporting with Oracle Business Intelligence User
Guide
Contents
1
2
Preface
i
Administration
1
SmartOrg Administration
1
Oracle BI Administration
6
Basic Information to Tell Your Users
Basic Information to Tell Your Users
3
4
5
Recruiting Standard Content
9
9
17
Sample Dashboard
17
Standard Reports
85
Onboarding Standard Content
170
Sample Dashboard
170
Standard Reports
202
Creating Analyses
219
Creating Analyses
219
Subject Areas and Columns
220
Understanding the Double Column Feature
222
What is the Analysis Editor
222
What is the Process for Constructing Analyses
224
Creating New Analyses
224
Specifying the Criteria for Analyses
224
Analysis Results
230
Adding Prompts to Analyses
232
Examining the Logical SQL Statements for Analyses
233
Saving Analyses
235
Creating Agents from Analyses
236
Oracle Taleo Enterprise
Reporting with Oracle Business Intelligence User
Guide
Editing an Analysis
6
7
237
About Embedding an Analysis in a Dashboard
238
Using Variables
238
Adding Views for Display in Dashboards
245
What are Views
245
What Types of Views are Available
248
Adding Views to the Results of Analyses
252
Editing Views
252
Modifying the Layout of Data in Views
268
Interactions in Views
279
Drilling in Views
280
Sorting Data in Views
281
Saving a View
282
Renaming a View or Compound Layout
283
Rearranging a View
283
Printing Views
284
Previewing How a View is Displayed on a Dashboard
286
Removing a View
286
Refreshing the Results in a View
287
Customizing Views for Delivery to Agent Users
287
Master-Detail Linking of Views
288
Linking Views in the Master-Detail Relationships
292
Building and Using Dashboards
294
Dashboards
294
Dashboard Builder
294
What Controls the Look of a Dashboard
295
Creating a Dashboard
295
Editing a Dashboard
296
Changing the Properties of a Dashboard and its Pages
299
Deleting Objects on Dashboard Pages
301
Deleting the Current Dashboard Page
301
Deleting One or More Dashboard Pages
302
Saving Dashboards by Other Names and In Other Locations
302
Opening and Using a Dashboard
303
What are Saved Customizations for Dashboard Pages
304
Saving a Customization
305
Oracle Taleo Enterprise
Reporting with Oracle Business Intelligence User
Guide
Applying a Saved Customization
8
9
305
Editing Saved Customizations
306
Publishing Dashboard Pages
306
Dashboard Page Links
307
Briefing Book
309
Filtering and Selecting Data for Analyses
314
Inline or Named Objects
314
Folder Structure for Named Objects
314
Saving Groups and Calculated Items as Inline or Named
314
Filters and Selection Steps
316
Working with Selections of Data
316
Creating Selection Steps
317
Editing Selection Steps
318
Selection Steps as a Group Object
318
Selection Steps and Double Columns
319
Creating a Column Filter
319
Editing a Column Filter
321
Combining and Grouping Column Filters
321
Creating a Filter Based on the Results of a Saved Analysis
322
Creating and Editing the SQL Statements for a Column Filter in an Analysis
323
Groups and Calculated Items
324
Adding a Group to Other Analyses
327
Examples of Calculated Items
328
Prompting in Dashboards and Analyses
329
Inline and Dashboard Prompts
329
Column Prompts
329
Other Prompt Types
330
Types of User Input Options Available for Use With a Column or Variable Prompt
330
Dashboard Prompt and Analysis Prompt Interaction
332
Order Prompts with Default Values are Applied
334
Prompts Auto-Complete
334
Creating a Column Prompt
335
Overriding a Selection Step with a Column Prompt
337
Creating a Variable Prompt
338
Editing a Prompt
339
Adding a Dashboard Prompt to a Dashboard or Dashboard Page
340
Oracle Taleo Enterprise
Reporting with Oracle Business Intelligence User
Guide
Adding a Hidden Dashboard Prompt to a Dashboard Page
10
11
12
Formatting Analyses, Views, and Dashboard Pages
14
342
Column Format in Analyses
343
Cosmetic Formatting
343
Using a Saved Analysis to Modify the Cosmetic Appearance of Other Analyses
343
Importing Formatting Using a Saved Analysis
345
Applying Conditional Formatting to Tables, Pivot Tables, and Trellises
345
Applying Conditional Formatting
347
Conditional Formatting for Ranking
348
Custom Format Strings For Date and Time Fields
348
Delivering Content
352
Accessing and Managing Your Alerts
361
Working with Conditions
363
KPIs and KPI Watchlists
371
371
KPI Watchlists
378
Scorecarding
Managing Objects in the OBI Presentation Catalog
BI Composer
BI Composer
17
363
Key Performance Indicators
Oracle Business Intelligence Presentation Catalog
16
352
Agent
Scorecarding
15
342
Format
Working with Conditions
13
340
Actions
Actions
381
381
419
419
428
428
432
432
Oracle Taleo Enterprise
Reporting with Oracle Business Intelligence User
Guide
18
Appendix
450
Subject Areas
450
Accessibility Mode
536
Logical SQL Reference
540
User Interface Reference
580
Oracle Taleo Enterprise
Preface
Preface
Reporting with Oracle Business Intelligence User
Guide
Preface
This preface introduces information sources that can help you use the application and this guide.
Oracle Applications Guides
To find guides for Oracle Applications, go to the Oracle Help Center at http://docs.oracle.com/.
Documentation Accessibility
For information about Oracle's commitment to accessibility, visit the Oracle Accessibility Program website at http://
www.oracle.com/pls/topic/lookup?ctx=acc&id=docacc.
Access to Oracle Support
Oracle customers that have purchased support have access to electronic support through My Oracle Support. For
information, visit http://www.oracle.com/pls/topic/lookup?ctx=acc&id=info or visit http://www.oracle.com/pls/topic/lookup?
ctx=acc&id=trs if you are hearing impaired.
Comments and Suggestions
We welcome your comments and suggestions to improve the content of our documentation. Please send us your
feedback at talent_acquisition_doc_feedback_ww_grp@oracle.com.
Thank you for helping us improve our documentation.
i
Oracle Taleo Enterprise
Chapter 1
Reporting with Oracle Business Intelligence User
Guide
1
Administration
Administration
Administration
SmartOrg Administration
Report User Type Permissions
The following user type permissions can be granted to report viewers and developers.
If you have questions about if a user can perform an action view the prerequisites in the task in the Oracle Taleo
Reporting with Oracle Business Intelligence User Guide.
Configuration
The following permissions can be assigned to user types.
The table shows User Type Permissions, their description and how to grant them
User Type Permission
Domain
Name
Description
Path
Oracle
Business
Intelligence
View Reports and Dashboards
The report viewer permission
allows the user to view, refresh,
and export content. No authoring
rights exist
Configuration > [SmartOrg] Administration > [Users]
User Types > user type > Reporting and Analytics >
[Oracle Business Intelligence] Edit > View Reports
and Dashboards
Oracle
Business
Intelligence
Author Content (Limited)
The limited author has all of the
view ing permissions in addition to
light report authoring capabilities .
This permission is tailored for the
casual users that require a simple
custom report from time to time.
Configuration > [SmartOrg] Administration > [Users]
User Types > user type > Reporting and Analytics >
[Oracle Business Intelligence] Edit > Author Content
(Limited)
Oracle
Business
Intelligence
Author Content (BI Developer)
The BI developer has full fledged
report, dashboard and agent
authoring capabilities
Configuration > [SmartOrg] Administration > [Users]
User Types > user type > Reporting and Analytics >
[Oracle Business Intelligence] Edit > Author Content
(BI Developer)
Oracle
Business
Intelligence
Perform Administration Tasks
The BI administrator has all of the
rights of the BI author plus the
rights to perform administrative
actions in the OBI Gateway.
Configuration > [SmartOrg] Administration > [Users]
User Types > user type > Reporting and Analytics
> [Oracle Business Intelligence] Edit > Perform
Administration Tasks
1
Oracle Taleo Enterprise
Chapter 1
Reporting with Oracle Business Intelligence User
Guide
Administration
User Type Permission
Domain
Name
Description
Path
Oracle
Business
Intelligence
Access Subject Area - Recruiting
Users with authoring privileges
must have the Access Subject
Area - Recruiting permission to
build reports containing recruiting
data.
Configuration > [SmartOrg] Administration > [Users]
User Types > user type > Reporting and Analytics >
[Oracle Business Intelligence] Edit > Access Subject
Area - Recruiting
.
Oracle
Business
Intelligence
Access Subject Area - Recruiting
(Legacy)
Users with authoring privileges
must have the Access Subject
Area - Recruiting (Legacy)
permission to build reports
containing recruiting data.
Configuration > [SmartOrg] Administration > [Users]
User Types > user type > Reporting and Analytics >
[Oracle Business Intelligence] Edit > Access Subject
Area - Recruiting (Legacy)
This subject area is exclusively
available to customers that have
SAP BusinessObjects reporting.
This permission is always visible,
but it is not applicable if the legacy
subject area is not enabled.
Oracle
Business
Intelligence
Access Subject Area Performance Management
Users with authoring privileges
must have the Access Subject
Area - Performance Management
permission to build reports
containing performance
management data.
Configuration > [SmartOrg] Administration > [Users]
User Types > user type > Reporting and Analytics >
[Oracle Business Intelligence] Edit > Access Subject
Area - Performance Management
This subject area is exclusively
available to customers that have
SAP BusinessObjects reporting.
This permission is always visible,
but it is not applicable if the legacy
subject area is not enabled.
Oracle
Business
Intelligence
Access Subject Area Administration
Users with authoring privileges
must have the Access
Subject Area - Administration
Management permission to build
reports containing administration
data.
Configuration > [SmartOrg] Administration > [Users]
User Types > user type > Reporting and Analytics >
[Oracle Business Intelligence] Edit > Access Subject
Area - Administration
When developing reports
and analyses against the
Administration subject area, it is
important to understand that every
top level folder is independent,
meaning that reports cannot be
directly created across various
folders. For example, it is not
possible to mix elements from
“OLF” and “System Users” in the
same query.
2
Oracle Taleo Enterprise
Chapter 1
Reporting with Oracle Business Intelligence User
Guide
Administration
User Type Permission
Domain
Name
Description
Path
Report Data
Access all reportable data for
Recruiting
Allows the user access to all
data from the “Recruiting” and
"Recruiting (Legacy)" subject
area. Applicable to report viewers
and developers. Users without
this permission are subject to row
level security for Recruiting data.
Users with this permission bypass
all data security in the reporting
system.
Configuration > [SmartOrg] Administration > [Users]
User Types > user type > Reporting and Analytics
> [Report Data] Edit > Access all reportable data for
Recruiting
Report Data
Access all reportable data for
Performance
Allows the user access to all
data from the “Performance
Management” subject area.
Applicable to report viewers and
developers. Users without this
permission are subject to row
level security for Performance
Management data. Users with
this permission bypass all data
security in the reporting system.
Configuration > [SmartOrg] Administration > [Users]
User Types > user type > Reporting and Analytics
> [Report Data] Edit > Access all reportable data for
Performance
Report Viewer
The report viewer user type permission allows the user to view, refresh, and export content. No authoring rights exist.
The report viewer has the following rights in Oracle Business Intelligence:
View, refresh and export analyses
View, refresh and export dashboards
View and download briefing books
View and search the catalog
View KPIs and Scorecards
Limited Author
The limited author has basic report writing capabilities, and all user rights granted to the report viewer.
Report authors have to be given rights to at least one subject area to successfully develop reports.
In addition to the rights inherited from the report viewer, the limited author has the following rights in Oracle Business
Intelligence:
3
Oracle Taleo Enterprise
Reporting with Oracle Business Intelligence User
Guide
Author Analyses (Limited)
Chapter 1
Administration
Create Prompts
Edit column formulas
Create Briefing Books
Manage folders in the catalog
Archive and unarchive catalog content
BI Developer
The BI Author has robust report writing capabilities, and all user rights granted to the limited author.
Report authors have to be given rights to at lease one subject area to successfully develop reports.
In addition to the rights inherited from the report viewer, the limited author has the following rights in Oracle Business
Intelligence:
Create Analyses (Advanced)
Create Dashboards and Dashboard Prompts
Create Agents (Schedule Reports )
Create KPIs and Scorecards
Upload files into the catalog
Create named conditions
Manage Named Filters
Settings
Reporting and Analytics settings can be modified to control the flow of information to Taleo Oracle Reporting with
Business Intelligence Users.
Configuration
The following settings can be modified by the TEE administrator.
The table shows settings, their description and where to access them
4
Oracle Taleo Enterprise
Chapter 1
Reporting with Oracle Business Intelligence User
Guide
Administration
Setting
Description
Path
Activate Row Level Security for Advanced
Reporting
Indicates if row level security is activated
Configuration > [Reporting and Analytics]
for the zone. If this setting is activated,
Settings
row level security will be enforced for
advanced reporting for all products in the zone
(1=Activate, 0= Deactivate).
Show Documentation Folder
Displays the documentation folder in the
reporting tool
Configuration > [Reporting and Analytics]
Settings
Show Standard Reports Folder
Displays the standard reports folder in the
reporting tool
Configuration > [Reporting and Analytics]
Settings
Language Settings
The language the user will see for multi lingual data fields is governed by the settings "Use Content Language Preference
in Reporting" and "Organization Content Languages".
•
If "Use Content Language Preference in Reporting" is enabled then the default language will be the first language
designated in the "Content Language" area in the user account preferences.
•
If "Use Content Language Preference in Reporting" is disabled then the default language will be the first language
designated in the "Organization Content Languages".
Configuration
The following settings can be modified by the TEE administrator.
The table shows settings, their description and where to access them
Setting
Description
Path
Organization Content Languages
Organization's content languages in Reporting Configuration > [Reporting and Analytics]
and Analytics.
Settings
Use Content Language Preference in
Reporting
Use the first language defined in the user's
preferences as the content language in
Reporting.
Configuration > [Reporting and Analytics]
Settings
Row Level Security
Row level security is administered through a combination of user type permissions and settings.
5
Oracle Taleo Enterprise
Chapter 1
Reporting with Oracle Business Intelligence User
Administration
Guide
The setting Activate Row Level Security for Advanced Reporting controls holistically whether reporting users are subject
to row level security. If this setting is activated, row level security will be enforced. If this setting is inactive all reporting
users will have access to all reportable data available in the system.
Row level security can be overwritten at the user type level by giving the user type the Access all reportable data for
Recruiting user type permission.
Recruiting Row Level Security
Reporting users who are subject to row level security for the recruiting content are able to see recruiting data based on
the in the user type setting View requisitions in the Recruiting > Requisitions functional domain.
Note: Users that cannot access the recruiting module and are limited by row level
able to report on requisition information regardless of this
user type permission.
security will not be
Performance Management Row Level Security
Row level security is applied in OBI in the same manner it was applied in BusinessObjects. A good rule of thumb for the
performance management subject area is that if you have access to data in the performance management module you
should be able to access it in reporting.
Oracle BI Administration
Copy/Move Artifacts
Copy/Move Artifacts allows an OBI tenant administrator to copy or move artifacts (folders, analyses, etc) from one tenant
(zone) to another, and to delete artifacts.
This feature is designed for ease of use when moving artifacts between production and staging zones.
Actions are performed from the left panel to the right panel, so a folder or artifact selected in the left panel will be moved
to the destination folder selected in the right panel. When a folder is moved all items in the folder, including other folders,
are moved. The company shared folder cannot be moved, copied, or deleted, but it can be selected as a destination
folder.
Objects can only be deleted from the left panel.
When moving artifacts between zones, be cognizant that some artifacts take the parent role and are made up of, or
include child artifacts. For example, some analyses may include named filters; alerts can include dashboard pages,
analyses or named conditions; dashboard can include analyses, dashboard filters, action menus, etc. The administrator
must be mindful to move all child objects with parent objects and some parent object connections to children may
need to be reestablished if the integrity of the folder structure for child objects does not remain intact. For example, if
a dashboard's child objects are located in my company shared > analyses > dashboard analyses folder, they must be
moved to the folder in the same folder path. Parent objects can be moved anywhere.
6
Oracle Taleo Enterprise
Chapter 1
Reporting with Oracle Business Intelligence User
Administration
Guide
Artifacts with the same name cannot be included in the same location. For example if zone 1 and zone 2 already have
a my company shared > recruiting folder the system will not allow you to overwrite zone 2's recruiting folder with zone
1's recruiting folder. This action can be completed if zone 2's recruiting folder is deleted, or if you copy into a different
subdirectory such as my company shared > recruiting2.
If you attempt to copy a folder or file that would be a duplicate an error message will inform you that the action was not
completed.
Copying or Moving an Artifact from One Tenant to Another
Prerequisites
You must have the BI Tenant Administrator user type permission to perform this action.
You must be logged into a production zone to manage artifacts across zones.
Home - Configuration - [Reporting and Analytics] Oracle BI Administration - Copy/Move Artifacts
Steps
1. Select the tenant with the content to be copied or moved in the left tenant drop down. The tenant you
are signed in under is automatically selected.
2. Select the destination tenant in the right tenant drop down.
3. Select the artifact to be copied or moved from the left channel, and the destination folder in the right
channel.
The company_shared folder cannot be copied or moved, but it can be selected as a destination folder.
The artifact cannot be a duplicate of an artifact currently available in the destination folder.
4. Select an action.
•
•
Click Copy to make a copy of the artifact in the destination folder.
Click Move to move the artifact the the destination folder and remove it from the original tenant.
5. Click reset last selection to remove the focus from the selected artifacts, if necessary.
Deleting an Artifact
Prerequisites
You must have the BI Tenant Administrator user type permission to perform this action.
Home - Configuration - [Reporting and Analytics] Oracle BI Administration - Copy/Move Artifacts
Steps
1. Select the tenant with the content to be deleted in the left tenant drop down. The tenant you are signed
in under is automatically selected.
2. Select the artifact to be deleted in the left channel.
7
Oracle Taleo Enterprise
Reporting with Oracle Business Intelligence User
Guide
Company_shared cannot be deleted.
3. Click Delete Selected.
4. Click Yes to confirm deletion.
Chapter 1
Administration
Result
The deleted artifact is no longer available in the catalog.
Folder Security
The tenant administrator limit folder access by assigning specific reporting groups access to folders. Reporting groups are
defined as user groups that have the Reporting and Analytics coverage area.
Folder security can be assigned to user groups to limit the availability of reports to specific audiences.
If folder security is not set all OBI report users will have access to a folder.
Applying Folder Security
Prerequisites
You must have the BI Tenant Administrator user type permission to perform this action.
Home - Configuration - [Reporting and Analytics] Oracle BI Administration - [Folder Security] Edit
Steps
1. Click the folder from the OBI Folders pane.
2. Select the appropriate user groups from the SmartOrg Reporting User Groups pane.
Note: If a parent folder has security set users without access will not be able to traverse the folder to
view objects in sub folders.
3. Click Save.
8
Oracle Taleo Enterprise
Reporting with Oracle Business Intelligence User
Guide
2
Chapter 2
Basic Information to Tell Your Users
Basic Information to Tell Your Users
Basic Information to Tell Your Users
Basic Information to Tell Your Users
Exporting Results
Prerequisites
You must have one of the following user type permissions:
•
•
•
•
BI Consumer
BI Author Limited
BI Author Developer
BI Tenant Administrator
Home - Oracle Business Intelligence - Catalog
Steps
1. Navigate to the analysis.
2. Click the Export link and select the appropriate export option.
For more information on the export options, see "Export Menu Options for Views and Results".
Sorting Values in Table Views, Pivot Table Views, and Trellis Views
You can sort values in table views, pivot table views, and trellis views. You can sort on members, measures, and rows
(where you see sideways triangles). You cannot sort on page or section edges. For more information on sorting, see
"Sorting Data in Views".
Drilling in Results
Many of the results that are displayed in views represent hierarchical data structures. The metadata specifies these
hierarchies, and this enables you to access the different levels of detail within them. For example, information in a sales
graph might be categorized by region. Clicking a specific region in the graph might display each country within that region,
if the country is the next level within the hierarchy of the metadata. Such clicking is referred to as "drilling."
If the content designer has set up views for drilling, then you can drill in them on dashboards.
9
Oracle Taleo Enterprise
Reporting with Oracle Business Intelligence User
Guide
Chapter 2
Basic Information to Tell Your Users
What Is Drilling?
Drilling is a way to navigate through data in views quickly and easily.
•
You drill down to display data in more detail, which displays more members.
You can drill down to an actual item in the database. For example, if you work in sales, you can drill down to
the city level within a sales analysis, and observe that there is a large sale pending in Paris. If you are using an
Oracle Siebel operational application, then you can then drill down on the pending sale and go directly to that
opportunity in the Oracle BI application.
•
You drill up to display data in less detail, in hierarchical columns.
For example, you might drill up from a month value to see a summary for the whole year. You can drill up in the
current hierarchy, either for the entire column at the header level or for individual members. For example, you
can drill up from District to Region. Drilling up hides the current level (such as District) and retains the higher level
(such as Region).
Where Can I Drill?
You can drill in the following types of views:
•
•
Table, pivot table, and trellis — See "Drilling in Tables, Pivot Tables and Trellises".
Graphs — See "Drilling in Graphs".
Drilling in Tables, Pivot Tables and Trellises
When you drill down in a table, pivot table, or trellis, the detail level data is added to the current data. For example, when
you drill from a continent, the table displays data for the continent and for the countries in that continent.
The way that you drill in tables, pivot tables, and trellises depends on the column type, as described in the following
sections.
Drilling in Attribute Columns To drill in an attribute column, click the heading or member in which you want to drill.
When you hover over the value before clicking, an underline is displayed below the value to indicate that you can click to
drill.
When you drill in an attribute column, you add the lower level to the view. All views are affected by drilling in an attribute
column, which is equivalent to a filter drill. After you click the value, a column is added to the analysis and a filter is
automatically created and listed in the Criteria tab.
You cannot drill on groups for attribute columns. To see the definition of a group for an attribute column, edit the
corresponding step in the Selection Steps pane.
You can also use the "Right-Click Menu for Tables, Pivot Tables, and Trellises" to drill in attribute columns.
Drilling in Hierarchical Columns To drill in a hierarchical column, click the Expand and Collapse icons beside the
members. Click to expand or collapse one level. For example, expanding from Total Products to Products inserts the
Product members while retaining the value for Total Products.
10
Oracle Taleo Enterprise
Chapter 2
Reporting with Oracle Business Intelligence User
Basic Information to Tell Your Users
Guide
When you drill in a hierarchical column, you expand and collapse the nodes of data that are in the view. Drilling in a
hierarchical column affects only that particular view. No other views are affected.
Drilling in level-based hierarchies and value-based hierarchies works the same. Each time you drill in a hierarchy, you
expand or collapse one level. For example, if the hierarchy has a level for continents, regions, and cities, and the view
shows continent data, you can expand from Australia down one level to display regions in Australia. From there, you can
expand one level from a region, to cities in that region, or you can collapse one level, back to continents.
When you drill, the drill state is preserved. If you collapse at a higher level and re-expand, then the members are redisplayed at the same drill point.
When you click the Collapse icon, you collapse back to the current level any levels in the hierarchy that are present in the
analysis, regardless of whether they were added by drilling down or by adding the levels from the Subject Areas pane.
You can perform asymmetric drilling, which enables you to drill various members to different levels. For example, if you
expand World, then you might see Americas, Asia, and Australia at the same second-level for continents. You can then
drill Americas to expand it and see its regions, while Asia and Australia are not expanded.
You can expand and collapse the members of a group for hierarchical columns. For example, if you have a group that
includes cities and the group is included in a view, then you see the cities when you click the group name.
You can also use the "Right-Click Menu for Tables, Pivot Tables, and Trellises" to expand and collapse hierarchical
columns.
Drilling in Graphs
When you drill down in a graph, the detail level data replaces the current data. For example, when you drill down from a
continent, the graph displays data for the countries in that continent, but not for the continent itself.
You can drill down in the following ways:
•
You can click a label (for which drilling is available) on any axis or in the legend to drill down. (A change in the
mouse pointer indicates that drilling is available.)
•
If the graph contains only attribute columns and measure columns, then you can click a data point to drill all
columns.
•
If the graph contains multiple columns including at least one hierarchical column, then when you click a label
or a data point, you see a menu from which you can select which columns to drill down. If there are action links
available, then the menu also displays those links.
You do not drill up in a graph. Use the Back button on the browser to return to a previous graph.
Note: The time series line graph does not support drill down on a time column where data
than data or date-time are used.
types other
11
Oracle Taleo Enterprise
Chapter 2
Reporting with Oracle Business Intelligence User
Guide
Basic Information to Tell Your Users
Action Links and Action Link Menus in Analyses and Dashboards
As you analyze data in analyses, view dashboards, or view content delivered by agents, you might want to take some
action because of the business insight you gained from the data. You can do so by using action links and action link
menus, if available:
•
An action link is a link embedded in an analysis (on a column heading or a data value) or dashboard page that,
when clicked, runs an associated action.
For example, suppose a data value in an analysis includes an action link that sends the analysis to a specified
email address. If, after analyzing the data, you decide that your manager must see this analysis, then you can
send it to him directly from the analysis by clicking the action link.
•
An action link menu is a menu embedded on a dashboard page that groups multiple action links as options on the
menu. An action link menu lets you select, from a list of action link options, the right action to take.
Running an Action Associated with Action Links in Analyses and Dashboards
Prerequisites
You must have one of the following user type permissions:
•
•
•
•
BI Consumer
BI Author Limited
BI Author Developer
BI Tenant Administrator
Home - Oracle Business Intelligence - Catalog
Steps
1. Navigate to the action link.
2. Do one of the following:
•
•
If the action is associated with a standalone action link, then click the action link.
If the action is associated with an action link on an action link menu, then click the action link
menu and then select the action link option.
3. Respond to any request for more information or any confirmation prompt that is displayed.
Note: A successful invocation message indicates only that the action that is associated with
the action link ran successfully. It does not indicate that the process or operation that the action
represents ran successfully.
Using a Section Slider in a Graph or Gauge
Prerequisites
You must have one of the following user type permissions:
•
BI Consumer
12
Oracle Taleo Enterprise
Chapter 2
Reporting with Oracle Business Intelligence User
Guide
• BI Author Limited
•
•
Basic Information to Tell Your Users
BI Author Developer
BI Tenant Administrator
Home - Oracle Business Intelligence - Catalog
Steps
1. Navigate to the analysis or dashboard page that contains a section slider.
2. Use the components of the section slider to select a value as follows:
•
•
To select a particular value, move the slider thumb to that value.
•
To move the slider thumb to a value to the right of the current value, click the increase button
(the right-most button on the slider).
•
To sequentially move the slider thumb through all the values, click the play button (the leftmost button on the slider). The play button changes to a pause button to allow you to stop on a
particular value.
To move the slider thumb to a value to the left of the current value, click the decrease button
(the second button from the left on the slider).
Result
The data in the graph or gauge is limited by the current value as indicated by the slider thumb.
Zooming and Scrolling in Graphs
If zooming and scrolling has been enabled for a graph, then the graph includes a Zoom icon. The zoom icon enables you
to zoom in and out of a graph's plot area using its axes. Once you zoom in on an axis, you can scroll the axis.
To enable zooming and scrolling in a graph, the content designer sets the zoom and scroll properties in the "Graph
Properties dialog: General tab".
When you zoom an axis, a zoom and scroll slider is displayed.
A zoom and scroll slider consists of the following components:
•
Left or bottom button — Scrolls to the left on the X axis or to the bottom on the Y axis, revealing portions of the
graph that are out of view.
•
Right or top button — Scrolls to the right on the X axis or to the top on the Y axis, revealing portions of the graph
that are out of view.
•
Scroll thumb — Represents the visible portion of the graph in relation to the full graph. You drag the scroll thumb
to dynamically scroll the graph, revealing portions of the graph that are out of view.
•
Resize handles — Are displayed at each end of the scroll thumb when you hover over the thumb. You use the
resize handles to zoom in and out an axis.
•
Tooltip — Is displayed only when a user hovers over either the thumb or a resize handle and describes the data
that is currently displayed in the scroll thumb.
13
Oracle Taleo Enterprise
Chapter 2
Reporting with Oracle Business Intelligence User
Guide
Basic Information to Tell Your Users
Zooming or Scrolling in a Graph
Prerequisites
You must have one of the following user type permissions:
•
•
•
•
BI Consumer
BI Author Limited
BI Author Developer
BI Tenant Administrator
Home - Oracle Business Intelligence - Catalog
Steps
1. Navigate to a graph that has zoom or scrolling enabled.
2. Hover the mouse over the graph to display the Zoom button.
3. Click the Zoom icon and then:
•
•
If only one axis has zoom and scroll enabled, then select either Zoom In or Zoom Out.
If both axes have zoom and scroll enabled:
•
To zoom in and out and scroll on the X axis, select Horizontal Axis and then either
Zoom In or Zoom Out. A zoom and scroll slider is displayed on the X axis.
To unzoom the X axis and display the actual graph size, select Actual Size.
•
To zoom in and out and scroll on the Y axis, select Vertical Axis and then either Zoom
In or Zoom Out. A zoom and scroll bar is displayed on the Y axis.
To unzoom the Y axis and display the actual graph size, select Actual Size.
•
To unzoom both the X and Y axes and display the actual graph size, select Actual
Size.
You can now zoom and scroll as desired by:
•
•
Using the Zoom button to zoom in and out incrementally
•
Clicking the scroll buttons on an axis to scroll left and right (on the X axis) or up and down (on
the Y axis)
•
Using the resize handles to zoom in and out on an axis
Dragging the scroll thumb on an axis to dynamically scroll the graph, revealing portions of the
graph that are out of view
Scorecard Objects
The following scorecard objects can be added to a dashboard by the content designer:
•
Cause & effect maps. See "Cause & Effect Map"
14
Oracle Taleo Enterprise
Reporting with Oracle Business Intelligence User
Guide
• Custom views. See "Custom Views"
•
•
•
•
Chapter 2
Basic Information to Tell Your Users
Strategy maps. See "Strategy Maps"
Strategy trees. See "Strategy Trees"
KPI watchlists. See "KPI Watchlists"
Smart watchlists. See "Smart Watchlists"
For information on adding a scorecard object to a dashboard, see Adding Content to Dashboards.
As you work with scorecard objects, keep the following information in mind:
•
If a dimension is not pinned, you can populate it by a prompt, if one is provided. For more information on
dimensions, see "Dimensions and Pinned Dimension Values"
•
There are two types of diagrams for a strategy tree:
•
•
Strategy tree diagram. See "Strategy Tree Diagram".
Contribution wheel diagram. See "Contribution Wheel Diagram".
You can toggle between the two by right-clicking in the background area of the strategy tree and selecting either
View as Tree Diagram or View as Wheel Diagram.
•
If the content designer saved the smart watchlist with the Filter pane displayed as a:
•
•
Control panel, you can specify filter criteria to dynamically change what is shown in the smart watchlist.
Text summary, you can view a read-only summary of the current filter criteria.
Note that the content designer also has the option to hide the Filter pane.
•
In Accessibility mode:
•
Views (that is, cause & effect maps, custom views, strategy maps, and strategy trees) are rendered as
watchlists. See Watchlists.
•
The Print function is disabled.
Order Prompts with Default Values are Applied
Because prompting enables you to build flexible dashboards and analyses, it is important to understand how Oracle BI
initiates a complex dashboard's prompts.
The following list presents the order in which, at runtime, Oracle BI applies prompts with default values:
1. Hidden prompts whose scope is the dashboard page.
For more information about hidden prompts, see "Adding a Hidden Dashboard Prompt to a Dashboard or
Dashboard Page".
2. Hidden prompts whose scope is the whole dashboard.
3. Prompts whose scope is the dashboard page. The precedence order of dashboard page prompts is
unspecified.
4. Prompts whose scope is the whole dashboard.
15
Oracle Taleo Enterprise
Reporting with Oracle Business Intelligence User
Guide
5. Prompts, either inline or named, whose scope is the analysis.
Chapter 2
Basic Information to Tell Your Users
System Configuration and Governors
This is a short description.
Row/Data Limits
By default, the report row/time limit governors are the following. This applies to all users of the system:
•
•
Report Retrieved Records Limit: 65000
Report Runtime Limit: 10 minutes
Data Latency
The system data refreshes approximately once an hour. This means data may take an hour from when it is input to when
it is reportable.
Maximum Rows Exported
The maximum number of rows that can be exported is 65000.
The maximum number of cells that can be exported is 2 millions (rows*columns=cells).
16
Oracle Taleo Enterprise
Reporting with Oracle Business Intelligence User
Guide
3
Chapter 3
Recruiting Standard Content
Recruiting Standard Content
Recruiting Standard Content
Sample Dashboard
Recruiting Summary
The dashboard displays a variety of summarized, trended Recruiting metrics, including Source Type Yield, Candidate
Stage Conversion, Requisition Activity, Hired Candidates, Recruiting Productivity, Offer Success Rate, Gender by Stage,
Race/Ethnicity by Stage and Candidate Age Band by Stage. The visualizations are filterable by a set of common filters
and can be analyzed in different ways.
The table shows the dashboard components
17
Oracle Taleo Enterprise
Chapter 3
Reporting with Oracle Business Intelligence User
Guide
Component
Name
1
Recruiting - Summary Dashboard Prompt
2
Recruiting - Source Type Yield
3
Recruiting - CSW Funnel
4
Recruiting - Requisition Activity History
5
Recruiting - Filled Positions Trends
6
Recruiting - Recruiter Workload
7
Recruiting - Offer Success RateRecruiting - Offer Success Rate
8
Recruiting - EEO Gender By Stage Summary
9
Recruiting - EEO Race By Stage Summary
0
Recruiting - Candidate Age By Stage Summary
Recruiting Standard Content
Recruiting - Source Type Yield
The chart displays the top 5 source types based on various candidate measures.
Source Type Yield
18
Oracle Taleo Enterprise
Chapter 3
Reporting with Oracle Business Intelligence User
Guide
Recruiting Standard Content
Report Columns
The table shows the report columns and their syntax if any
Name
Syntax
Stage (Data Identifier)
Source Type
"Submission Source"."Submission Source Type (Display As)"
*Interaction: Source Analysis
# Submissions (Fact)
Common Filters
The table shows a common filter
Name
Submission Source Type (Display As) is not null
Recruiting - Summary Dashboard Prompt Listener
Unique Facts/Filters
The table shows different filters in the analysis
Stage (Data Identifier)
Filter
# Submissions
(Fact)
1. All Submissions
# Submissions is in top 5
# Submissions
2. Completed Submissions
Submission is Completed is equal to / is in Yes
# Submissions
# Submissions is in top 5
4. Interviewed
# Submissions Reached 1st Intv. is in top 5
# Submissions
Reached 1st Intv
3. Reviewed
# Submissions Reached Reviewed is in top 5
# Submissions
Reached
Reviewed
19
Oracle Taleo Enterprise
Chapter 3
Reporting with Oracle Business Intelligence User
Guide
Stage (Data Identifier)
Recruiting Standard Content
Filter
# Submissions
(Fact)
5. Hired
# Submissions Currently Hired is in top 5
# Submissions
Currently Hired
6. Hires Ace
# Submissions Currently Hired is in top 5
# Submissions
Currently Hired
Is Ace is equal to / is in Yes
Pie Graph Configuration
The table shows the pie graph settings and configurations
Name
Object
Graph Prompt
Stage
Slice Size
# Submissions
Slices
Source Type
20
Oracle Taleo Enterprise
Reporting with Oracle Business Intelligence User
Guide
Chapter 3
Recruiting Standard Content
Recruiting - CSW Funnel
The chart reveals health indicators based on candidate conversion rates across the key Taleo standard reference
recruiting statuses.
Stage Conversion
21
Oracle Taleo Enterprise
Chapter 3
Reporting with Oracle Business Intelligence User
Guide
Recruiting Standard Content
Report Columns
The table shows the report columns and syntax if any
Name
Syntax
Stage
CASE
WHEN "Submission CSW Status - Historical"."Historical Reference Status Name" || '
- ' || "Submission General Info"."Submission Is Completed"
= 'New - No'
THEN '1- All Submissions'
WHEN "Submission CSW Status - Historical"."Historical Reference Status Name" || '
- ' || "Submission General Info"."Submission Is Completed"
= 'New - Yes'
THEN '2- Completed Submissions'
WHEN "Submission CSW Status - Historical"."Historical Reference Status Name" || '
- ' || "Submission General Info"."Submission Is Completed"
IN ('Reviewed - No', 'Reviewed - Yes')
THEN '3- Reviewed'
WHEN "Submission CSW Status - Historical"."Historical Reference Status Name" || '
- ' || "Submission General Info"."Submission Is Completed"
IN ('1st Interview - No', '1st Interview - Yes')
THEN '4- Interviewed'
WHEN "Submission CSW Status - Historical"."Historical Reference Status Name" || '
- ' || "Submission General Info"."Submission Is Completed"
IN ('Hired - No', 'Hired - Yes')
THEN '5- Hired'
ELSE "Submission CSW Status - Historical"."Historical Reference Status Name" ||
' - ' || "Submission General Info"."Submission Is Completed"
END
# Submissions
CASE
when CASE
WHEN "Submission CSW Status - Historical"."Historical Reference Status Name" ||
' - ' || "Submission General Info"."Submission Is Completed"
= 'New - No'
THEN 'All Submissions'
WHEN "Submission CSW Status - Historical"."Historical Reference Status Name" ||
' - ' || "Submission General Info"."Submission Is Completed"
= 'New - Yes'
THEN 'Completed Submissions'
WHEN "Submission CSW Status - Historical"."Historical Reference Status Name" ||
' - ' || "Submission General Info"."Submission Is Completed"
IN ('Reviewed - No', 'Reviewed - Yes')
THEN 'Reviewed'
WHEN "Submission CSW Status - Historical"."Historical Reference Status Name" ||
' - ' || "Submission General Info"."Submission Is Completed"
IN ('1st Interview - No', '1st Interview - Yes')
THEN 'Interviewed'
WHEN "Submission CSW Status - Historical"."Historical Reference Status Name" ||
' - ' || "Submission General Info"."Submission Is Completed"
IN ('Hired - No', 'Hired - Yes')
THEN 'Hired'
ELSE "Submission CSW Status - Historical"."Historical Reference Status Name" ||
' - ' || "Submission General Info"."Submission Is Completed"
END
<> 'All Submissions'
THEN "Candidate Counts"."# Submissions"
ELSE EVALUATE('LEAD(%1,1) OVER (ORDER BY 1)',"Candidate Counts"."# Submissions")
+ "Candidate Counts"."# Submissions"
END
22
Target
IFNULL(
(
(MSUM
(CASE when
Oracle Taleo Enterprise
Chapter 3
Reporting with Oracle Business Intelligence User
Guide
Recruiting Standard Content
Filters
The table shows a filter
Name
Historical Reference Status Name is equal to / is in New; Hired; 1st Interview; Reviewed
Recruiting - Summary Dashboard Prompt Listener
View Configurations
The table shows the report settings and configurations
Name
Additional Information
Funnel
Actual: # Submissions
Target: Target
Stage: Stage
Column
Bars: # Submissions, Target
Group By: Stage
Table
Columns and Measures: Stage, # Submissions, Target, % Converted
Funnel Settings
For this funnel, high values are desirable.
The table shows the graph settings
Threshold
Status
115
Exceeded Target
95
95% of Target
75
75% of Target
50
50 % Of Target
23
Oracle Taleo Enterprise
Reporting with Oracle Business Intelligence User
Guide
Chapter 3
Recruiting Standard Content
Recruiting - Requisition Activity History
The chart displays a 3 month rolling plus current’s month’s trend of key requisition activity measures, including filled
requisitions, opened requisitions and time to fill.
Requisition Activity
24
Oracle Taleo Enterprise
Chapter 3
Reporting with Oracle Business Intelligence User
Guide
Recruiting Standard Content
Result Columns
In the following table the value i is replaced in the criteria with 0, -1, -2, -3, in the combined results criteria to get the
metrics for the last 4 months rolling.
The table shows the report columns and syntax if any
Name
Syntax
Period
EVALUATE('TO_CHAR(%1,%2)' as char,
TIMESTAMPADD(SQL_TSI_MONTH, i, CURRENT_TIMESTAMP),'yyyy-mm') ||
replace("Requisition Identification"."Req. Identifier","Requisition
Identification"."Req. Identifier",'')
Open (1st)
FILTER("Requisition Counts"."# Requisitions"
USING ("Requisition Status - Historical"."Req. Historical Status Start
Date" <= CAST(EVALUATE('TO_DATE(%1,%2)' as date,EVALUATE('TO_CHAR(%1,%2)'
as char,
TIMESTAMPADD(SQL_TSI_MONTH, i, CURRENT_TIMESTAMP),'yyyy-mm') ||
'01','yyyy-mm-dd')
AS DATE))
AND
(("Requisition Status - Historical"."Req. Historical Status End
Date" >= CAST(EVALUATE('TO_DATE(%1,%2)' as date,
EVALUATE('TO_CHAR(%1,%2)' as char,
TIMESTAMPADD(SQL_TSI_MONTH, i, CURRENT_TIMESTAMP),'yyyy-mm') ||
'01','yyyy-mm-dd') AS DATE)) OR "Requisition Status - Historical"."Req.
Historical Status End Date" IS NULL)
AND ("Requisition Identification"."Has Unlimited Openings"='No')
AND ("Requisition Status - Historical"."Historical Status"='Sourcing'))
Opened
FILTER("Requisition Counts"."# Requisitions"
USING ("Requisition Status - Historical"."Req. Historical Status Start
Date"
BETWEEN CAST(EVALUATE('TO_DATE(%1,%2)' as date,EVALUATE('TO_CHAR(%1,%2)'
as char,
TIMESTAMPADD(SQL_TSI_MONTH, i, CURRENT_TIMESTAMP),'yyyy-mm') ||
'01','yyyy-mm-dd') AS DATE)
AND
CAST(EVALUATE('TO_DATE(%1,%2)' as date, EVALUATE('TO_CHAR(%1,%2)' as
char,
TIMESTAMPADD(SQL_TSI_MONTH, i+1, CURRENT_TIMESTAMP),'yyyymm') || '01','yyyy-mm-dd') AS DATE)
AND ("Requisition Identification"."Has Unlimited Openings"='No')
AND ("Requisition Status - Historical"."Historical Status"='Sourcing')))
Filled
FILTER("Requisition Counts"."# Requisitions"
USING ("Requisition Status - Historical"."Req. Historical Status Start
Date"
BETWEEN CAST(EVALUATE('TO_DATE(%1,%2)' as date,EVALUATE('TO_CHAR(%1,%2)'
as char,
TIMESTAMPADD(SQL_TSI_MONTH, i, CURRENT_TIMESTAMP),'yyyy-mm') ||
'01','yyyy-mm-dd') AS DATE)
AND CAST(EVALUATE('TO_DATE(%1,%2)' as date,EVALUATE('TO_CHAR(%1,%2)' as
char,
TIMESTAMPADD(SQL_TSI_MONTH, i+1, CURRENT_TIMESTAMP),'yyyy-mm') ||
'01','yyyy-mm-dd') AS DATE)
AND ("Requisition Identification"."Has Unlimited Openings"='No')
AND ("Requisition Status - Historical"."Historical Status"='Filled')))
Can/Hold
FILTER("Requisition Counts"."# Requisitions"
USING ("Requisition Status - Historical"."Req. Historical Status Start
25
Oracle Taleo Enterprise
Chapter 3
Reporting with Oracle Business Intelligence User
Guide
Recruiting Standard Content
Filters
The table shows a filter
Name
Recruiting - Summary Dashboard Prompt Listener - No Filled Date
View Configurations
The table shows the report settings and configurations
Name
Additional Information
Column
Bars: Open (1st), Opened, Filled, Can/Hold
Lines: TTF
Group By: Period
Table
Columns and Measures: Period, Open (1st), Opened, Filled, Can/
Hold, TTF
26
Oracle Taleo Enterprise
Chapter 3
Reporting with Oracle Business Intelligence User
Guide
Recruiting Standard Content
Recruiting - Filled Positions Trends
The chart displays a trend of hired candidates with corresponding time metrics such as average time to hire.
Hires
Report Columns
The table shows the report columns and syntax is any
Name
Syntax
Filled Period
EVALUATE('to_char(%1,%2)' as char,"Requisition
Dates"."Latest Filled Date",'YYYY-MM')
Dimension 1
Dimension 2
Fact
Filters
The table shows report filters
27
Oracle Taleo Enterprise
Chapter 3
Reporting with Oracle Business Intelligence User
Guide
Recruiting Standard Content
Name
Current Reference Status Name is equal to / is in Hired
Hired Date is not null
Recruiting - Summary Dashboard Prompt Listener
Dimension 1
Short sentence or paragraph to describe the configuration table.
The table shows report columns and syntax if any
Name
Syntax
# Submissions Internal
"Candidate Counts"."# Submissions Internal"
# Submissions Ace
"Candidate Counts"."# Submissions Ace"
# Submissions Min. Requirements Met
"Candidate Counts"."# Submissions Min. Requirements Met"
# Male
FILTER("Candidate Counts"."# Submissions"
USING ("Candidate
Regulations"."Gender"='Gender - Male'))
# White
FILTER("Candidate Counts"."# Submissions"
USING (("Candidate
Regulations"."Race"='Race - White')
AND (("Candidate Regulations"."Ethnicity"
<> 'Ethnicity - Hispanic Latino')
OR ("Candidate Regulations"."Ethnicity"
IS NULL))))
Dimension 2
Short sentence or paragraph to describe the configuration table.
The table shows report columns and syntax if any
Name
Syntax
# Submissions External
"Candidate Counts"."# Submissions External"
28
Oracle Taleo Enterprise
Chapter 3
Reporting with Oracle Business Intelligence User
Guide
Recruiting Standard Content
Name
Syntax
# Submissions Non-Ace
"Candidate Counts"."# Submissions Non-Ace"
# Submissions Min. Requirements Unmet
"Candidate Counts"."# Submissions Min. Requirements Unmet"
# Female
FILTER("Candidate Counts"."# Submissions"
USING ("Candidate
Regulations"."Gender"='Gender - Female'))
# Non-White
FILTER("Candidate Counts"."# Submissions"
USING (("Candidate Regulations"."Race"
NOT IN ('Race - White', 'Not Specified',
'Undisclosed'))
OR ("Candidate
Regulations"."Ethnicity"='Ethnicity Hispanic Latino')))
Facts
Short sentence or paragraph to describe the configuration table.
The table shows report columns and syntax if any
Name
Syntax
Average Time to Hire
"Candidate Cycle Time"."Average Time to Hire"
Median Time to Hire
Average Submission
Cycle Time
Median Submission
Cycle Time
MEDIAN("Candidate Cycle Time"."Time to Hire")
"Candidate Cycle Time"."Average Submission Cycle Time"
MEDIAN("Candidate Cycle Time"."Submission Cycle Time")
29
Oracle Taleo Enterprise
Chapter 3
Reporting with Oracle Business Intelligence User
Guide
Recruiting Standard Content
Name
Syntax
Average Time to Start
"Candidate Cycle Time"."Average Time to Start"
Median Time to Start
MEDIAN("Candidate Cycle Time"."Time to Start")
Avg Time To Intv.
AVG(TIMESTAMPDIFF(SQL_TSI_DAY, "Submission Dates"."Submission Completed
Date", "Submission Dates"."1st Interviewed Date"))
Median Time to Intv.
MEDIAN(TIMESTAMPDIFF(SQL_TSI_DAY, "Submission Dates"."Submission Completed
Date", "Submission Dates"."1st Interviewed Date"))
Bar Graph View
The table shows the bar graph settings
Element
Details
Bars
Dimension 1, Dimension 2
Lines
Fact
Group By
Filled Period
30
Oracle Taleo Enterprise
Chapter 3
Reporting with Oracle Business Intelligence User
Guide
Recruiting Standard Content
Recruiting - Recruiter Workload
The chart reveals ratios between active recruiters and workload/productivity metrics such as # Hires, # Requisitions and #
Candidates Reviewed.
Recruiter Productivity
Report Columns
The table shows report columns and syntax if any
Name
Filled Period
Syntax
EVALUATE('to_char(%1,%2)' as char,"Requisition Dates"."Latest Filled
Date",'YYYY-MM')
Fact
Filters
The table shows a filter
Name
Current Status is equal to / is in Filled
31
Oracle Taleo Enterprise
Chapter 3
Reporting with Oracle Business Intelligence User
Guide
Recruiting Standard Content
Name
Recruiting - Summary Dashboard Prompt Listener
Fact
The table shows report columns and syntax if any
Name
Location
# Requisitions by Recruiter
"Requisition Counts"."# Requisitions By Recruiter"
# Applicants / Recruiter
FILTER("Candidate Counts"."# Submissions By Recruiter"
USING (("Submission General Info"."Submission Is Completed"='Yes')
AND ("Submission Prescreening Results"."Minimum Requirements Met"='Yes')))
# Reviewed / Recruiter
FILTER("Candidate Counts"."# Submissions By Recruiter"
USING ("Submission Dates"."Reviewed Date" IS NOT NULL))
# Interviewed / Recruiter
FILTER("Candidate Counts"."# Submissions By Recruiter"
USING ((("Submission Dates"."1st Interviewed Date" IS NOT NULL)
OR ("Submission Dates"."2nd Interviewed Date" IS NOT NULL))
OR ("Submission Dates"."3rd Interviewed Date" IS NOT NULL)))
# Hired / Recruiter
FILTER("Candidate Counts"."# Submissions By Recruiter"
USING ("Submission Dates"."Hired Date" IS NOT NULL))
# Recruiters
COUNT(DISTINCT "Requisition Recruiter"."Recruiter ID")
Area Graph View
The table shows the graph elements
Element
Details
Areas
Fact
Group By
Filled Period
32
Oracle Taleo Enterprise
Chapter 3
Reporting with Oracle Business Intelligence User
Guide
Recruiting Standard Content
Recruiting - Offer Success Rate
The chart displays a trend of offers accepted vs. refused, alongside # offers extended.
Offer Success Rate
Report Columns
The table shows report columns and syntax if any
Name
Filled Period
Syntax
EVALUATE('to_char(%1,%2)' as char, "Requisition Dates"."Latest Filled
Date",'YYYY-MM')
Reject/Decline
Motives
"Submission General Info"."Reject/Decline Motives"
# Offers
"Candidate Counts"."# Submissions"
33
Oracle Taleo Enterprise
Chapter 3
Reporting with Oracle Business Intelligence User
Guide
Recruiting Standard Content
Name
Syntax
# Offers Accepted
"Candidate Counts"."# Submissions Offer Accepted"
# Offers Failed
"Candidate Counts"."# Submissions" - "Candidate Counts"."# Submissions Offer
Accepted"
% Offers Failed
cast(("Candidate Counts"."# Submissions" - "Candidate Counts"."# Submissions
Offer Accepted") / "Candidate Counts"."# Submissions" as float) * 100
% Offers Accepted
cast("Candidate Counts"."# Submissions Offer Accepted" / "Candidate Counts"."#
Submissions" as float) * 100
Filters
The table shows report filters
Name
Is Most Recent is equal to / is in Yes
Status is equal to / is in Accepted; Refused; Reneged; Rescinded
Current Status is euql to / is in Filled
Recruiting - Summary Dashboard Prompt Listener
View Configurations
The table shows the view configurations
Name
Additional Information
Trend
Bars: % Offers Accepted, % Offers Failed
Lines: # Offers
Group By: Filled Period
34
Oracle Taleo Enterprise
Chapter 3
Reporting with Oracle Business Intelligence User
Guide
Recruiting Standard Content
Name
Additional Information
Failed Offer Reasons
Slice Size: # Offers Failed
Slices: Reject/Decline Motives
Recruiting - EEO Gender By Stage Summary
The chart displays a distribution of candidates by gender and historical recruiting status.
Gender By Stage
35
Oracle Taleo Enterprise
Chapter 3
Reporting with Oracle Business Intelligence User
Guide
Recruiting Standard Content
Configuration
The table shows report columns and syntax if any
Name
Status
Gender
Gender (Specified)
Syntax
case
when "Submission CSW
Name"
= 'New'
then '1. New'
when "Submission CSW
Name"
= 'Reviewed'
then '2. Rev.'
when "Submission CSW
Name"
= '1st Interview'
then '3. Intv'
when "Submission CSW
Name"
= 'Offer'
then '4. Offer'
when "Submission CSW
Name"
= 'Hired'
then '5. Hired'
when "Submission CSW
Name"
= 'Rejected'
then '6. Rejected'
when "Submission CSW
Name"
= 'Declined'
then '7. Declined'
end
Status - Historical"."Historical Reference Status
Status - Historical"."Historical Reference Status
Status - Historical"."Historical Reference Status
Status - Historical"."Historical Reference Status
Status - Historical"."Historical Reference Status
Status - Historical"."Historical Reference Status
Status - Historical"."Historical Reference Status
case
when "Candidate Regulations"."Gender"='Undisclosed' then 'Undisc.'
when "Candidate Regulations"."Gender" is not null then
replace("Candidate Regulations"."Gender",'Gender - ','')
else 'Not Specified'
end
Selection steps are used to limit returned values to Male and Female.
case
when "Candidate Regulations"."Gender"='Undisclosed' then 'Undisc.'
when "Candidate Regulations"."Gender" is not null then
replace("Candidate Regulations"."Gender",'Gender - ','')
else 'Not Specified'
end
# Submissions
"Candidate Counts"."# Submissions"
36
Oracle Taleo Enterprise
Chapter 3
Reporting with Oracle Business Intelligence User
Guide
Recruiting Standard Content
Filters
The table shows report filters
Name
Historical Reference Status Name is equal to / is in Hired; 1st Interview; Declined; Rejected; Reviewed; Offer; New
Is Max Standard USA EEO Form With Answer is equal to / is in Yes
OR
Gender is null
Submission Is Completed is equal to / is in Yes
Minimum Requirements Met is equal to / is in Yes
Recruiting - Summary Dashboard Prompt Listener
View Configurations
The table shows report configurations
Name
Additional Information
All Values - Pct Stacked
Bars: # Submissions
Group By: Status
Vary Color By: Gender
Gender Specified - Pct Stacked
Bars: # Submissions
Group By: Status
Vary Color By: Gender (Specified)
All Values - Nb Log Stacked
Bars: # Submissions
Group By: Status
Vary Color By: Gender
37
Oracle Taleo Enterprise
Chapter 3
Reporting with Oracle Business Intelligence User
Guide
Recruiting Standard Content
Name
Additional Information
Pivot Table
Measures: # Submissions
Rows: Status
Columns: Gender
Recruiting - EEO Race By Stage Summary
The chart displays a distribution of candidates by race/ethnicity and historical recruiting status.
Race/Ethnicity By Stage
38
Oracle Taleo Enterprise
Chapter 3
Reporting with Oracle Business Intelligence User
Guide
Recruiting Standard Content
Configuration
The table shows report columns and syntax if any
Name
Status
Race
Syntax
case
when "Submission CSW
Name"
= 'New'
then '1. New'
when "Submission CSW
Name"
= 'Reviewed'
then '2. Rev.'
when "Submission CSW
Name"
= '1st Interview'
then '3. Intv'
when "Submission CSW
Name"
= 'Offer'
then '4. Offer'
when "Submission CSW
Name"
= 'Hired'
then '5. Hired'
when "Submission CSW
Name"
= 'Rejected'
then '6. Rejected'
when "Submission CSW
Name"
= 'Declined'
then '7. Declined'
end
Status - Historical"."Historical Reference Status
Status - Historical"."Historical Reference Status
Status - Historical"."Historical Reference Status
Status - Historical"."Historical Reference Status
Status - Historical"."Historical Reference Status
Status - Historical"."Historical Reference Status
Status - Historical"."Historical Reference Status
case
when "Candidate Regulations"."Race"='Undisclosed' then 'Undisc.'
when "Candidate Regulations"."Race"='Not Specified' then 'N/S'
when "Candidate Regulations"."Race" is not null
then replace("Candidate Regulations"."Race",'Race - ','') else 'N/S'
end
|| ' (' ||
case
when "Candidate Regulations"."Ethnicity"='Undisclosed' then 'Undisc.'
when "Candidate Regulations"."Ethnicity"='Ethnicity - Not Hispanic
Latino' then 'NHL'
when "Candidate Regulations"."Ethnicity"='Ethnicity - Hispanic Latino'
then 'HL'
when "Candidate Regulations"."Ethnicity" is not null then
replace("Candidate Regulations"."Ethnicity",'Ethnicity - ','')
else 'N/S'
end
|| ')'
39
Oracle Taleo Enterprise
Chapter 3
Reporting with Oracle Business Intelligence User
Guide
Name
Syntax
Race (Specified)
Selection Steps are used to remove N/S (N/S) and Undisc (N/S) values.
Recruiting Standard Content
case
when "Candidate Regulations"."Race"='Undisclosed' then 'Undisc.'
when "Candidate Regulations"."Race"='Not Specified' then 'N/S'
when "Candidate Regulations"."Race" is not null
then replace("Candidate Regulations"."Race",'Race - ','') else 'N/S'
end
|| ' (' ||
case
when "Candidate Regulations"."Ethnicity"='Undisclosed' then 'Undisc.'
when "Candidate Regulations"."Ethnicity"='Ethnicity - Not Hispanic
Latino' then 'NHL'
when "Candidate Regulations"."Ethnicity"='Ethnicity - Hispanic Latino'
then 'HL'
when "Candidate Regulations"."Ethnicity" is not null then
replace("Candidate Regulations"."Ethnicity",'Ethnicity - ','')
else 'N/S'
end
|| ')'
# Submissions
"Candidate Counts"."# Submissions"
Filters
The table shows report filters
Name
Historical Reference Status Name is equal to / is in Hired; 1st Interview; Declined; Rejected; Reviewed; Offer; New
Is Max Standard USA EEO Form With Answer is equal to / is in Yes
OR
Race is null
Submission Is Completed is equal to / is in Yes
Minimum Requirements Met is equal to / is in Yes
Recruiting - Summary Dashboard Prompt Listener
View Configurations
The table shows report configurations
40
Oracle Taleo Enterprise
Chapter 3
Reporting with Oracle Business Intelligence User
Guide
Recruiting Standard Content
Name
Additional Information
All Values - Pct Stacked
Bars: # Submissions
Group By: Status
Vary Color By: Race
Race/ Ethnicity Specified - Pct Stacked
Bars: # Submissions
Group By: Status
Vary Color By: Race (Specified)
All Values - Nb Log Stacked
Bars: # Submissions
Group By: Status
Vary Color By: Race
Pivot Table
Measures: # Submissions
Rows: Status
Columns: Race
Recruiting - Candidate Age by Stage Summary
The chart displays a distribution of candidates by age band and historical recruiting status.
Candidate Age Band By Stage
41
Oracle Taleo Enterprise
Chapter 3
Reporting with Oracle Business Intelligence User
Guide
Recruiting Standard Content
Report Fields
The table shows report columns and syntax if any
Name
Status
Age
Age (Specified)
Syntax
case
when "Submission CSW
= 'New'
then '1. New'
when "Submission CSW
= 'Reviewed'
then '2. Rev.'
when "Submission CSW
= '1st Interview'
then '3. Intv'
when "Submission CSW
= 'Offer'
then '4. Offer'
when "Submission CSW
= 'Hired'
then '5. Hired'
when "Submission CSW
= 'Rejected'
then '6. Rejected'
when "Submission CSW
= 'Declined'
then '7. Declined'
end
Status - Historical"."Historical Reference Status Name"
Status - Historical"."Historical Reference Status Name"
Status - Historical"."Historical Reference Status Name"
Status - Historical"."Historical Reference Status Name"
Status - Historical"."Historical Reference Status Name"
Status - Historical"."Historical Reference Status Name"
Status - Historical"."Historical Reference Status Name"
case
when TimeStampDiff(SQL_TSI_YEAR,"Candidate Identification"."Date of
Birth","Submission Dates"."Submission Completed Date") < 40
then 'Under 40'
when TimeStampDiff(SQL_TSI_YEAR,"Candidate Identification"."Date of
Birth","Submission Dates"."Submission Completed Date") >= 40
then 'Over 40'
else 'N/S'
end
Selection Steps are utilized to remove N/S records.
case
when TimeStampDiff(SQL_TSI_YEAR,"Candidate Identification"."Date of
Birth","Submission Dates"."Submission Completed Date") < 40
then 'Under 40'
when TimeStampDiff(SQL_TSI_YEAR,"Candidate Identification"."Date of
Birth","Submission Dates"."Submission Completed Date") >= 40
then 'Over 40'
else 'N/S'
end
# Submissions
"Candidate Counts"."# Submissions"
42
Oracle Taleo Enterprise
Chapter 3
Reporting with Oracle Business Intelligence User
Guide
Recruiting Standard Content
Filters
The table shows report filters
Name
Historical Reference Status Name is equal to / is in Hired; 1st Interview; Declined; Rejected; Reviewed; Offer; New
Submission Is Completed is eqal to / is in Yes
Minimum Requirements Met is equal to / is in Yes
Recruiting - Summary Dashboard Prompt Listener
View Configurations
The table shows graph configurations
Name
Additional Information
All Values - Pct Stacked
Bars: # Submissions
Group By: Status
Vary Color By: Age
Specified Age - Pct Stacked
Bars: # Submissions
Group By: Status
Vary Color By: Age (Specified)
All Values - Nb Log Stacked
Bars: # Submissions
Group By: Status
Vary Color By: Age
Pivot Table
Measures: # Submissions
Rows: Status
Columns: Age
43
Oracle Taleo Enterprise
Reporting with Oracle Business Intelligence User
Guide
Chapter 3
Recruiting Standard Content
Open Requisitions
The dashboard displays a series charts and KPIs related to currently open requisitions, enabling users to consume an at
a glance view of in process Recruiting activity. The charts/KPIs include open requisition summary tiles, open requisition
counts, open requisition aging and candidate pipeline. The visualizations are filterable by a set of common filters and can
be analyzed in different ways.
The table shows the dashboard components
44
Oracle Taleo Enterprise
Chapter 3
Reporting with Oracle Business Intelligence User
Guide
Recruiting Standard Content
Component
Name
1
Recruiting - Open Req. Dashboard Prompt
2
Recruiting - Open Reqs TilesRecruiting - Open Reqs Tiles
3
Recruiting - Open Reqs By Dim
4
Recruiting - Open Req Aging
5
Recruiting - Pipeline Summary
Recruiting - Open Reqs Tiles
The summary is comprised of tiles outlining key measures pertaining to open requisitions.
Report Columns
The table shows report columns and syntax if any
Name
Syntax
Organization Level1
Name
"Requisition Organization"."Organization Level1 Name"
# Requisitions
"Requisition Counts"."# Requisitions"
# Requisitions by
Recruiter
"Requisition Counts"."# Requisitions By Recruiter"
*Requisitions by Recruiter gives both the information about # of requisitions by recruiter and has conditional formatting
to help identify when a recruiter may be over or under worked.
If # Requisitions by Recruiter is between 0 and 5 then Yellow background
If # Requisitions by Recruiter is between 12 and 20 then Yellow background
If # Requisitions by Recruiter is between 5 and 12 then Green background
If # Requisitions by Recruiter is greater than or equal to 20 then Red background
45
Oracle Taleo Enterprise
Chapter 3
Reporting with Oracle Business Intelligence User
Guide
Recruiting Standard Content
Name
Syntax
# Submissions
Currently New
"Candidate Counts"."# Submissions Currently New"
# Submissions
Currently Active
"Candidate
"Candidate
"Candidate
"Candidate
"Candidate
"Candidate
Req. Aging
Avg(TIMESTAMPDIFF(SQL_TSI_DAY, "Requisition Dates"."First Sourced Date",
CURRENT_TIMESTAMP))
Counts"."#
Counts"."#
Counts"."#
Counts"."#
Counts"."#
Counts"."#
Submissions
Submissions
Submissions
Submissions
Submissions
Submissions
Currently
Currently
Currently
Currently
Currently
Currently
In
In
In
In
in
In
1st Intv." +
2nd Intv." +
3rd Intv." +
Offer" +
Review" +
Testing"
*Req. Aging gives both the information about requisition aging and has conditional formatting to help identify when a
requisition might be getting stale.
If Req. Aging is greater than or equal to 70 then Red background
If Req. Aging is between 0 and 45 then Green background
If Req. Aging is between 45 and 70 then Yellow background
# Offers Extended
COUNT(CASE WHEN "Submission Job Offer"."Status"='Extended' THEN "Submission
General Info"."Submission Identifier" END)
Report Filters
The table shows report filters
Name
Current Status is equal to / is in Sourcing
Has Unlimited Openings is equal to / is in No
Recruiting - Open Req. Dashboard Prompt Listener
Report Tile Views
The table shows report tile descriptions
46
Oracle Taleo Enterprise
Chapter 3
Reporting with Oracle Business Intelligence User
Guide
Recruiting Standard Content
Measure
Name
Description
# Requisitions
# Open Reqs.
Currently open
requisitions
# Requisitions by Recruiter
Reqs / Recruiter
# Open
requisitions by
recruiter.
Req. Aging
Avg Days Open
Avg. Aging of
requisitions (from
sourcing date till
now.)
# Submissions Currently Active
# Active Apps
Returns
the number
of distinct
submissions
currently active
in the hiring
process.
# Submissions Currently New
# New Apps
Returns the
number of
submissions
currently in the
"New" status
47
Oracle Taleo Enterprise
Chapter 3
Reporting with Oracle Business Intelligence User
Guide
Recruiting Standard Content
Recruiting - Open Reqs by Dim
The chart displays a summary of open requisitions by various dimensions.
Open Requisitions
View By: Column 1 - Dimensions
The table shows report view columns
Name
Syntax
Organization Level 1 Name
"Requisition Organization"."Organization Level1 Name"
Organization Level 2 Name
"Requisition Organization"."Organization Level2 Name"
Location Level 1 Name
"Requisition Primary Location"."Location Level1 Name"
Location Level 2 Name
"Requisition Primary Location"."Location Level2 Name"
48
Oracle Taleo Enterprise
Chapter 3
Reporting with Oracle Business Intelligence User
Guide
Recruiting Standard Content
Name
Syntax
Job Field Level 1 Name
"Requisition Job Field"."Job Field Level1 Name"
Job Field Level 2 Name
"Requisition Job Field"."Job Field Level2 Name"
Hiring Manager
"Requisition Hiring Manager"."Hiring Manager Name"
Recruiter
"Requisition Recruiter"."Recruiter Name"
Job Level
"Requisition Profile"."Req. Job Level"
Job Type
"Requisition Profile"."Req. Job Type"
Justification
"Requisition Identification"."Justification"
View By: Column 2 - Fact
The table shows report view columns
Name
Syntax
# Sourcing
"Requisition Counts"."# Requisitions Currently Sourcing"
# On Hold
"Requisition Counts"."# Requisitions Currently On Hold"
# Approved
"Requisition Counts"."# Requisitions Currently Approved"
View Configurations
The table shows report view columns
View
Additional Information
Waterfall
Group By: Column 1 - Dimensions
Measures: Column 2 - Facts
Pie
Slices: Column 1 - Dimensions
Slice Size: Column 2 - Facts
49
Oracle Taleo Enterprise
Chapter 3
Reporting with Oracle Business Intelligence User
Guide
Recruiting Standard Content
View
Additional Information
Column
Group By: Column 1 - Dimensions
Bars: Column 2 - Facts
Table
Columns and Measures: Column 1 - Dimensions, Column 2 - Facts
Report Filters
Short sentence or paragraph to describe the configuration table.
The table shows report filters
Name
Current Status is equal to / is in Sourcing; Approved; On Hold
Has Unlimited Openings is equal to / is in No
Recruiting - Open Req. Dashboard Prompt Listener
50
Oracle Taleo Enterprise
Reporting with Oracle Business Intelligence User
Guide
Chapter 3
Recruiting Standard Content
Recruiting - Open Req Aging
The chart outlines aging of open requisitions across various dimensions.
Aging
Report Columns
Short sentence or paragraph to describe the configuration table.
The table shows report columns and syntax if any
51
Oracle Taleo Enterprise
Chapter 3
Reporting with Oracle Business Intelligence User
Guide
Recruiting Standard Content
Type Permission
Name
Location
Dimensions
Avg Aging
Avg(TIMESTAMPDIFF(SQL_TSI_DAY, "Requisition Dates"."First Sourced Date",
CURRENT_TIMESTAMP))
# Open 0-45 Days
count(distinct case when TIMESTAMPDIFF(SQL_TSI_DAY, "Requisition Dates"."First
Sourced Date" , CURRENT_TIMESTAMP) between 0 and 45 then "Requisition
Identification"."Req. Identifier" end)
# Open 45-100 Days
count(distinct case when TIMESTAMPDIFF(SQL_TSI_DAY, "Requisition Dates"."First
Sourced Date", CURRENT_TIMESTAMP) between 45 and 100 then "Requisition
Identification"."Req. Identifier" end)
# Open 100-150 Days
count(distinct case when TIMESTAMPDIFF(SQL_TSI_DAY, "Requisition Dates"."First
Sourced Date", CURRENT_TIMESTAMP) between 100 and 150 then "Requisition
Identification"."Req. Identifier" end)
# Open 150+ Days
count(distinct case when TIMESTAMPDIFF(SQL_TSI_DAY, "Requisition
Dates"."First Sourced Date", CURRENT_TIMESTAMP) >= 150 then "Requisition
Identification"."Req. Identifier" end)
View By: Dimensions
Short sentence or paragraph to describe the configuration table.
The table shows report view dimensions
Name
Syntax
Organization Level 1 Name
"Requisition Organization"."Organization Level1 Name"
*Interaction:Requisition Details, Candidate Details
Organization Level 2 Name
"Requisition Organization"."Organization Level2 Name"
*Interaction:Requisition Details, Candidate Details
Location Level 1 Name
"Requisition Primary Location"."Location Level1 Name"
*Interaction:Requisition Details, Candidate Details
52
Oracle Taleo Enterprise
Chapter 3
Reporting with Oracle Business Intelligence User
Guide
Recruiting Standard Content
Name
Syntax
Location Level 2 Name
"Requisition Primary Location"."Location Level2 Name"
*Interaction:Requisition Details, Candidate Details
Job Field Level 1 Name
"Requisition Job Field"."Job Field Level1 Name"
*Interaction:Requisition Details, Candidate Details
Job Field Level 2 Name
"Requisition Job Field"."Job Field Level2 Name"
*Interaction:Requisition Details, Candidate Details
Hiring Manager
"Requisition Hiring Manager"."Hiring Manager Name"
*Interaction:Requisition Details, Candidate Details
Recruiter
"Requisition Recruiter"."Recruiter Name"
*Interaction:Requisition Details, Candidate Details
Job Level
"Requisition Profile"."Req. Job Level"
*Interaction:Requisition Details, Candidate Details
Job Type
"Requisition Profile"."Req. Job Type"
*Interaction:Requisition Details, Candidate Details
Justification
"Requisition Identification"."Justification"
*Interaction:Requisition Details, Candidate Details
Organization Level 1 Name (Drill)
"Requisition Organization"."Organization Level1 Name"
Location Level 1 Name (Drill)
"Requisition Primary Location"."Location Level1 Name"
Job Field Level 1 Name (Drill)
"Requisition Job Field"."Job Field Level1 Name"
View Configurations
The table shows view configurations and descriptions
53
Oracle Taleo Enterprise
Chapter 3
Reporting with Oracle Business Intelligence User
Guide
Recruiting Standard Content
Context
Additional Information
Avg Aging
Group By: Dimension
Bars: Avg Aging
This view has conditional formatting based on average aging.
When average aging is between 0 and 45 the bars will be green.
When average aging is between 45 and 100 the bars will be orange.
When average aging is between 100 and 150 the bars will be red.
When average aging is greater than or equal to 150 the bars will be
red.
# Reqs by Aging Band
Group By: Dimension
Areas: #Open 0-45 Days, # Open 45-100 Days, # Open 100-150
Days, # Open 150+ Days
Pareto of Urgent Reqs
Group By: Dimension
Measures: # Open 150+ Days
Report Filters
The table shows report filters
Name
Current Status is equal to / is in Sourcing
Has Unlimited Openings is equal to / is in No
Recruiting - Open Req. Dashboard Prompt Listener
54
Oracle Taleo Enterprise
Chapter 3
Reporting with Oracle Business Intelligence User
Guide
Recruiting Standard Content
Recruiting - Pipeline Summary
The chart provides a quantitative and qualitative summary of the candidate pipeline on requisitions across various
dimensions.
Report Columns
The table shows report columns and syntax if any
Name
Syntax
Dimension
55
Oracle Taleo Enterprise
Chapter 3
Reporting with Oracle Business Intelligence User
Guide
Recruiting Standard Content
Name
Syntax
Status
Statuses are binned into the following categories: 0. New - Incomplete, 1. New - Complete, 2. Review, 3. Interview, 4.
Testing, 5. Offer, NS.
CASE
WHEN "Submission CSW Status - Current"."Current Reference
"Submission General Info"."Submission Is Completed"
= 'New - No'
THEN '0. New - Incomplete'
WHEN "Submission CSW Status - Current"."Current Reference
"Submission General Info"."Submission Is Completed"
= 'New - Yes'
THEN '1. New - Complete'
WHEN "Submission CSW Status - Current"."Current Reference
"Submission General Info"."Submission Is Completed"
IN ('Reviewed - No', 'Reviewed - Yes')
THEN '2. Review'
WHEN "Submission CSW Status - Current"."Current Reference
"Submission General Info"."Submission Is Completed"
IN ('1st Interview - No', '1st Interview - Yes')
THEN '3. Interview'
WHEN "Submission CSW Status - Current"."Current Reference
"Submission General Info"."Submission Is Completed"
IN ('Testing - No', 'Testing - Yes')
THEN '4. Testing'
WHEN "Submission CSW Status - Current"."Current Reference
"Submission General Info"."Submission Is Completed"
= 'Offer - Yes'
THEN '5. Offer'
ELSE 'NS'
END
# Submissions
Status Name" || ' - ' ||
Status Name" || ' - ' ||
Status Name" || ' - ' ||
Status Name" || ' - ' ||
Status Name" || ' - ' ||
Status Name" || ' - ' ||
"Candidate Counts"."# Submissions"
# New Complete
FILTER("Candidate Counts"."# Submissions Currently New"
USING (("Submission General Info"."Submission Is Completed"='Yes')
AND ("Submission Prescreening Results"."Minimum Requirements Met"='Yes')))
# New
Incomplete
FILTER("Candidate Counts"."# Submissions Currently New"
USING (("Submission General Info"."Submission Is Completed"='No')
AND ("Submission Prescreening Results"."Minimum Requirements Met"='Yes')))
# Review
"Candidate Counts"."# Submissions Currently in Review"
# Intv.
"Candidate Counts"."# Submissions Currently In 1st Intv."
# Offer
"Candidate Counts"."# Submissions Currently In Offer"
# Testing
"Candidate Counts"."# Submissions Currently In Testing"
% Ace
cast("Candidate Counts"."# Submissions Ace"/"Candidate Counts"."# Submissions" as double) * 100
56
Oracle Taleo Enterprise
Chapter 3
Reporting with Oracle Business Intelligence User
Guide
Recruiting Standard Content
Name
Syntax
% Min
Requirements
Met
cast("Candidate Counts"."# Submissions Min. Requirements Met" / "Candidate Counts"."# Submissions" as double) * 100
View By: Dimension
Short sentence or paragraph to describe the configuration table.
The table shows report view columns and syntax if any
Name
Syntax
Organization Level 1 Name
"Requisition Organization"."Organization Level1 Name"
Organization Level 2 Name
"Requisition Organization"."Organization Level2 Name"
Location Level 1 Name
"Requisition Primary Location"."Location Level1 Name"
Location Level 2 Name
"Requisition Primary Location"."Location Level2 Name"
Job Field Level 1 Name
"Requisition Job Field"."Job Field Level1 Name"
Job Field Level 2 Name
"Requisition Job Field"."Job Field Level2 Name"
Hiring Manager
"Requisition Hiring Manager"."Hiring Manager Name"
Recruiter
"Requisition Recruiter"."Recruiter Name"
Job Level
"Requisition Profile"."Req. Job Level"
Job Type
"Requisition Profile"."Req. Job Type"
Justification
"Requisition Identification"."Justification"
Degree
"Submission Education History"."Submission Education Degree Type"
Source Type
"Submission Source"."Submission Source Type (Display As)"
Internal/External Submission
Submission Medium
CASE WHEN "Submission General Info"."Submission Is
Internal"
= 'Yes' THEN 'Internal' ELSE 'External' END
"Submission General Info"."Submission Medium"
57
Oracle Taleo Enterprise
Chapter 3
Reporting with Oracle Business Intelligence User
Guide
Recruiting Standard Content
Name
Syntax
Gender
"Candidate Regulations"."Gender"
Race
"Candidate Regulations"."Race"
View Configurations
The table shows view configurations
Name
Additional Information
Pipeline Quality
Horizonal Axis: % Min Requirements Met
XY(Vertical Axis): % Ace
XY(Bubble Size): # Submissions
Vary Color By: Dimension
Submissions by Stage
Bars: # New Incomplete, # New Complete, # Review, # Intv., #
Testing, # Offer
Group By: Dimension
Report Filters
The table shows report filters
Name
Current Status is equal to / is in Sourcing
Has Unlimited Openings is equal to / is in No
Current Reference Status Name is equal to / is in 1st Interview; New; Reviewed; Testing; Offer
Recruiting - Open Req. Dashboard Prompt Listener
58
Oracle Taleo Enterprise
Reporting with Oracle Business Intelligence User
Guide
Chapter 3
Recruiting Standard Content
Source Analysis
The dashboard provides an in depth view pertaining to source efficiency and effectiveness. The charts include source
yield, candidate stage conversion, source efficiency analysis, top 5 source trends by stage and source volume/conversion
rate trends. The visualizations are filterable by a set of common filters and can be analyzed in different ways.
59
Oracle Taleo Enterprise
Reporting with Oracle Business Intelligence User
Guide
Chapter 3
Recruiting Standard Content
60
Oracle Taleo Enterprise
Chapter 3
Reporting with Oracle Business Intelligence User
Guide
The table shows dashboard components
Component
Name
1
Recruiting - Summary Dashboard Prompt
2
Recruiting - Source Type and Source Dashboard Prompt
3
Recruiting - Source Yield
4
Recruiting - CSW Funnel (Source Dashboard)
5
Recruiting - Source Efficiency Analysis
6
Recruiting - Source Yield Top Sources Trend (Pie Trellis)
7
Recruiting - Source Yield Stats (Line Trellis)
Recruiting Standard Content
Recruiting - Source Yield
The chart displays the top 5 sources based on various candidate measures.
Top Sources
61
Oracle Taleo Enterprise
Chapter 3
Reporting with Oracle Business Intelligence User
Guide
Recruiting Standard Content
Selected Columns
The table shows graph data and syntax if any
Name
Syntax
Stage (Data Identifier)
Each of the 6 unioned criteria has a unique data identifier.
Source Type
"Submission Source"."Submission Source Type (Display As)"
Submission Source
"Submission Source"."Submission Source (BL)"
# Submissions
The value used for # of submissions varies based on stage.
Unique Columns/Filters
The table shows report filters
Data Identifier
# Submissions
Additional
Filter(s)
'1. All Submissions'
"Candidate Counts"."# Submissions"
'2. Completed Submissions'
"Candidate Counts"."# Submissions"
'4. Interviewed'
"Candidate Counts"."# Submissions Reached 1st Intv."
'3. Reviewed'
"Candidate Counts"."# Submissions Reached Reviewed"
'5. Hired'
"Candidate Counts"."# Submissions Currently Hired"
'6. Hires Ace'
"Candidate Counts"."# Submissions Currently Hired"
Submission Is
Completed is
equal to / is in
Yes
Is Ace is equal
to /is in Yes
Filters
The table shows report filters
62
Oracle Taleo Enterprise
Chapter 3
Reporting with Oracle Business Intelligence User
Guide
Recruiting Standard Content
Name
Submission Source Type (Display As) is not null
# Submissions is in top 10
Submission Source (BL) is prompted
Submission Source (Display As) is prompted
Recruiting - Summary Dashboard Prompt Listener
Pie Graph Configuration
The table shows graph configurations
Name
Details
Graph Prompt
Stage
Slice Size
# Submissions
Slices
Submission Source (BL)
63
Oracle Taleo Enterprise
Reporting with Oracle Business Intelligence User
Guide
Chapter 3
Recruiting Standard Content
Recruiting - CSW Funnel (Source Dashboard)
The chart reveals health indicators based on candidate conversion rates across the key Taleo standard reference
recruiting statuses.
Stage Conversion
64
Oracle Taleo Enterprise
Chapter 3
Reporting with Oracle Business Intelligence User
Guide
Recruiting Standard Content
Report Columns
The table shows graph data and syntax if any
Name
Syntax
Stage
CASE
WHEN "Submission CSW Status - Historical"."Historical Reference Status Name" || '
- ' || "Submission General Info"."Submission Is Completed"
= 'New - No'
THEN '1- All Submissions'
WHEN "Submission CSW Status - Historical"."Historical Reference Status Name" || '
- ' || "Submission General Info"."Submission Is Completed"
= 'New - Yes'
THEN '2- Completed Submissions'
WHEN "Submission CSW Status - Historical"."Historical Reference Status Name" || '
- ' || "Submission General Info"."Submission Is Completed"
IN ('Reviewed - No', 'Reviewed - Yes')
THEN '3- Reviewed'
WHEN "Submission CSW Status - Historical"."Historical Reference Status Name" || '
- ' || "Submission General Info"."Submission Is Completed"
IN ('1st Interview - No', '1st Interview - Yes')
THEN '4- Interviewed'
WHEN "Submission CSW Status - Historical"."Historical Reference Status Name" || '
- ' || "Submission General Info"."Submission Is Completed"
IN ('Hired - No', 'Hired - Yes')
THEN '5- Hired'
ELSE "Submission CSW Status - Historical"."Historical Reference Status Name" ||
' - ' || "Submission General Info"."Submission Is Completed"
END
# Submissions
CASE
when CASE
WHEN "Submission CSW Status - Historical"."Historical Reference Status Name" ||
' - ' || "Submission General Info"."Submission Is Completed"
= 'New - No'
THEN 'All Submissions'
WHEN "Submission CSW Status - Historical"."Historical Reference Status Name" ||
' - ' || "Submission General Info"."Submission Is Completed"
= 'New - Yes'
THEN 'Completed Submissions'
WHEN "Submission CSW Status - Historical"."Historical Reference Status Name" ||
' - ' || "Submission General Info"."Submission Is Completed"
IN ('Reviewed - No', 'Reviewed - Yes')
THEN 'Reviewed'
WHEN "Submission CSW Status - Historical"."Historical Reference Status Name" ||
' - ' || "Submission General Info"."Submission Is Completed"
IN ('1st Interview - No', '1st Interview - Yes')
THEN 'Interviewed'
WHEN "Submission CSW Status - Historical"."Historical Reference Status Name" ||
' - ' || "Submission General Info"."Submission Is Completed"
IN ('Hired - No', 'Hired - Yes')
THEN 'Hired'
ELSE "Submission CSW Status - Historical"."Historical Reference Status Name" ||
' - ' || "Submission General Info"."Submission Is Completed"
END
<> 'All Submissions'
THEN "Candidate Counts"."# Submissions"
ELSE EVALUATE('LEAD(%1,1) OVER (ORDER BY 1)',"Candidate Counts"."# Submissions")
+ "Candidate Counts"."# Submissions"
END
65
Target
IFNULL(
(
(MSUM
(CASE when
Oracle Taleo Enterprise
Chapter 3
Reporting with Oracle Business Intelligence User
Guide
Recruiting Standard Content
Filters
Short sentence or paragraph to describe the configuration table.
The table shows report filters
Name
Historical Reference Status Name is equal to / is in New; Hired; 1st Interview; Reviewed
Submission Source Type (Display As) is prompted
Submission Source (BL) is prompted
Recruiting - Summary Dashboard Prompt Listener
View Configurations
The table shows graph configurations
Name
Additional Information
Funnel
Actual: # Submissions
Target: Target
Stage: Stage
Column
Bars: # Submissions, Target
Group By: Stage
Table
Columns and Measures: Stage, # Submissions, Target, % Converted
Funnel Settings
For this funnel, high values are desirable.
The table shows threshold settings
Threshold
Status
115
Exceeded Target
66
Oracle Taleo Enterprise
Chapter 3
Reporting with Oracle Business Intelligence User
Guide
Recruiting Standard Content
Threshold
Status
95
95% of Target
75
75% of Target
50
50 % Of Target
Recruiting - Source Efficiency Analysis
The chart enables comparing of sources across various measures.
Source Efficiency
Selected Columns
Short sentence or paragraph to describe the configuration table.
The table shows graph data and syntax if any
Name
Syntax
Filled Period
EVALUATE('to_char(%1,%2)' as char,"Requisition Dates"."Latest
Filled Date" ,'YYYY-MM')
Source Type
"Submission Source"."Submission Source Type (Display As)"
Slice
# Submissions
"Candidate Counts"."# Submissions"
67
Oracle Taleo Enterprise
Chapter 3
Reporting with Oracle Business Intelligence User
Guide
Recruiting Standard Content
Name
Syntax
# Submissions Complete
"Candidate Counts"."# Submissions Complete"
# Apps Met Reqs.
FILTER("Candidate Counts"."# Submissions Min. Requirements Met"
USING ("Submission General Info"."Submission Is Completed"='Yes'))
# Submissions Reached 1st Intv.
"Candidate Counts"."# Submissions Reached 1st Intv."
Horizontal Axis
Vertical Axis
Bubble
Filters
The table shows report filters
Name
Submission Source Type (Display As) is not null
Submission Source Type (Display As) is prompted
Submission Source (BL) is prompted
Recruiting - Summary Dashboard Prompt Listener
Slice
The table shows the fields used to slice the data in the graph
Name
Syntax
Source
"Submission Source"."Submission Source (BL)"
Source Type
"Submission Source"."Submission Source Type (Display As)"
Filled Period
EVALUATE('to_char(%1,%2)' as char,"Requisition Dates"."Latest
Filled Date" ,'YYYY-MM')
68
Oracle Taleo Enterprise
Chapter 3
Reporting with Oracle Business Intelligence User
Guide
Recruiting Standard Content
Horizontal/Vertical Axis
The table shows graph data and syntax if any
Type Permission
Name
% Submissions Met Reqs.
Syntax
cast(
FILTER("Candidate Counts"."#
Submissions Min. Requirements Met"
USING ("Submission General
Info"."Submission Is Completed"='Yes'))
/ "Candidate Counts"."# Submissions
Complete"
as float)*100
% Submissions Complete
% Submissions Ace
cast("Candidate Counts"."# Submissions Complete"/"Candidate
Counts"."# Submissions" as float)*100
cast(
FILTER("Candidate Counts"."#
Submissions Ace"
USING ("Submission General
Info"."Submission Is Completed"='Yes'))
/ "Candidate Counts"."# Submissions
Complete"
as float)*100
% Submissions Reached Reviewed
cast("Candidate Counts"."# Submissions Reached
Reviewed"/"Candidate Counts"."# Submissions Complete" as
float)*100
% Submissions Reached 1st Intv.
cast("Candidate Counts"."# Submissions Reached 1st
Intv."/"Candidate Counts"."# Submissions Complete" as float)*100
% Submissions Reached Offer
cast("Candidate Counts"."# Submissions Reached Offer"/"Candidate
Counts"."# Submissions Complete" as float)*100
% Submissions Reached Hired
cast("Candidate Counts"."# Submissions Currently Hired"/"Candidate
Counts"."# Submissions Complete" as float)*100
Bubble
This table shows graph data and syntax if any
69
Oracle Taleo Enterprise
Chapter 3
Reporting with Oracle Business Intelligence User
Guide
Recruiting Standard Content
Name
Syntax
# Submissions Currently Hired
"Candidate Counts"."# Submissions Currently Hired"
# Submissions Reached 1st Intv.
"Candidate Counts"."# Submissions Reached 1st Intv."
# Submissions Reached Offer
"Candidate Counts"."# Submissions Reached Offer"
# Submissions Ace
"Candidate Counts"."# Submissions Ace"
# Submissions Min. Requirements Met
"Candidate Counts"."# Submissions Min. Requirements Met"
# Submissions Complete
"Candidate Counts"."# Submissions Complete"
# Submissions Reached Reviewed
"Candidate Counts".""
Bubble Graph Configuration
This table shows graph configuration
Name
Location
Horizontal Axis
Horizontal Axis
Vertical Axis
Vertical Axis
Bubble Size
Bubble
Vary Color By
Slice
70
Oracle Taleo Enterprise
Chapter 3
Reporting with Oracle Business Intelligence User
Guide
Recruiting Standard Content
Recruiting - Source Yield Top Sources Trend (Pie Trellis)
The trellis provides a table view of pie charts displaying top 5 sources by stage conversion, enabling an at a glance view
of top 5 source performance over time.
Top 5 Source Trends By Stage
Selected Columns
This table shows graph data and syntax if any
Name
Syntax
Stage (Data Identifier)
Each of the 6 unioned criteria has a unique data identifier.
Source Type
"Submission Source"."Submission Source Type (Display As)"
Submission Source
"Submission Source"."Submission Source (BL)"
# Submissions
The value used for # of submissions varies based on stage.
Filled Period
EVALUATE('to_char(%1,%2)' as char, "Requisition Dates"."Latest
Filled Date",'YYYY-MM')
71
Oracle Taleo Enterprise
Chapter 3
Reporting with Oracle Business Intelligence User
Guide
Recruiting Standard Content
Unique Columns/Filters
This table shows report filters
Data Identifier
# Submissions
Additional
Filter(s)
'1. All Submissions'
"Candidate Counts"."# Submissions"
'2. Completed Submissions'
"Candidate Counts"."# Submissions"
'4. Interviewed'
"Candidate Counts"."# Submissions Reached 1st Intv."
'3. Reviewed'
"Candidate Counts"."# Submissions Reached Reviewed"
'5. Hired'
"Candidate Counts"."# Submissions Currently Hired"
'6. Hires Ace'
"Candidate Counts"."# Submissions Currently Hired"
Submission Is
Completed is
equal to / is in
Yes
Is Ace is equal
to /is in Yes
Filters
This table shows report filters
Name
Submission Source Type (Display As) is not null
Rank("Candidate Counts"."# Submissions Currently Hired" By EVALUATE('to_char(%1,%2)' as char, "Requisition Dates"."Latest Filled
Date",'YYYY-MM')) is less than or equal to 5
Submission Source (BL) is prompted
Submission Source (Display As) is prompted
Recruiting - Summary Dashboard Prompt Listener
Trellis Configuration
This table shows graph data and syntax if any
72
Oracle Taleo Enterprise
Chapter 3
Reporting with Oracle Business Intelligence User
Guide
Recruiting Standard Content
Name
Location
Columns
Latest Filled Date
Rows
Stage
View as
Pie
Slices
Submission Source (BL)
# Submissions
Recruiting - Source Yield Stats (Line Trellis)
The trellis provides a table view of trends for sources across a variety of measures.
Source Volume and Conversion Rate Trends
Selected Columns
This table shows graph data and syntax if any
73
Oracle Taleo Enterprise
Chapter 3
Reporting with Oracle Business Intelligence User
Guide
Recruiting Standard Content
Name
Syntax
Filled Period
EVALUATE('to_char(%1,%2)' as char,"Requisition Dates"."Latest
Filled Date",'YYYY-MM')
Source Type
"Submission Source"."Submission Source Type (Display As)"
Source
"Submission Source"."Submission Source (BL)"
# Submissions Complete
"Candidate Counts"."# Submissions Complete"
# Submissions Met Reqs.
"Candidate Counts"."# Submissions Min. Requirements Met"
# Submissions Ace
"Candidate Counts"."# Submissions Ace"
# Submissions Reached 1st Intv.
"Candidate Counts"."# Submissions Reached 1st Intv."
# Submissions Hired
"Candidate Counts"."# Submissions Currently Hired"
# Ace Hires
FILTER("Candidate Counts"."# Submissions Currently Hired" USING
("Submission Prescreening Results"."Is Ace" = 'Yes'))
% Submissions Complete
cast("Candidate Counts"."# Submissions Complete"/"Candidate
Counts"."# Submissions" as float) * 100
% Submissions Met Reqs.
cast(FILTER("Candidate Counts"."# Submissions Min. Requirements
Met" USING ("Submission General Info"."Submission Is
Completed"='Yes'))/ "Candidate Counts"."# Submissions Complete" as
float)*100
% Submissions Ace
cast(FILTER("Candidate Counts"."# Submissions Ace" USING
("Submission General Info"."Submission Is Completed" = 'Yes'))/
"Candidate Counts"."# Submissions Complete" as float)*100
% Submissions Reached 1st Intv
cast("Candidate Counts"."# Submissions Reached 1st
Intv."/"Candidate Counts"."# Submissions Complete" as float) * 100
% Submissions Hired
cast("Candidate Counts"."# Submissions Currently Hired"/"Candidate
Counts"."# Submissions Complete" as float) * 100
% Ace Hires
cast(
FILTER("Candidate Counts"."#
Submissions Currently Hired"
USING ("Submission Prescreening
Results"."Is Ace"='Yes'))
/"Candidate Counts"."# Submissions
Ace"
as float) * 100
74
Oracle Taleo Enterprise
Chapter 3
Reporting with Oracle Business Intelligence User
Guide
Recruiting Standard Content
Filters
This table shows report filters
Name
Submission Source Type (Display As) is not null
Submission Source Type (Display As) is prompted
Submission Source (BL) is prompted
Recruiting - Summary Dashboard Prompt Listener
Trellis Configuration
This table shows graph configuration
Name
Location
Rows
Source
Measures
# Submissions Complete
% Submissions Complete
# Submissions Met Min Reqs.
% Submissions Met Min Reqs.
# Submissions Ace
% Submissions Ace
# Submissions Reached 1st Intv.
% Submissions Reached 1st Intv.
# Submissions Hired
% Submissions Hired
# Ace Hires
% Ace Hires
75
Oracle Taleo Enterprise
Chapter 3
Reporting with Oracle Business Intelligence User
Guide
Recruiting Standard Content
Name
Location
Visualization
# Submissions Complete
View As: Spark Line
# Submissions Met Min Reqs.
Lines: Filled Period
# Submissions Ace
# Submissions Reached 1st Intv.
# Submissions Hired
# Ace Hires
Visualization
% Submissions Complete
View As: Spark Bar
% Submissions Met Min Reqs.
Bars: Filled Period
% Submissions Ace
% Submissions Reached 1st Intv.
% Submissions Hired
% Ace Hires
Open Reqs. Pivot
This table shows dashboard components
76
Oracle Taleo Enterprise
Chapter 3
Reporting with Oracle Business Intelligence User
Guide
Recruiting Standard Content
Component
Name
1
Recruiting - Open Req Dashboard Prompt
2
Recruiting - Open Req Summary Pivot
Recruiting - Open Req. Summary Pivot
This pivot table view provides details on a variety of metrics that can be viewed using different contexts by choosing
different sections, rows, and columns.
Selected Columns
This table shows graph data and syntax if any
77
Oracle Taleo Enterprise
Chapter 3
Reporting with Oracle Business Intelligence User
Guide
Name
Recruiting Standard Content
Syntax
Section
Row
Column
Open
"Requisition Counts"."# Requisitions Currently Sourcing"
On Hold
"Requisition Counts"."# Requisitions Currently On Hold"
# Openings Left To Fill (Hired)
"Requisition Counts"."# Openings Left To Fill (Hired)"
Avg. Days Open
FILTER(Avg(TIMESTAMPDIFF(SQL_TSI_DAY, "Requisition
Dates"."First Sourced Date", CURRENT_TIMESTAMP)) USING
("Requisition Status - Current"."Current Status"='Sourcing'))
New Apps
FILTER("Candidate Counts"."# Submissions Currently New" USING
("Submission General Info"."Submission Is Completed" = 'Yes'))
Active Apps
"Candidate Counts"."# Submissions Currently In 1st Intv." +
"Candidate Counts"."# Submissions Currently In 2nd Intv." +
"Candidate Counts"."# Submissions Currently In 3rd Intv." +
"Candidate Counts"."# Submissions Currently in Review" + "Candidate
Counts"."# Submissions Currently In Testing"
Apps In Offer Stage
"Candidate Counts"."# Submissions Currently In Offer"
# Submissions Currently Hired
"Candidate Counts"."# Submissions Currently Hired"
Filters
This table shows report filters
Name
Current Status is equal to / is in On Hold; Sourcing
Recruiting - Open Req. Dashboard Prompt Listener
Section
This table shows report sections and syntax if any
78
Oracle Taleo Enterprise
Chapter 3
Reporting with Oracle Business Intelligence User
Guide
Recruiting Standard Content
Name
Syntax
Organization Level1 Name
"Requisition Organization"."Organization Level1 Name"
Organization Level2 Name
"Requisition Organization"."Organization Level2 Name"
Location Level1 Name
"Requisition Primary Location"."Location Level1 Name"
Location Level2 Name
"Requisition Primary Location"."Location Level2 Name"
Job Field Level1 Name
"Requisition Job Field"."Job Field Level1 Name"
Job Field Level2 Name
"Requisition Job Field"."Job Field Level2 Name"
Employee Status
"Requisition Profile"."Req. Employee Status"
All
'All'
Row
This table shows report rows and syntax if any
Name
Syntax
Recruiter
"Requisition Recruiter"."Recruiter Name"
Hiring Manager
"Requisition Hiring Manager"."Hiring Manager Name"
Organization Level1 Name
"Requisition Organization"."Organization Level1 Name"
Organization Level2 Name
"Requisition Organization"."Organization Level2 Name"
Location Level1 Name
"Requisition Primary Location"."Location Level1 Name"
Location Level2 Name
"Requisition Primary Location"."Location Level2 Name"
Job Field Level1 Name
"Requisition Job Field"."Job Field Level1 Name"
Job Field Level2 Name
"Requisition Job Field"."Job Field Level2 Name"
Employee Status
"Requisition Profile"."Req. Employee Status"
All
'All'
79
Oracle Taleo Enterprise
Chapter 3
Reporting with Oracle Business Intelligence User
Guide
Recruiting Standard Content
Column
This table shows report columns and syntax if any
Name
Syntax
Organization Level1 Name
"Requisition Organization"."Organization Level1 Name"
Organization Level2 Name
"Requisition Organization"."Organization Level2 Name"
Location Level1 Name
"Requisition Primary Location"."Location Level1 Name"
Location Level2 Name
"Requisition Primary Location"."Location Level2 Name"
Job Field Level1 Name
"Requisition Job Field"."Job Field Level1 Name"
Job Field Level2 Name
"Requisition Job Field"."Job Field Level2 Name"
Employee Status
"Requisition Profile"."Req. Employee Status"
Job Level
"Requisition Profile"."Req. Job Level"
Job Type
"Requisition Profile"."Req. Job Type"
Job Schedule
"Requisition Profile"."Req. Job Schedule"
Pivot Table Configuration
This table shows table configurations
Name
Location
Sections (Totals Enabled)
Section
Rows (Totals Enabled)
Row
Columns
Column
80
Oracle Taleo Enterprise
Chapter 3
Reporting with Oracle Business Intelligence User
Guide
Recruiting Standard Content
Name
Location
Measures
Open
On Hold
# Openings Left to Hire
Avg. Days Open
New Apps
Active Apps
Apps In Offer Stage
# Hired
Dashboard Prompts
Recruiting - Open Req. Dashboard Prompt
This table shows dashboard prompts
Name
Location
Location (1)
"Requisition Primary Location"."Location Level1 Name"
Location (2)
"Requisition Primary Location"."Location Level2 Name"
Location 2 is limited by Location 1 selections.
Organization (1)
"Requisition Organization"."Organization Level1 Name"
Organization (2)
"Requisition Organization"."Organization Level2 Name"
Organization (2) is limited by Organization (1) selections.
Requisition
"Requisition Identification"."Req. Identifier"
Recruiter
"Requisition Recruiter"."Recruiter Name"
Recruiter is limited by the value of all prompts.
81
Oracle Taleo Enterprise
Chapter 3
Reporting with Oracle Business Intelligence User
Guide
Recruiting Standard Content
Name
Location
Department
"Requisition Department"."Department Name"
H. Manager
"Requisition Hiring Manager"."Hiring Manager Name"
Job Field 1
"Requisition Job Field"."Job Field Level1 Name"
Opened
EVALUATE('TO_CHAR(%1,%2)' AS CHARACTER, "Requisition Dates"."First Sourced Date" ,'YYYYMM')
By default the last year rolling is selected.
Recruiting - Summary Dashboard Prompt
This table shows dashboard prompts
Name
Location
Location (1)
"Requisition Primary Location"."Location Level1 Name"
Location (2)
"Requisition Primary Location"."Location Level2 Name"
Location 2 is limited by Location 1 selections.
Organization (1)
"Requisition Organization"."Organization Level1 Name"
Organization (2)
"Requisition Organization"."Organization Level2 Name"
Organization (2) is limited by Organization (1) selections.
Requisition
"Requisition Identification"."Req. Identifier"
Recruiter
"Requisition Recruiter"."Recruiter Name"
Recruiter is limited by the value of all prompts.
Department
"Requisition Department"."Department Name"
H. Manager
"Requisition Hiring Manager"."Hiring Manager Name"
Job Field 1
"Requisition Job Field"."Job Field Level1 Name"
82
Oracle Taleo Enterprise
Chapter 3
Reporting with Oracle Business Intelligence User
Guide
Recruiting Standard Content
Name
Location
Filled
EVALUATE('to_char(%1,%2)' as character, "Requisition Dates"."Latest Filled Date" ,'YYYY-MM')
By default the last year rolling is selected.
Recruiting - Source Type and Source Dashboard Prompt
This table shows dashboard prompts
Name
Location
Source Type
"Submission Source"."Submission Source Type (Display As)"
Source
"Submission Source"."Submission Source (BL)"
Source is limited by the Source Type selections.
Saved Filters
Recruiting - Open Req. Dashboard Prompt Listener
This table shows dashboard prompt saved listeners
Name
Recruiter Name is prompted
EVALUATE('TO_CHAR(%1,%2)' AS CHARACTER, "Requisition Dates"."First Sourced Date" ,'YYYY-MM') is prompted
"Requisition Primary Location"."Location Level1 Name" is prompted
"Requisition Primary Location"."Location Level2 Name" is prompted
"Requisition Job Field"."Job Field Level1 Name" is prompted
"Requisition Job Field"."Job Field Level2 Name" is prompted
"Requisition Primary Location"."Location Level1 Name" is prompted
83
Oracle Taleo Enterprise
Reporting with Oracle Business Intelligence User
Guide
Chapter 3
Recruiting Standard Content
Name
"Requisition Primary Location"."Location Level2 Name" is prompted
Department Name is prompted
Hiring Manager Name is prompted
Req. Identifier is prompted
Recruiting - Summary Dashboard Prompt Listener
This table shows dashboard prompt saved listeners
Name
Recruiter Name is prompted
EVALUATE('to_char(%1,%2)' as character, "Requisition Dates"."Latest Filled Date" ,'YYYY-MM')) is prompted
"Requisition Primary Location"."Location Level1 Name" is prompted
"Requisition Primary Location"."Location Level2 Name" is prompted
"Requisition Job Field"."Job Field Level1 Name" is prompted
"Requisition Job Field"."Job Field Level2 Name" is prompted
"Requisition Primary Location"."Location Level1 Name" is prompted
"Requisition Primary Location"."Location Level2 Name" is prompted
Department Name is prompted
Hiring Manager Name is prompted
Req. Identifier is prompted
Recruiting - Summary Dashboard Prompt Listener - No Filled Date
This table shows dashboard prompt saved listeners
84
Oracle Taleo Enterprise
Chapter 3
Reporting with Oracle Business Intelligence User
Guide
Recruiting Standard Content
Name
Recruiter Name is prompted
"Requisition Primary Location"."Location Level1 Name" is prompted
"Requisition Primary Location"."Location Level2 Name" is prompted
"Requisition Job Field"."Job Field Level1 Name" is prompted
"Requisition Job Field"."Job Field Level2 Name" is prompted
"Requisition Primary Location"."Location Level1 Name" is prompted
"Requisition Primary Location"."Location Level2 Name" is prompted
Department Name is prompted
Hiring Manager Name is prompted
Req. Identifier is prompted
Standard Reports
Candidate Details
The report provides a listing of candidate, submission and requisition attributes, based on a variety of user-selected
parameters.
Report Columns
This table shows report columns and descriptions
Name
Description
Req. Identifier
Returns the requisition id, as displayed in the recruiting application.
Req. Title
Returns the requisition title, in its base language.
Candidate Identifier
Returns Candidate ID
Candidate Name
Returns the candidate name
85
Oracle Taleo Enterprise
Chapter 3
Reporting with Oracle Business Intelligence User
Guide
Recruiting Standard Content
Name
Description
Candidate is Internal
Returns whether or not the candidate is internal
Candidate Email
Returns the candidate email
Candidate Primary Phone Designation
Returns the candidate primary phone designation
Candidate Mobile Phone
Returns the candidate mobile phone number
Candidate Home Phone
Returns the candidate home phone number
Candidate Work Phone
Returns the candidate work phone number
Is Ace
Returns yes or no value based on whether the submission was Ace.
Minimum Requirements Met
Returns yes or no value based on wheather the submission met
minimum requirements.
Current Reference Status Name
Returns the current reference status name
Current Workflow Name
Returns the name of the candidate selection workflow used for this job
submission.
Current Step Name
Returns the current CSW step name
Current Status Name
Returns the current CSW status name
Current Status Start Date
Returns the date when the candidate was moved to the current status.
Recruiter Name
Returns the recruiter name
Recruiter Email
Returns the recruiter email
# Openings Left to Fill (Hired)
Returns the number of positions left to fill on the requisition, based on
the number of openings minus the number of candidates in the hired
reference status.
Hiring Manager Name
Returns the hiring manager name
Hiring Manager Email
Returns the hiring manager email
Organization Level1 Name
Returns the name of the organization
Job Field Level1 Name
Returns the name of the requisition job field.
Location Level1 Name
Returns the name of the requisition primary location.
Submission Is Completed
Returns whether or not the submission is complete
86
Oracle Taleo Enterprise
Chapter 3
Reporting with Oracle Business Intelligence User
Guide
Recruiting Standard Content
Name
Description
Submission Medium
Returns the submission medium
Submission Is Internal
Returns whether or not the candidate was internal as of when he/she
created the submission
Motives
Returns the candidate rejection/declination motives when they are
automatically generated by the system. If an auto generated motive
is not available, the system returns the candidate rejection/declination
motives.
Submission Created Date
Returns the date/time when the submission was created
Submission Completed Date
Returns the date/time when the submission was completed
Hired Candidate Start Date
Returns the hire start date/time as entered when the candidate is
moved to the Hired reference status. If the hire start date is not
available the system returns the hire start date as entered in the
candidate job offer section.
Latest Filled Date
Returns the date/time when the requisition was most recently filled.
First Sourced After Latest Approval Date
Returns the first time the requisition was put into the sourcing status
after the most recent time the requisition the requisition was put into
the approved status.
Current Status
Returns the current status of the requisition. Note that the values
"Approved" and "Sourcing" roll up to the "Open" status.
Submission Source Type (Display As)
Returns the recruitment source type, as displayed in the recruiting
administration application, under the "display as" column.
Submission Source (BL)
Returns the submission source, in its base locale
Race
Returns the answer to the regulation question
Gender
Returns the answer to the regulation question
Ethnicity
Returns the answer to the regulation question
Regulation Form Code
Returns the code associated to the global regulation data collection
form.
EEO Job Category
Returns the requisition's EEO job category.
87
Oracle Taleo Enterprise
Chapter 3
Reporting with Oracle Business Intelligence User
Guide
Recruiting Standard Content
Report Prompts
All report prompts are optional.
This table shows report prompts and their meaning
Name
Description
Requisition Status
Filters the report based on whether the requisition current status is in
the list of values selected.
Submission Current Status Start Date
Filters the report based on whether the submission current status start
date is between two selected dates.
Submission Created Date
Filters the report based on whether the submission created date is
between two selected dates.
Hired Candidate Start Date
Filters the report based on whether the hired start date is between two
selected dates. If the hire start date is null the offer actual start date is
used.
Latest Filled Date
Filters the report based on whether the latest filled date is between two
selected dates.
First Sourced After Latest Approved Date
Filters the report based on whether the first sourced after latest
approved date is between two selected dates.
Ref. Status Name
Filters the report based on whether the current status reference name
is in the list of values selected.
Workflow Name
Filters the report based on whether the current workflow name is in the
list of values selected.
Step Name
Filters the report based on whether the current step name is in the list
of values selected. If the workflow name filter is being used, only the
steps in the selected workflow will be available.
Status Name
Filters the report based on whether the current status name is in the
list of values selected. If the step name filter is being used, only the
statuses in the filtered steps will be available.
Organization (Level 1)
Filters the report based on whether the organization level1 name is in
the list of values selected.
Organization (Level 2)
Filters the report based on whether the organization level2 name
is in the list of values selected. If the Organization (Level 1) filter is
being used, only the child organizations in organization level2 will be
available.
Organization (Level 3)
Filters the report based on whether the organization level3 name
is in the list of values selected. If the Organization (Level 2) filter is
being used, only the child organizations in organization level3 will be
available.
88
Oracle Taleo Enterprise
Chapter 3
Reporting with Oracle Business Intelligence User
Guide
Recruiting Standard Content
Name
Description
Organization (Level 4)
Filters the report based on whether the organization level4 name
is in the list of values selected. If the Organization (Level 3) filter is
being used, only the child organizations in organization level4 will be
available.
Location (Level 1)
Filters the report based on whether the location level1 name is in the
list of values selected.
Location (Level 2)
Filters the report based on whether the location level2 name is in the
list of values selected. If the Location (Level 1) filter is being used, only
the child locations in location level2 will be available.
Location (Level 3)
Filters the report based on whether the location level3 name is in the
list of values selected. If the Location (Level 2) filter is being used, only
the child locations in location level3 will be available.
Location (Level 4)
Filters the report based on whether the location level4 name is in the
list of values selected. If the Location (Level 3) filter is being used, only
the child locations in location level4 will be available.
Job Field (Level 1)
Filters the report based on whether the job field level1 name is in the
list of values selected.
Job Field (Level 2)
Filters the report based on whether the job field level2 name is in the
list of values selected. If the Job Field (Level 1) filter is being used,
only the child job fields in job field level2 will be available.
Job Field (Level 3)
Filters the report based on whether the job field level3 name is in the
list of values selected. If the Job Field (Level 2) filter is being used,
only the child job fields in job field level3 will be available.
Job Field (Level 4)
Filters the report based on whether the job field level4 name is in the
list of values selected. If the Job Field (Level 3) filter is being used,
only the child job fields in job field level4 will be available.
Recruiter Name
Filters the report based on whether the recruiter name is in the list of
values selected.
Hiring Manager Name
Filters the report based on whether the hiring manager name is in the
list of values selected.
Req. Identifier
Filters the report based on whether the req. identifier is in the list of
values selected.
Req. Title
Filters the report based on whether the req. title is in the list of values
selected.
Minimum Requirements Met
Filters the report based on whether the minimum requirements met
indicator is in the list of values selected.
Is Ace
Filters the report based on whether the is ace indicator is in the list of
values selected.
89
Oracle Taleo Enterprise
Chapter 3
Reporting with Oracle Business Intelligence User
Guide
Recruiting Standard Content
Name
Description
Submission Is Internal
Filters the report based on whether the submission is internal indicator
is in the list of values selected.
Submission Is Completed
Filters the report based on whether the submission is completed
indicator is in the list of values selected.
Report Filters
This table shows report filters
Filter
Description
Is Max Standard USA EEO Form with Answer is equal to/ is in YES
Filters the report based on whether USA EEO from has been
answered or no regulation form has been specified.
OR
Regulation Form Code is null
Current Status Start Date is prompted
This is a listener for a prompt.
Submission Created Date is prompted
This is a listener for a prompt.
Submission Completed Date is prompted
This is a listener for a prompt.
Latest Filled Date is prompted
This is a listener for a prompt.
Current Reference Status Name is prompted
This is a listener for a prompt.
Current Workflow Name is prompmted
This is a listener for a prompt.
Current Step Name is prompted
This is a listener for a prompt.
Current Status Name is prompted
This is a listener for a prompt.
Organization Level1 Name is prompted
This is a listener for a prompt.
Organization Level2 Name is prompted
This is a listener for a prompt.
Organization Level3 Name is prompted
This is a listener for a prompt.
Organization Level4 Name is prompted
This is a listener for a prompt.
90
Oracle Taleo Enterprise
Chapter 3
Reporting with Oracle Business Intelligence User
Guide
Recruiting Standard Content
Filter
Description
IFNULL("Submission Dates"."Hire Start Date","Submission
Dates"."Offer Actual Start Date")
This is a listener for a prompt.
When the prompt is set this value filters on the Hire Start Date. If hire
start date is null it filters on the Offer Actual Start Date.
Location Level1 Name is prompted
This is a listener for a prompt.
Location Level2 Name is prompted
This is a listener for a prompt.
Location Level31 Name is prompted
This is a listener for a prompt.
Location Level4 Name is prompted
This is a listener for a prompt.
Job Field1 Name is prompted
This is a listener for a prompt.
Job Field2 Name is prompted
This is a listener for a prompt.
Job Field3 Name is prompted
This is a listener for a prompt.
Job Field4 Name is prompted
This is a listener for a prompt.
Recruiter Name is prompted
This is a listener for a prompt.
Hiring Manager Name is prompted
This is a listener for a prompt.
Req. Identifier is prompted
This is a listener for a prompt.
Title (BL) is prompted
This is a listener for a prompt.
Is Ace is prompted
This is a listener for a prompt.
Minimum Requirements Met is prompted
This is a listener for a prompt.
Submission Is Internal is prompted
This is a listener for a prompt.
Submission Is Completed is prompted
This is a listener for a prompt.
Current Status is prompted
This is a listener for a prompt.
First Sourced After Latest Approval Date is prompted
This is a listener for a prompt.
91
Oracle Taleo Enterprise
Chapter 3
Reporting with Oracle Business Intelligence User
Guide
Recruiting Standard Content
Candidate EEO Summary By Recruiting Status, Requisition
The report provides by requisition, a summary of candidates by historical recruiting status reached, race, ethnicity and
gender.
Report Columns
This table shows report columns and descriptions
Name
Description
Req. Identifier
Returns the requisition id, as displayed in the recruiting application.
Req. Title
Returns the requisition title, in its base language.
Recruiter Name
Returns the recruiter name
Hiring Manager Name
Returns the hiring manager name
Organization Level1 Name
Returns the name of the organization
Job Field Level1 Name
Returns the name of the requisition job field.
Location Level1 Name
Returns the name of the requisition primary location.
Current Status
Returns the current status of the requisition. Note that the values
"Approved" and "Sourcing" roll up to the "Open" status.
Race
Returns the answer to the regulation question
Gender
Returns the answer to the regulation question
Ethnicity
Returns the answer to the regulation question
Regulation Form Code
Returns the code associated to the global regulation data collection
form.
EEO Job Category
Returns the requisition's EEO job category.
Historical Workflow Name
Returns the name of the candidate selection workflow used for this job
submission.
Historical Step Sequence
Returns who changed the candidate to this status
Historical Step Name
Returns the sequence of the step in its workflow
# Submissions
Returns the number of distinct job submissions.
92
Oracle Taleo Enterprise
Chapter 3
Reporting with Oracle Business Intelligence User
Guide
Recruiting Standard Content
Report Prompts
All report prompts are optional.
This table shows report prompts and their meaning
Name
Description
Requisition Status
Filters the report based on whether the requisition current status is in
the list of values selected.
Submission Current Status Start Date
Filters the report based on whether the submission current status start
date is between two selected dates.
Submission Created Date
Filters the report based on whether the submission created date is
between two selected dates.
Hired Candidate Start Date
Filters the report based on whether the hired start date is between two
selected dates. If the hire start date is null the offer actual start date is
used.
Latest Filled Date
Filters the report based on whether the latest filled date is between two
selected dates.
First Sourced After Latest Approved Date
Filters the report based on whether the first sourced after latest
approved date is between two selected dates.
Ref. Status Name
Filters the report based on whether the current status reference name
is in the list of values selected.
Workflow Name
Filters the report based on whether the current workflow name is in the
list of values selected.
Step Name
Filters the report based on whether the current step name is in the list
of values selected. If the workflow name filter is being used, only the
steps in the selected workflow will be available.
Status Name
Filters the report based on whether the current status name is in the
list of values selected. If the step name filter is being used, only the
statuses in the filtered steps will be available.
Organization (Level 1)
Filters the report based on whether the organization level1 name is in
the list of values selected.
Organization (Level 2)
Filters the report based on whether the organization level2 name
is in the list of values selected. If the Organization (Level 1) filter is
being used, only the child organizations in organization level2 will be
available.
Organization (Level 3)
Filters the report based on whether the organization level3 name
is in the list of values selected. If the Organization (Level 2) filter is
being used, only the child organizations in organization level3 will be
available.
93
Oracle Taleo Enterprise
Chapter 3
Reporting with Oracle Business Intelligence User
Guide
Recruiting Standard Content
Name
Description
Organization (Level 4)
Filters the report based on whether the organization level4 name
is in the list of values selected. If the Organization (Level 3) filter is
being used, only the child organizations in organization level4 will be
available.
Location (Level 1)
Filters the report based on whether the location level1 name is in the
list of values selected.
Location (Level 2)
Filters the report based on whether the location level2 name is in the
list of values selected. If the Location (Level 1) filter is being used, only
the child locations in location level2 will be available.
Location (Level 3)
Filters the report based on whether the location level3 name is in the
list of values selected. If the Location (Level 2) filter is being used, only
the child locations in location level3 will be available.
Location (Level 4)
Filters the report based on whether the location level4 name is in the
list of values selected. If the Location (Level 3) filter is being used, only
the child locations in location level4 will be available.
Job Field (Level 1)
Filters the report based on whether the job field level1 name is in the
list of values selected.
Job Field (Level 2)
Filters the report based on whether the job field level2 name is in the
list of values selected. If the Job Field (Level 1) filter is being used,
only the child job fields in job field level2 will be available.
Job Field (Level 3)
Filters the report based on whether the job field level3 name is in the
list of values selected. If the Job Field (Level 2) filter is being used,
only the child job fields in job field level3 will be available.
Job Field (Level 4)
Filters the report based on whether the job field level4 name is in the
list of values selected. If the Job Field (Level 3) filter is being used,
only the child job fields in job field level4 will be available.
Recruiter Name
Filters the report based on whether the recruiter name is in the list of
values selected.
Hiring Manager Name
Filters the report based on whether the hiring manager name is in the
list of values selected.
Req. Identifier
Filters the report based on whether the req. identifier is in the list of
values selected.
Req. Title
Filters the report based on whether the req. title is in the list of values
selected.
Minimum Requirements Met
Filters the report based on whether the minimum requirements met
indicator is in the list of values selected.
Is Ace
Filters the report based on whether the is ace indicator is in the list of
values selected.
94
Oracle Taleo Enterprise
Chapter 3
Reporting with Oracle Business Intelligence User
Guide
Recruiting Standard Content
Name
Description
Submission Is Internal
Filters the report based on whether the submission is internal indicator
is in the list of values selected.
Submission Is Completed
Filters the report based on whether the submission is completed
indicator is in the list of values selected.
Report Filters
This table shows report filters
Filter
Description
Is Max Standard USA EEO Form with Answer is equal to/ is in YES
Filters the report based on whether USA EEO from has been
answered or no regulation form has been specified.
OR
Regulation Form Code is null
Historical Step Sequence is not null
Filters the report to remove candidates where no historical step
sequence has been recorded.
Historical Step/Status Was Reverted is equal to/is in No
Filters the report to remove candidates whose step/status has been
reverted.
Current Status Start Date is prompted
This is a listener for a prompt.
Submission Created Date is prompted
This is a listener for a prompt.
Submission Completed Date is prompted
This is a listener for a prompt.
Latest Filled Date is prompted
This is a listener for a prompt.
Current Reference Status Name is prompted
This is a listener for a prompt.
Current Workflow Name is prompmted
This is a listener for a prompt.
Current Step Name is prompted
This is a listener for a prompt.
Current Status Name is prompted
This is a listener for a prompt.
Organization Level1 Name is prompted
This is a listener for a prompt.
Organization Level2 Name is prompted
This is a listener for a prompt.
95
Oracle Taleo Enterprise
Chapter 3
Reporting with Oracle Business Intelligence User
Guide
Recruiting Standard Content
Filter
Description
Organization Level3 Name is prompted
This is a listener for a prompt.
Organization Level4 Name is prompted
This is a listener for a prompt.
IFNULL("Submission Dates"."Hire Start Date","Submission
Dates"."Offer Actual Start Date")
This is a listener for a prompt.
When the prompt is set this value filters on the Hire Start Date. If hire
start date is null it filters on the Offer Actual Start Date.
Location Level1 Name is prompted
This is a listener for a prompt.
Location Level2 Name is prompted
This is a listener for a prompt.
Location Level31 Name is prompted
This is a listener for a prompt.
Location Level4 Name is prompted
This is a listener for a prompt.
Job Field1 Name is prompted
This is a listener for a prompt.
Job Field2 Name is prompted
This is a listener for a prompt.
Job Field3 Name is prompted
This is a listener for a prompt.
Job Field4 Name is prompted
This is a listener for a prompt.
Recruiter Name is prompted
This is a listener for a prompt.
Hiring Manager Name is prompted
This is a listener for a prompt.
Req. Identifier is prompted
This is a listener for a prompt.
Title (BL) is prompted
This is a listener for a prompt.
Is Ace is prompted
This is a listener for a prompt.
Minimum Requirements Met is prompted
This is a listener for a prompt.
Submission Is Internal is prompted
This is a listener for a prompt.
Submission Is Completed is prompted
This is a listener for a prompt.
Current Status is prompted
This is a listener for a prompt.
First Sourced After Latest Approval Date is prompted
This is a listener for a prompt.
96
Oracle Taleo Enterprise
Chapter 3
Reporting with Oracle Business Intelligence User
Guide
Recruiting Standard Content
Candidate Offers Pending Approval
The report provides a listing of job offers that are currently in the pending approval status by aging.
Report Columns
This table shows report columns and descriptions
Name
Description
Req. Identifier
Returns the requisition id, as displayed in the recruiting application.
Req. Title
Returns the requisition title, in its base language.
Candidate Identifier
Returns Candidate ID
Candidate Name
Returns the candidate name
Candidate Email
Returns the candidate email
Candidate Primary Phone Designation
Returns the candidate primary phone designation
Candidate Mobile Phone
Returns the candidate mobile phone number
Candidate Home Phone
Returns the candidate home phone number
Candidate Work Phone
Returns the candidate work phone number
Is Ace
Returns yes or no value based on whether the submission was Ace.
Minimum Requirements Met
Returns yes or no value based on wheather the submission met
minimum requirements.
Current Workflow Name
Returns the name of the candidate selection workflow used for this job
submission.
Current Status Start Date
Returns the date when the candidate was moved to the current status.
Recruiter Name
Returns the recruiter name
Recruiter Email
Returns the recruiter email
# Openings Left to Fill (Hired)
Returns the number of positions left to fill on the requisition, based on
the number of openings minus the number of candidates in the hired
reference status.
Hiring Manager Name
Returns the hiring manager name
97
Oracle Taleo Enterprise
Chapter 3
Reporting with Oracle Business Intelligence User
Guide
Recruiting Standard Content
Name
Description
Hiring Manager Email
Returns the hiring manager email
Organization Level1 Name
Returns the name of the organization
Organization Level 2 Name
Returns the name of the organization
Job Field Level1 Name
Returns the name of the requisition job field.
Location Level1 Name
Returns the name of the requisition primary location.
Submission Is Completed
Returns whether or not the submission is complete
Submission Medium
Returns the submission medium
Submission Is Internal
Returns whether or not the candidate was internal as of when he/she
created the submission
Motives
Returns the candidate rejection/declination motives when they are
automatically generated by the system. If an auto generated motive
is not available, the system returns the candidate rejection/declination
motives.
Submission Created Date
Returns the date/time when the submission was created
Submission Completed Date
Returns the date/time when the submission was completed
First Sourced After Latest Approval Date
Returns the first time the requisition was put into the sourcing status
after the most recent time the requisition the requisition was put into
the approved status.
Current Status
Returns the current status of the requisition. Note that the values
"Approved" and "Sourcing" roll up to the "Open" status.
Offer Target Start Date
Returns the target start date as entered in the candidate job offer
section
Target Start Date
Returns the requisition's target start date.
Time Since Last CSW Status Change
Returns the time (in days) spent on hold between now and the most
recent candidate selection workflow status change.
Time Since Submission Completion
Returns the time (in days) the requisition spent on hold between now
and the candidate submission completion date.
Time on Hold Since Latest CSW Status Change
Returns the average time (in days) between now and the most recent
candidate selection workflow status change.
Time on Hold Since Submission Completion
Returns average the time (in days) between now and the candidate
submission completion date.
98
Oracle Taleo Enterprise
Chapter 3
Reporting with Oracle Business Intelligence User
Guide
Recruiting Standard Content
Report Prompts
All report prompts are optional.
This table shows report prompts and descriptions
Name
Description
Submission Current Status Start Date
Filters the report based on whether the submission current status start
date is between two selected dates.
Submission Created Date
Filters the report based on whether the submission created date is
between two selected dates.
Submission Completed Date
Filters the report based on whether the submission completed date is
between two selected dates.
Req. Target Start Date
Filters the report based on whether the req. target start date is
between two selected dates.
Offer Target Start Date
Filters the report based on whether the offer target start date is
between two selected dates.
First Sourced After Latest Approved Date
Filters the report based on whether the first sourced after latest
approved date is between two selected dates.
Organization (Level 1)
Filters the report based on whether the organization level1 name is in
the list of values selected.
Organization (Level 2)
Filters the report based on whether the organization level2 name
is in the list of values selected. If the Organization (Level 1) filter is
being used, only the child organizations in organization level2 will be
available.
Organization (Level 3)
Filters the report based on whether the organization level3 name
is in the list of values selected. If the Organization (Level 2) filter is
being used, only the child organizations in organization level3 will be
available.
Organization (Level 4)
Filters the report based on whether the organization level4 name
is in the list of values selected. If the Organization (Level 3) filter is
being used, only the child organizations in organization level4 will be
available.
Location (Level 1)
Filters the report based on whether the location level1 name is in the
list of values selected.
Location (Level 2)
Filters the report based on whether the location level2 name is in the
list of values selected. If the Location (Level 1) filter is being used, only
the child locations in location level2 will be available.
99
Oracle Taleo Enterprise
Chapter 3
Reporting with Oracle Business Intelligence User
Guide
Recruiting Standard Content
Name
Description
Location (Level 3)
Filters the report based on whether the location level3 name is in the
list of values selected. If the Location (Level 2) filter is being used, only
the child locations in location level3 will be available.
Location (Level 4)
Filters the report based on whether the location level4 name is in the
list of values selected. If the Location (Level 3) filter is being used, only
the child locations in location level4 will be available.
Job Field (Level 1)
Filters the report based on whether the job field level1 name is in the
list of values selected.
Job Field (Level 2)
Filters the report based on whether the job field level2 name is in the
list of values selected. If the Job Field (Level 1) filter is being used,
only the child job fields in job field level2 will be available.
Job Field (Level 3)
Filters the report based on whether the job field level3 name is in the
list of values selected. If the Job Field (Level 2) filter is being used,
only the child job fields in job field level3 will be available.
Job Field (Level 4)
Filters the report based on whether the job field level4 name is in the
list of values selected. If the Job Field (Level 3) filter is being used,
only the child job fields in job field level4 will be available.
Recruiter Name
Filters the report based on whether the recruiter name is in the list of
values selected.
Hiring Manager Name
Filters the report based on whether the hiring manager name is in the
list of values selected.
Req. Identifier
Filters the report based on whether the req. identifier is in the list of
values selected.
Req. Title
Filters the report based on whether the req. title is in the list of values
selected.
Report Filters
This table shows report filters and descriptions
Filter
Description
Submission Job Offer Status is equal to/is in Approval in Progress
Filters the report based one whether the submission job offer status is
currently Approval in Progress.
Current Status Start Date is prompted
This is a listener for a prompt.
Submission Created Date is prompted
This is a listener for a prompt.
100
Oracle Taleo Enterprise
Chapter 3
Reporting with Oracle Business Intelligence User
Guide
Recruiting Standard Content
Filter
Description
Submission Completed Date is prompted
This is a listener for a prompt.
Current Status Name is prompted
This is a listener for a prompt.
Organization Level1 Name is prompted
This is a listener for a prompt.
Organization Level2 Name is prompted
This is a listener for a prompt.
Organization Level3 Name is prompted
This is a listener for a prompt.
Organization Level4 Name is prompted
This is a listener for a prompt.
Location Level1 Name is prompted
This is a listener for a prompt.
Location Level2 Name is prompted
This is a listener for a prompt.
Location Level31 Name is prompted
This is a listener for a prompt.
Location Level4 Name is prompted
This is a listener for a prompt.
Job Field1 Name is prompted
This is a listener for a prompt.
Job Field2 Name is prompted
This is a listener for a prompt.
Job Field3 Name is prompted
This is a listener for a prompt.
Job Field4 Name is prompted
This is a listener for a prompt.
Recruiter Name is prompted
This is a listener for a prompt.
Hiring Manager Name is prompted
This is a listener for a prompt.
Req. Identifier is prompted
This is a listener for a prompt.
Title (BL) is prompted
This is a listener for a prompt.
Is Ace is prompted
This is a listener for a prompt.
Minimum Requirements Met is prompted
This is a listener for a prompt.
Submission Is Internal is prompted
This is a listener for a prompt.
Submission Is Completed is prompted
This is a listener for a prompt.
101
Oracle Taleo Enterprise
Chapter 3
Reporting with Oracle Business Intelligence User
Guide
Recruiting Standard Content
Filter
Description
Current Status is prompted
This is a listener for a prompt.
First Sourced After Latest Approval Date is prompted
This is a listener for a prompt.
Target Start Date is prompted
This is a listener for a prompt.
Offer Target Start Date is prompted
This is a listener for a prompt.
Candidate Summary by Recruiting Status (Time Spent in Each
Status)
The report provides a summary of how long it takes to move candidates along in the recruiting cycle.
Report Columns
This table shows report columns and description
Name
Description
Req. Identifier
Returns the requisition id, as displayed in the recruiting application.
Req. Title
Returns the requisition title, in its base language.
Current Status Start Date
Returns the date when the candidate was moved to the current status.
Recruiter Name
Returns the recruiter name
Hiring Manager Name
Returns the hiring manager name
Job Field Level1 Name
Returns the name of the requisition job field.
Location Level1 Name
Returns the name of the requisition primary location.
Current Status
Returns the current status of the requisition. Note that the values
"Approved" and "Sourcing" roll up to the "Open" status.
Historical Workflow Name
Returns the name of the candidate selection workflow used for this job
submission.
Historical Step Sequence
Returns who changed the candidate to this status
102
Oracle Taleo Enterprise
Chapter 3
Reporting with Oracle Business Intelligence User
Guide
Recruiting Standard Content
Name
Description
Historical Step Name
Returns the sequence of the step in its workflow
Historical Status Name
Returns the sequence of the status in its step
Historical Reference Status Name
Returns the historical reference status name
Average Duration (Days)
Return an average, derived by function, of how long the candidates
were in this status
# Submissions
Returns the number of distinct job submissions.
Report Prompts
All report prompts are optional.
This table shows report prompts and descriptions
Name
Description
Requisition Status
Filters the report based on whether the requisition current status is in
the list of values selected.
Submission Current Status Start Date
Filters the report based on whether the submission current status start
date is between two selected dates.
Submission Created Date
Filters the report based on whether the submission created date is
between two selected dates.
Hired Candidate Start Date
Filters the report based on whether the hired start date is between two
selected dates. If the hire start date is null the offer actual start date is
used.
Latest Filled Date
Filters the report based on whether the latest filled date is between two
selected dates.
First Sourced After Latest Approved Date
Filters the report based on whether the first sourced after latest
approved date is between two selected dates.
Ref. Status Name
Filters the report based on whether the current status reference name
is in the list of values selected.
Workflow Name
Filters the report based on whether the current workflow name is in the
list of values selected.
Step Name
Filters the report based on whether the current step name is in the list
of values selected. If the workflow name filter is being used, only the
steps in the selected workflow will be available.
103
Oracle Taleo Enterprise
Chapter 3
Reporting with Oracle Business Intelligence User
Guide
Recruiting Standard Content
Name
Description
Status Name
Filters the report based on whether the current status name is in the
list of values selected. If the step name filter is being used, only the
statuses in the filtered steps will be available.
Organization (Level 1)
Filters the report based on whether the organization level1 name is in
the list of values selected.
Organization (Level 2)
Filters the report based on whether the organization level2 name
is in the list of values selected. If the Organization (Level 1) filter is
being used, only the child organizations in organization level2 will be
available.
Organization (Level 3)
Filters the report based on whether the organization level3 name
is in the list of values selected. If the Organization (Level 2) filter is
being used, only the child organizations in organization level3 will be
available.
Organization (Level 4)
Filters the report based on whether the organization level4 name
is in the list of values selected. If the Organization (Level 3) filter is
being used, only the child organizations in organization level4 will be
available.
Location (Level 1)
Filters the report based on whether the location level1 name is in the
list of values selected.
Location (Level 2)
Filters the report based on whether the location level2 name is in the
list of values selected. If the Location (Level 1) filter is being used, only
the child locations in location level2 will be available.
Location (Level 3)
Filters the report based on whether the location level3 name is in the
list of values selected. If the Location (Level 2) filter is being used, only
the child locations in location level3 will be available.
Location (Level 4)
Filters the report based on whether the location level4 name is in the
list of values selected. If the Location (Level 3) filter is being used, only
the child locations in location level4 will be available.
Job Field (Level 1)
Filters the report based on whether the job field level1 name is in the
list of values selected.
Job Field (Level 2)
Filters the report based on whether the job field level2 name is in the
list of values selected. If the Job Field (Level 1) filter is being used,
only the child job fields in job field level2 will be available.
Job Field (Level 3)
Filters the report based on whether the job field level3 name is in the
list of values selected. If the Job Field (Level 2) filter is being used,
only the child job fields in job field level3 will be available.
Job Field (Level 4)
Filters the report based on whether the job field level4 name is in the
list of values selected. If the Job Field (Level 3) filter is being used,
only the child job fields in job field level4 will be available.
104
Oracle Taleo Enterprise
Chapter 3
Reporting with Oracle Business Intelligence User
Guide
Recruiting Standard Content
Name
Description
Recruiter Name
Filters the report based on whether the recruiter name is in the list of
values selected.
Hiring Manager Name
Filters the report based on whether the hiring manager name is in the
list of values selected.
Req. Identifier
Filters the report based on whether the req. identifier is in the list of
values selected.
Req. Title
Filters the report based on whether the req. title is in the list of values
selected.
Minimum Requirements Met
Filters the report based on whether the minimum requirements met
indicator is in the list of values selected.
Is Ace
Filters the report based on whether the is ace indicator is in the list of
values selected.
Submission Is Internal
Filters the report based on whether the submission is internal indicator
is in the list of values selected.
Submission Is Completed
Filters the report based on whether the submission is completed
indicator is in the list of values selected.
Report Filters
This table shows report filters and descriptions
Filter
Description
Historical Status Sequence is not null
Filters the report to remove candidates where no historical status
sequence has been recorded.
Historical Reference Status Name is not equal to/is not in Declined;
Hired; Rejected
Filters the report to remove the declined, hired, and rejected reference
status as these status are final statuses.
Historical Step/Status Was Reverted is equal to/is in No
Filters the report to remove candidates whose step/status has been
reverted.
Current Status Start Date is prompted
This is a listener for a prompt.
Submission Created Date is prompted
This is a listener for a prompt.
Submission Completed Date is prompted
This is a listener for a prompt.
Latest Filled Date is prompted
This is a listener for a prompt.
105
Oracle Taleo Enterprise
Chapter 3
Reporting with Oracle Business Intelligence User
Guide
Recruiting Standard Content
Filter
Description
Current Reference Status Name is prompted
This is a listener for a prompt.
Current Workflow Name is prompmted
This is a listener for a prompt.
Current Step Name is prompted
This is a listener for a prompt.
Current Status Name is prompted
This is a listener for a prompt.
Organization Level1 Name is prompted
This is a listener for a prompt.
Organization Level2 Name is prompted
This is a listener for a prompt.
Organization Level3 Name is prompted
This is a listener for a prompt.
Organization Level4 Name is prompted
This is a listener for a prompt.
IFNULL("Submission Dates"."Hire Start Date","Submission
Dates"."Offer Actual Start Date") is prompted
This is a listener for a prompt.
When the prompt is set this value filters on the Hire Start Date. If hire
start date is null it filters on the Offer Actual Start Date.
Location Level1 Name is prompted
This is a listener for a prompt.
Location Level2 Name is prompted
This is a listener for a prompt.
Location Level31 Name is prompted
This is a listener for a prompt.
Location Level4 Name is prompted
This is a listener for a prompt.
Job Field1 Name is prompted
This is a listener for a prompt.
Job Field2 Name is prompted
This is a listener for a prompt.
Job Field3 Name is prompted
This is a listener for a prompt.
Job Field4 Name is prompted
This is a listener for a prompt.
Recruiter Name is prompted
This is a listener for a prompt.
Hiring Manager Name is prompted
This is a listener for a prompt.
Req. Identifier is prompted
This is a listener for a prompt.
Title (BL) is prompted
This is a listener for a prompt.
106
Oracle Taleo Enterprise
Chapter 3
Reporting with Oracle Business Intelligence User
Guide
Recruiting Standard Content
Filter
Description
Is Ace is prompted
This is a listener for a prompt.
Minimum Requirements Met is prompted
This is a listener for a prompt.
Submission Is Internal is prompted
This is a listener for a prompt.
Submission Is Completed is prompted
This is a listener for a prompt.
Current Status is prompted
This is a listener for a prompt.
First Sourced After Latest Approval Date is prompted
This is a listener for a prompt.
Candidates Hired
The report provides a listing of hired candidates.
Report Columns
This table shows report columns and descriptions
Name
Description
Req. Identifier
Returns the requisition id, as displayed in the recruiting application.
Req. Title
Returns the requisition title, in its base language.
Candidate Identifier
Returns Candidate ID
Candidate Name
Returns the candidate name
Candidate is Internal
Returns whether or not the candidate is internal
Candidate Email
Returns the candidate email
Candidate Primary Phone Designation
Returns the candidate primary phone designation
Candidate Mobile Phone
Returns the candidate mobile phone number
Candidate Home Phone
Returns the candidate home phone number
Candidate Work Phone
Returns the candidate work phone number
107
Oracle Taleo Enterprise
Chapter 3
Reporting with Oracle Business Intelligence User
Guide
Recruiting Standard Content
Name
Description
Is Ace
Returns yes or no value based on whether the submission was Ace.
Minimum Requirements Met
Returns yes or no value based on wheather the submission met
minimum requirements.
Current Reference Status Name
Returns the current reference status name
Current Workflow Name
Returns the name of the candidate selection workflow used for this job
submission.
Current Step Name
Returns the current CSW step name
Current Status Name
Returns the current CSW status name
Current Status Start Date
Returns the date when the candidate was moved to the current status.
Recruiter Name
Returns the recruiter name
Recruiter Email
Returns the recruiter email
# Openings Left to Fill (Hired)
Returns the number of positions left to fill on the requisition, based on
the number of openings minus the number of candidates in the hired
reference status.
Hiring Manager Name
Returns the hiring manager name
Hiring Manager Email
Returns the hiring manager email
Organization Level1 Name
Returns the name of the organization
Organization Level2 Name
Returns the name of the organization
Job Field Level1 Name
Returns the name of the requisition job field.
Location Level1 Name
Returns the name of the requisition primary location.
Submission Is Completed
Returns whether or not the submission is complete
Submission Medium
Returns the submission medium
Submission Is Internal
Returns whether or not the candidate was internal as of when he/she
created the submission
Submission Created Date
Returns the date/time when the submission was created
Submission Completed Date
Returns the date/time when the submission was completed
108
Oracle Taleo Enterprise
Chapter 3
Reporting with Oracle Business Intelligence User
Guide
Recruiting Standard Content
Name
Description
Hired Candidate Start Date
Returns the hire start date/time as entered when the candidate is
moved to the Hired reference status. If the hire start date is not
available the system returns the hire start date as entered in the
candidate job offer section.
Offer Accepted Date
Returns the date/time when the candidate accepted the job offer
Latest Filled Date
Returns the date/time when the requisition was most recently filled.
Latest Position Accepted Date
Returns the date/time when the last position was accepted on the
requisition.
First Sourced After Latest Approval Date
Returns the first time the requisition was put into the sourcing status
after the most recent time the requisition the requisition was put into
the approved status.
Current Status
Returns the current status of the requisition. Note that the values
"Approved" and "Sourcing" roll up to the "Open" status.
Submission Source Type (Display As)
Returns the recruitment source type, as displayed in the recruiting
administration application, under the "display as" column.
Submission Source (BL)
Returns the submission source, in its base locale
Race
Returns the answer to the regulation question
Gender
Returns the answer to the regulation question
Ethnicity
Returns the answer to the regulation question
Regulation Form Code
Returns the code associated to the global regulation data collection
form.
EEO Job Category
Returns the requisition's EEO job category.
Time to Hire
Returns the average number of days between the first fully approved
date and the hired date.
Submission Cycle Time
Returns the average number of days between the submission
completed date and hired date.
Time to Start
Returns the average number of days between the the first fully
approved date and the hire start date (offer actual start date, if hire
start date is null).
109
Oracle Taleo Enterprise
Chapter 3
Reporting with Oracle Business Intelligence User
Guide
Recruiting Standard Content
Report Prompts
All report prompts are optional.
This table shows report prompts and descriptions
Name
Description
Requisition Status
Filters the report based on whether the requisition current status is in
the list of values selected.
Submission Current Status Start Date
Filters the report based on whether the submission current status start
date is between two selected dates.
Submission Created Date
Filters the report based on whether the submission created date is
between two selected dates.
Hired Candidate Start Date
Filters the report based on whether the hired start date is between two
selected dates. If the hire start date is null the offer actual start date is
used.
Hired Date
Filters the report based on whether the hired date is between two
selected dates.
Latest Filled Date
Filters the report based on whether the latest filled date is between two
selected dates.
Offer Accepted Date
Filters the report based on whether the offer accepted date is between
two selected dates.
Last Position Accepted Date
Filters the report based on whether the last position accepted date is
between two selected dates.
First Sourced After Latest Approved Date
Filters the report based on whether the first sourced after latest
approved date is between two selected dates.
Ref. Status Name
Filters the report based on whether the current status reference name
is in the list of values selected.
Workflow Name
Filters the report based on whether the current workflow name is in the
list of values selected.
Step Name
Filters the report based on whether the current step name is in the list
of values selected. If the workflow name filter is being used, only the
steps in the selected workflow will be available.
Status Name
Filters the report based on whether the current status name is in the
list of values selected. If the step name filter is being used, only the
statuses in the filtered steps will be available.
Organization (Level 1)
Filters the report based on whether the organization level1 name is in
the list of values selected.
110
Oracle Taleo Enterprise
Chapter 3
Reporting with Oracle Business Intelligence User
Guide
Recruiting Standard Content
Name
Description
Organization (Level 2)
Filters the report based on whether the organization level2 name
is in the list of values selected. If the Organization (Level 1) filter is
being used, only the child organizations in organization level2 will be
available.
Organization (Level 3)
Filters the report based on whether the organization level3 name
is in the list of values selected. If the Organization (Level 2) filter is
being used, only the child organizations in organization level3 will be
available.
Organization (Level 4)
Filters the report based on whether the organization level4 name
is in the list of values selected. If the Organization (Level 3) filter is
being used, only the child organizations in organization level4 will be
available.
Location (Level 1)
Filters the report based on whether the location level1 name is in the
list of values selected.
Location (Level 2)
Filters the report based on whether the location level2 name is in the
list of values selected. If the Location (Level 1) filter is being used, only
the child locations in location level2 will be available.
Location (Level 3)
Filters the report based on whether the location level3 name is in the
list of values selected. If the Location (Level 2) filter is being used, only
the child locations in location level3 will be available.
Location (Level 4)
Filters the report based on whether the location level4 name is in the
list of values selected. If the Location (Level 3) filter is being used, only
the child locations in location level4 will be available.
Job Field (Level 1)
Filters the report based on whether the job field level1 name is in the
list of values selected.
Job Field (Level 2)
Filters the report based on whether the job field level2 name is in the
list of values selected. If the Job Field (Level 1) filter is being used,
only the child job fields in job field level2 will be available.
Job Field (Level 3)
Filters the report based on whether the job field level3 name is in the
list of values selected. If the Job Field (Level 2) filter is being used,
only the child job fields in job field level3 will be available.
Job Field (Level 4)
Filters the report based on whether the job field level4 name is in the
list of values selected. If the Job Field (Level 3) filter is being used,
only the child job fields in job field level4 will be available.
Recruiter Name
Filters the report based on whether the recruiter name is in the list of
values selected.
Hiring Manager Name
Filters the report based on whether the hiring manager name is in the
list of values selected.
Req. Identifier
Filters the report based on whether the req. identifier is in the list of
values selected.
111
Oracle Taleo Enterprise
Chapter 3
Reporting with Oracle Business Intelligence User
Guide
Recruiting Standard Content
Name
Description
Req. Title
Filters the report based on whether the req. title is in the list of values
selected.
Minimum Requirements Met
Filters the report based on whether the minimum requirements met
indicator is in the list of values selected.
Is Ace
Filters the report based on whether the is ace indicator is in the list of
values selected.
Submission Is Internal
Filters the report based on whether the submission is internal indicator
is in the list of values selected.
Submission Is Completed
Filters the report based on whether the submission is completed
indicator is in the list of values selected.
Report Filters
The report shows report filters and descriptions
Filter
Description
Is Max Standard USA EEO Form with Answer is equal to/ is in YES
Filters the report based on whether USA EEO from has been
answered or no regulation form has been specified.
OR
Regulation Form Code is null
Content Reference Status Name is equal to / is in Hired
Filters the report to candidates who have reached a hired content
reference status.
Historical Step Sequence is not null
Filters the report to remove candidates where no historical step
sequence has been recorded.
Historical Step/Status Was Reverted is equal to/is in No
Filters the report to remove candidates whose step/status has been
reverted.
Current Status Start Date is prompted
This is a listener for a prompt.
Submission Created Date is prompted
This is a listener for a prompt.
Submission Completed Date is prompted
This is a listener for a prompt.
Latest Filled Date is prompted
This is a listener for a prompt.
Current Reference Status Name is prompted
This is a listener for a prompt.
112
Oracle Taleo Enterprise
Chapter 3
Reporting with Oracle Business Intelligence User
Guide
Recruiting Standard Content
Filter
Description
Current Workflow Name is prompmted
This is a listener for a prompt.
Current Step Name is prompted
This is a listener for a prompt.
Current Status Name is prompted
This is a listener for a prompt.
Organization Level1 Name is prompted
This is a listener for a prompt.
Organization Level2 Name is prompted
This is a listener for a prompt.
Organization Level3 Name is prompted
This is a listener for a prompt.
Organization Level4 Name is prompted
This is a listener for a prompt.
IFNULL("Submission Dates"."Hire Start Date","Submission
Dates"."Offer Actual Start Date")
This is a listener for a prompt.
When the prompt is set this value filters on the Hire Start Date. If hire
start date is null it filters on the Offer Actual Start Date.
Location Level1 Name is prompted
This is a listener for a prompt.
Location Level2 Name is prompted
This is a listener for a prompt.
Location Level31 Name is prompted
This is a listener for a prompt.
Location Level4 Name is prompted
This is a listener for a prompt.
Job Field1 Name is prompted
This is a listener for a prompt.
Job Field2 Name is prompted
This is a listener for a prompt.
Job Field3 Name is prompted
This is a listener for a prompt.
Job Field4 Name is prompted
This is a listener for a prompt.
Recruiter Name is prompted
This is a listener for a prompt.
Hiring Manager Name is prompted
This is a listener for a prompt.
Req. Identifier is prompted
This is a listener for a prompt.
Title (BL) is prompted
This is a listener for a prompt.
Is Ace is prompted
This is a listener for a prompt.
113
Oracle Taleo Enterprise
Chapter 3
Reporting with Oracle Business Intelligence User
Guide
Recruiting Standard Content
Filter
Description
Minimum Requirements Met is prompted
This is a listener for a prompt.
Submission Is Internal is prompted
This is a listener for a prompt.
Submission Is Completed is prompted
This is a listener for a prompt.
Current Status is prompted
This is a listener for a prompt.
Last Position Accepted Date is prompted
This is a listener for a prompt.
Hired Date is prompted
This is a listener for a prompt.
Offer Accepted Date is prompted
This is a listener for a prompt.
First Sourced After Latest Approval Date is prompted
This is a listener for a prompt.
Candidates Requiring Attention (Based on Aging)
The report returns a listing of candidates that have been in a recruiting status for a certain amount of time. The statuses
and time thresholds are defined by the user at runtime. For example, candidates that are in the “New – To Be Reviewed”
status and haven’t been moved for over 5 days.
Report Columns
The report shows report columns and descriptions
Name
Details
Req. Identifier
Returns the requisition id, as displayed in the recruiting application.
Req. Title
Returns the requisition title, in its base language.
Candidate Identifier
Returns Candidate ID
Candidate Name
Returns the candidate name
Candidate is Internal
Returns whether or not the candidate is internal
Candidate Email
Returns the candidate email
Candidate Primary Phone Designation
Returns the candidate primary phone designation
114
Oracle Taleo Enterprise
Chapter 3
Reporting with Oracle Business Intelligence User
Guide
Recruiting Standard Content
Name
Details
Candidate Mobile Phone
Returns the candidate mobile phone number
Candidate Home Phone
Returns the candidate home phone number
Candidate Work Phone
Returns the candidate work phone number
Is Ace
Returns yes or no value based on whether the submission was Ace.
Minimum Requirements Met
Returns yes or no value based on wheather the submission met
minimum requirements.
Current Reference Status Name
Returns the current reference status name
Current Workflow Name
Returns the name of the candidate selection workflow used for this job
submission.
Current Step Name
Returns the current CSW step name
Current Status Name
Returns the current CSW status name
Current Status Start Date
Returns the date when the candidate was moved to the current status.
Days Since Last Candidate Status Change
Returns the time (in days) spent on hold between now and the most
recent candidate selection workflow status change.
Recruiter Name
Returns the recruiter name
Recruiter Email
Returns the recruiter email
# Openings Left to Fill (Hired)
Returns the number of positions left to fill on the requisition, based on
the number of openings minus the number of candidates in the hired
reference status.
Hiring Manager Name
Returns the hiring manager name
Hiring Manager Email
Returns the hiring manager email
Organization Level1 Name
Returns the name of the organization
Job Field Level1 Name
Returns the name of the requisition job field.
Location Level1 Name
Returns the name of the requisition primary location.
Submission Is Completed
Returns whether or not the submission is complete
Submission Medium
Returns the submission medium
115
Oracle Taleo Enterprise
Chapter 3
Reporting with Oracle Business Intelligence User
Guide
Recruiting Standard Content
Name
Details
Submission Completed Date
Returns the date/time when the submission was completed
First Sourced After Latest Approval Date
Returns the first time the requisition was put into the sourcing status
after the most recent time the requisition the requisition was put into
the approved status.
Report Prompts
All report prompts are optional.
The report shows report prompts and descriptions
Name
Description
Days Since Last Status Change
This is a required prompt that filters the report based on whether the
application has been in the current status for a certain amount of days.
Current Status Start Date
Filters the report based on whether the current status start date is
between two selected dates.
Submission Completed Date
Filters the report based on whether the submission completed date is
between two selected dates.
First Sourced After Latest Approved Date
Filters the report based on whether the first sourced after latest
approved date is between two selected dates.
Ref. Status Name
Filters the report based on whether the current status reference name
is in the list of values selected.
Workflow Name
Filters the report based on whether the current workflow name is in the
list of values selected.
Step Name
Filters the report based on whether the current step name is in the list
of values selected. If the workflow name filter is being used, only the
steps in the selected workflow will be available.
Status Name
Filters the report based on whether the current status name is in the
list of values selected. If the step name filter is being used, only the
statuses in the filtered steps will be available.
Organization (Level 1)
Filters the report based on whether the organization level1 name is in
the list of values selected.
Organization (Level 2)
Filters the report based on whether the organization level2 name
is in the list of values selected. If the Organization (Level 1) filter is
being used, only the child organizations in organization level2 will be
available.
116
Oracle Taleo Enterprise
Chapter 3
Reporting with Oracle Business Intelligence User
Guide
Recruiting Standard Content
Name
Description
Organization (Level 3)
Filters the report based on whether the organization level3 name
is in the list of values selected. If the Organization (Level 2) filter is
being used, only the child organizations in organization level3 will be
available.
Organization (Level 4)
Filters the report based on whether the organization level4 name
is in the list of values selected. If the Organization (Level 3) filter is
being used, only the child organizations in organization level4 will be
available.
Location (Level 1)
Filters the report based on whether the location level1 name is in the
list of values selected.
Location (Level 2)
Filters the report based on whether the location level2 name is in the
list of values selected. If the Location (Level 1) filter is being used, only
the child locations in location level2 will be available.
Location (Level 3)
Filters the report based on whether the location level3 name is in the
list of values selected. If the Location (Level 2) filter is being used, only
the child locations in location level3 will be available.
Location (Level 4)
Filters the report based on whether the location level4 name is in the
list of values selected. If the Location (Level 3) filter is being used, only
the child locations in location level4 will be available.
Job Field (Level 1)
Filters the report based on whether the job field level1 name is in the
list of values selected.
Job Field (Level 2)
Filters the report based on whether the job field level2 name is in the
list of values selected. If the Job Field (Level 1) filter is being used,
only the child job fields in job field level2 will be available.
Job Field (Level 3)
Filters the report based on whether the job field level3 name is in the
list of values selected. If the Job Field (Level 2) filter is being used,
only the child job fields in job field level3 will be available.
Job Field (Level 4)
Filters the report based on whether the job field level4 name is in the
list of values selected. If the Job Field (Level 3) filter is being used,
only the child job fields in job field level4 will be available.
Recruiter Name
Filters the report based on whether the recruiter name is in the list of
values selected.
Hiring Manager Name
Filters the report based on whether the hiring manager name is in the
list of values selected.
Req. Identifier
Filters the report based on whether the req. identifier is in the list of
values selected.
Req. Title
Filters the report based on whether the req. title is in the list of values
selected.
117
Oracle Taleo Enterprise
Chapter 3
Reporting with Oracle Business Intelligence User
Guide
Recruiting Standard Content
Name
Description
Minimum Requirements Met
Filters the report based on whether the minimum requirements met
indicator is in the list of values selected.
Is Ace
Filters the report based on whether the is ace indicator is in the list of
values selected.
Submission Is Internal
Filters the report based on whether the submission is internal indicator
is in the list of values selected.
Submission Is Completed
Filters the report based on whether the submission is completed
indicator is in the list of values selected.
Report Filters
The report shows report filters and descriptions
Filter
Explanation
Current Status Name is equal to / is in Sourcing
Filters the report to requisitions that are still actively sourcing.
Current Status Start Date is prompted
This is a listener for a prompt.
Submission Completed Date is prompted
This is a listener for a prompt.
Current Reference Status Name is prompted
This is a listener for a prompt.
Current Workflow Name is prompmted
This is a listener for a prompt.
Current Step Name is prompted
This is a listener for a prompt.
Current Status Name is prompted
This is a listener for a prompt.
Organization Level1 Name is prompted
This is a listener for a prompt.
Organization Level2 Name is prompted
This is a listener for a prompt.
Organization Level3 Name is prompted
This is a listener for a prompt.
Organization Level4 Name is prompted
This is a listener for a prompt.
Location Level1 Name is prompted
This is a listener for a prompt.
Location Level2 Name is prompted
This is a listener for a prompt.
118
Oracle Taleo Enterprise
Chapter 3
Reporting with Oracle Business Intelligence User
Guide
Recruiting Standard Content
Filter
Explanation
Location Level31 Name is prompted
This is a listener for a prompt.
Location Level4 Name is prompted
This is a listener for a prompt.
Job Field1 Name is prompted
This is a listener for a prompt.
Job Field2 Name is prompted
This is a listener for a prompt.
Job Field3 Name is prompted
This is a listener for a prompt.
Job Field4 Name is prompted
This is a listener for a prompt.
Recruiter Name is prompted
This is a listener for a prompt.
Hiring Manager Name is prompted
This is a listener for a prompt.
Req. Identifier is prompted
This is a listener for a prompt.
Title (BL) is prompted
This is a listener for a prompt.
Is Ace is prompted
This is a listener for a prompt.
Minimum Requirements Met is prompted
This is a listener for a prompt.
Candidate Is Internal is prompted
This is a listener for a prompt.
Submission Is Completed is prompted
This is a listener for a prompt.
Last Position Accepted Date is prompted
This is a listener for a prompt.
Time Since Last CSW Status Change is prompted
This is a listener for a prompt.
First Sourced After Latest Approval Date is prompted
This is a listener for a prompt.
119
Oracle Taleo Enterprise
Chapter 3
Reporting with Oracle Business Intelligence User
Guide
Recruiting Standard Content
Career Site Dropoff Statistics
The report provides visibility into incomplete job submissions in terms of where in the application process candidates are
dropping off, in the context of Taleo career site application flows.
Report Columns
The report shows report columns and descriptions
Name
Description
Career Site Name (BL)
Returns the job application career site at the time the candidate
applied, in its base locale.
Career Site Application Flow Name (BL)
Returns the name of the submission flow of the career site at the time
the candidate applied, in its base locale.
Career Site Last Page Reached Name (BL)
Returns the name of the last submission flow page reached at the time
the candidate applied, in its base locale.
Career Site Last Page Reached Sequence
Returns the sequence of the last submission flow page reached at the
time the candidate applied.
# Submissions
Returns the number of distinct job submissions.
# Submissions Complete
Returns the number of distinct job submissions that are completed.
# Submissions Incomplete
Returns the number of distinct job submissions that are not completed.
% Submissions Incomplete
# Submissions Incomplete / # Submissions *100
Report Prompts
All report prompts are optional.
The report shows report prompts and descriptions
Name
Description
Submission Created Date
Filters the report based on whether the submission created date is
between two selected dates.
Latest Filled Date
Filters the report based on whether the latest filled date is between two
selected dates.
First Sourced After Latest Approved Date
Filters the report based on whether the first sourced after latest
approved date is between two selected dates.
120
Oracle Taleo Enterprise
Chapter 3
Reporting with Oracle Business Intelligence User
Guide
Recruiting Standard Content
Name
Description
Career Site Name
Filters the report based on whether the career site name is in the list of
values selected.
Application Flow Name
Filters the report based on whether the application flow name is in the
list of values selected.
Organization (Level 1)
Filters the report based on whether the organization level1 name is in
the list of values selected.
Organization (Level 2)
Filters the report based on whether the organization level2 name
is in the list of values selected. If the Organization (Level 1) filter is
being used, only the child organizations in organization level2 will be
available.
Organization (Level 3)
Filters the report based on whether the organization level3 name
is in the list of values selected. If the Organization (Level 2) filter is
being used, only the child organizations in organization level3 will be
available.
Organization (Level 4)
Filters the report based on whether the organization level4 name
is in the list of values selected. If the Organization (Level 3) filter is
being used, only the child organizations in organization level4 will be
available.
Location (Level 1)
Filters the report based on whether the location level1 name is in the
list of values selected.
Location (Level 2)
Filters the report based on whether the location level2 name is in the
list of values selected. If the Location (Level 1) filter is being used, only
the child locations in location level2 will be available.
Location (Level 3)
Filters the report based on whether the location level3 name is in the
list of values selected. If the Location (Level 2) filter is being used, only
the child locations in location level3 will be available.
Location (Level 4)
Filters the report based on whether the location level4 name is in the
list of values selected. If the Location (Level 3) filter is being used, only
the child locations in location level4 will be available.
Job Field (Level 1)
Filters the report based on whether the job field level1 name is in the
list of values selected.
Job Field (Level 2)
Filters the report based on whether the job field level2 name is in the
list of values selected. If the Job Field (Level 1) filter is being used,
only the child job fields in job field level2 will be available.
Job Field (Level 3)
Filters the report based on whether the job field level3 name is in the
list of values selected. If the Job Field (Level 2) filter is being used,
only the child job fields in job field level3 will be available.
Job Field (Level 4)
Filters the report based on whether the job field level4 name is in the
list of values selected. If the Job Field (Level 3) filter is being used,
only the child job fields in job field level4 will be available.
121
Oracle Taleo Enterprise
Chapter 3
Reporting with Oracle Business Intelligence User
Guide
Recruiting Standard Content
Name
Description
Recruiter Name
Filters the report based on whether the recruiter name is in the list of
values selected.
Hiring Manager Name
Filters the report based on whether the hiring manager name is in the
list of values selected.
Req. Identifier
Filters the report based on whether the req. identifier is in the list of
values selected.
Req. Title
Filters the report based on whether the req. title is in the list of values
selected.
Minimum Requirements Met
Filters the report based on whether the minimum requirements met
indicator is in the list of values selected.
Requisition Status
Filters the report based on whether the requisition status is in the list of
values selected
Is Ace
Filters the report based on whether the is ace indicator is in the list of
values selected.
Submission Is Internal
Filters the report based on whether the submission is internal indicator
is in the list of values selected.
Report Filters
The report shows report filters and descriptions
Filter
Explanation
Career Site Name (BL) is not null
Filters the report based to submissions where career site name has
been recorded.
Submission Medium is equal to/is in Online
Filters the report to submissions that were submitted online.
Submission Originator is equal to/is in Candidate
Filters the report to submissions that have been completed by the
candidate.
Current Status is prompted
This is a listener for a prompt.
Submission Created Date is prompted
This is a listener for a prompt.
Latest Filled Date is prompted
This is a listener for a prompt.
Career Site Application Flow Name (BL) is prompted
This is a listener for a prompt.
122
Oracle Taleo Enterprise
Chapter 3
Reporting with Oracle Business Intelligence User
Guide
Recruiting Standard Content
Filter
Explanation
Career Site Name is prompted
This is a listener for a prompt.
Organization Level1 Name is prompted
This is a listener for a prompt.
Organization Level2 Name is prompted
This is a listener for a prompt.
Organization Level3 Name is prompted
This is a listener for a prompt.
Organization Level4 Name is prompted
This is a listener for a prompt.
Location Level1 Name is prompted
This is a listener for a prompt.
Location Level2 Name is prompted
This is a listener for a prompt.
Location Level31 Name is prompted
This is a listener for a prompt.
Location Level4 Name is prompted
This is a listener for a prompt.
Job Field1 Name is prompted
This is a listener for a prompt.
Job Field2 Name is prompted
This is a listener for a prompt.
Job Field3 Name is prompted
This is a listener for a prompt.
Job Field4 Name is prompted
This is a listener for a prompt.
Recruiter Name is prompted
This is a listener for a prompt.
Hiring Manager Name is prompted
This is a listener for a prompt.
Req. Identifier is prompted
This is a listener for a prompt.
Title (BL) is prompted
This is a listener for a prompt.
Is Ace is prompted
This is a listener for a prompt.
Minimum Requirements Met is prompted
This is a listener for a prompt.
Submission Is Internal is prompted
This is a listener for a prompt.
Last Position Accepted Date is prompted
This is a listener for a prompt.
First Sourced After Latest Approval Date is prompted
This is a listener for a prompt.
123
Oracle Taleo Enterprise
Chapter 3
Reporting with Oracle Business Intelligence User
Guide
Recruiting Standard Content
EEO Summary by EEO Category
The report displays a summary of candidates by race, gender, ethnicity and EEO category.
Report Columns
The report shows report columns and descriptions
Name
Description
Race
Returns the answer to the regulation question
Gender
Returns the answer to the regulation question
Ethnicity
Returns the answer to the regulation question
EEO Job Category
Returns the requisition's EEO job category.
EEO Establishment
If the position is offered in the United States, this is the EEO
establishment associated with the requisition.
# Submissions
Returns the number of distinct job submissions.
Report Prompts
All report prompts are optional.
The report shows report prompts and descriptions
Name
Description
Requisition Status
Filters the report based on whether the requisition current status is in
the list of values selected.
Submission Current Status Start Date
Filters the report based on whether the submission current status start
date is between two selected dates.
Submission Completed Date
Filters the report based on whether the submission completed date is
between two selected dates.
Submission Created Date
Filters the report based on whether the submission created date is
between two selected dates.
Hired Candidate Start Date
Filters the report based on whether the hired start date is between two
selected dates. If the hire start date is null the offer actual start date is
used.
124
Oracle Taleo Enterprise
Chapter 3
Reporting with Oracle Business Intelligence User
Guide
Recruiting Standard Content
Name
Description
Latest Filled Date
Filters the report based on whether the latest filled date is between two
selected dates.
First Sourced After Latest Approved Date
Filters the report based on whether the first sourced after latest
approved date is between two selected dates.
Ref. Status Name
Filters the report based on whether the current status reference name
is in the list of values selected.
Workflow Name
Filters the report based on whether the current workflow name is in the
list of values selected.
Step Name
Filters the report based on whether the current step name is in the list
of values selected. If the workflow name filter is being used, only the
steps in the selected workflow will be available.
Status Name
Filters the report based on whether the current status name is in the
list of values selected. If the step name filter is being used, only the
statuses in the filtered steps will be available.
Organization (Level 1)
Filters the report based on whether the organization level1 name is in
the list of values selected.
Organization (Level 2)
Filters the report based on whether the organization level2 name
is in the list of values selected. If the Organization (Level 1) filter is
being used, only the child organizations in organization level2 will be
available.
Organization (Level 3)
Filters the report based on whether the organization level3 name
is in the list of values selected. If the Organization (Level 2) filter is
being used, only the child organizations in organization level3 will be
available.
Organization (Level 4)
Filters the report based on whether the organization level4 name
is in the list of values selected. If the Organization (Level 3) filter is
being used, only the child organizations in organization level4 will be
available.
Location (Level 1)
Filters the report based on whether the location level1 name is in the
list of values selected.
Location (Level 2)
Filters the report based on whether the location level2 name is in the
list of values selected. If the Location (Level 1) filter is being used, only
the child locations in location level2 will be available.
Location (Level 3)
Filters the report based on whether the location level3 name is in the
list of values selected. If the Location (Level 2) filter is being used, only
the child locations in location level3 will be available.
Location (Level 4)
Filters the report based on whether the location level4 name is in the
list of values selected. If the Location (Level 3) filter is being used, only
the child locations in location level4 will be available.
125
Oracle Taleo Enterprise
Chapter 3
Reporting with Oracle Business Intelligence User
Guide
Recruiting Standard Content
Name
Description
Job Field (Level 1)
Filters the report based on whether the job field level1 name is in the
list of values selected.
Job Field (Level 2)
Filters the report based on whether the job field level2 name is in the
list of values selected. If the Job Field (Level 1) filter is being used,
only the child job fields in job field level2 will be available.
Job Field (Level 3)
Filters the report based on whether the job field level3 name is in the
list of values selected. If the Job Field (Level 2) filter is being used,
only the child job fields in job field level3 will be available.
Job Field (Level 4)
Filters the report based on whether the job field level4 name is in the
list of values selected. If the Job Field (Level 3) filter is being used,
only the child job fields in job field level4 will be available.
Recruiter Name
Filters the report based on whether the recruiter name is in the list of
values selected.
Hiring Manager Name
Filters the report based on whether the hiring manager name is in the
list of values selected.
Req. Identifier
Filters the report based on whether the req. identifier is in the list of
values selected.
Req. Title
Filters the report based on whether the req. title is in the list of values
selected.
Minimum Requirements Met
Filters the report based on whether the minimum requirements met
indicator is in the list of values selected.
Is Ace
Filters the report based on whether the is ace indicator is in the list of
values selected.
Submission Is Internal
Filters the report based on whether the submission is internal indicator
is in the list of values selected.
Submission Is Completed
Filters the report based on whether the submission is completed
indicator is in the list of values selected.
Report Filters
The report shows report filters and descriptions
126
Oracle Taleo Enterprise
Chapter 3
Reporting with Oracle Business Intelligence User
Guide
Recruiting Standard Content
Filter
Description
Is Max Standard USA EEO Form with Answer is equal to/ is in YES
Filters the report based on whether USA EEO from has been
answered or no regulation form has been specified.
OR
Regulation Form Code is null
Current Status Start Date is prompted
This is a listener for a prompt.
Submission Created Date is prompted
This is a listener for a prompt.
Submission Completed Date is prompted
This is a listener for a prompt.
Latest Filled Date is prompted
This is a listener for a prompt.
Current Reference Status Name is prompted
This is a listener for a prompt.
Current Workflow Name is prompmted
This is a listener for a prompt.
Current Step Name is prompted
This is a listener for a prompt.
Current Status Name is prompted
This is a listener for a prompt.
Organization Level1 Name is prompted
This is a listener for a prompt.
Organization Level2 Name is prompted
This is a listener for a prompt.
Organization Level3 Name is prompted
This is a listener for a prompt.
Organization Level4 Name is prompted
This is a listener for a prompt.
IFNULL("Submission Dates"."Hire Start Date","Submission
Dates"."Offer Actual Start Date")
This is a listener for a prompt.
When the prompt is set this value filters on the Hire Start Date. If hire
start date is null it filters on the Offer Actual Start Date.
Location Level1 Name is prompted
This is a listener for a prompt.
Location Level2 Name is prompted
This is a listener for a prompt.
Location Level31 Name is prompted
This is a listener for a prompt.
Location Level4 Name is prompted
This is a listener for a prompt.
Job Field1 Name is prompted
This is a listener for a prompt.
127
Oracle Taleo Enterprise
Chapter 3
Reporting with Oracle Business Intelligence User
Guide
Recruiting Standard Content
Filter
Description
Job Field2 Name is prompted
This is a listener for a prompt.
Job Field3 Name is prompted
This is a listener for a prompt.
Job Field4 Name is prompted
This is a listener for a prompt.
Recruiter Name is prompted
This is a listener for a prompt.
Hiring Manager Name is prompted
This is a listener for a prompt.
Req. Identifier is prompted
This is a listener for a prompt.
Title (BL) is prompted
This is a listener for a prompt.
Is Ace is prompted
This is a listener for a prompt.
Minimum Requirements Met is prompted
This is a listener for a prompt.
Submission Is Internal is prompted
This is a listener for a prompt.
Submission Is Completed is prompted
This is a listener for a prompt.
Current Status is prompted
This is a listener for a prompt.
First Sourced After Latest Approval Date is prompted
This is a listener for a prompt.
Process Audits
The report provides a summary of data points that qualify under a variety of system audits.
Report Columns
The report shows report columns and descriptions
Name
Location
Req. Identifier
Returns the requisition id, as displayed in the recruiting application.
Title
Returns the requisition title, in its base language.
Exception
128
Oracle Taleo Enterprise
Chapter 3
Reporting with Oracle Business Intelligence User
Guide
Name
Recruiting Standard Content
Location
Detail
Candidate Identifier
Returns Candidate ID
Name
Returns the candidate name
Email
Returns the candidate email
Recruiter Name
Returns the recruiter name
Recruiter Email
Returns the recruiter email
Hiring Manager Name
Returns the hiring manager name
Hiring Manager Email
Returns the hiring manager email
Organization Level1 Name
Returns the name of the organization
Location Level1 Name
Returns the name of the requisition primary location.
Job Field Level1 Name
Returns the name of the requisition job field.
Current Status
Returns the current status of the requisition. Note that the values "Approved" and "Sourcing" roll up to the
"Open" status.
Req. Audit
'@{ReqAudit}{*ALL*}'
Original Columns/Filters
The report shows filters and details
129
Oracle Taleo Enterprise
Chapter 3
Reporting with Oracle Business Intelligence User
Guide
Recruiting Standard Content
Exception
Detail
Filters
'Hire with Suspect Time to Hire'
'Time to Hire: ' || CAST("Candidate Cycle Time"."Time to Content Reference Status
Hire" AS CHAR) || ' days.'
Name is equal to / is in Hired
AND
(Time to Hire is less than or
equal to 1
OR
Time to Hire is greater than or
equal to 365)
AND
@{ReqAudit}{*ALL*} is LIKE
(pattern match) %Hires with
Suspect Time to Hire%
'Ace Candidate New 5+ Days'
'New for ' || cast(round("Submission Aging"."Time Since
Last CSW Status Change",2) as CHAR) || ' days.'
Time Since Last CSW Status
Change is greater than or
equal to 5
AND
Is Ace is equal to / is in Yes
AND
Current Reference Status
Name is equal to / is in New
AND
@{ReqAudit}{*ALL*} is
LIKE (pattern match) %Ace
Candidates New 5+ Days%
'Hire Missing Source'
''
Current Reference Status
Name is equal to / is in Hired
AND
Submission Source (BL) is null
AND
@{ReqAudit}{*ALL*} is LIKE
(pattern match) %Hires
Missing Source%
130
Oracle Taleo Enterprise
Chapter 3
Reporting with Oracle Business Intelligence User
Guide
Recruiting Standard Content
Exception
Detail
Filters
'Hire Start Date < Submission Date'
'Start Date: ' || EVALUATE('to_char(%1,%2)'
AS CHAR, ifnull("Submission Dates"."Hire Start
Date","Submission Dates"."Offer Target Start
Date"),'mm/dd/yyyy') || ' ; Submission Complete Date: '
|| EVALUATE('to_char(%1,%2)' as CHAR,"Submission
Dates"."Submission Completed Date",'mm/dd/yyyy')
IFNULL("Submission
Dates"."Hire Start
Date","Submission
Dates"."Offer Actual Start
Date") < "Submission
Dates"."Submission
Completed Date"
AND
IFNULL("Submission
Dates"."Hire Start
Date","Submission
Dates"."Offer Actual Start
Date") is not null
AND
Current Reference Status
Name is equal to / is in Hired
AND
@{ReqAudit}{*ALL*} is LIKE
(pattern match) %Hires Start
Date < Submission Date%
'Hire Missing Race or Gender (U.S)'
case when "Candidate Regulations"."Gender" is
null and "Candidate Regulations"."Race" is null
then 'Missing Race & Gender' when "Candidate
Regulations"."Gender" is not null and "Candidate
Regulations"."Race" is null then 'Missing Race' else
'Missing Gender' end
@{ReqAudit}{*ALL*} is LIKE
(pattern match) %Hires
Missing Race or Gender
(U.S)%
AND
((Is Max Standard USA EEO
Form With Answer is equal to /
is in Yes
OR
Regulation Form Code is null)
AND
(Gender is null
OR
Race is null)
AND
Location Level1 Name is equal
to / is in United States)
131
Oracle Taleo Enterprise
Chapter 3
Reporting with Oracle Business Intelligence User
Guide
Recruiting Standard Content
Exception
Detail
Filters
'Hire Offer Accepted Date < Submission Date'
'Offer Accepted Date: ' || EVALUATE('to_char(%1,
%2)' AS CHAR, "Submission Dates"."Offer Accepted
Date",'mm/dd/yyyy') || ' ; Submission Complete Date: '
|| EVALUATE('to_char(%1,%2)' as CHAR,"Submission
Dates"."Submission Completed Date",'mm/dd/yyyy')
Current Reference Status
Name is equal to / is in Hired
AND
Status is equal to / is in
Accepted
AND
evaluate('case when %1 <
%2 then %3 end' as CHAR,
"Submission Dates"."Offer
Accepted Date","Submission
Dates"."Submission
Completed Date",'X') is equal
to / is in X
@{ReqAudit}{*ALL*} is LIKE
(pattern match) %Hires Offer
Accepted Date < Submission
Date%
Report Filters
The report shows report filters and descriptions
Filter
Explanation
Current Status is prompted
This is a listener for a prompt.
Current Status Start Date is prompted
This is a listener for a prompt.
Submission Created Date is prompted
This is a listener for a prompt.
Submission Completed Date is prompted
This is a listener for a prompt.
Hired Date is prompted
This is a listener for a prompt.
Latest Filled Date is prompted
This is a listener for a prompt.
Current Reference Status Name is prompted
This is a listener for a prompt.
Current Workflow Name is prompmted
This is a listener for a prompt.
Current Step Name is prompted
This is a listener for a prompt.
Current Status Name is prompted
This is a listener for a prompt.
132
Oracle Taleo Enterprise
Chapter 3
Reporting with Oracle Business Intelligence User
Guide
Recruiting Standard Content
Filter
Explanation
Organization Level1 Name is prompted
This is a listener for a prompt.
Organization Level2 Name is prompted
This is a listener for a prompt.
Organization Level3 Name is prompted
This is a listener for a prompt.
Organization Level4 Name is prompted
This is a listener for a prompt.
IFNULL("Submission Dates"."Hire Start Date","Submission
Dates"."Offer Actual Start Date") is prompted
This is a listener for a prompt.
When the prompt is set this value filters on the Hire Start Date. If hire
start date is null it filters on the Offer Actual Start Date.
Location Level1 Name is prompted
This is a listener for a prompt.
Location Level2 Name is prompted
This is a listener for a prompt.
Location Level31 Name is prompted
This is a listener for a prompt.
Location Level4 Name is prompted
This is a listener for a prompt.
Job Field1 Name is prompted
This is a listener for a prompt.
Job Field2 Name is prompted
This is a listener for a prompt.
Job Field3 Name is prompted
This is a listener for a prompt.
Job Field4 Name is prompted
This is a listener for a prompt.
Recruiter Name is prompted
This is a listener for a prompt.
Hiring Manager Name is prompted
This is a listener for a prompt.
Req. Identifier is prompted
This is a listener for a prompt.
Title (BL) is prompted
This is a listener for a prompt.
Is Ace is prompted
This is a listener for a prompt.
Minimum Requirements Met is prompted
This is a listener for a prompt.
Submission Is Internal is prompted
This is a listener for a prompt.
Submission Is Completed is prompted
This is a listener for a prompt.
133
Oracle Taleo Enterprise
Chapter 3
Reporting with Oracle Business Intelligence User
Guide
Recruiting Standard Content
Filter
Explanation
Current Status is prompted
This is a listener for a prompt.
First Sourced After Latest Approval Date is prompted
This is a listener for a prompt.
Last Modified Date is prompted
This is a listener for a prompt.
Last Position Accepted Date is prompted
This is a listener for a prompt.
Report Prompts
All report prompts are optional.
The report shows report prompts and descriptions
Name
Description
Audits
This is a presentation variable for ReqAudit. It filters the report based
on the selected audit criteria.
Current Status Start Date
Filters the report based on whether the submission current status start
date is between two selected dates.
Submission Completed Date
Filters the report based on whether the submission completed date is
between two selected dates.
Submission Created Date
Filters the report based on whether the submission created date is
between two selected dates.
Hired Start Date
Filters the report based on whether the hired start date is between two
selected dates. If the hire start date is null the offer actual start date is
used.
Hired Date
Filters the report based on whether the hired date is between two
selected dates.
Latest Filled Date
Filters the report based on whether the latest filled date is between two
selected dates.
First Sourced After Latest Approved Date
Filters the report based on whether the first sourced after latest
approved date is between two selected dates.
Last Position Accepted Date
Filters the report based on whether the last position accepted date is
between two selected dates.
Ref. Status Name
Filters the report based on whether the current status reference name
is in the list of values selected.
134
Oracle Taleo Enterprise
Chapter 3
Reporting with Oracle Business Intelligence User
Guide
Recruiting Standard Content
Name
Description
Workflow Name
Filters the report based on whether the current workflow name is in the
list of values selected.
Step Name
Filters the report based on whether the current step name is in the list
of values selected. If the workflow name filter is being used, only the
steps in the selected workflow will be available.
Status Name
Filters the report based on whether the current status name is in the
list of values selected. If the step name filter is being used, only the
statuses in the filtered steps will be available.
Organization (Level 1)
Filters the report based on whether the organization level1 name is in
the list of values selected.
Organization (Level 2)
Filters the report based on whether the organization level2 name
is in the list of values selected. If the Organization (Level 1) filter is
being used, only the child organizations in organization level2 will be
available.
Organization (Level 3)
Filters the report based on whether the organization level3 name
is in the list of values selected. If the Organization (Level 2) filter is
being used, only the child organizations in organization level3 will be
available.
Organization (Level 4)
Filters the report based on whether the organization level4 name
is in the list of values selected. If the Organization (Level 3) filter is
being used, only the child organizations in organization level4 will be
available.
Location (Level 1)
Filters the report based on whether the location level1 name is in the
list of values selected.
Location (Level 2)
Filters the report based on whether the location level2 name is in the
list of values selected. If the Location (Level 1) filter is being used, only
the child locations in location level2 will be available.
Location (Level 3)
Filters the report based on whether the location level3 name is in the
list of values selected. If the Location (Level 2) filter is being used, only
the child locations in location level3 will be available.
Location (Level 4)
Filters the report based on whether the location level4 name is in the
list of values selected. If the Location (Level 3) filter is being used, only
the child locations in location level4 will be available.
Job Field (Level 1)
Filters the report based on whether the job field level1 name is in the
list of values selected.
Job Field (Level 2)
Filters the report based on whether the job field level2 name is in the
list of values selected. If the Job Field (Level 1) filter is being used,
only the child job fields in job field level2 will be available.
135
Oracle Taleo Enterprise
Chapter 3
Reporting with Oracle Business Intelligence User
Guide
Recruiting Standard Content
Name
Description
Job Field (Level 3)
Filters the report based on whether the job field level3 name is in the
list of values selected. If the Job Field (Level 2) filter is being used,
only the child job fields in job field level3 will be available.
Job Field (Level 4)
Filters the report based on whether the job field level4 name is in the
list of values selected. If the Job Field (Level 3) filter is being used,
only the child job fields in job field level4 will be available.
Recruiter Name
Filters the report based on whether the recruiter name is in the list of
values selected.
Hiring Manager Name
Filters the report based on whether the hiring manager name is in the
list of values selected.
Req. Identifier
Filters the report based on whether the req. identifier is in the list of
values selected.
Req. Title
Filters the report based on whether the req. title is in the list of values
selected.
Requisition Status
Filters the report based on whether the current status is in the list of
values selected.
Minimum Requirements Met
Filters the report based on whether the minimum requirements met
indicator is in the list of values selected.
Is Ace
Filters the report based on whether the is ace indicator is in the list of
values selected.
Submission Is Internal
Filters the report based on whether the submission is internal indicator
is in the list of values selected.
Submission Is Completed
Filters the report based on whether the submission is completed
indicator is in the list of values selected.
Requisition Pipeline Detail (Active Requisitions)
The report displays a listing of active requisitions along with a summary of candidates by various attributes.
Report Columns
The report shows report columns and descriptions
Name
Description
Req. Identifier
Returns the requisition id, as displayed in the recruiting application.
136
Oracle Taleo Enterprise
Chapter 3
Reporting with Oracle Business Intelligence User
Guide
Recruiting Standard Content
Name
Description
Req. Title
Returns the requisition title, in its base language.
Recruiter Name
Returns the recruiter name
# Openings Left to Fill (Hired)
Returns the number of positions left to fill on the requisition, based on
the number of openings minus the number of candidates in the hired
reference status.
Hiring Manager Name
Returns the hiring manager name
Organization Level1 Name
Returns the name of the organization
Job Field Level1 Name
Returns the name of the requisition job field.
Location Level1 Name
Returns the name of the requisition primary location.
First Sourced After Latest Approval Date
Returns the first time the requisition was put into the sourcing status
after the most recent time the requisition the requisition was put into
the approved status.
# Submissions
Returns the number of distinct job submissions.
# Submissions Complete
Returns the number of distinct job submissions that are completed.
# Submissions Ace
Returns the number of distinct job submissions where the candidate is
considered to be ACE.
# Submissions Min. Requirements Met
Returns the number of distinct job submissions where the candidate
as met all the requisition minimum requirements.
# Submissions Internal
Returns the number of distinct submissions that are internal
# Submissions Currently New
Returns the number of distinct submissions currently in the "New"
reference model status
# Submissions Current in Review
Returns the number of distinct submissions currently in the "Review"
reference model status
# Submissions Currently in 1st Intv.
Returns the number of distinct submissions currently in the "1st
Interview" reference model status
# Submissions Currently in 2nd Intv.
Returns the number of distinct submissions currently in the "2nd
Interview" reference model status
# Submissions Currently in 3rd Intv.
Returns the number of distinct submissions currently in the "3rd
Interview" reference model status
# Submissions Currently in Offer
Returns the number of distinct submissions currently in the "Offer"
reference model status
137
Oracle Taleo Enterprise
Chapter 3
Reporting with Oracle Business Intelligence User
Guide
Recruiting Standard Content
Name
Description
# Submissions Currently in Testing
Returns the number of distinct submissions currently in the "Testing"
reference model status
# Submissions Currently Hired
Returns the number of distinct submissions currently in the "Hired"
reference model status
# Submissions Currently Rejected
Returns the number of distinct submissions currently in the "Rejected"
reference model status
# Submissions Currently Declined
Returns the number of distinct submissions currently in the "Declined"
reference model status
# Submissions Matched
# Submissions filtered using Submission Medium=Matched to Job
# Submissions in Process
# Submissions Currently In 1st Intv.+ # Submissions Currently In 2nd
Intv. + # Submissions Currently In 3rd Intv. + # Submissions Currently
In Offer + # Submissions Currently in Review + # Submissions
Currently In Testing
Report Prompts
All report prompts are optional.
The report shows report prompts and descriptions
Name
Description
Latest Fully Approved Date
Filters the report based on whether the latest fully approved date is
between two selected dates.
First Sourced After Latest Approved Date
Filters the report based on whether the first sourced after latest
approved date is between two selected dates.
Req. Creation Date
Filters the report based on whether the req. creation date is between
two selected dates.
Organization (Level 1)
Filters the report based on whether the organization level1 name is in
the list of values selected.
Organization (Level 2)
Filters the report based on whether the organization level2 name
is in the list of values selected. If the Organization (Level 1) filter is
being used, only the child organizations in organization level2 will be
available.
Organization (Level 3)
Filters the report based on whether the organization level3 name
is in the list of values selected. If the Organization (Level 2) filter is
being used, only the child organizations in organization level3 will be
available.
138
Oracle Taleo Enterprise
Chapter 3
Reporting with Oracle Business Intelligence User
Guide
Recruiting Standard Content
Name
Description
Organization (Level 4)
Filters the report based on whether the organization level4 name
is in the list of values selected. If the Organization (Level 3) filter is
being used, only the child organizations in organization level4 will be
available.
Location (Level 1)
Filters the report based on whether the location level1 name is in the
list of values selected.
Location (Level 2)
Filters the report based on whether the location level2 name is in the
list of values selected. If the Location (Level 1) filter is being used, only
the child locations in location level2 will be available.
Location (Level 3)
Filters the report based on whether the location level3 name is in the
list of values selected. If the Location (Level 2) filter is being used, only
the child locations in location level3 will be available.
Location (Level 4)
Filters the report based on whether the location level4 name is in the
list of values selected. If the Location (Level 3) filter is being used, only
the child locations in location level4 will be available.
Job Field (Level 1)
Filters the report based on whether the job field level1 name is in the
list of values selected.
Job Field (Level 2)
Filters the report based on whether the job field level2 name is in the
list of values selected. If the Job Field (Level 1) filter is being used,
only the child job fields in job field level2 will be available.
Job Field (Level 3)
Filters the report based on whether the job field level3 name is in the
list of values selected. If the Job Field (Level 2) filter is being used,
only the child job fields in job field level3 will be available.
Job Field (Level 4)
Filters the report based on whether the job field level4 name is in the
list of values selected. If the Job Field (Level 3) filter is being used,
only the child job fields in job field level4 will be available.
Recruiter Name
Filters the report based on whether the recruiter name is in the list of
values selected.
Hiring Manager Name
Filters the report based on whether the hiring manager name is in the
list of values selected.
Req. Identifier
Filters the report based on whether the req. identifier is in the list of
values selected.
Req. Title
Filters the report based on whether the req. title is in the list of values
selected.
# Openings Left to Fill (Hired)
Allows you to select the operator for the prompt on # openings left to
fill (hired) and the corresponding values, if necessary.
139
Oracle Taleo Enterprise
Chapter 3
Reporting with Oracle Business Intelligence User
Guide
Recruiting Standard Content
Report Filters
The report shows report filters and descriptions
Filter
Description
Current Status is eqal to/ is in Sourcing
Filters the report to requisitions in the sourcing status.
Organization Level1 Name is prompted
This is a listener for a prompt.
Organization Level2 Name is prompted
This is a listener for a prompt.
Organization Level3 Name is prompted
This is a listener for a prompt.
Organization Level4 Name is prompted
This is a listener for a prompt.
Location Level1 Name is prompted
This is a listener for a prompt.
Location Level2 Name is prompted
This is a listener for a prompt.
Location Level31 Name is prompted
This is a listener for a prompt.
Location Level4 Name is prompted
This is a listener for a prompt.
Job Field1 Name is prompted
This is a listener for a prompt.
Job Field2 Name is prompted
This is a listener for a prompt.
Job Field3 Name is prompted
This is a listener for a prompt.
Job Field4 Name is prompted
This is a listener for a prompt.
Recruiter Name is prompted
This is a listener for a prompt.
Hiring Manager Name is prompted
This is a listener for a prompt.
Req. Identifier is prompted
This is a listener for a prompt.
Title (BL) is prompted
This is a listener for a prompt.
First Sourced After Latest Approval Date is prompted
This is a listener for a prompt.
Latest Fully Approved Date is prompted
This is a listener for a prompt.
140
Oracle Taleo Enterprise
Chapter 3
Reporting with Oracle Business Intelligence User
Guide
Recruiting Standard Content
Requisition Pipeline Summary (Active Requisitions)
The report displays a summary of active requisitions by various dimensions.
Report Columns
The report shows report columns and descriptions
Name
Description
Requisition Organization Name
A hierarchical column based on requisition organization names.
Requisition Primary Location Name
A heirarchical column based on requisition primary job location names.
Requisition Job Field Name
A heirarchical column based on requisition job field names.
# Requisitions
Returns the number of requisitions.
# Openings
Returns the number of openings on the requisition(s).
# Openings Left to Fill (Hired)
Returns the number of positions left to fill on the requisition, based on
the number of openings minus the number of candidates in the hired
reference status.
# Requisitions by Recruiter
Returns the number of requisitions divided by the number of
recruiters.
Average Time Since Most Recent Approval (Minus TOH)
Returns the time (in days) between now and the first occurrence of the
requisition being changed to the sourcing status.
# Submissions
Returns the number of distinct job submissions.
# Submissions Complete
Returns the number of distinct job submissions that are completed.
# Submissions Ace
Returns the number of distinct job submissions where the candidate is
considered to be ACE.
# Submissions Min. Requirements Met
Returns the number of distinct job submissions where the candidate
as met all the requisition minimum requirements.
# Submissions Internal
Returns the number of distinct submissions that are internal
# Submissions Currently New
Returns the number of distinct submissions currently in the "New"
reference model status
# Submissions Current in Review
Returns the number of distinct submissions currently in the "Review"
reference model status
141
Oracle Taleo Enterprise
Chapter 3
Reporting with Oracle Business Intelligence User
Guide
Recruiting Standard Content
Name
Description
# Submissions Currently in 1st Intv.
Returns the number of distinct submissions currently in the "1st
Interview" reference model status
# Submissions Currently in 2nd Intv.
Returns the number of distinct submissions currently in the "2nd
Interview" reference model status
# Submissions Currently in 3rd Intv.
Returns the number of distinct submissions currently in the "3rd
Interview" reference model status
# Submissions Currently in Offer
Returns the number of distinct submissions currently in the "Offer"
reference model status
# Submissions Currently in Testing
Returns the number of distinct submissions currently in the "Testing"
reference model status
# Submissions Currently Hired
Returns the number of distinct submissions currently in the "Hired"
reference model status
# Submissions Currently Rejected
Returns the number of distinct submissions currently in the "Rejected"
reference model status
# Submissions Currently Declined
Returns the number of distinct submissions currently in the "Declined"
reference model status
# Submissions Matched
# Submissions filtered using Submission Medium=Matched to Job
# Submissions in Process
# Submissions Currently In 1st Intv.+ # Submissions Currently In 2nd
Intv. + # Submissions Currently In 3rd Intv. + # Submissions Currently
In Offer + # Submissions Currently in Review + # Submissions
Currently In Testing
# Submissions by Candidate
Returns the number of distinct submissions divided by the number of
distinct candidates.
# Submissions by Recruiter
Returns the number of submissions divided by the number of
recruiters.
# Submissions by Requisition
Returns the number of submissions divided by the number of
requisitions.
# Recruiters
Count of distinct recruiter id.
Report Prompts
All report prompts are optional.
The report shows report prompts and descriptions
142
Oracle Taleo Enterprise
Chapter 3
Reporting with Oracle Business Intelligence User
Guide
Recruiting Standard Content
Name
Description
Latest Fully Approved Date
Filters the report based on whether the latest fully approved date is
between two selected dates.
First Sourced After Latest Approved Date
Filters the report based on whether the first sourced after latest
approved date is between two selected dates.
Req. Creation Date
Filters the report based on whether the req. creation date is between
two selected dates.
Organization (Level 1)
Filters the report based on whether the organization level1 name is in
the list of values selected.
Organization (Level 2)
Filters the report based on whether the organization level2 name
is in the list of values selected. If the Organization (Level 1) filter is
being used, only the child organizations in organization level2 will be
available.
Organization (Level 3)
Filters the report based on whether the organization level3 name
is in the list of values selected. If the Organization (Level 2) filter is
being used, only the child organizations in organization level3 will be
available.
Organization (Level 4)
Filters the report based on whether the organization level4 name
is in the list of values selected. If the Organization (Level 3) filter is
being used, only the child organizations in organization level4 will be
available.
Location (Level 1)
Filters the report based on whether the location level1 name is in the
list of values selected.
Location (Level 2)
Filters the report based on whether the location level2 name is in the
list of values selected. If the Location (Level 1) filter is being used, only
the child locations in location level2 will be available.
Location (Level 3)
Filters the report based on whether the location level3 name is in the
list of values selected. If the Location (Level 2) filter is being used, only
the child locations in location level3 will be available.
Location (Level 4)
Filters the report based on whether the location level4 name is in the
list of values selected. If the Location (Level 3) filter is being used, only
the child locations in location level4 will be available.
Job Field (Level 1)
Filters the report based on whether the job field level1 name is in the
list of values selected.
Job Field (Level 2)
Filters the report based on whether the job field level2 name is in the
list of values selected. If the Job Field (Level 1) filter is being used,
only the child job fields in job field level2 will be available.
Job Field (Level 3)
Filters the report based on whether the job field level3 name is in the
list of values selected. If the Job Field (Level 2) filter is being used,
only the child job fields in job field level3 will be available.
143
Oracle Taleo Enterprise
Chapter 3
Reporting with Oracle Business Intelligence User
Guide
Recruiting Standard Content
Name
Description
Job Field (Level 4)
Filters the report based on whether the job field level4 name is in the
list of values selected. If the Job Field (Level 3) filter is being used,
only the child job fields in job field level4 will be available.
Recruiter Name
Filters the report based on whether the recruiter name is in the list of
values selected.
Hiring Manager Name
Filters the report based on whether the hiring manager name is in the
list of values selected.
Req. Identifier
Filters the report based on whether the req. identifier is in the list of
values selected.
Req. Title
Filters the report based on whether the req. title is in the list of values
selected.
Report Filters
The report shows report filters and descriptions
Filter
Description
Current Status is eqal to/ is in Sourcing
Filters the report to requisitions in the sourcing status.
Organization Level1 Name is prompted
This is a listener for a prompt.
Organization Level2 Name is prompted
This is a listener for a prompt.
Organization Level3 Name is prompted
This is a listener for a prompt.
Organization Level4 Name is prompted
This is a listener for a prompt.
Location Level1 Name is prompted
This is a listener for a prompt.
Location Level2 Name is prompted
This is a listener for a prompt.
Location Level31 Name is prompted
This is a listener for a prompt.
Location Level4 Name is prompted
This is a listener for a prompt.
Job Field1 Name is prompted
This is a listener for a prompt.
Job Field2 Name is prompted
This is a listener for a prompt.
144
Oracle Taleo Enterprise
Chapter 3
Reporting with Oracle Business Intelligence User
Guide
Recruiting Standard Content
Filter
Description
Job Field3 Name is prompted
This is a listener for a prompt.
Job Field4 Name is prompted
This is a listener for a prompt.
Recruiter Name is prompted
This is a listener for a prompt.
Hiring Manager Name is prompted
This is a listener for a prompt.
Req. Identifier is prompted
This is a listener for a prompt.
Title (BL) is prompted
This is a listener for a prompt.
Req. Creation Date is prompted
This is a listener for a prompt.
First Sourced After Latest Approval Date is prompted
This is a listener for a prompt.
Latest Fully Approved Date is prompted
This is a listener for a prompt.
Requisitions Active Historical Snapshot
The report displays how many requisitions were in the sourcing status as of a user defined point in time.
Report Columns
The report shows report columns and descriptions
Name
Description
Requisition Organization Name
A hierarchical column based on requisition organization names.
Requisition Primary Location Name
A heirarchical column based on requisition primary job location names.
Requisition Job Field Name
A heirarchical column based on requisition job field names.
# Requisitions
Returns the number of requisitions.
Avg Age
Returns the average time in days between the req. historical status
start date and the point in time specified in the analysis prompt
(ReqSnapDate).
# Submissions Complete
Returns the number of distinct job submissions that are completed.
145
Oracle Taleo Enterprise
Chapter 3
Reporting with Oracle Business Intelligence User
Guide
Recruiting Standard Content
Name
Description
# Submissions in Process
# Submissions filtered by: historical reference status name in 1st
interview, 2nd interview, 3rd interview, offer, reviewed, and testing;
and submission historical status start date less than the point in time
specified in the analysis prompt (ReqSnapDate), and the historical
status end date greater than the point in time specified in the analysis
prompt (ReqSnapDate) or null.
Report Prompts
All report prompts are optional except enter date point in time.
The report shows report prompts and descriptions
Name
Description
Enter Date Point in Time
This is a variable prompt (ReqSnapDate) that is used by other filters to
limit data based on the specified date, which is the snapshot date.
Latest Fully Approved Date
Filters the report based on whether the latest fully approved date is
between two selected dates.
First Sourced After Latest Approved Date
Filters the report based on whether the first sourced after latest
approved date is between two selected dates.
Req. Creation Date
Filters the report based on whether the req. creation date is between
two selected dates.
Organization (Level 1)
Filters the report based on whether the organization level1 name is in
the list of values selected.
Organization (Level 2)
Filters the report based on whether the organization level2 name
is in the list of values selected. If the Organization (Level 1) filter is
being used, only the child organizations in organization level2 will be
available.
Organization (Level 3)
Filters the report based on whether the organization level3 name
is in the list of values selected. If the Organization (Level 2) filter is
being used, only the child organizations in organization level3 will be
available.
Organization (Level 4)
Filters the report based on whether the organization level4 name
is in the list of values selected. If the Organization (Level 3) filter is
being used, only the child organizations in organization level4 will be
available.
Location (Level 1)
Filters the report based on whether the location level1 name is in the
list of values selected.
146
Oracle Taleo Enterprise
Chapter 3
Reporting with Oracle Business Intelligence User
Guide
Recruiting Standard Content
Name
Description
Location (Level 2)
Filters the report based on whether the location level2 name is in the
list of values selected. If the Location (Level 1) filter is being used, only
the child locations in location level2 will be available.
Location (Level 3)
Filters the report based on whether the location level3 name is in the
list of values selected. If the Location (Level 2) filter is being used, only
the child locations in location level3 will be available.
Location (Level 4)
Filters the report based on whether the location level4 name is in the
list of values selected. If the Location (Level 3) filter is being used, only
the child locations in location level4 will be available.
Job Field (Level 1)
Filters the report based on whether the job field level1 name is in the
list of values selected.
Job Field (Level 2)
Filters the report based on whether the job field level2 name is in the
list of values selected. If the Job Field (Level 1) filter is being used,
only the child job fields in job field level2 will be available.
Job Field (Level 3)
Filters the report based on whether the job field level3 name is in the
list of values selected. If the Job Field (Level 2) filter is being used,
only the child job fields in job field level3 will be available.
Job Field (Level 4)
Filters the report based on whether the job field level4 name is in the
list of values selected. If the Job Field (Level 3) filter is being used,
only the child job fields in job field level4 will be available.
Recruiter Name
Filters the report based on whether the recruiter name is in the list of
values selected.
Hiring Manager Name
Filters the report based on whether the hiring manager name is in the
list of values selected.
Req. Identifier
Filters the report based on whether the req. identifier is in the list of
values selected.
Req. Title
Filters the report based on whether the req. title is in the list of values
selected.
Report Filters
The report shows report filters and descriptions
Filter
Description
Historical Status is equal to/ is in Sourcing
Filters the report to requisitions historically in the sourcing status.
147
Oracle Taleo Enterprise
Chapter 3
Reporting with Oracle Business Intelligence User
Guide
Filter
Recruiting Standard Content
Description
Req. Historical Status Start Date is less than or equal to ReqSnapDate Filters the report to requisitions whose historical status start date is
less than or equal to the point in time specified in the analysis prompt
(ReqSnapDate).
Req. Historical Status End Date is greater than or equal to
ReqSnapDate
Filters the report to requisitions whose historical status end date is
greater than or equal to the point in time specified in the analysis
prompt (ReqSnapDate), or null.
OR
Req. Historical Status End Date is null
Organization Level1 Name is prompted
This is a listener for a prompt.
Organization Level2 Name is prompted
This is a listener for a prompt.
Organization Level3 Name is prompted
This is a listener for a prompt.
Organization Level4 Name is prompted
This is a listener for a prompt.
Location Level1 Name is prompted
This is a listener for a prompt.
Location Level2 Name is prompted
This is a listener for a prompt.
Location Level31 Name is prompted
This is a listener for a prompt.
Location Level4 Name is prompted
This is a listener for a prompt.
Job Field1 Name is prompted
This is a listener for a prompt.
Job Field2 Name is prompted
This is a listener for a prompt.
Job Field3 Name is prompted
This is a listener for a prompt.
Job Field4 Name is prompted
This is a listener for a prompt.
Recruiter Name is prompted
This is a listener for a prompt.
Hiring Manager Name is prompted
This is a listener for a prompt.
Req. Identifier is prompted
This is a listener for a prompt.
Title (BL) is prompted
This is a listener for a prompt.
Req. Creation Date is prompted
This is a listener for a prompt.
148
Oracle Taleo Enterprise
Chapter 3
Reporting with Oracle Business Intelligence User
Guide
Recruiting Standard Content
Filter
Description
First Sourced After Latest Approval Date is prompted
This is a listener for a prompt.
Latest Fully Approved Date is prompted
This is a listener for a prompt.
Requisitions Filled Details
The report displays a listing of filled requisitions along with a summary of candidates by various attributes.
Report Columns
The report shows report columns and descriptions
Name
Description
Req. Identifier
Returns the requisition id, as displayed in the recruiting application.
Req. Title
Returns the requisition title, in its base language.
Recruiter Name
Returns the recruiter name
Hiring Manager Name
Returns the hiring manager name
Organization Level1 Name
Returns the name of the organization
Job Field Level1 Name
Returns the name of the requisition job field.
Location Level1 Name
Returns the name of the requisition primary location.
Req. Creation Date
First Sourced After Latest Approval Date
Returns the first time the requisition was put into the sourcing status
after the most recent time the requisition the requisition was put into
the approved status.
Latest Fully Approved Date
Returns the date/time when the requisition most recently successfully
went through the full approval process.
Latest Filled Date
Returns the date/time when the requisition was most recently filled.
Last Position Accepted Date
Returns the date/time when the last position was accepted on the
requisition.
Req. Last Modified Date
Returns the date/time when the requisition was last modified.
149
Oracle Taleo Enterprise
Chapter 3
Reporting with Oracle Business Intelligence User
Guide
Recruiting Standard Content
Name
Description
# Openings
Returns the number of openings on the requisition(s).
# Openings Left to Fill (Hired)
Returns the number of positions left to fill on the requisition, based on
the number of openings minus the number of candidates in the hired
reference status.
# Submissions
Returns the number of distinct job submissions.
# Submissions Complete
Returns the number of distinct job submissions that are completed.
# Submissions Ace
Returns the number of distinct job submissions where the candidate is
considered to be ACE.
# Submissions Min. Requirements Met
Returns the number of distinct job submissions where the candidate
as met all the requisition minimum requirements.
# Submissions Internal
Returns the number of distinct submissions that are internal
# Submissions Currently Hired
Returns the number of distinct submissions currently in the "Hired"
reference model status
# Submissions Currently Rejected
Returns the number of distinct submissions currently in the "Rejected"
reference model status
# Submissions Currently Declined
Returns the number of distinct submissions currently in the "Declined"
reference model status
# Hires Min. Requirements Met
# Submissions Min. Requirements Met filtered using Current
Reference Status Name=Hired
# Hires Ace
# Submissions Ace filtered using Current Reference Status
Name=Hired
# Hires Internal
# Submissions Internal filtered using Current Reference Status
Name=Hired
# Submissions by Hire
# Submissions Complete / # Submissions Currently Hired
# Interviews by Hire
# Submissions Reached 1st Intv. / # Submissions Currently Hired
Cycle Time
Returns the average number of days between the req. creation date
and the latest filled date.
Time to Approve
Returns the average number of days between the first to be approved
date and the first fully approved date.
Time to Fill
Returns the average number of days between the first fully approved
date and the latest filled date.
150
Oracle Taleo Enterprise
Chapter 3
Reporting with Oracle Business Intelligence User
Guide
Recruiting Standard Content
Name
Description
Time to Latest Position Accepted
Returns the average number of days between the first fully approved
date and the last position accepted date.
Time to Source
Returns the average number of days between the req. creation date
and the first sourced date.
Average Submission Cycle Time
Returns the number of days between the submission completed date
and the hired date.
Average Time to Hire
Returns the number of days between the first fully approved date and
the hired date.
Average Time to Start
Returns the number of days between the first fully approved date and
the hire start date (offer actual start date, if hire start date is null).
Report Prompts
All report prompts are optional.
The report shows report prompts and descriptions
Name
Description
Latest Fully Approved Date
Filters the report based on whether the latest fully approved date is
between two selected dates.
First Sourced After Latest Approved Date
Filters the report based on whether the first sourced after latest
approved date is between two selected dates.
Req. Creation Date
Filters the report based on whether the req. creation date is between
two selected dates.
Latest Filled Date
Filters the report based on whether the latest filled date is between two
selected dates.
Latest Position Accepted Date
Filters the report based on whether the latest position accepted date is
between two selected dates.
Req. Last Modified Date
Filters the report based on whether the req. last modified date is
between two selected dates.
Organization (Level 1)
Filters the report based on whether the organization level1 name is in
the list of values selected.
Organization (Level 2)
Filters the report based on whether the organization level2 name
is in the list of values selected. If the Organization (Level 1) filter is
being used, only the child organizations in organization level2 will be
available.
151
Oracle Taleo Enterprise
Chapter 3
Reporting with Oracle Business Intelligence User
Guide
Recruiting Standard Content
Name
Description
Organization (Level 3)
Filters the report based on whether the organization level3 name
is in the list of values selected. If the Organization (Level 2) filter is
being used, only the child organizations in organization level3 will be
available.
Organization (Level 4)
Filters the report based on whether the organization level4 name
is in the list of values selected. If the Organization (Level 3) filter is
being used, only the child organizations in organization level4 will be
available.
Location (Level 1)
Filters the report based on whether the location level1 name is in the
list of values selected.
Location (Level 2)
Filters the report based on whether the location level2 name is in the
list of values selected. If the Location (Level 1) filter is being used, only
the child locations in location level2 will be available.
Location (Level 3)
Filters the report based on whether the location level3 name is in the
list of values selected. If the Location (Level 2) filter is being used, only
the child locations in location level3 will be available.
Location (Level 4)
Filters the report based on whether the location level4 name is in the
list of values selected. If the Location (Level 3) filter is being used, only
the child locations in location level4 will be available.
Job Field (Level 1)
Filters the report based on whether the job field level1 name is in the
list of values selected.
Job Field (Level 2)
Filters the report based on whether the job field level2 name is in the
list of values selected. If the Job Field (Level 1) filter is being used,
only the child job fields in job field level2 will be available.
Job Field (Level 3)
Filters the report based on whether the job field level3 name is in the
list of values selected. If the Job Field (Level 2) filter is being used,
only the child job fields in job field level3 will be available.
Job Field (Level 4)
Filters the report based on whether the job field level4 name is in the
list of values selected. If the Job Field (Level 3) filter is being used,
only the child job fields in job field level4 will be available.
Recruiter Name
Filters the report based on whether the recruiter name is in the list of
values selected.
Hiring Manager Name
Filters the report based on whether the hiring manager name is in the
list of values selected.
Req. Identifier
Filters the report based on whether the req. identifier is in the list of
values selected.
Req. Title
Filters the report based on whether the req. title is in the list of values
selected.
152
Oracle Taleo Enterprise
Chapter 3
Reporting with Oracle Business Intelligence User
Guide
Recruiting Standard Content
Report Filters
The report shows report filters and descriptions
Filter
Description
Current Status is eqal to/ is in Filled
Filters the report to requisitions in the filled status.
Organization Level1 Name is prompted
This is a listener for a prompt.
Organization Level2 Name is prompted
This is a listener for a prompt.
Organization Level3 Name is prompted
This is a listener for a prompt.
Organization Level4 Name is prompted
This is a listener for a prompt.
Location Level1 Name is prompted
This is a listener for a prompt.
Location Level2 Name is prompted
This is a listener for a prompt.
Location Level31 Name is prompted
This is a listener for a prompt.
Location Level4 Name is prompted
This is a listener for a prompt.
Job Field1 Name is prompted
This is a listener for a prompt.
Job Field2 Name is prompted
This is a listener for a prompt.
Job Field3 Name is prompted
This is a listener for a prompt.
Job Field4 Name is prompted
This is a listener for a prompt.
Recruiter Name is prompted
This is a listener for a prompt.
Hiring Manager Name is prompted
This is a listener for a prompt.
Req. Identifier is prompted
This is a listener for a prompt.
Title (BL) is prompted
This is a listener for a prompt.
First Sourced After Latest Approval Date is prompted
This is a listener for a prompt.
Latest Fully Approved Date is prompted
This is a listener for a prompt.
153
Oracle Taleo Enterprise
Chapter 3
Reporting with Oracle Business Intelligence User
Guide
Recruiting Standard Content
Filter
Description
Latest Filled Date is prompted
This is a listener for a prompt.
Last Positon Accepted Date is prompted
This is a listener for a prompt.
Req. Last Modified Date is prompted
This is a listener for a prompt.
Requisitions Filled Summary
The report displays a summary of filled requisitions by various dimensions.
Report Columns
The report shows report columns and descriptions
Name
Description
Requisition Organization Name
Returns the Requisition Organization hierarchy object.
Requisition Primary Location Name
Returns the Requisition Primary Location Name hierarchy object.
Requisition Job Field Name
Returns the Requisition Job Field Name hierarchy object.
Requisition Latest Filled Date
Returns the Requisition Latest Filled Date hierarchy object.
# Requisitions
Returns the number of requisitions.
# Openings
Returns the number of openings on the requisition(s).
# Openings Left to Fill (Hired)
Returns the number of positions left to fill on the requisition, based on
the number of openings minus the number of candidates in the hired
reference status.
# Requisitions by Recruiter
Returns the number of requisitions divided by the number of
recruiters.
# Submissions
Returns the number of distinct job submissions.
# Submissions Complete
Returns the number of distinct job submissions that are completed.
# Submissions Ace
Returns the number of distinct job submissions where the candidate is
considered to be ACE.
154
Oracle Taleo Enterprise
Chapter 3
Reporting with Oracle Business Intelligence User
Guide
Recruiting Standard Content
Name
Description
# Submissions Min. Requirements Met
Returns the number of distinct job submissions where the candidate
as met all the requisition minimum requirements.
# Submissions Internal
Returns the number of distinct submissions that are internal
# Submissions Currently Hired
Returns the number of distinct submissions currently in the "Hired"
reference model status
# Submissions Currently Rejected
Returns the number of distinct submissions currently in the "Rejected"
reference model status
# Submissions Currently Declined
Returns the number of distinct submissions currently in the "Declined"
reference model status
# Submissions By Recruiter
Returns the number of submissions divided by the number of
recruiters.
# Hires Min. Requirements Met
# Submissions Min. Requirements Met filtered using Current
Reference Status Name=Hired
# Hires Ace
# Submissions Ace filtered using Current Reference Status
Name=Hired
# Hires Internal
# Submissions Internal filtered using Current Reference Status
Name=Hired
# Submissions by Hire
# Submissions Complete / # Submissions Currently Hired
# Interviews by Hire
# Submissions Reached 1st Intv. / # Submissions Currently Hired
Average Cycle Time
Returns the number of days between the req. creation date and the
latest filled date.
Average Time to Approve
Returns the number of days between the first to be approved date and
the first fully approved date.
Average Time to Fill
Returns the number of days between the first fully approved date and
the latest filled date.
Average Time to Latest Position Accepted
Returns the number of days between the first fully approved date and
the last position accepted date.
Average Time to Source
Returns the number of days between the req. creation date and the
first sourced date.
Average Submission Cycle Time
Returns the number of days between the submission completed date
and the hired date.
Average Time to Hire
Returns the number of days between the first fully approved date and
the hired date.
155
Oracle Taleo Enterprise
Chapter 3
Reporting with Oracle Business Intelligence User
Guide
Recruiting Standard Content
Name
Description
Average Time to Start
Returns the number of days between the first fully approved date and
the hire start date (offer actual start date, if hire start date is null).
# Recruiters
Returns a count of distinct recruiter id's.
Report Prompts
All report prompts are optional.
The report shows report prompts and descriptions
Name
Description
Latest Fully Approved Date
Filters the report based on whether the latest fully approved date is
between two selected dates.
First Sourced After Latest Approved Date
Filters the report based on whether the first sourced after latest
approved date is between two selected dates.
Req. Creation Date
Filters the report based on whether the req. creation date is between
two selected dates.
Latest Filled Date
Filters the report based on whether the latest filled date is between two
selected dates.
Latest Position Accepted Date
Filters the report based on whether the latest position accepted date is
between two selected dates.
Req. Last Modified Date
Filters the report based on whether the req. last modified date is
between two selected dates.
Organization (Level 1)
Filters the report based on whether the organization level1 name is in
the list of values selected.
Organization (Level 2)
Filters the report based on whether the organization level2 name
is in the list of values selected. If the Organization (Level 1) filter is
being used, only the child organizations in organization level2 will be
available.
Organization (Level 3)
Filters the report based on whether the organization level3 name
is in the list of values selected. If the Organization (Level 2) filter is
being used, only the child organizations in organization level3 will be
available.
Organization (Level 4)
Filters the report based on whether the organization level4 name
is in the list of values selected. If the Organization (Level 3) filter is
being used, only the child organizations in organization level4 will be
available.
156
Oracle Taleo Enterprise
Chapter 3
Reporting with Oracle Business Intelligence User
Guide
Recruiting Standard Content
Name
Description
Location (Level 1)
Filters the report based on whether the location level1 name is in the
list of values selected.
Location (Level 2)
Filters the report based on whether the location level2 name is in the
list of values selected. If the Location (Level 1) filter is being used, only
the child locations in location level2 will be available.
Location (Level 3)
Filters the report based on whether the location level3 name is in the
list of values selected. If the Location (Level 2) filter is being used, only
the child locations in location level3 will be available.
Location (Level 4)
Filters the report based on whether the location level4 name is in the
list of values selected. If the Location (Level 3) filter is being used, only
the child locations in location level4 will be available.
Job Field (Level 1)
Filters the report based on whether the job field level1 name is in the
list of values selected.
Job Field (Level 2)
Filters the report based on whether the job field level2 name is in the
list of values selected. If the Job Field (Level 1) filter is being used,
only the child job fields in job field level2 will be available.
Job Field (Level 3)
Filters the report based on whether the job field level3 name is in the
list of values selected. If the Job Field (Level 2) filter is being used,
only the child job fields in job field level3 will be available.
Job Field (Level 4)
Filters the report based on whether the job field level4 name is in the
list of values selected. If the Job Field (Level 3) filter is being used,
only the child job fields in job field level4 will be available.
Recruiter Name
Filters the report based on whether the recruiter name is in the list of
values selected.
Hiring Manager Name
Filters the report based on whether the hiring manager name is in the
list of values selected.
Req. Identifier
Filters the report based on whether the req. identifier is in the list of
values selected.
Req. Title
Filters the report based on whether the req. title is in the list of values
selected.
Report Filters
The report shows report filters and descriptions
157
Oracle Taleo Enterprise
Chapter 3
Reporting with Oracle Business Intelligence User
Guide
Recruiting Standard Content
Filter
Description
Current Status is eqal to/ is in Filled
Filters the report to requisitions in the filled status.
Organization Level1 Name is prompted
This is a listener for a prompt.
Organization Level2 Name is prompted
This is a listener for a prompt.
Organization Level3 Name is prompted
This is a listener for a prompt.
Organization Level4 Name is prompted
This is a listener for a prompt.
Location Level1 Name is prompted
This is a listener for a prompt.
Location Level2 Name is prompted
This is a listener for a prompt.
Location Level31 Name is prompted
This is a listener for a prompt.
Location Level4 Name is prompted
This is a listener for a prompt.
Job Field1 Name is prompted
This is a listener for a prompt.
Job Field2 Name is prompted
This is a listener for a prompt.
Job Field3 Name is prompted
This is a listener for a prompt.
Job Field4 Name is prompted
This is a listener for a prompt.
Recruiter Name is prompted
This is a listener for a prompt.
Hiring Manager Name is prompted
This is a listener for a prompt.
Req. Identifier is prompted
This is a listener for a prompt.
Title (BL) is prompted
This is a listener for a prompt.
First Sourced After Latest Approval Date is prompted
This is a listener for a prompt.
Latest Fully Approved Date is prompted
This is a listener for a prompt.
Latest Filled Date is prompted
This is a listener for a prompt.
Last Positon Accepted Date is prompted
This is a listener for a prompt.
Req. Last Modified Date is prompted
This is a listener for a prompt.
158
Oracle Taleo Enterprise
Chapter 3
Reporting with Oracle Business Intelligence User
Guide
Recruiting Standard Content
Filter
Description
Req. Creation Date is prompted
This is a listener for a prompt.
Requisitions on Hold
The report provides a listing of requisitions that are currently in the “to be approved” status by aging.
Report Columns
The report shows report columns and descriptions
Name
Description
Req. Identifier
Returns the requisition id, as displayed in the recruiting application.
Req. Title
Returns the requisition title, in its base language.
Recruiter Name
Returns the recruiter name
Hiring Manager Name
Returns the hiring manager name
Organization Level1 Name
Returns the name of the organization
Job Field Level1 Name
Returns the name of the requisition job field.
Location Level1 Name
Returns the name of the requisition primary location.
Req. Creation Date
First Sourced After Latest Approval Date
Returns the first time the requisition was put into the sourcing status
after the most recent time the requisition the requisition was put into
the approved status.
Latest Fully Approved Date
Returns the date/time when the requisition most recently successfully
went through the full approval process.
Latest Filled Date
Returns the date/time when the requisition was most recently filled.
Last Position Accepted Date
Returns the date/time when the last position was accepted on the
requisition.
Req. Last Modified Date
Returns the date/time when the requisition was last modified.
Latest On Hold Date
159
Oracle Taleo Enterprise
Chapter 3
Reporting with Oracle Business Intelligence User
Guide
Recruiting Standard Content
Name
Description
# Openings
Returns the number of openings on the requisition(s).
# Openings Left to Fill (Hired)
Returns the number of positions left to fill on the requisition, based on
the number of openings minus the number of candidates in the hired
reference status.
# Submissions
Returns the number of distinct job submissions.
# Submissions Complete
Returns the number of distinct job submissions that are completed.
# Submissions Ace
Returns the number of distinct job submissions where the candidate is
considered to be ACE.
# Submissions Min. Requirements Met
Returns the number of distinct job submissions where the candidate
as met all the requisition minimum requirements.
# Submissions Internal
Returns the number of distinct submissions that are internal
# Submissions Currently New
Returns the number of distinct submissions currently in the "New"
reference model status
# Submissions Currently In Review
Returns the number of distinct submissions currently in the "Review"
reference model status
# Submissions Currently In 1st Intv.
Returns the number of distinct submissions currently in the "1st
Interview" reference model status
# Submissions Currently In 2nd Intv.
Returns the number of distinct submissions currently in the "2nd
Interview" reference model status
# Submissions Currently In 3rd Intv.
Returns the number of distinct submissions currently in the "3rd
Interview" reference model status
# Submissions Currently In Offer
Returns the number of distinct submissions currently in the "Offer"
reference model status
# Submissions Currently Testing
Returns the number of distinct submissions currently in the "Testing"
reference model status
# Submissions Currently Hired
Returns the number of distinct submissions currently in the "Hired"
reference model status
# Submissions Currently Rejected
Returns the number of distinct submissions currently in the "Rejected"
reference model status
# Submissions Currently Declined
Returns the number of distinct submissions currently in the "Declined"
reference model status
# Submissions Matched
Returns # Submissions filtered by Submission Medium='Matched to
Job'
160
Oracle Taleo Enterprise
Chapter 3
Reporting with Oracle Business Intelligence User
Guide
Recruiting Standard Content
Name
Description
# Submissions In Process
Returns an aggregate of :
# Submissions Currently In 1st Intv. + # Submissions Currently In 2nd
Intv. + # Submissions Currently In 3rd Intv. + # Submissions Currently
In Offer + # Submissions Currently in Review + # Submissions
Currently In Testing
# Hires Min. Requirements Met
# Submissions Min. Requirements Met filtered using Current
Reference Status Name=Hired
# Hires Ace
# Submissions Ace filtered using Current Reference Status
Name=Hired
# Hires Internal
# Submissions Internal filtered using Current Reference Status
Name=Hired
# Submissions by Hire
# Submissions Complete / # Submissions Currently Hired
# Interviews by Hire
# Submissions Reached 1st Intv. / # Submissions Currently Hired
Cycle Time
Returns the average number of days between the req. creation date
and the latest filled date.
Time to Approve
Returns the average number of days between the first to be approved
date and the first fully approved date.
Time to Fill
Returns the average number of days between the first fully approved
date and the latest filled date.
Time to Latest Position Accepted
Returns the average number of days between the first fully approved
date and the last position accepted date.
Time to Source
Returns the average number of days between the req. creation date
and the first sourced date.
Average Submission Cycle Time
Returns the number of days between the submission completed date
and the hired date.
Average Time to Hire
Returns the number of days between the first fully approved date and
the hired date.
Average Time to Start
Returns the number of days between the first fully approved date and
the hire start date (offer actual start date, if hire start date is null).
Report Prompts
All report prompts are optional.
The report shows report prompts and descriptions
161
Oracle Taleo Enterprise
Chapter 3
Reporting with Oracle Business Intelligence User
Guide
Recruiting Standard Content
Name
Description
Latest Fully Approved Date
Filters the report based on whether the latest fully approved date is
between two selected dates.
First Sourced After Latest Approved Date
Filters the report based on whether the first sourced after latest
approved date is between two selected dates.
Latest On Hold Date
Filters the report based on whether the req. latest on hold date is
between two selected dates.
Organization (Level 1)
Filters the report based on whether the organization level1 name is in
the list of values selected.
Organization (Level 2)
Filters the report based on whether the organization level2 name
is in the list of values selected. If the Organization (Level 1) filter is
being used, only the child organizations in organization level2 will be
available.
Organization (Level 3)
Filters the report based on whether the organization level3 name
is in the list of values selected. If the Organization (Level 2) filter is
being used, only the child organizations in organization level3 will be
available.
Organization (Level 4)
Filters the report based on whether the organization level4 name
is in the list of values selected. If the Organization (Level 3) filter is
being used, only the child organizations in organization level4 will be
available.
Location (Level 1)
Filters the report based on whether the location level1 name is in the
list of values selected.
Location (Level 2)
Filters the report based on whether the location level2 name is in the
list of values selected. If the Location (Level 1) filter is being used, only
the child locations in location level2 will be available.
Location (Level 3)
Filters the report based on whether the location level3 name is in the
list of values selected. If the Location (Level 2) filter is being used, only
the child locations in location level3 will be available.
Location (Level 4)
Filters the report based on whether the location level4 name is in the
list of values selected. If the Location (Level 3) filter is being used, only
the child locations in location level4 will be available.
Job Field (Level 1)
Filters the report based on whether the job field level1 name is in the
list of values selected.
Job Field (Level 2)
Filters the report based on whether the job field level2 name is in the
list of values selected. If the Job Field (Level 1) filter is being used,
only the child job fields in job field level2 will be available.
Job Field (Level 3)
Filters the report based on whether the job field level3 name is in the
list of values selected. If the Job Field (Level 2) filter is being used,
only the child job fields in job field level3 will be available.
162
Oracle Taleo Enterprise
Chapter 3
Reporting with Oracle Business Intelligence User
Guide
Recruiting Standard Content
Name
Description
Job Field (Level 4)
Filters the report based on whether the job field level4 name is in the
list of values selected. If the Job Field (Level 3) filter is being used,
only the child job fields in job field level4 will be available.
Recruiter Name
Filters the report based on whether the recruiter name is in the list of
values selected.
Hiring Manager Name
Filters the report based on whether the hiring manager name is in the
list of values selected.
Req. Identifier
Filters the report based on whether the req. identifier is in the list of
values selected.
Req. Title
Filters the report based on whether the req. title is in the list of values
selected.
Report Filters
The report shows report filters and descriptions
Filter
Description
Current Status is equal to/ is in On Hold
Filters the report to requisitions in the on hold status.
Time on Hold In Current Hold Period is not null
Filters the report to requisitions with a time on hold for current hold
period metric.
Organization Level1 Name is prompted
This is a listener for a prompt.
Organization Level2 Name is prompted
This is a listener for a prompt.
Organization Level3 Name is prompted
This is a listener for a prompt.
Organization Level4 Name is prompted
This is a listener for a prompt.
Location Level1 Name is prompted
This is a listener for a prompt.
Location Level2 Name is prompted
This is a listener for a prompt.
Location Level31 Name is prompted
This is a listener for a prompt.
Location Level4 Name is prompted
This is a listener for a prompt.
Job Field1 Name is prompted
This is a listener for a prompt.
163
Oracle Taleo Enterprise
Chapter 3
Reporting with Oracle Business Intelligence User
Guide
Recruiting Standard Content
Filter
Description
Job Field2 Name is prompted
This is a listener for a prompt.
Job Field3 Name is prompted
This is a listener for a prompt.
Job Field4 Name is prompted
This is a listener for a prompt.
Recruiter Name is prompted
This is a listener for a prompt.
Hiring Manager Name is prompted
This is a listener for a prompt.
Req. Identifier is prompted
This is a listener for a prompt.
Title (BL) is prompted
This is a listener for a prompt.
First Sourced After Latest Approval Date is prompted
This is a listener for a prompt.
Latest Filled Date is prompted
This is a listener for a prompt.
Latest On Hold Date is prompted
This is a listener for a prompt.
Requisitions Pending Approval
The report provides a listing of requisitions that are currently in the “to be approved” status by aging.
Report Columns
The report shows report columns and descriptions
Name
Description
Req. Identifier
Returns the requisition id, as displayed in the recruiting application.
Title (BL)
Returns the requisition title, in its base language.
# Openings
Returns the number of openings on the requisition(s).
Req. Creation Date
Returns the date/time when the requisition was created.
Recruiter Name
Returns the recruiter name
Recruiter Email
Returns the recruiter email
164
Oracle Taleo Enterprise
Chapter 3
Reporting with Oracle Business Intelligence User
Guide
Recruiting Standard Content
Name
Description
Hiring Manager Name
Returns the hiring manager name
Hiring Manager Email
Returns the hiring manager email
Organization Level1 Name
Returns the name of the organization
Location Level1 Name
Returns the name of the requisition primary location.
Job Field Level1 Name
Returns the name of the requisition job field.
Req. Historical Status Start Date
Returns the date/time when the requisition was placed into the status.
Historical Status User
Returns the user responsible for changing the requisition status.
165
Oracle Taleo Enterprise
Chapter 3
Reporting with Oracle Business Intelligence User
Guide
Recruiting Standard Content
Name
Description
Days In To Be Approved
evaluate('CAST(LOCALTIMESTAMP(0) AT TIME ZONE ''EST5EDT'' as Date) - CAST(%1 AT TIME
ZONE ''EST5EDT'' as Date)' as double,"Requisition Status - Historical"."Req. Historical Status Start
Date")
Approver 1
case
when "Requisition Approval History"."Approver 1 Full Name"
is not null
then "Requisition Approval History"."Approver 1 Full Name"
|| ' <BR>'
|| "Requisition Approval History"."Approver 1 Email" || '
<BR>'
|| "Requisition Approval History"."Approver 1 Decision" || '
'
||
case
when "Requisition Approval History"."Approver 1
Decision Date" is not null
then '(' ||
replace(
cast(MONTH("Requisition Approval History"."Approver
1 Decision Date") as CHAR) || '/' ||
cast(DAYOFMONTH("Requisition Approval
History"."Approver 1 Decision Date") as CHAR) || '/' ||
cast(YEAR("Requisition Approval History"."Approver 1
Decision Date") as CHAR),' ','') || ')'
end
end
Approver 2
case
when "Requisition Approval History"."Approver 2 Full Name"
is not null
then "Requisition Approval History"."Approver 2 Full Name"
|| ' <BR>'
|| "Requisition Approval History"."Approver 2 Email" || '
<BR>'
|| "Requisition Approval History"."Approver 2 Decision" || '
'
||
case
when "Requisition Approval History"."Approver 2
Decision Date" is not null
then '(' ||
replace(
cast(MONTH("Requisition Approval History"."Approver
2 Decision Date") as CHAR) || '/' ||
cast(DAYOFMONTH("Requisition Approval
History"."Approver 2 Decision Date") as CHAR) || '/' ||
cast(YEAR("Requisition Approval History"."Approver 2
Decision Date") as CHAR),' ','') || ')'
end
end
Approver 3
case
when "Requisition Approval History"."Approver 3 Full Name"
is not null
then "Requisition Approval History"."Approver 3 Full Name"
|| ' <BR>'
|| "Requisition Approval History"."Approver 3 Email" || '
<BR>'
|| "Requisition Approval History"."Approver 3 Decision" || '
'
||
case
when "Requisition Approval History"."Approver 3
Decision Date" is not null
then '(' ||
166
Oracle Taleo Enterprise
Chapter 3
Reporting with Oracle Business Intelligence User
Guide
Recruiting Standard Content
Name
Description
Latest Approval Path Event Date
MAX("Requisition Tracking History"."Req. History Transaction Date")
Latest Approval Path Event User
SUBSTRING(MAX(EVALUATE('TO_CHAR(%1,%2)' AS CHAR,"Requisition Tracking History"."Req.
History Transaction Date",'YYYYMMDDHH24MISS') || ' ' || "Requisition Tracking History"."Req.
History Transaction By User"),16,255)
Days Since Latest Approval Path Event
evaluate('CAST(LOCALTIMESTAMP(0) AT TIME ZONE ''EST5EDT'' as Date) - CAST(%1 AT
TIME ZONE ''EST5EDT'' as Date)' as double,MAX("Requisition Tracking History"."Req. History
Transaction Date"))
Report Prompts
The report shows report prompts and descriptions
Name
Description
To Be Approved Date
Filters the report based on whether the req. historical status start date
is between two selected dates.
Organization (Level 1)
Filters the report based on whether the organization level1 name is in
the list of values selected.
Organization (Level 2)
Filters the report based on whether the organization level2 name
is in the list of values selected. If the Organization (Level 1) filter is
being used, only the child organizations in organization level2 will be
available.
Organization (Level 3)
Filters the report based on whether the organization level3 name
is in the list of values selected. If the Organization (Level 2) filter is
being used, only the child organizations in organization level3 will be
available.
Organization (Level 4)
Filters the report based on whether the organization level4 name
is in the list of values selected. If the Organization (Level 3) filter is
being used, only the child organizations in organization level4 will be
available.
Location (Level 1)
Filters the report based on whether the location level1 name is in the
list of values selected.
Location (Level 2)
Filters the report based on whether the location level2 name is in the
list of values selected. If the Location (Level 1) filter is being used, only
the child locations in location level2 will be available.
Location (Level 3)
Filters the report based on whether the location level3 name is in the
list of values selected. If the Location (Level 2) filter is being used, only
the child locations in location level3 will be available.
167
Oracle Taleo Enterprise
Chapter 3
Reporting with Oracle Business Intelligence User
Guide
Recruiting Standard Content
Name
Description
Location (Level 4)
Filters the report based on whether the location level4 name is in the
list of values selected. If the Location (Level 3) filter is being used, only
the child locations in location level4 will be available.
Job Field (Level 1)
Filters the report based on whether the job field level1 name is in the
list of values selected.
Job Field (Level 2)
Filters the report based on whether the job field level2 name is in the
list of values selected. If the Job Field (Level 1) filter is being used,
only the child job fields in job field level2 will be available.
Job Field (Level 3)
Filters the report based on whether the job field level3 name is in the
list of values selected. If the Job Field (Level 2) filter is being used,
only the child job fields in job field level3 will be available.
Job Field (Level 4)
Filters the report based on whether the job field level4 name is in the
list of values selected. If the Job Field (Level 3) filter is being used,
only the child job fields in job field level4 will be available.
Recruiter Name
Filters the report based on whether the recruiter name is in the list of
values selected.
Hiring Manager Name
Filters the report based on whether the hiring manager name is in the
list of values selected.
Req. Identifier
Filters the report based on whether the req. identifier is in the list of
values selected.
Req. Title
Filters the report based on whether the req. title is in the list of values
selected.
Report Filters
The report shows report filters and descriptions
Filter
Description
Transaction Event Type is equal to / is in Requisition Approved
on Behalf; Requisition Approved; Requisition Approval Passed;
Requisition Approval Passed on Behalf; Requisition Approval
Requested; Requisition approval request
Filters the report to requisitions with the following transaction event
types.
Historical Status is equal to / is in To Be Approved
Filters the report to requisitions with a historical status of To Be
Approved.
Req. Historical Status End Date is null
Filters the report to requisitions where the historical status end date is
not available.
168
Oracle Taleo Enterprise
Chapter 3
Reporting with Oracle Business Intelligence User
Guide
Recruiting Standard Content
Filter
Description
Current Status is equal to / is in To Be Approved
Filters the report to requisitions with the status to be approved.
Organization Level1 Name is prompted
This is a listener for a prompt.
Organization Level2 Name is prompted
This is a listener for a prompt.
Organization Level3 Name is prompted
This is a listener for a prompt.
Organization Level4 Name is prompted
This is a listener for a prompt.
Location Level1 Name is prompted
This is a listener for a prompt.
Location Level2 Name is prompted
This is a listener for a prompt.
Location Level31 Name is prompted
This is a listener for a prompt.
Location Level4 Name is prompted
This is a listener for a prompt.
Job Field1 Name is prompted
This is a listener for a prompt.
Job Field2 Name is prompted
This is a listener for a prompt.
Job Field3 Name is prompted
This is a listener for a prompt.
Job Field4 Name is prompted
This is a listener for a prompt.
Recruiter Name is prompted
This is a listener for a prompt.
Hiring Manager Name is prompted
This is a listener for a prompt.
Req. Identifier is prompted
This is a listener for a prompt.
Title (BL) is prompted
This is a listener for a prompt.
169
Oracle Taleo Enterprise
Reporting with Oracle Business Intelligence User
Guide
4
Chapter 4
Onboarding Standard Content
Onboarding Standard Content
Onboarding Standard Content
Sample Dashboard
Onboarding - In Progress
The dashboard shows counts of processes and tasks, and also includes metrics on how long tasks and processes have
been open. There is also a detailed table that shows a list of currently in progress processes and the task currently being
completed with a flag indicating whether the process is in the red status.
170
Oracle Taleo Enterprise
Chapter 4
Reporting with Oracle Business Intelligence User
Guide
Onboarding Standard Content
Component
The report shows dashboard components
Component
Name
1
Onboarding - Dashboard Prompt
2
Onboarding - Dashboard Prompt Date Ranges - In Progress
3
Onboarding - Process In Progress Summary
4
Onboarding - Tasks In Process Summary
5
Onboarding - Processes In Progress Analysis
6
Onboarding - Processes In Progress List
171
Oracle Taleo Enterprise
Chapter 4
Reporting with Oracle Business Intelligence User
Guide
Onboarding Standard Content
Onboarding - Process In Progress Summary
Displays the number of submission transition processes that are in progress, by a variety of dimensions.
Onboarding Process In Progress
Report Columns
The report shows report columns and syntax if any
Name
Syntax
Dimensions
See View By: Dimensions
# Processes
"Submission Transitions Process Counts"."# Submission Transitions Processes"
View By: Dimensions
The report shows graph dimensiona and syntax if any
172
Oracle Taleo Enterprise
Chapter 4
Reporting with Oracle Business Intelligence User
Guide
Name
Syntax
Organization
"Requisition Organization"."Organization Level1 Name"
Country
"Requisition Primary Location"."Location Level1 Name"
Category
"Requisition Job Field"."Job Field Level1 Name"
Department
"Requisition Department"."Department Name"
Hiring Manager
"Requisition Hiring Manager"."Hiring Manager Name"
Onboarding Standard Content
Process Name
"Submission Transitions Process"."Submission Transitions Process Name (BL)"
|| Replace("Requisition Identification"."Req. Identifier","Requisition
Identification"."Req. Identifier",'')
Process Owner
"Submission Transitions Process"."Submission Transitions Process Owner Full
Name" || Replace("Requisition Identification"."Req. Identifier","Requisition
Identification"."Req. Identifier",'')
Process
Completion
CASE WHEN "Submission Transitions Process"."Submission Transitions Process
Percent Complete" < 25
Then '0-25%'
WHEN "Submission Transitions Process"."Submission Transitions Process Percent
Complete" < 50
THEN '25-50%'
WHEN "Submission Transitions Process"."Submission Transitions Process Percent
Complete" < 75
Then '50-75%'
WHEN "Submission Transitions Process"."Submission Transitions Process Percent
Complete" < 100
Then '75-100%'
END || Replace("Requisition Identification"."Req. Identifier","Requisition
Identification"."Req. Identifier",'')
Process Days In
Progress
"Submission Transitions Process"."Submission Transitions Process Days In
Progress" + "Requisition Identification"."# Openings" - "Requisition
Identification"."# Openings"
View Configurations
The report shows report graph configurations
173
Oracle Taleo Enterprise
Chapter 4
Reporting with Oracle Business Intelligence User
Guide
Onboarding Standard Content
Name
Additional Information
Pie
Slice Size: # Processes
Slices: Dimension
Table
Columns and Measures: Dimension, # Processes
Report Filters
The report shows report filters
Name
Submission Transitions Process Name (BL) is not null
Submission Transitions Process Type is equal to / is in New Hire
Submission Transitions Process Current Status is equal to / is in In Progress
Onboarding - Dashboard Prompt Listener
174
Oracle Taleo Enterprise
Chapter 4
Reporting with Oracle Business Intelligence User
Guide
Onboarding Standard Content
Onboarding - Tasks In Progress Summary
Displays the number of submission transition process tasks that are in progress, by a variety of dimensions.
Onboarding Tasks In Progress
Report Columns
The report shows report columns and syntax if any
Name
Syntax
Dimensions
See View By: Dimension
Avg Days In
Progress
# Tasks
AVG(TIMESTAMPDIFF(SQL_TSI_DAY, "Submission Transitions Process"."Submission
Transitions Task Assignment Date" , CURRENT_TIMESTAMP))
"Submission Transitions Process Counts"."# Submission Transitions Tasks"
175
Oracle Taleo Enterprise
Chapter 4
Reporting with Oracle Business Intelligence User
Guide
Onboarding Standard Content
View By: Dimensions
The report shows graph dimensions and syntax if any
Name
Syntax
Organization
"Requisition Organization"."Organization Level1 Name"
Country
"Requisition Primary Location"."Location Level1 Name"
Category
"Requisition Job Field"."Job Field Level1 Name"
Department
"Requisition Department"."Department Name"
176
Oracle Taleo Enterprise
Chapter 4
Reporting with Oracle Business Intelligence User
Guide
Name
Syntax
Hiring Manager
"Requisition Hiring Manager"."Hiring Manager Name"
Onboarding Standard Content
Process Name
"Submission Transitions Process"."Submission Transitions Process Name (BL)"
|| Replace("Requisition Identification"."Req. Identifier","Requisition
Identification"."Req. Identifier",'')
Process Owner
"Submission Transitions Process"."Submission Transitions Process Owner Full
Name" || Replace("Requisition Identification"."Req. Identifier","Requisition
Identification"."Req. Identifier",'')
Process Health Is
Red
"Submission Transitions Process"."Submission Transitions Process
Progression Health Is Red" || Replace("Requisition Identification"."Req.
Identifier","Requisition Identification"."Req. Identifier",'')
Process
Completion
CASE WHEN "Submission Transitions Process"."Submission Transitions Process
Percent Complete" < 25
Then '0-25%'
WHEN "Submission Transitions Process"."Submission Transitions Process Percent
Complete" < 50
THEN '25-50%'
WHEN "Submission Transitions Process"."Submission Transitions Process Percent
Complete" < 75
Then '50-75%'
WHEN "Submission Transitions Process"."Submission Transitions Process Percent
Complete" < 100
Then '75-100%'
END || Replace("Requisition Identification"."Req. Identifier","Requisition
Identification"."Req. Identifier",'')
Process Days In
Progress
"Submission Transitions Process"."Submission Transitions Process Days In
Progress" + "Requisition Identification"."# Openings" - "Requisition
Identification"."# Openings"
Task Name
"Submission Transitions Process"."Submission Transitions Task Name (BL)"
|| REPLACE("Requisition Identification"."Req. Identifier","Requisition
Identification"."Req. Identifier",'')
Task Assignee
"Submission Transitions Process"."Submission Transitions Task Assignee Name"
|| Replace("Requisition Identification"."Req. Identifier","Requisition
Identification"."Req. Identifier",'')
Task Type
"Submission Transitions Process"."Submission Transitions Task Type" ||
Replace("Requisition Identification"."Req. Identifier","Requisition
Identification"."Req. Identifier",'')
Task Is Overdue
"Submission Transitions Process"."Submission Transitions Task Is Overdue"
|| Replace("Requisition Identification"."Req. Identifier","Requisition
Identification"."Req. Identifier",'')
Task Days In
Progress
TIMESTAMPDIFF(SQL_TSI_DAY, "Submission Transitions Process"."Submission
177
Oracle Taleo Enterprise
Chapter 4
Reporting with Oracle Business Intelligence User
Guide
Onboarding Standard Content
View Configurations
The report shows graph configurations
Name
Additional Information
Pie
Slice Size: # Tasks
Pies: Dimension
Column-Line
Bars: # Tasks
Lines: Avg Days In Progress
Group By: Dimension
Report Filters
The report shows report filters
Name
Submission Transitions Task Current Status is equal to / is in In progress
Submission Transitions Process Type is equal to / is in New Hire
Onboarding - Dashboard Prompt Listener
Onboarding - Processes In Progress Analysis
The analysis consists of two charts.
The chart on the left displays # of processes, average percent complete and days in progress by a variety of dimensions,
The chart on the right chart displays # tasks, task days in progress and process days in progress by a variety of
dimensions.
The column selector allows you to toggle the dimension for both charts at once.
178
Oracle Taleo Enterprise
Chapter 4
Reporting with Oracle Business Intelligence User
Guide
Onboarding Standard Content
Onboarding Process/Task Analysis
Report Columns
The report shows report columns and syntax if any
Name
Syntax
Dimensions
See View By: Dimension
179
Oracle Taleo Enterprise
Chapter 4
Reporting with Oracle Business Intelligence User
Guide
Onboarding Standard Content
Name
Syntax
Process Days In
Progress
"Submission Transitions Process Time"."Average Submission Transitions Process Days In Progress"
Task Days In
Progress
AVG(TIMESTAMPDIFF(SQL_TSI_DAY, "Submission Transitions Process"."Submission
Transitions Task Assignment Date" , CURRENT_TIMESTAMP))
Avg Process
Percent Complete
avg("Submission Transitions Process"."Submission Transitions Process Percent
Complete")
Task ID
"Submission Transitions Process"."Submission Transitions Task Name (BL)" || ' ' ||
CAST("Submission General Info"."Submission Identifier" AS CHARACTER) || ' - '
||
CAST("Submission Transitions Process"."Submission Transitions Task Creation
Date" AS CHARACTER)
# Tasks
"Submission Transitions Process Counts"."# Submission Transitions Tasks"
# Processes
"Submission Transitions Process Counts"."# Submission Transitions Processes"
View By: Dimensions
The report shows graph dimensions and syntax if any
Name
Syntax
Organization
"Requisition Organization"."Organization Level1 Name"
Country
"Requisition Primary Location"."Location Level1 Name"
Category
"Requisition Job Field"."Job Field Level1 Name"
Department
"Requisition Department"."Department Name"
180
Oracle Taleo Enterprise
Chapter 4
Reporting with Oracle Business Intelligence User
Guide
Name
Syntax
Hiring Manager
"Requisition Hiring Manager"."Hiring Manager Name"
Onboarding Standard Content
Process Name
"Submission Transitions Process"."Submission Transitions Process Name (BL)"
|| Replace("Requisition Identification"."Req. Identifier","Requisition
Identification"."Req. Identifier",'')
Process Owner
"Submission Transitions Process"."Submission Transitions Process Owner Full
Name" || Replace("Requisition Identification"."Req. Identifier","Requisition
Identification"."Req. Identifier",'')
Process Health Is
Red
"Submission Transitions Process"."Submission Transitions Process
Progression Health Is Red" || Replace("Requisition Identification"."Req.
Identifier","Requisition Identification"."Req. Identifier",'')
Process
Completion
CASE WHEN "Submission Transitions Process"."Submission Transitions Process
Percent Complete" < 25
Then '0-25%'
WHEN "Submission Transitions Process"."Submission Transitions Process Percent
Complete" < 50
THEN '25-50%'
WHEN "Submission Transitions Process"."Submission Transitions Process Percent
Complete" < 75
Then '50-75%'
WHEN "Submission Transitions Process"."Submission Transitions Process Percent
Complete" < 100
Then '75-100%'
END || Replace("Requisition Identification"."Req. Identifier","Requisition
Identification"."Req. Identifier",'')
Task Name
"Submission Transitions Process"."Submission Transitions Task Name (BL)"
|| REPLACE("Requisition Identification"."Req. Identifier","Requisition
Identification"."Req. Identifier",'')
Task Assignee
"Submission Transitions Process"."Submission Transitions Task Assignee Name"
|| Replace("Requisition Identification"."Req. Identifier","Requisition
Identification"."Req. Identifier",'')
Task Type
"Submission Transitions Process"."Submission Transitions Task Type" ||
Replace("Requisition Identification"."Req. Identifier","Requisition
Identification"."Req. Identifier",'')
Task Is Overdue
"Submission Transitions Process"."Submission Transitions Task Is Overdue"
|| Replace("Requisition Identification"."Req. Identifier","Requisition
Identification"."Req. Identifier",'')
181
Oracle Taleo Enterprise
Chapter 4
Reporting with Oracle Business Intelligence User
Guide
Onboarding Standard Content
View Configurations
The report shows graph configurations
Name
Additional Information
Bubble
Horizontal Axis: Process Days In Progress
XY (Vertical Axis): Avg Process Percent Complete
XY (Bubble Size): # Processes
Vary Color By: Dimension
Scatter
Horizontal Axis: Task Days In Progress
XY (Vertical Axis): Process Days In Progress
Vary Color By: Dimension
Report Filters
The report shows report filters
Name
Submission Transitions Task Current Status is equal to / is in In progress
Submission Transitions Process Type is equal to / is in New Hire
Onboarding - Dashboard Prompt Listener
Onboarding - Processes In Progress List
This table displays summary information about the currently in progress tasks and processes by new hire.
Onboarding Process/Task Analysis
Report Columns
The report shows report columns and syntax if any
182
Oracle Taleo Enterprise
Chapter 4
Reporting with Oracle Business Intelligence User
Guide
Name
Syntax
Req. Identifier
"Requisition Identification"."Req. Identifier"
Onboarding Standard Content
Candidate Identifier "Candidate Identification"."Candidate Identifier"
Name
"Candidate Identification"."Name"
Submission
"Submission Transitions Process"."Submission Transitions Process Name (BL)"
Transitions Process
Name
Submission
"Submission Transitions Process"."Submission Transitions Process Percent Complete"
Transitions Process
Percent Complete
Process Days In
Progress
"Submission Transitions Process"."Submission Transitions Process Days In Progress"
Submission
"Submission Transitions Process"."Submission Transitions Process Progression Health Is Red"
Transitions Process
Note: A conditiontal format is set on this field. If process is red a red flag is displayed, if process is not red a
Progression Health
green flag is displayed.
Is Red
Submission
Transitions Task
Name (BL)
"Submission Transitions Process"."Submission Transitions Task Name (BL)"
Task Overdue Days
TIMESTAMPDIFF(SQL_TSI_DAY, "Submission Transitions Process"."Submission
Transitions Task Due Date", CURRENT_TIMESTAMP)
Submission
Transitions Task
Assignee Name
"Submission Transitions Process"."Submission Transitions Task Assignee Name"
Submission
Transitions
Task Assignee
Department
"Submission Transitions Process"."Submission Transitions Task Assignee Department"
Submission
Transitions Task
Due Date
"Submission Transitions Process"."Submission Transitions Task Due Date"
Hiring Manager
Name
"Requisition Hiring Manager"."Hiring Manager Name"
Report Filters
The report shows report filters
183
Oracle Taleo Enterprise
Reporting with Oracle Business Intelligence User
Guide
Chapter 4
Onboarding Standard Content
Name
Submission Transitions Process Current Status is equal to / is in In progress
Submission Transitions Process Current Task is equal to / is in In progress
Onboarding - Dashboard Prompt Listener
184
Oracle Taleo Enterprise
Chapter 4
Reporting with Oracle Business Intelligence User
Guide
Onboarding Standard Content
Onboarding - Completed
The dashboard page shows metrics on completed processes and tasks such as the number of processes completed
compared to the number of processes canceled and counts on how many tasks in a process were overdue. The metrics
can help you identify areas for improvement in your onboarding processes.
Component
This table shows dashboard components
Component
Name
1
Onboarding - Dashboard Prompt
185
Oracle Taleo Enterprise
Chapter 4
Reporting with Oracle Business Intelligence User
Guide
Component
Name
2
Onboarding - Dashboard Prompt Date Ranges - Completed
3
Onboarding - Process Completed Summary
4
Onboarding - Tasks Completed Summary
5
Onboarding - Process Completed Time
6
Onboarding - Tasks Completed Time
Onboarding Standard Content
Onboarding - Process Completed Summary
This chart shows a trend of completed and canceled processes.
Onboarding Processes Completed / Canceled
Report Columns
This table shows graph columns and syntax if any
186
Oracle Taleo Enterprise
Chapter 4
Reporting with Oracle Business Intelligence User
Guide
Name
Syntax
Dimensions
See View By: Dimension
Onboarding Standard Content
# Completed
FILTER("Submission Transitions Process Counts"."# Submission Transitions
Processes"
USING ("Submission Transitions Process"."Submission Transitions Process Current
Status"='Completed'))
# Canceled
FILTER("Submission Transitions Process Counts"."# Submission Transitions
Processes"
USING ("Submission Transitions Process"."Submission Transitions Process Current
Status"='Canceled'))
View By: Dimensions
This table shows graph dimensions and syntax if any
Name
Syntax
Organization
"Requisition Organization"."Organization Level1 Name"
Country
"Requisition Primary Location"."Location Level1 Name"
Category
"Requisition Job Field"."Job Field Level1 Name"
Department
"Requisition Department"."Department Name"
Hiring Manager
"Requisition Hiring Manager"."Hiring Manager Name"
Process Name
"Submission Transitions Process"."Submission Transitions Process Name (BL)"
|| Replace("Requisition Identification"."Req. Identifier","Requisition
Identification"."Req. Identifier",'')
Process Owner
"Submission Transitions Process"."Submission Transitions Process Owner Full
Name" || Replace("Requisition Identification"."Req. Identifier","Requisition
Identification"."Req. Identifier",'')
Process Complete
Period
EVALUATE('TO_CHAR(%1,%2)' AS CHARACTER,"Submission Transitions
Process"."Submission Transitions Process End Date",'YYYY-MM')
187
Oracle Taleo Enterprise
Chapter 4
Reporting with Oracle Business Intelligence User
Guide
Onboarding Standard Content
View Configurations
This table shows graph configurations
Name
Additional Information
Table
Columns and Measures: Dimension, # Complete, # Canceled
Column-Line
Bars: # Canceled, # Complete
Group By: Dimension
Report Filters
This table shows report filters
Name
Submission Transitions Task Current Status is equal to / is in Canceled; Completed
Submission Transitions Process Type is equal to / is in New Hire
Submission Transitions Process Name (BL) is not null
Onboarding - Dashboard Prompt Listener
188
Oracle Taleo Enterprise
Reporting with Oracle Business Intelligence User
Guide
Chapter 4
Onboarding Standard Content
Onboarding - Tasks Completed Summary
This chart shows the number of tasks completed on time compared to the number of tasks that were completed late.
Onboarding Tasks Completed
Report Columns
This table shows graph columns and syntax if any
189
Oracle Taleo Enterprise
Chapter 4
Reporting with Oracle Business Intelligence User
Guide
Name
Syntax
Dimensions
See View By: Dimension
Onboarding Standard Content
# Tasks On Time
FILTER("Submission Transitions Process Counts"."# Submission Transitions Tasks"
USING ("Submission Transitions Process"."Submission Transitions Step End Date"
<= "Submission Transitions Process"."Submission Transitions Task Due Date"))
# Tasks Late
FILTER("Submission Transitions Process Counts"."# Submission Transitions Tasks"
USING ("Submission Transitions Process"."Submission Transitions Step End Date" >
"Submission Transitions Process"."Submission Transitions Task Due Date"))
View By: Dimensions
This table shows graph dimensions and syntax if any
Name
Syntax
Organization
"Requisition Organization"."Organization Level1 Name"
Country
"Requisition Primary Location"."Location Level1 Name"
Category
"Requisition Job Field"."Job Field Level1 Name"
Department
"Requisition Department"."Department Name"
190
Oracle Taleo Enterprise
Chapter 4
Reporting with Oracle Business Intelligence User
Guide
Onboarding Standard Content
Name
Syntax
Hiring Manager
"Requisition Hiring Manager"."Hiring Manager Name"
Process Name
"Submission Transitions Process"."Submission Transitions Process Name (BL)"
|| Replace("Requisition Identification"."Req. Identifier","Requisition
Identification"."Req. Identifier",'')
Process Owner
"Submission Transitions Process"."Submission Transitions Process Owner Full
Name" || Replace("Requisition Identification"."Req. Identifier","Requisition
Identification"."Req. Identifier",'')
Task Name
"Submission Transitions Process"."Submission Transitions Task Name (BL)"
|| REPLACE("Requisition Identification"."Req. Identifier","Requisition
Identification"."Req. Identifier",'')
Task Assignee
"Submission Transitions Process"."Submission Transitions Task Assignee Name"
|| Replace("Requisition Identification"."Req. Identifier","Requisition
Identification"."Req. Identifier",'')
Task Assignee
Department
"Submission Transitions Process"."Submission Transitions Task
Assignee Department" || Replace("Requisition Identification"."Req.
Identifier","Requisition Identification"."Req. Identifier",'')
Task Type
"Submission Transitions Process"."Submission Transitions Task Type" ||
Replace("Requisition Identification"."Req. Identifier","Requisition
Identification"."Req. Identifier",'')
Process Complete
Period
EVALUATE('TO_CHAR(%1,%2)' AS CHARACTER,"Submission Transitions
Process"."Submission Transitions Process End Date",'YYYY-MM') ||
Replace("Requisition Identification"."Req. Identifier","Requisition
Identification"."Req. Identifier",'')
View Configurations
This table shows graph configurations
Name
Additional Information
Column
Bars: # Tasks On Time, # Tasks Late
Group By: Dimension
191
Oracle Taleo Enterprise
Chapter 4
Reporting with Oracle Business Intelligence User
Guide
Onboarding Standard Content
Name
Additional Information
Table
Columns and Measures: Dimension, # Tasks On Time, # Tasks Late
Report Filters
This table shows report filters
Name
Submission Transitions Task Current Status is equal to / is in Completed
Submission Transitions Process Current Status is equal to / is in Completed
Submission Transitions Process Type is equal to / is in New Hire
Onboarding - Dashboard Prompt Listener
192
Oracle Taleo Enterprise
Chapter 4
Reporting with Oracle Business Intelligence User
Guide
Onboarding Standard Content
Onboarding - Process Completed Time
This chart shows total time to complete the process for all users who completed it, and also shows the average and
median time it took users to complete the processes.
Time To Complete Processes
Report Columns
This table shows graph columns and syntax if any
Name
Syntax
Dimensions
See View By: Dimension
Median Completion
Time
MEDIAN("Submission Transitions Process"."Submission Transitions Process Days To
Complete")
Total Time Spent In
Process
SUM("Submission Transitions Process"."Submission Transitions Process Days To
Complete")
193
Oracle Taleo Enterprise
Chapter 4
Reporting with Oracle Business Intelligence User
Guide
Onboarding Standard Content
Name
Syntax
# Submission
Transition
Processes
"Submission Transitions Process Counts"."# Submission Transitions Processes"
Avg. Completion
Time
"Submission Transitions Process Time"."Average Submission Transitions Process Days To Complete"
View By: Dimensions
This table shows dimension columns and syntax if any
Name
Syntax
Organization
"Requisition Organization"."Organization Level1 Name"
Country
"Requisition Primary Location"."Location Level1 Name"
Category
"Requisition Job Field"."Job Field Level1 Name"
Department
"Requisition Department"."Department Name"
Hiring Manager
"Requisition Hiring Manager"."Hiring Manager Name"
Process Name
"Submission Transitions Process"."Submission Transitions Process Name (BL)"
|| Replace("Requisition Identification"."Req. Identifier","Requisition
Identification"."Req. Identifier",'')
Process Owner
"Submission Transitions Process"."Submission Transitions Process Owner Full
Name" || Replace("Requisition Identification"."Req. Identifier","Requisition
Identification"."Req. Identifier",'')
Process Complete
Period
EVALUATE('TO_CHAR(%1,%2)' AS CHARACTER,"Submission Transitions
Process"."Submission Transitions Process End Date",'YYYY-MM')
View Configurations
This table shows graph configurations
194
Oracle Taleo Enterprise
Chapter 4
Reporting with Oracle Business Intelligence User
Guide
Onboarding Standard Content
Name
Additional Information
Table
Columns and Measures: Dimension, # Processes, Total Time Spent
In Process, Avg. Completion Time, Median Completion Time
Column-Line
Bars: Total Time Spent In Process
Lines: Avg. Completion Time, Median Completion Time
Group By: Dimension
Report Filters
This table shows report filters
Name
Submission Transitions Task Current Status is equal to / is in Completed
Submission Transitions Process Type is equal to / is in New Hire
Submission Transitions Process Name (BL) is not null
Onboarding - Dashboard Prompt Listener
195
Oracle Taleo Enterprise
Chapter 4
Reporting with Oracle Business Intelligence User
Guide
Onboarding Standard Content
Onboarding - Tasks Completed Time
This chart shows the number of tasks that have been completed, as well as the expected completion time and the
average completion time in days.
Time To Complete Tasks
Report Columns
This table shows graph columns and syntax if any
Name
Syntax
Dimensions
See View By: Dimension
196
Oracle Taleo Enterprise
Chapter 4
Reporting with Oracle Business Intelligence User
Guide
Name
Syntax
Submission
Transitions Task
Name (BL)
"Submission Transitions Process"."Submission Transitions Task Name (BL)"
Onboarding Standard Content
Avg Completion
Days
AVG(TIMESTAMPDIFF(SQL_TSI_DAY, "Submission Transitions Process"."Submission
Transitions Task Assignment Date" , "Submission Transitions
Process"."Submission Transitions Step End Date"))
Avg Expected Days
AVG(TIMESTAMPDIFF(SQL_TSI_DAY, "Submission Transitions Process"."Submission
Transitions Task Assignment Date" , "Submission Transitions
Process"."Submission Transitions Task Due Date"))
# Tasks
Total Time Spent
"Submission Transitions Process Counts"."# Submission Transitions Tasks"
SUM(TIMESTAMPDIFF(SQL_TSI_DAY, "Submission Transitions Process"."Submission
Transitions Task Assignment Date" , "Submission Transitions
Process"."Submission Transitions Step End Date"))
View By: Dimensions
This table shows dimension columns and syntax if any
Name
Syntax
Organization
"Requisition Organization"."Organization Level1 Name"
Country
"Requisition Primary Location"."Location Level1 Name"
Category
"Requisition Job Field"."Job Field Level1 Name"
Department
"Requisition Department"."Department Name"
197
Oracle Taleo Enterprise
Chapter 4
Reporting with Oracle Business Intelligence User
Guide
Onboarding Standard Content
Name
Syntax
Hiring Manager
"Requisition Hiring Manager"."Hiring Manager Name"
Process Name
"Submission Transitions Process"."Submission Transitions Process Name (BL)"
|| Replace("Requisition Identification"."Req. Identifier","Requisition
Identification"."Req. Identifier",'')
Process Owner
"Submission Transitions Process"."Submission Transitions Process Owner Full
Name" || Replace("Requisition Identification"."Req. Identifier","Requisition
Identification"."Req. Identifier",'')
Task Name
"Submission Transitions Process"."Submission Transitions Task Name (BL)"
|| REPLACE("Requisition Identification"."Req. Identifier","Requisition
Identification"."Req. Identifier",'')
Task Assignee
"Submission Transitions Process"."Submission Transitions Task Assignee Name"
|| Replace("Requisition Identification"."Req. Identifier","Requisition
Identification"."Req. Identifier",'')
Task Assignee
Department
"Submission Transitions Process"."Submission Transitions Task
Assignee Department" || Replace("Requisition Identification"."Req.
Identifier","Requisition Identification"."Req. Identifier",'')
Task Type
"Submission Transitions Process"."Submission Transitions Task Type" ||
Replace("Requisition Identification"."Req. Identifier","Requisition
Identification"."Req. Identifier",'')
Process Complete
Period
EVALUATE('TO_CHAR(%1,%2)' AS CHARACTER,"Submission Transitions
Process"."Submission Transitions Process End Date",'YYYY-MM') ||
Replace("Requisition Identification"."Req. Identifier","Requisition
Identification"."Req. Identifier",'')
View Configurations
This table shows graph configuations
Name
Additional Information
Table
Columns and Measures: Dimension, # Tasks, Avg Completion Days,
Avg Expected Days, Total Time Spent
198
Oracle Taleo Enterprise
Chapter 4
Reporting with Oracle Business Intelligence User
Guide
Onboarding Standard Content
Name
Additional Information
Column-Line
Bars: # Tasks
Lines: Avg Completion Days, Avg Expected Days
Group By: Dimension
Stacked Total Time By Task
Bars: Total Time Spent
Vary Color By: Submission Transitions Task Name (BL)
Group By: Dimension
Report Filters
This table shows report filters
Name
Submission Transitions Task Current Status is equal to / is in Completed
Submission Transitions Process Type is equal to / is in New Hire
Submission Transitions Process Current Status is equal to / is in Completed
Onboarding - Dashboard Prompt Listener
Dashboard Prompts
Onboarding - Dashboard Prompt
This table shows dashboard prompts
Name
Location
Location (1)
"Requisition Primary Location"."Location Level1 Name"
Location (2)
"Requisition Primary Location"."Location Level2 Name"
Location 2 is limited by Location 1 selections.
Process Name
"Submission Transitions Process"."Submission Transitions Process Name (BL)"
199
Oracle Taleo Enterprise
Chapter 4
Reporting with Oracle Business Intelligence User
Guide
Name
Location
Organization (1)
"Requisition Organization"."Organization Level1 Name"
Organization (2)
"Requisition Organization"."Organization Level2 Name"
Onboarding Standard Content
Organization (2) is limited by Organization (1) selections.
Process Owner
"Submission Transitions Process"."Submission Transitions Process Owner Full Name"
Requisition
"Requisition Identification"."Req. Identifier"
Recruiter
"Requisition Recruiter"."Recruiter Name"
Recruiter is limited by the value of all prompts.
Task Name
"Submission Transitions Process"."Submission Transitions Task Name (BL)"
Department
"Requisition Department"."Department Name"
H. Manager
"Requisition Hiring Manager"."Hiring Manager Name"
Job Field 1
"Requisition Job Field"."Job Field Level1 Name"
Hire Start Date
EVALUATE('TO_CHAR(%1,%2)' AS CHARACTER,"Submission Dates"."Hire Start Date",'YYYY-MM')
By default the last year rolling is selected.
Task Is Overdue
"Submission Transitions Process"."Submission Transitions Task Is Overdue"
Onboarding - Dashboard Prompt Date Ranges - In Progress
This table shows dashboard date prompts
Name
Location
Process Start Date
"Submission Transitions Process"."Submission Transitions Process Start Date"
Task Assigned Date
"Submission Transitions Process"."Submission Transitions Task Assignment Date"
Process Latest Change Date
"Submission Transitions Process"."Submission Transitions Process Latest Status Change Date"
Task Due Date
"Submission Transitions Process"."Submission Transitions Task Due Date"
200
Oracle Taleo Enterprise
Chapter 4
Reporting with Oracle Business Intelligence User
Guide
Onboarding Standard Content
Onboarding - Dashboard Prompt Date Ranges - Completed
This table shows dashboard date prompts
Name
Location
Process Start Date
"Submission Transitions Process"."Submission Transitions Process Start Date"
Process End Date
"Submission Transitions Process"."Submission Transitions Process End Date"
Saved Filters
Onboarding - Dashboard Prompt Listener
This table shows dashboard prompts listeners located in the analyses
Name
Recruiter Name is prompted
"Requisition Primary Location"."Location Level1 Name" is prompted
"Requisition Primary Location"."Location Level2 Name" is prompted
"Requisition Job Field"."Job Field Level1 Name" is prompted
"Requisition Job Field"."Job Field Level2 Name" is prompted
"Requisition Primary Location"."Location Level1 Name" is prompted
"Requisition Primary Location"."Location Level2 Name" is prompted
Department Name is prompted
Hiring Manager Name is prompted
Req. Identifier is prompted
Submission Transitions Process Name (BL) is prompted
Submission Transitions Process Start Date is prompted
201
Oracle Taleo Enterprise
Chapter 4
Reporting with Oracle Business Intelligence User
Guide
Onboarding Standard Content
Name
Submission Transitions Process Latest Status Change Date is prompted
Submission Transitions Task Assignment Date is prompted
Submission Transitions Task Due Date is prompted
Submission Transitions Process Owner Full Name is prompted
Submission Transitions Task Name (BL) is prompted
Submission Transitions Task Assignee Name is prompted
EVALUATE('TO_CHAR(%1,%2)' AS CHARACTER,"Submission Dates"."Hire Start Date",'YYYY-MM') is prompted
Submission Transitions Task Is Overdue is prompted
Submission Transitions Process End Date is prompted
Standard Reports
Onboarding Process Details
This report provides a summary of all onboarding processes and their associated steps.
Report Columns
This table shows report columns and their descriptions
Name
Description
Req. Identifier
Returns the requisition id, as displayed in the recruiting application.
Req. Title
Returns the requisition title, in its base language.
Candidate Identifier
Returns Candidate ID
Candidate Name
Returns the candidate name
Correspondence Email
Returns the subject correspondence email or, if that is null, Returns the candidate email
202
Oracle Taleo Enterprise
Chapter 4
Reporting with Oracle Business Intelligence User
Guide
Onboarding Standard Content
Name
Description
Corporate Email
Returns the subject corporate email
Primary Phone Designation
Returns the candidate primary phone designation
Mobile Phone
Returns the subject mobile phone number or, if that is null, Returns the candidate mobile phone
number
Home Phone
Returns the subject home phone number or, if that is null, Returns the candidate home phone
number
Work Phone
Returns the subject work phone number with the extension, if available, or, if the subject home
phone number is null, Returns the candidate work phone number
Fax Number
Returns the subject fax number
Department Name
Returns the subject department name
Current Reference Status Name
Returns the current reference status name
Current Workflow Name
Returns the name of the candidate selection workflow used for this job submission.
Current Step Name
Returns the current CSW step name
Current Status Name
Returns the current CSW status name
Current Status Start Date
Returns the date when the candidate was moved to the current status.
Hiring Manager Name
Returns the hiring manager name
Hiring Manager Email
Returns the hiring manager email
Organization Level1 Name
Returns the name of the organization
Job Field Level1 Name
Returns the name of the requisition job field.
Location Level1 Name
Returns the name of the requisition primary location.
Submission Is Completed
Returns whether or not the submission is complete
Submission Is Internal
Returns whether or not the candidate was internal as of when he/she created the submission
Submission Created Date
Returns the date/time when the submission was created
Submission Completed Date
Returns the date/time when the submission was completed
203
Oracle Taleo Enterprise
Chapter 4
Reporting with Oracle Business Intelligence User
Guide
Onboarding Standard Content
Name
Description
Hired Candidate Start Date
Returns the hire start date/time as entered when the candidate is moved to the Hired reference
status. If the hire start date is not available the system returns the hire start date as entered in the
candidate job offer section.
Hired Date
Returns the most recent date/time when the candidate was moved to the Hired reference status.
Offer Accepted Date
Returns the date/time when the candidate accepted the job offer
Latest Filled Date
Returns the date/time when the requisition was most recently filled.
Latest Position Accepted Date
Returns the date/time when the last position was accepted on the requisition.
First Sourced After Latest Approval Date
Returns the first time the requisition was put into the sourcing status after the most recent time the
requisition the requisition was put into the approved status.
Req. Status
Returns the current status of the requisition. Note that the values "Approved" and "Sourcing" roll
up to the "Open" status.
Time to Hire
Returns the average number of days between the first fully approved date and the hired date.
Submission Cycle Time
Returns the average number of days between the submission completed date and hired date.
Time to Start
Returns the average number of days between the the first fully approved date and the hire start
date (offer actual start date, if hire start date is null).
Onboarding Process Name (BL)
Returns the process name in its base locale
Onboarding Process Code
Returns the submission transitions process code
Onboarding Process Current Status
Returns the submission transitions process current status
Onboarding Process Start Date
Returns the submission transitions process start date
Onboarding Process End Date
Returns the submission transitions process end date
Onboarding Process Percent Complete
Returns the submission transitions process percent complete
Onboarding Process Progression Health Is
Red
Returns yes if a step or task in the submission transitions process is overdue.
Onboarding Process Owner Full Name
Returns the submission transitions process owner full name
Onboarding Process Days In Progress
If the submission transitions process is in progress, the time in days between the submission
transitions process start date and the current date is returned.
Onboarding Process Days To Complete
If the submission transitions process is complete, the time in days between the profile transitions
process start date and the profile transitions latest status change date.
204
Oracle Taleo Enterprise
Chapter 4
Reporting with Oracle Business Intelligence User
Guide
Onboarding Standard Content
Name
Description
Onboarding Step Name (BL)
Returns the submission transitions step name in its base locale
Onboarding Step Start Date
Returns the submission transitions step start date
Onboarding Step Due Date
Returns the submission transitions step due date
Onboarding Step End Date
Returns the submission transitions step end date
Onboarding Step Days In Progress
If the submission transitions step is complete, the time in days between the submission transitions
step start date and the submission transitions step latest status change date is returned.
Onboarding Step Days To Complete
If the submission transitions step is complete, the time in days between the submission transitions
step start date and the submission transitions step latest status change date is returned.
Onboarding Step Overdue Days
If the submission transitions step is in progress, the time in days between the submission
transitions step due date and the current date is returned.
Onboarding Task Name
Returns the name of task in its base locale
Onboarding Task Owner Name
Returns the submission transitions task owner name
Onboarding Task Owner Email
Returns the submission transitions task owner email
Onboarding Task Type
Returns the submission transitions task type
Onboarding Task Current Status
Returns the submission transitions task current status
Onboarding Task Creation Date
Returns the submission transitions task creation date
Onboarding Task Due Date
Returns the submission transitions task due date
Onboarding Task Assignee Name
Returns the submission transitions task assignee name
Onboarding Task Assignee Email
Returns the submission transitions task assignee email
Onboarding Task Assignee Department
Returns the submission transitions task assignee department
Onboarding Step Is Overdue
Returns the submission transitions step is overdue
Onboarding Task Is Overdue
Returns whether or not the submission transitions task is overdue
205
Oracle Taleo Enterprise
Chapter 4
Reporting with Oracle Business Intelligence User
Guide
Onboarding Standard Content
Report Prompts
All report prompts are optional.
This table shows report prompts and descriptions
Name
Description
Transitions Prompts
Process Start Date
Filters the report based on whether the process start date is between
two selected dates.
Process End Date
Filters the report based on whether the process end date is between
two selected dates.
Task Due Date
Filters the report based on whether the task due date is between two
selected dates.
Step Start Date
Filters the report based on whether the step start date is between two
selected dates.
Step Due Date
Filters the report based on whether the step due date is between two
selected dates.
Step End Date
Filters the report based on whether the step end date is between two
selected dates.
Process Name (BL)
Filters the report based on whether the process name is in the list of
values selected.
Process Current Status
Filters the report based on whether the process current status is in the
list of values selected.
Step Name (BL)
Filters the report based on whether the step name is in the list of
values selected.
Task Name (BL)
Filters the report based on whether the task name is in the list of
values selected.
Task Current Status
Filters the report based on whether the task current status is in the list
of values selected.
Task Owner Name
Filters the report based on whether the task owner name is in the list
of values selected.
Process Health Is Red
Filters the report based on whether process progression health is red
indicator is in the list of values selected.
Step Is Overdue
Filters the report based on whether step is overdue indicator is in the
list of values selected.
206
Oracle Taleo Enterprise
Chapter 4
Reporting with Oracle Business Intelligence User
Guide
Name
Onboarding Standard Content
Description
Report Prompts
Submission Current Status Start Date
Filters the report based on whether the submission current status start
date is between two selected dates.
Submission Created Date
Filters the report based on whether the submission created date is
between two selected dates.
Hired Candidate Start Date
Filters the report based on whether the hired start date is between two
selected dates. If the hire start date is null the offer actual start date is
used.
Hired Date
Filters the report based on whether the hired date is between two
selected dates.
Offer Accepted Date
Filters the report based on whether the offer accepted date is between
two selected dates.
Ref. Status Name
Filters the report based on whether the current status reference name
is in the list of values selected.
Workflow Name
Filters the report based on whether the current workflow name is in the
list of values selected.
Step Name
Filters the report based on whether the current step name is in the list
of values selected. If the workflow name filter is being used, only the
steps in the selected workflow will be available.
Status Name
Filters the report based on whether the current status name is in the
list of values selected. If the step name filter is being used, only the
statuses in the filtered steps will be available.
Organization (Level 1)
Filters the report based on whether the organization level1 name is in
the list of values selected.
Organization (Level 2)
Filters the report based on whether the organization level2 name
is in the list of values selected. If the Organization (Level 1) filter is
being used, only the child organizations in organization level2 will be
available.
Organization (Level 3)
Filters the report based on whether the organization level3 name
is in the list of values selected. If the Organization (Level 2) filter is
being used, only the child organizations in organization level3 will be
available.
Organization (Level 4)
Filters the report based on whether the organization level4 name
is in the list of values selected. If the Organization (Level 3) filter is
being used, only the child organizations in organization level4 will be
available.
Location (Level 1)
Filters the report based on whether the location level1 name is in the
list of values selected.
207
Oracle Taleo Enterprise
Chapter 4
Reporting with Oracle Business Intelligence User
Guide
Onboarding Standard Content
Name
Description
Location (Level 2)
Filters the report based on whether the location level2 name is in the
list of values selected. If the Location (Level 1) filter is being used, only
the child locations in location level2 will be available.
Location (Level 3)
Filters the report based on whether the location level3 name is in the
list of values selected. If the Location (Level 2) filter is being used, only
the child locations in location level3 will be available.
Location (Level 4)
Filters the report based on whether the location level4 name is in the
list of values selected. If the Location (Level 3) filter is being used, only
the child locations in location level4 will be available.
Job Field (Level 1)
Filters the report based on whether the job field level1 name is in the
list of values selected.
Job Field (Level 2)
Filters the report based on whether the job field level2 name is in the
list of values selected. If the Job Field (Level 1) filter is being used,
only the child job fields in job field level2 will be available.
Job Field (Level 3)
Filters the report based on whether the job field level3 name is in the
list of values selected. If the Job Field (Level 2) filter is being used,
only the child job fields in job field level3 will be available.
Job Field (Level 4)
Filters the report based on whether the job field level4 name is in the
list of values selected. If the Job Field (Level 3) filter is being used,
only the child job fields in job field level4 will be available.
Recruiter Name
Filters the report based on whether the recruiter name is in the list of
values selected.
Hiring Manager Name
Filters the report based on whether the hiring manager name is in the
list of values selected.
Req. Identifier
Filters the report based on whether the req. identifier is in the list of
values selected.
Req. Title
Filters the report based on whether the req. title is in the list of values
selected.
Requisition Status
Filters the report based on whether the current status is in the list of
values selected
Submission Is Internal
Filters the report based on whether the submission is internal indicator
is in the list of values selected.
Report Filters
This table shows report filters and descriptions
208
Oracle Taleo Enterprise
Chapter 4
Reporting with Oracle Business Intelligence User
Guide
Onboarding Standard Content
Filter
Description
Current Status Start Date is prompted
This is a listener for a prompt.
Submission Created Date is prompted
This is a listener for a prompt.
Submission Completed Date is prompted
This is a listener for a prompt.
Latest Filled Date is prompted
This is a listener for a prompt.
Current Reference Status Name is prompted
This is a listener for a prompt.
Current Workflow Name is prompmted
This is a listener for a prompt.
Current Step Name is prompted
This is a listener for a prompt.
Current Status Name is prompted
This is a listener for a prompt.
Organization Level1 Name is prompted
This is a listener for a prompt.
Organization Level2 Name is prompted
This is a listener for a prompt.
Organization Level3 Name is prompted
This is a listener for a prompt.
Organization Level4 Name is prompted
This is a listener for a prompt.
IFNULL("Submission Dates"."Hire Start Date","Submission
Dates"."Offer Actual Start Date")
This is a listener for a prompt.
When the prompt is set this value filters on the Hire Start Date. If hire
start date is null it filters on the Offer Actual Start Date.
Location Level1 Name is prompted
This is a listener for a prompt.
Location Level2 Name is prompted
This is a listener for a prompt.
Location Level31 Name is prompted
This is a listener for a prompt.
Location Level4 Name is prompted
This is a listener for a prompt.
Job Field1 Name is prompted
This is a listener for a prompt.
Job Field2 Name is prompted
This is a listener for a prompt.
Job Field3 Name is prompted
This is a listener for a prompt.
Job Field4 Name is prompted
This is a listener for a prompt.
209
Oracle Taleo Enterprise
Chapter 4
Reporting with Oracle Business Intelligence User
Guide
Onboarding Standard Content
Filter
Description
Recruiter Name is prompted
This is a listener for a prompt.
Hiring Manager Name is prompted
This is a listener for a prompt.
Req. Identifier is prompted
This is a listener for a prompt.
Title (BL) is prompted
This is a listener for a prompt.
Is Ace is prompted
This is a listener for a prompt.
Minimum Requirements Met is prompted
This is a listener for a prompt.
Submission Is Internal is prompted
This is a listener for a prompt.
Submission Is Completed is prompted
This is a listener for a prompt.
Current Status is prompted
This is a listener for a prompt.
Last Position Accepted Date is prompted
This is a listener for a prompt.
Hired Date is prompted
This is a listener for a prompt.
Offer Accepted Date is prompted
This is a listener for a prompt.
First Sourced After Latest Approval Date is prompted
This is a listener for a prompt.
Submission Transition Process Name (BL) is not null
Filter to ensure only records with onboarding processes are returned.
Submission Transition Process Name (BL) is prompted
This is a listener for a prompt.
Submission Transition Process Current Status is prompted
This is a listener for a prompt.
Submission Transition Process Start Date is prompted
This is a listener for a prompt.
Submission Transition Process End Date is prompted
This is a listener for a prompt.
Submission Transition Process Progression Health Is Red is prompted This is a listener for a prompt.
Submission Transition Step Start Date is prompted
This is a listener for a prompt.
Submission Transition Step End Date is prompted
This is a listener for a prompt.
Submission Transition Step Due Date is prompted
This is a listener for a prompt.
210
Oracle Taleo Enterprise
Chapter 4
Reporting with Oracle Business Intelligence User
Guide
Onboarding Standard Content
Filter
Description
Submission Transition Task Name (BL) is prompted
This is a listener for a prompt.
Submission Transition Task Owner Name is prompted
This is a listener for a prompt.
Submission Transition Task Current Status is prompted
This is a listener for a prompt.
Submission Transition Task Due Date is prompted
This is a listener for a prompt.
Submission Transition Process Code is not null
Filter to ensure only records with onboarding processes are returned.
Onboarding Process Summary
This report provides a summary of all onboarding processes.
Report Columns
This table shows report columns and descriptions
Name
Description
Req. Identifier
Returns the requisition id, as displayed in the recruiting application.
Req. Title
Returns the requisition title, in its base language.
Candidate Identifier
Returns Candidate ID
Candidate Name
Returns the candidate name
Correspondence Email
Returns the subject correspondence email or, if that is null, Returns
the candidate email
Corporate Email
Returns the subject corporate email
Primary Phone Designation
Returns the candidate primary phone designation
Mobile Phone
Returns the subject mobile phone number or, if that is null, Returns the
candidate mobile phone number
Home Phone
Returns the subject home phone number or, if that is null, Returns the
candidate home phone number
211
Oracle Taleo Enterprise
Chapter 4
Reporting with Oracle Business Intelligence User
Guide
Onboarding Standard Content
Name
Description
Work Phone
Returns the subject work phone number with the extension, if
available, or, if the subject home phone number is null, Returns the
candidate work phone number
Fax Number
Returns the subject fax number
Department Name
Returns the subject department name
Current Reference Status Name
Returns the current reference status name
Current Workflow Name
Returns the name of the candidate selection workflow used for this job
submission.
Current Step Name
Returns the current CSW step name
Current Status Name
Returns the current CSW status name
Current Status Start Date
Returns the date when the candidate was moved to the current status.
Hiring Manager Name
Returns the hiring manager name
Hiring Manager Email
Returns the hiring manager email
Organization Level1 Name
Returns the name of the organization
Job Field Level1 Name
Returns the name of the requisition job field.
Location Level1 Name
Returns the name of the requisition primary location.
Submission Is Completed
Returns whether or not the submission is complete
Submission Is Internal
Returns whether or not the candidate was internal as of when he/she
created the submission
Submission Created Date
Returns the date/time when the submission was created
Submission Completed Date
Returns the date/time when the submission was completed
Hired Candidate Start Date
Returns the hire start date/time as entered when the candidate is
moved to the Hired reference status. If the hire start date is not
available the system returns the hire start date as entered in the
candidate job offer section.
Hired Date
Returns the most recent date/time when the candidate was moved to
the Hired reference status.
Offer Accepted Date
Returns the date/time when the candidate accepted the job offer
212
Oracle Taleo Enterprise
Chapter 4
Reporting with Oracle Business Intelligence User
Guide
Onboarding Standard Content
Name
Description
Latest Filled Date
Returns the date/time when the requisition was most recently filled.
Latest Position Accepted Date
Returns the date/time when the last position was accepted on the
requisition.
First Sourced After Latest Approval Date
Returns the first time the requisition was put into the sourcing status
after the most recent time the requisition the requisition was put into
the approved status.
Req. Status
Returns the current status of the requisition. Note that the values
"Approved" and "Sourcing" roll up to the "Open" status.
Time to Hire
Returns the average number of days between the first fully approved
date and the hired date.
Submission Cycle Time
Returns the average number of days between the submission
completed date and hired date.
Time to Start
Returns the average number of days between the the first fully
approved date and the hire start date (offer actual start date, if hire
start date is null).
Onboarding Process Name (BL)
Returns the process name in its base locale
Onboarding Process Code
Returns the submission transitions process code
Onboarding Process Current Status
Returns the submission transitions process current status
Onboarding Process Start Date
Returns the submission transitions process start date
Onboarding Process End Date
Returns the submission transitions process end date
Onboarding Process Percent Complete
Returns the submission transitions process percent complete
Onboarding Process Progression Health Is Red
Returns yes if a step or task in the submission transitions process is
overdue.
Onboarding Process Owner Full Name
Returns the submission transitions process owner full name
Onboarding Process Days In Progress
If the submission transitions process is in progress, the time in days
between the submission transitions process start date and the current
date is returned.
Onboarding Process Days To Complete
If the submission transitions process is complete, the time in days
between the profile transitions process start date and the profile
transitions latest status change date.
213
Oracle Taleo Enterprise
Chapter 4
Reporting with Oracle Business Intelligence User
Guide
Onboarding Standard Content
Report Prompts
All report prompts are optional.
This table shows report prompts and descriptions
Name
Description
Transitions Prompts
Process Start Date
Filters the report based on whether the process start date is between
two selected dates.
Process End Date
Filters the report based on whether the process end date is between
two selected dates.
Process Name (BL)
Filters the report based on whether the process name is in the list of
values selected.
Process Current Status
Filters the report based on whether the process current status is in the
list of values selected.
Process Owner Full Name
Filters the report based on whether the process owner full name is in
the list of values selected.
Process Progression Health Is Red
Filters the report based on whether process progression health is red
indicator is in the list of values selected.
Report Prompts
Submission Current Status Start Date
Filters the report based on whether the submission current status start
date is between two selected dates.
Submission Created Date
Filters the report based on whether the submission created date is
between two selected dates.
Hired Candidate Start Date
Filters the report based on whether the hired start date is between two
selected dates. If the hire start date is null the offer actual start date is
used.
Hired Date
Filters the report based on whether the hired date is between two
selected dates.
Offer Accepted Date
Filters the report based on whether the offer accepted date is between
two selected dates.
Ref. Status Name
Filters the report based on whether the current status reference name
is in the list of values selected.
Workflow Name
Filters the report based on whether the current workflow name is in the
list of values selected.
214
Oracle Taleo Enterprise
Chapter 4
Reporting with Oracle Business Intelligence User
Guide
Onboarding Standard Content
Name
Description
Step Name
Filters the report based on whether the current step name is in the list
of values selected. If the workflow name filter is being used, only the
steps in the selected workflow will be available.
Status Name
Filters the report based on whether the current status name is in the
list of values selected. If the step name filter is being used, only the
statuses in the filtered steps will be available.
Organization (Level 1)
Filters the report based on whether the organization level1 name is in
the list of values selected.
Organization (Level 2)
Filters the report based on whether the organization level2 name
is in the list of values selected. If the Organization (Level 1) filter is
being used, only the child organizations in organization level2 will be
available.
Organization (Level 3)
Filters the report based on whether the organization level3 name
is in the list of values selected. If the Organization (Level 2) filter is
being used, only the child organizations in organization level3 will be
available.
Organization (Level 4)
Filters the report based on whether the organization level4 name
is in the list of values selected. If the Organization (Level 3) filter is
being used, only the child organizations in organization level4 will be
available.
Location (Level 1)
Filters the report based on whether the location level1 name is in the
list of values selected.
Location (Level 2)
Filters the report based on whether the location level2 name is in the
list of values selected. If the Location (Level 1) filter is being used, only
the child locations in location level2 will be available.
Location (Level 3)
Filters the report based on whether the location level3 name is in the
list of values selected. If the Location (Level 2) filter is being used, only
the child locations in location level3 will be available.
Location (Level 4)
Filters the report based on whether the location level4 name is in the
list of values selected. If the Location (Level 3) filter is being used, only
the child locations in location level4 will be available.
Job Field (Level 1)
Filters the report based on whether the job field level1 name is in the
list of values selected.
Job Field (Level 2)
Filters the report based on whether the job field level2 name is in the
list of values selected. If the Job Field (Level 1) filter is being used,
only the child job fields in job field level2 will be available.
Job Field (Level 3)
Filters the report based on whether the job field level3 name is in the
list of values selected. If the Job Field (Level 2) filter is being used,
only the child job fields in job field level3 will be available.
215
Oracle Taleo Enterprise
Chapter 4
Reporting with Oracle Business Intelligence User
Guide
Onboarding Standard Content
Name
Description
Job Field (Level 4)
Filters the report based on whether the job field level4 name is in the
list of values selected. If the Job Field (Level 3) filter is being used,
only the child job fields in job field level4 will be available.
Recruiter Name
Filters the report based on whether the recruiter name is in the list of
values selected.
Hiring Manager Name
Filters the report based on whether the hiring manager name is in the
list of values selected.
Req. Identifier
Filters the report based on whether the req. identifier is in the list of
values selected.
Req. Title
Filters the report based on whether the req. title is in the list of values
selected.
Requisition Status
Filters the report based on whether the current status is in the list of
values selected
Submission Is Internal
Filters the report based on whether the submission is internal indicator
is in the list of values selected.
Report Filters
This table shows report filters and descriptions
Filter
Description
Current Status Start Date is prompted
This is a listener for a prompt.
Submission Created Date is prompted
This is a listener for a prompt.
Submission Completed Date is prompted
This is a listener for a prompt.
Latest Filled Date is prompted
This is a listener for a prompt.
Current Reference Status Name is prompted
This is a listener for a prompt.
Current Workflow Name is prompmted
This is a listener for a prompt.
Current Step Name is prompted
This is a listener for a prompt.
Current Status Name is prompted
This is a listener for a prompt.
Organization Level1 Name is prompted
This is a listener for a prompt.
216
Oracle Taleo Enterprise
Chapter 4
Reporting with Oracle Business Intelligence User
Guide
Onboarding Standard Content
Filter
Description
Organization Level2 Name is prompted
This is a listener for a prompt.
Organization Level3 Name is prompted
This is a listener for a prompt.
Organization Level4 Name is prompted
This is a listener for a prompt.
IFNULL("Submission Dates"."Hire Start Date","Submission
Dates"."Offer Actual Start Date")
This is a listener for a prompt.
When the prompt is set this value filters on the Hire Start Date. If hire
start date is null it filters on the Offer Actual Start Date.
Location Level1 Name is prompted
This is a listener for a prompt.
Location Level2 Name is prompted
This is a listener for a prompt.
Location Level31 Name is prompted
This is a listener for a prompt.
Location Level4 Name is prompted
This is a listener for a prompt.
Job Field1 Name is prompted
This is a listener for a prompt.
Job Field2 Name is prompted
This is a listener for a prompt.
Job Field3 Name is prompted
This is a listener for a prompt.
Job Field4 Name is prompted
This is a listener for a prompt.
Recruiter Name is prompted
This is a listener for a prompt.
Hiring Manager Name is prompted
This is a listener for a prompt.
Req. Identifier is prompted
This is a listener for a prompt.
Title (BL) is prompted
This is a listener for a prompt.
Is Ace is prompted
This is a listener for a prompt.
Minimum Requirements Met is prompted
This is a listener for a prompt.
Submission Is Internal is prompted
This is a listener for a prompt.
Submission Is Completed is prompted
This is a listener for a prompt.
Current Status is prompted
This is a listener for a prompt.
217
Oracle Taleo Enterprise
Chapter 4
Reporting with Oracle Business Intelligence User
Guide
Onboarding Standard Content
Filter
Description
Last Position Accepted Date is prompted
This is a listener for a prompt.
Hired Date is prompted
This is a listener for a prompt.
Offer Accepted Date is prompted
This is a listener for a prompt.
First Sourced After Latest Approval Date is prompted
This is a listener for a prompt.
Submission Transition Process Code is not null
Filter to ensure only records with onboarding processes are returned.
218
Oracle Taleo Enterprise
Reporting with Oracle Business Intelligence User
Guide
5
Chapter 5
Creating Analyses
Creating Analyses
Creating Analyses
Creating Analyses
What are Analyses
An analysis is a query against an organization's data that provides answers to business questions. A query contains the
underlying SQL statements that are issued to the Oracle BI Server.
Analyses let you explore and interact with information by visually presenting data in tables, graphs, pivot tables, and so
on. You can save, organize, and share the results of analyses.
Analyses that you create can be saved in the Oracle BI Presentation Catalog and integrated into any Oracle BI EE
dashboard. Analyses can be enhanced through features such as graphs, result layout, calculated items, and drilling.
How are Analyses Processed
When an analysis is processed, the request is sent in the form of logical SQL statements to the Oracle BI Server. The BI
Server generates queries against the appropriate data sources. When the BI Server receives the query results, they are
in a format that is not yet suitable for returning to the user. The BI Server merges the results and applies any additional
calculations or filters that pertain to the results. The BI Server then sends the data to Oracle BI Presentation Services to
format the results for display.
Embedding an Analysis in a Dashboard
This is a short description.
Embedding an analysis in a dashboard causes it to execute automatically and display the most current results every time
the dashboard is accessed. This provides access to the most current results. For example, if you are a recruiter, then you
might want to have metrics on your currently open requisitions displayed on the front page of your dashboard.
You can embed saved analyses by using the Dashboard editor. For information about the Dashboard editor, see
"Dashboard Content".
219
Oracle Taleo Enterprise
Reporting with Oracle Business Intelligence User
Guide
Chapter 5
Creating Analyses
Subject Areas and Columns
What are Subject Areas and Columns
A subject area contains folders, measure columns, attribute columns, hierarchical columns, and hierarchy levels that
represent information about the areas of an organization's business or about groups of users with an organization. Subject
areas usually have names that correspond to the types of information that they contain, such as Recruiting, Onboarding,
and Performance Management.
Note: In the 13B release there will only be a Recruiting subject area.
A subject area corresponds to the presentation layer in an Oracle BI metadata repository. In a repository, the subject
area is the highest-level object in the presentation layer and represents the view of the data that end users see when they
create or edit an analyses.
Individuals who design and build metadata repositories (Oracle Taleo Administrators) create subject areas using the
Oracle BI Administration Tool. Generally, rather than creating one large subject area for their company's data, they create
multiple smaller subject areas. This enables them to provide a particular group of users or a particular area of a company
with the most important data that they need in one small subject area and the less important data in one or more related
subject areas created from the same business model layer. Having these smaller subject areas makes it easier for users
to find the data they need. It also makes it easier to maintain the data.
Note:
The individuals who design and build metadata repositories can specify that a subject area, folder (and its
children), or column (both attribute and hierarchical) is to be hidden. A hidden subject area, folder, or column is
not visible in the"Subject Areas pane" but is visible elsewhere, such as in an analysis or saved filter contents.
(Because the object is still visible elsewhere, hiding a subject area, folder, or column in this way is not a solution
for security or access control.)
If the criteria of an existing analysis includes a subject area, folder, or column that is subsequently hidden, the
analysis is still accessible but the subject area, folder, or column is no longer visible in the Subject Areas pane of
the "Analysis editor: Criteria tab".
Columns contain the individual pieces of data that an analysis returns. Columns usually have names that indicate the
types of information that they contain, such as Account or Contact. Together with filters and selection steps, columns
determine what data an analysis contains.
Typically, when you query a single subject area, all the measure columns that are exposed in that subject area are
compatible with all the attribute columns and hierarchical columns that are exposed in the same subject area.
For an analysis to return data, you must select at least one column to include in the analysis.
220
Oracle Taleo Enterprise
Reporting with Oracle Business Intelligence User
Guide
Chapter 5
Creating Analyses
What are the Types of Columns
Attribute Column
Holds a flat list of values that are also known as members. No hierarchical relationship exists between these members, as
is the case for members of a hierarchical column.
Examples include Requisition ID or Name
Hierarchical Column
Holds data values that are organized using both named levels and parent-child relationships. This column is displayed
using a tree-like structure. Individual members are shown in an outline manner. Hierarchies allow you to drill deeper into
the data, to view more detailed information. Examples include Organization or Location.
A hierarchical column can be one of the following kinds:
•
Level-based hierarchy: Consists of an ordered set of two or more levels. For example, a Time hierarchy
might have three levels for Year, Quarter, and Month. Level-based hierarchies can also contain parent-child
relationships.
•
Parent-child hierarchy: Consists of values that define the hierarchy in a parent-child relationship and does not
contain named levels. For example, an Employee hierarchy might have no levels, but instead have names of
employees who are managed by other employees. Employees can have titles, such as Vice President. Vice
Presidents might report to other Vice Presidents and different Vice Presidents can be at different depths in the
hierarchy.
In addition to being level-based or parent-child, hierarchical columns can be one of the following:
•
Ragged: A hierarchy in which all the lowest-level members do not have the same depth. For example, a Time
hierarchy might have data for the current month at the day level, the previous month's data at the month level,
and the previous 5 years' data at the quarter level. This type of hierarchy is also known as an unbalanced
hierarchy.
•
Skip-level: A hierarchy in which certain members do not have values for certain higher levels. For example, in
the United States, the city of Washington in the District of Columbia does not belong to a state. The expectation is
that users can still navigate from the country level (United States) to Washington and below without the need for a
state.
•
Measure Column: Holds a simple list of data values. It is a column in an Oracle BI EE repository, usually in a
fact table, that can change for each record and can be added up or aggregated in some way. Examples include
Revenue or Units Sold.
Throughout this guide, the term "column" on its own generally refers to all three types. Names for specific types of
columns are included where necessary.
221
Oracle Taleo Enterprise
Reporting with Oracle Business Intelligence User
Guide
Chapter 5
Creating Analyses
How are Columns Indicated Visually
Each type of column is indicated by its own icon in places such as the Subject Areas pane and Layout pane. You can
expand level-based hierarchies and see their levels. Parent-child hierarchies are shown as hierarchical columns that have
no levels.
Understanding the Double Column Feature
Oracle BI EE provides a feature called double columns. When a repository is configured for the double column feature,
column data includes a display column that has a code column mapped to it (that is, it has double columns). A display
column contains the display values for the column data, for example, Excellent, Good, and Poor. A code column
contains code values that uniquely identify display values and are consistent across users or locales, for example, the
code values 1 (uniquely identifying Excellent), 2 (uniquely identifying Good), and 3 (uniquely identifying Poor).
When Oracle BI EE processes a double column, for example, as part of the criteria of an analysis or as the basis for a
filter, it generates and issues SQL statements to the Oracle BI Server that use code values rather than display values,
thereby making the filter language independent.
The double column feature lets you:
•
Build internationalized analyses that are automatically filtered by language independent codes. For example, you
can build one filtered analysis that can be used by both French-language users and English-language users.
•
Build common analyses that can be shared among groups even if the groups require different display values. For
example, you can build a common analysis that displays for a Status field the values Excellent, Good, and Poor
to one group, and Superb, Okay, and Bad to another group.
•
Change display values without breaking existing analyses. For example, suppose that you have an analysis that
is filtered on the display value Excellent. If it is a double column, then the filtering is performed on its code column
with the code value for "Excellent" rather than the display value of "Excellent." This means that you can change
the display value Excellent to Superb without breaking the existing analysis.
In addition, if your organization allows the display of code values within Oracle BI EE, you can use code values rather
than the display values in some dialogs, such as the "New Filter dialog". This means, for example, when specifying the
values to use when applying a filter, you can specify code values rather than display values.
Before you can take advantage of the double column feature, your administrator must configure your repository by
mapping code columns to display columns. Check with the administrator to see if your repository is configured for double
columns.
What is the Analysis Editor
The "Analysis editor" lets you explore and interact with information by visually presenting data in tables, graphs, pivot
tables, and so on. You can include the views that you create in an analysis for display in dashboards.
222
Oracle Taleo Enterprise
Reporting with Oracle Business Intelligence User
Guide
The Analysis editor contains the following tabs:
Chapter 5
Creating Analyses
•
Criteria tab — Lets you specify the criteria for an analysis, including columns, and filters. You can specify the
order in which the results should be returned, formatting (such as headings, number of decimal places, styles
such as fonts and colors, and conditional formatting), and column formulas (such as adding a Rank or Percentile
function).
•
Results tab — Lets you create different views of the analysis results such as graphs, tickers, and pivot tables.
You can also add or modify selection steps.
•
Prompts tab — Lets you create prompts that allow users to select values to filter an analysis or analyses on a
dashboard. Prompts allow users to select values that dynamically filter all views within the analysis or analyses.
You can also create prompts for use with selection steps, both for member selection steps and qualifying
condition steps.
•
Advanced tab — Lets you edit XML code and examine the logical SQL statement that was generated for an
analysis. You can use the existing SQL statement as the basis for creating a new analysis.
The tabs of the Analysis editor are organized into various panes and areas. As you work, you can manage these panes to
suit your needs. See"Managing Panes in the Analysis Editor Tabs".
You access the Analysis editor when you create (or edit) an analysis. See "Creating New Analyses".
Note: If you are using Oracle BI EE in accessibility mode, then, when you create (or edit) an analysis, the Analysis
editor is replaced by the "BI Composer". For more information on accessibility mode, see Appendix C, Accessibility
Mode.
Managing Panes in the Analysis Editor Tabs
This is a short description.
Each of the tabs in the Analysis editor consists of several panes. For example, the Results tab consists of the "Subject
Areas pane", the "Catalog pane", the "Views pane", the "Compound Layout", and the "Selection Steps pane".
As you work, you can manage these panes to give yourself the most efficient work area for the task that you are
performing. For example, if you add multiple views to the compound layout on the Results tab, then you might want to
hide the other panes in the Results tab to maximize the area in which to see the views that you are adding. You can:
•
Show or hide the panes that are displayed on the left side of the Analysis editor by clicking the sideways triangle
button that is displayed between the left and right sides.
•
•
Expand or collapse an individual pane by clicking the plus or minus button in the title bar of the pane.
•
Show or hide a pane by clicking its show/hide toolbar button, if one is available for the pane on the toolbar. For
example, you can show or hide the Filters pane in the Criteria tab by clicking the Show/Hide Filters pane button
on the toolbar.
Resize an expanded pane by dragging its splitter. For example, you can drag the splitter on top of the Catalog
pane up to increase the height of the pane.
223
Oracle Taleo Enterprise
Reporting with Oracle Business Intelligence User
Guide
Chapter 5
Creating Analyses
What is the Process for Constructing Analyses
The process for constructing an analysis includes the following steps:
1. "Creating New Analyses"
2. "Specifying the Criteria for Analyses"
3. "Displaying the Results of Analyses"
4. "Adding Prompts to Analyses"
5. "Examining the Logical SQL Statements for Analyses"
6. "Saving Analyses"
Creating New Analyses
Prerequisites
You must have one of the following user type permissions:
•
•
•
BI Author Limited
BI Author Developer
BI Tenant Administrator
This procedure is a step in the process for constructing an analysis. For more information, see "What Is the
Process for Constructing Analyses?"
Home - Oracle Business Intelligence - New - Analysis
Steps
Select a subject area.
Result
The Analysis editor is displayed.
Next Step
Specify the criteria for the analysis. See "Specifying the Criteria for Analyses".
Specifying the Criteria for Analyses
Prerequisites
You must have one of the following user type permissions:
•
BI Author Limited
224
Oracle Taleo Enterprise
Chapter 5
Reporting with Oracle Business Intelligence User
Guide
• BI Author Developer
•
Creating Analyses
BI Tenant Administrator
This procedure is a step in the process for constructing an analysis. For more information, see "What Is the
Process for Constructing Analyses?"
You use the "Analysis editor: Criteria tab" to specify the criteria for an analysis, including columns, filters, and
selection steps. You also can specify:
•
•
•
The default order in which columns are to be displayed in the analysis results
•
•
Column formulas (such as adding a Rank or Percentile function)
The default sorting for the values that are displayed in views
The default formatting (such as headings, number of decimal places, conditional formats, and system
wide defaults)
The aggregation rules for column totals
Home - Oracle Business Intelligence - Catalog
Steps
1. Navigate to the analysis.
2. Edit the analysis.
3. In the Criteria tab, select the columns to be included in the analysis by doing one of the following:
•
•
Double-clicking the columns in the "Subject Areas pane".
Dragging and dropping the columns from the Subject Areas pane to the "Selected Columns
pane".
To select multiple non-contiguous columns, press and hold the Ctrl key, then click each column
to include.
Note: In general, the analysis should contain at least one measure column. Measure
columns are the key additive measurements of business performance, such as dollar
sales per store, or the number of service requests opened and closed each day. An
analysis without any measure columns generally is not meaningful, and can cause poor
query performance or unexpected results. If you want to build an analysis without any
measure columns, then first consult the administrator.
The selected columns are displayed in a box in the Selected Columns pane. Each column box has
two sections. The upper section shows the name of the folder that contains the column, for example,
Requisitions. The lower section shows the name of the column, for example, Requisition Title.
If you want to:
•
Add or remove related subject areas from which to select columns, click the Add/Remove
Subject Areas toolbar button in the Subject Areas pane to display the "Add/Remove Subject
Areas dialog".If you add a related subject area but do not add any columns from that subject
area to the analysis, then the subject area is not related to the analysis after you close and reopen the analysis.
225
Oracle Taleo Enterprise
Chapter 5
Reporting with Oracle Business Intelligence User
Creating Analyses
Guide
• Refresh the content in the Subject Areas pane, click the Refresh toolbar button on the Subject
Areas pane or click the arrow beside the button. Clicking the button executes the default
behavior of Refresh Display. Clicking the arrow enables you to select Refresh Display or
Reload Server Metadata to refresh the subject area's metadata.
For more information about these options, see the "Subject Areas pane".
4. Modify the columns or levels of hierarchical columns as needed using the Selected Columns pane:
•
Click the Options button to the right of a column name in the Selected Columns pane to display
options to:
•
Specify the sort order for columns. (You cannot specify the sort order for hierarchy
levels.)
For more information, see "Sorting Data in Views".
•
Edit formulas for attribute columns and measure columns, including customizing
headings, and specifying the aggregation rule. (You cannot customize headings,
specify the aggregation rule, or edit the formulas for hierarchical columns or for
hierarchy levels.)
For more information, see "Editing the Formula for a Column".
•
Edit column properties to control the formatting and interaction of columns and
hierarchy levels.
For more information on applying formatting, see "Column Format in Analyses".
•
Add filters for attribute columns and measure columns. (You cannot add filters for
hierarchical columns or hierarchy levels.) For more information, see "Creating a
Column Filter".
•
•
Delete the columns from the analysis. (You cannot delete hierarchy levels.)
Save a column to the catalog using the Save Column As option. When you save a
column to the catalog, save the column to the subject area folder under My Folders
or Shared Folders to ensure it is available when you build an analysis for the same
subject area. If a subject area folder does not exist, OBI creates a subject area folder
and the Save As dialog defaults a save path to My Folders > Subject Area Contents >
subject areas. Selections, filters, conditional actions links, and conditional formatting
are not saved. References to the column are changed from the subject area to the
catalog. You can reuse a saved column in another analysis by dragging and dropping it
from the Catalog pane. You can edit a saved column. Changes that you make from the
Catalog pane and Catalog page apply to all versions of the saved column. Edits that
you make within an analysis apply only to that analysis.
•
Click the Remove all columns from criteria toolbar button in the Selected Columns pane to
remove all columns from the analysis.
•
Click the Combine results based on union, intersection, and difference operations toolbar
button in the Selected Columns pane to combine the results of two or more analyses into a
single result. For more information, see "Combining Columns Using Set Operations".
•
Use the Drag Column buttons in the Selected Columns pane to place the columns in the
default order for display in the analysis results.
5. Add and edit inline filters as needed using the "Filters pane"
For more information, see "Creating a Column Filter".
226
Oracle Taleo Enterprise
Chapter 5
Reporting with Oracle Business Intelligence User
Creating Analyses
Guide
6. Create or edit selection steps as needed using the "Selection Steps pane".
For more information, see "Working with Selections of Data".
7. Add named filters, calculated items, and groups from the Oracle BI Presentation Catalog as needed
using the "Catalog pane".
8. Use the buttons on the toolbar for the Criteria tab, as needed, to show or hide the Filters pane, to
show or hide the Selections Steps pane, and to edit the properties of the analysis, such as the type of
message (default or custom) to be displayed if no results are available.
Result
You can now add views to the analysis. See "Displaying the Results of Analyses".
Column Formulas
You can edit the formulas for attribute columns and measure columns when you specify the criteria for an analysis. This
editing affects the column only in the context of the analysis and does not modify the formula of the original column in the
subject area. You can also customize table and column headings and specify the aggregation rule for column totals. (This
functionality is not available for hierarchical columns.)
A column formula specifies what the column values represent. In its most basic form, such as "Base Facts"."1-Revenue",
a column takes the data from the data source as is. You can edit the formula to add functions, conditional expressions,
and so on. This editing enables you to present analysis results in a variety of ways. For example, suppose that you want
to perform what-if analysis and show what the revenue might be by product if you increased revenue by 10%. You can
see this increase by changing the formula for the Revenue column to show the revenue increased by 10%.
Related Topics
•
•
"What Are Analyses?"
"Specifying the Criteria for Analyses"
Editing the Formula of a Column
Prerequisites
You must have one of the following user type permissions:
•
•
•
BI Author Limited
BI Author Developer
BI Tenant Administrator
Home - Oracle Business Intelligence - Catalog
Steps
1. Navigate to the analysis.
2. Edit the analysis.
227
Oracle Taleo Enterprise
Chapter 5
Reporting with Oracle Business Intelligence User
Creating Analyses
Guide
3. In the "Selected Columns pane", click the Options button beside the column whose formula you want to
edit and select Edit Formula. The "Edit Column Formula dialog" is displayed.
4. Use the "Edit Column Formula dialog: Column Formula tab" to perform various tasks such as creating
customized headers and creating or editing the formula for the column. You can build a simple
mathematical formula using operator and character buttons, such as "Base Facts"."1-Revenue"*1.10.
You can click the Variable button to create and use a global variable to maintain a value that may need
to be changed during the course of business across multiple analyses. You create a global variable as
part of the process of creating an analysis. For example, you can create a global variable for the start of
the fiscal year and change it as necessary for the start of each new fiscal year.
5. Optionally, use the "Edit Column Formula dialog: Bins tab" to combine values for the column into sets.
6. Click OK.
Result
The column formula is saved with the analysis in which it is used.
Combining Columns Using Set Operations
After you have selected a subject area for an analysis, you can combine columns from one or more subject areas using
Set operations such as Union or Intersect. By combining columns, you create a new column for displaying the data in a
different way.
Guidelines for Selecting Columns to Combine
When selecting columns to combine, keep the following guidelines in mind:
•
The number and data types of the columns to combine must be the same. The number of rows that are returned
for each column can differ.
•
You can select columns from the same subject area or from a different subject area, but the columns must have
some commonality.
•
You can specify one Set operation for one collection of criteria. For example, if you create criteria from the ASample Sales subject area, you can apply only one Set operation to those columns. You cannot apply different
Set operations to different columns in the collection of criteria.
•
You cannot use hierarchical columns, selection steps, or groups when you combine criteria.
Difference Between Combining Columns Using Set Operations and
Adding Columns from Related Subject Areas
Combining columns using Set operations produces different results than adding columns from related subject areas:
•
When you combine columns using Set operations, the analysis results show a single newly combined column
governed by a Set operation. For example, see "Combining Columns from One or More Subject Areas".
228
Oracle Taleo Enterprise
Chapter 5
Reporting with Oracle Business Intelligence User
Creating Analyses
Guide
• When you add columns from related subject areas to an analysis, the results show each added column
individually. For example, if you have the appropriate permissions, then you can create an analysis by selecting
one column from a primary subject area and selecting another column from a related subject area.
For information, see "What Are Subject Areas and Columns?"
Combining Columns from One Subject Area
The A-Sample Sales subject area contains the Offices folder, which contains the D1 Office and D2 Department columns.
You can combine these two columns and create a new column called Offices & Departments. You can include the Union
All Set operation to specify that this new column shows all the values from both columns in a single column in a table.
Combining Columns from one or more Subject Areas
Prerequisites
You must have one of the following user type permissions:
•
•
•
BI Author Limited
BI Author Developer
BI Tenant Administrator
Home - Oracle Business Intelligence - Catalog
Steps
1. Create or edit an analysis.
2. In the Analysis editor, create an empty analysis that uses a subject area such as Recruiting.
3. In the Criteria tab, select the columns to include in the analysis. For example, select Name from the
Candidates folder and Average Submission Cycle Time from the Candidate Cycle Time folder.
4. In the "Selected Columns pane", click the Combine results based on union, intersection, and
difference operations toolbar button to display the Select Subject Area menu.
5. Select a subject area that contains the columns to combine with the columns that you have previously
included. For example, click Talent Profile.
The Set Operations area is displayed in the Selected Columns pane. Note the boxes with dotted line
borders that are displayed below the criteria. These boxes indicate the kind of column that you must
combine with those that you have previously included. For example, the boxes might include "Add
Column (Name)" and "Add Column (Average Submission Cycle Time)". This text indicates that the
columns that you include in each of those boxes is combined with the previously selected Name and
Average Submission Cycle Time columns using a Set operation to form a new column. When you
combine measure columns, no arithmetic operations are performed.
6. In the Subject Areas pane, select the columns to combine with the originally selected columns. For
example, from the Employee folder, select Name and from the Talent Profile Facts folder, select
Average Time to Complete Talent Profile.
Note that the boxes that previously had dotted line borders now hold the columns that you have just
selected. You have now specified the columns to combine.
7. Click the Union button under the Result Columns link. Select the operation type to use for combining
the columns. For example, select the Union All type.
229
Oracle Taleo Enterprise
Chapter 5
Reporting with Oracle Business Intelligence User
Creating Analyses
Guide
The result columns are those that are displayed in views after applying the set operation of the derived
columns.
8. Click the Result Columns link. Note that the Selected Columns pane is updated to show the newly
combined columns that you have just created. You can work with these columns as you do other
columns in this pane. For example, you can rename the first column (that is the single newly combined
column) by following these steps:
a. Click the Options button for the Average Submission Cycle column.
b. Select Column Properties.
c. Select Column Format.
d. Ensure that Custom Headings is selected.
e. In the Column Heading box, enter Average Time to Complete Required
f. Click OK.
9. Click the Results tab to view the columns in a table in the "Compound Layout".
Tasks.
Analysis Results
This is a short description.
You use the "Analysis editor: Results tab" to add different views of the results such as graphs, tickers, and pivot tables.
For a list of the views that you can add, see "What Types of Views Are Available?"
When you create an analysis and display the Results tab, you see in the "Compound Layout" a title view and either a
table or pivot table view by default, based on the following:
•
•
If the analysis contains only attribute columns and measure columns, then a table is displayed by default.
If the analysis contains at least one hierarchical column, then a pivot table is displayed by default.
You can combine views and position them anywhere in the Compound Layout. For example, you can create side-by-side
pivot tables that reflect different views of the data, graphs that allow you to explore interrelationships in depth, and filters
that limit the results.
Together all of these views are called a compound layout. You can create additional compound layouts, as described in
"Creating Additional Compound Layouts".
Displaying the Results of Analyses
Prerequisites
This procedure is a step in the process for constructing an analysis. For more information, see "What Is the
Process for Constructing Analyses?"
You must have one of the following user type permissions:
•
•
BI Author Limited
BI Author Developer
230
Oracle Taleo Enterprise
Chapter 5
Reporting with Oracle Business Intelligence User
Guide
• BI Tenant Administrator
Creating Analyses
Home - Oracle Business Intelligence - Catalog
Steps
1. Click the Results tab.
2. (Optional) Edit the table or pivot table or add additional views. For more information, see "Adding Views
for Display in Dashboards".
Result
The results of the analysis are displayed in a table or pivot table.
Additional Compound Layouts
As you work with an analysis, you can create multiple compound layouts that use different combinations of views. For
example, one layout might include a graph and a title, and another layout might include a graph and a narrative view.
When you add the analysis to a dashboard page, you can select which layout you want to include on that page.
Creating Additional Compound Layouts
Prerequisites
You must have one of the following user type permissions:
•
•
•
BI Author Limited
BI Author Developer
BI Tenant Administrator
Home - Oracle Business Intelligence - Catalog
Steps
1. Edit the analysis.
2. Click the "Analysis editor: Results tab".
3. Create another compound layout in the "Compound Layout" by clicking one of the following buttons on
the toolbar of the Results tab:
•
•
Create Compound Layout — Creates a new instance of the compound layout.
Duplicate Compound Layout — Creates a copy of the current compound layout, with the
same views.
231
Oracle Taleo Enterprise
Reporting with Oracle Business Intelligence User
Guide
Chapter 5
Creating Analyses
No Data in the Results Alert
This is a short description.
When the results of an analysis return no data, the following default message is displayed to users:
No Results
The specified criteria didn't result in any data.
This is often caused by applying filters and/or selections that are too
restrictive or that contain incorrect values.
Please check your Analysis Filters and try again.
The filters currently being applied are shown below.
Rather than display the default message, you can create a customized message to alert users. This message enables
you to provide your own explanation for why the analysis returned no data.
Alerting Users to No Data in the Results of Analyses
Prerequisites
You must have one of the following user type permissions:
•
•
•
BI Author Limited
BI Author Developer
BI Tenant Administrator
Home - Oracle Business Intelligence - Catalog
Steps
1.
2.
3.
4.
5.
6.
7.
Edit the analysis to which you want to add a custom message.
Click the "Analysis editor: Results tab".
Click the Analysis Properties toolbar button. The "Analysis Properties dialog" is displayed.
In the No Results Settings box, select Display Custom Message.
In the Header field, enter the text of the header for the custom message.
In the Message field, enter the explanatory text.
Click OK.
Adding Prompts to Analyses
Prerequisites
This procedure is a step in the process for constructing an analysis. For more information, see "What Is the
Process for Constructing Analyses?"
You must have one of the following user type permissions:
232
Oracle Taleo Enterprise
Reporting with Oracle Business Intelligence User
Guide
• BI Author Limited
•
•
Chapter 5
Creating Analyses
BI Author Developer
BI Tenant Administrator
Home - Oracle Business Intelligence - Catalog
Steps
1. Edit the analysis to which you want to add a prompt.
2. Click the Prompts tab.
3. Add the prompt, as described in Chapter 6, "Prompting in Dashboards and Analyses".
Examining the Logical SQL Statements for Analyses
You use the "Analysis editor: Advanced tab" to examine the XML code and logical SQL statement that is generated for
an analysis and optionally create a new analysis based on that SQL statement. Generally you need not use the features
of this tab, because the vast majority of functionality for working with analyses is provided through the user interface. The
following list provides examples of situations in which you might want to examine SQL statements:
•
You can use the Prefix section to override any user variable or session variable that has been marked as
available for updating. You can specify multiple variables to update with one line of code.
To override variables, use the following syntax:
SET VARIABLE var-name=value
For example, you can set the variables that are shown in the following code line:
SET VARIABLE "My Variable"=4, DISABLE_CACTHE_HIT=1, LOGLEVEL = 2;
For information on variables, see "Where Can I Reference Variables?"
•
You can temporarily change the logging level for an analysis for troubleshooting, even when logging is turned off
for analyses. In the Prefix section of the Advanced tab, you can specify the following:
SET VARIABLE LOGLEVEL=4;
This specification runs the analysis at level 4, which facilitates advanced troubleshooting. The default level is
0, which indicates no logging. You can view the logs using the View Log link on the "Administration: Manage
Sessions page.
•
You can enter your own logical SQL statements. Entering your own statements eliminates many features of
Oracle BI EE (such as hierarchical columns, selection steps, groups, and formatting), but enables you to use
functions such as SET operations.
•
You can create a new analysis using the SQL statements from an existing analysis as your starting point.
Before working with the Advanced tab, keep the following important points in mind:
•
This procedure is only for advanced users and developers that have the appropriate responsibilities to access
the Advanced tab. It is assumed that you understand advanced SQL statements, have expertise working with the
Oracle BI Server metadata, are familiar with the SQL information in Appendix D, "Logical SQL Reference", and
understand the content and structure of the underlying data sources.
233
Oracle Taleo Enterprise
Chapter 5
Reporting with Oracle Business Intelligence User
Creating Analyses
Guide
• This tab provides the Advanced SQL Clauses area, which enables you to add clauses to the SQL statements
and other similarly advanced features. These features, except for the ability to specify a prefix, are disabled for
analyses that contain hierarchical columns, member selections, or groups.
•
The links at the top of the tab allow you to download analysis results into Microsoft Excel. You might be unable
to download analysis results based on the security features that have been configured at your organization. For
information, contact your administrator.
Note: You can see the logical SQL statement that an analysis is using by inserting a logical SQL view.
You can also enter SQL statements using the "Administration: Issue SQL page".
Editing XML Code or SQL Generated for an Analysis
Prerequisites
This procedure is a step in the process for constructing an analysis. For more information, see "What Is the
Process for Constructing Analyses?"
You must have one of the following user type permissions:
•
•
BI Author Developer
BI Tenant Administrator
Home - Oracle Business Intelligence - Catalog
Steps
1. Edit the analysis.
2. Click the "Analysis editor: Advanced tab".
3. Use the links that correspond to the analysis name in the Referencing the Results area at the top of the
tab to:
•
•
Display pages that contain links for working with the results of the analysis.
Download a file for working with the results of the analysis in Excel. For information, see
"Integrating an Analysis with Microsoft Excel's Internet Query Feature".
4. Use the fields in the Analysis XML area to view and modify the XML code, and click Apply XML.
If you modify the XML code, then you affect the analysis as it is saved in the Oracle BI Presentation
Catalog.
To apply the settings for the Partial Update and the Bypass Oracle BI Presentation Services Cache
boxes, you must also click the Apply SQL button at the bottom of the tab.
5. Use the read-only box in the SQL Issued area to examine the SQL statement that is sent to the Oracle
BI Server when the analysis is executed.
If you want to create an analysis using the SQL statement from the current analysis as the starting point,
then click the New Analysis button. Any hierarchical columns, selection steps, groups, or formatting that
are specified in the current analysis are removed.
6. Depending on the content of the analysis, use the available fields in the Advanced SQL Clauses area to
change the subject area, add GROUP BY or HAVING clauses, and specify DISTINCT processing and a
prefix.
234
Oracle Taleo Enterprise
Chapter 5
Reporting with Oracle Business Intelligence User
Creating Analyses
Guide
7. Click Apply SQL to apply your changes.
Use care when clicking the Apply SQL button. When you do, Oracle BI EE creates a new analysis
based on the SQL statement that you have added or modified. Therefore, you lose all views, formatting,
and so on that you had previously created for the analysis. The XML code is also modified for the new
analysis.
Saving Analyses
You can save an analysis to a:
•
Personal folder, from which only you can access it.
Your top-level personal folder is called My Folders. Every user with a unique user name has a folder called
My Folders. This is designed to hold the analyses that you run most often, and other content that you access
frequently.
When you click the Refresh Display link at the bottom of the pane, the analysis is listed under the folder in which
you saved it.
•
•
Shared folder, from which users with permission to access that folder can access it.
Lotus Notes database by either:
•
Saving the analysis to a Web archive file (file extension .mht), and then uploading the file to the Lotus
Notes database.
•
Saving the analysis and scheduling it to be sent by email automatically to a specific address on a Lotus
Notes server using an agent. The Lotus Notes server can then process the email and write it to the
database.
Saving an Analysis
Prerequisites
This procedure is a step in the process for constructing an analysis. For more information, see "What Is the
Process for Constructing Analyses?"
You must have one of the following user type permissions:
•
•
•
BI Author Limited
BI Author Developer
BI Tenant Administrator
Home - Oracle Business Intelligence - Catalog
Steps
1. Edit the analysis.
2. In the Analysis editor, click the Save Analysis toolbar button to display the dialog to save the analysis.
235
Oracle Taleo Enterprise
Chapter 5
Reporting with Oracle Business Intelligence User
Guide
3. If you want to save the analysis to a personal or shared folder:
Creating Analyses
a. In the Save In box, select the personal or shared folder in which to save the analysis.
b. In the Name field, enter a name for the analysis, such as
hiring_manager_open_requisitions.
c. Click OK.
4. If you want to save the analysis to a Lotus Notes database using a Web Archive file:
a. In the Save In box, select the folder in which to save the analysis.
b. In the Name field, enter a name for the analysis, including an .mht file extension, such as
hiring_manager_open_requisitions.mht.
c. Click OK.
d. Upload the .mht file to the Lotus Notes database.
5. f you want to save the analysis to a Lotus Notes database using an agent:
a. In the Save In box, select the folder in which to save the analysis.
b. In the Name field, enter a name for the analysis, such as
hiring_manager_open_requisitions.
c. Click OK.
d. Create the agent, scheduling it to be sent by email to a specific address on a Lotus Notes
server.
For more information on creating an agent, see "Creating Agents".
Creating Agents from Analyses
This is a short description.
You can create an agent directly from an analysis. When you create an agent using this method, Oracle BI EE does the
following:
•
•
Creates a condition based on the analysis and adds the condition to the "Agent editor: Condition tab"
Adds the analysis as the content delivery on the "Agent editor: Delivery Content tab"
For more information on agents, see "Delivering Content".
Creating an Agent from an Analysis
Prerequisites
You must have one of the following user type permissions:
•
•
BI Author Developer
BI Tenant Administrator
Steps
1. Locate the analysis from which you want to create an agent using one of the following methods:
236
Oracle Taleo Enterprise
Chapter 5
Reporting with Oracle Business Intelligence User
Creating Analyses
Guide
• Open the analysis, click the "Analysis editor: Results tab" and then the Schedule toolbar
button.
The analysis is saved and then the "Agent editor" is displayed.
•
Navigate to the analysis on the "Catalog page", click the More list, and then click the Schedule
option.
The "Agent editor" is displayed.
2. Complete the following tabs of the Agent editor:
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
"Agent editor: General tab"
"Agent editor: Schedule tab"
"Agent editor: Condition tab"
"Agent editor: Delivery Content tab"
"Agent editor: Recipients tab"
"Agent editor: Destinations tab"
"Agent editor: Actions tab"
3. Save the agent.
Editing an Analysis
Prerequisites
Note: If you are using Oracle BI in accessibility mode, then you use the "BI Composer" rather than the
"Analysis editor" to edit analyses. For more information on BI Composer, see "BI Composer". For more
information on accessibility mode, see Appendix C, Accessibility Mode.
You must have one of the following user type permissions:
•
•
•
BI Author Limited
BI Author Developer
BI Tenant Administrator
Home - Oracle Business Intelligence - Catalog
Steps
1.
2.
3.
4.
In the global header, click Catalog to display the "Catalog page".
Navigate to the analysis to edit and click the Edit link. The analysis is displayed in the "Analysis editor".
Make the desired changes.
Save the analysis.
237
Oracle Taleo Enterprise
Reporting with Oracle Business Intelligence User
Guide
Chapter 5
Creating Analyses
About Embedding an Analysis in a Dashboard
Embedding an analysis in a dashboard causes it to execute automatically and display the results within the dashboard.
This provides access to current results. For example, if you are a sales executive whose company captures sales data on
a daily basis, then you might want to have the dollar volume of product that was sold today be displayed on the front page
of your dashboard.
You can embed previously created analyses from the Oracle BI Presentation Catalog by using the Dashboard editor. For
information about the Dashboard editor, see "Adding Content to a Dashboard".
Using Variables
You can reference variables in several areas of Oracle BI, including in analyses, dashboards, KPIs, actions, agents, and
conditions. For example, suppose that you wanted to create an analysis whose title displays the current user's name. You
can do this by referencing a variable.
Presentation Variables
A presentation variable is a variable that you can create as part of the process of creating one of the following types of
dashboard prompts:
•
Column prompt — A presentation variable created as part of a column prompt is associated with a column, and
the values that it can take come from the column values.
To create a presentation variable as part of a column prompt, in the "New Prompt dialog" (or Edit Prompt dialog),
you have to select Presentation Variable in the Set a variable field and then enter a name for the variable in the
Variable Name field.
For information on working with column prompts, see "Creating a Column Prompt".
•
Variable prompt — A presentation variable created as part of a variable prompt is not associated with any
column, and you define the values that it can take.
To create a presentation variable as part of a variable prompt, in the "New Prompt dialog" (or Edit Prompt dialog),
you have to select Presentation Variable in the Prompt for field and then enter a name for the variable in the
Variable Name field.
For information on working with variable prompts, see "Creating a Variable Prompt".
The value of a presentation variable is populated by the column or variable prompt with which it was created. That is,
each time a user selects a value in the column or variable prompt, the value of the presentation variable is set to the value
that the user selects.
Global Variables
You can create and use a global variable to maintain a value that may need to be changed during the course of business
across multiple analyses.
238
Oracle Taleo Enterprise
Chapter 5
Reporting with Oracle Business Intelligence User
Creating Analyses
Guide
You create a global variable as part of the process of creating an analysis. For example, you can create a global variable
for the start of the fiscal year and change it as necessary for the start of each new fiscal year.
Global variables can be of the following types:
•
•
•
•
•
Date
Date and Time
Number
Text
Time
Where Can I Reference Variables
You can reference variables in the following areas (but not all types of variables can be referenced in each area):
•
•
•
•
•
•
Title views. See "Results tab: Title editor"
•
•
•
•
•
•
Table and column headings in analyses. See "Column Properties dialog: Column Format tab"
•
•
•
•
•
•
Gauge thresholds. See "Enter Expression dialog"
Narrative views. See "Results tab: Narrative editor"
Static text views. See "Results tab: Static Text editor"
Filters. See "New Filter dialog" and "New EVALUATE_PREDICATE Function dialog".
Column formulas. See "Edit Column Formula dialog: Column Formula tab"
Conditional formatting conditions. See "Column Properties dialog: Conditional Format tab" and "New Condition
dialog".
Dashboard prompts and inline prompts. See "New Prompt dialog"
Headers and footers for PDF output. See "Edit Footer or Header dialog"
Link or image objects in a dashboard. See "Link or Image Properties dialog"
Text objects in a dashboard. See "Text Properties dialog"
Graphs to specify conditional formatting of graph data. See "Graph Properties dialog: Style tab" and "Style and
Conditional Formatting dialog: Conditional Formatting tab"
Gauge limits. See "Customize Gauge Limit dialog"
Agents. See the "Agent editor: Delivery Content tab"
Actions to specify parameters. See "Create New Action dialog" and "Edit Parameter Mapping dialog"
Conditions to specify parameters. See "New Condition dialog"
Selection steps. See "New Condition Step dialog"
239
Oracle Taleo Enterprise
Reporting with Oracle Business Intelligence User
Guide
• KPIs to define thresholds. See "KPI editor: States page"
•
•
Chapter 5
Creating Analyses
KPIs included in a KPI watchlist. See "Add KPI dialog"
URL fields in dialogs. See "Image Map Prompt Properties dialog"
For the syntax that you use to reference variables, see "What Is the Syntax for Referencing Variables?"
What is the Syntax for Referencing Variables
You can reference variables in analyses, dashboards, KPIs, and agents. How you reference a variable depends on the
task that you are performing.
For tasks where you are presented with fields in a dialog, you must specify only the type and name of the variable (not the
full syntax), for example, referencing a variable in a filter definition.
For other tasks, such as referencing a variable in a title view, you specify the variable syntax. The syntax you use
depends on the type of variable as described in the Syntax for Referencing Variables table.
Note: In the syntax, if the "at" sign (@) is not followed by a brace ({), then it is treated as an "at" sign.
Syntax for Referencing Variables Table
This table shows syntax and examples for variables
240
Oracle Taleo Enterprise
Chapter 5
Reporting with Oracle Business Intelligence User
Guide
Type of
Creating Analyses
Syntax
Example
@{variables.variablename}[format]{defaultvalue}
@{variables.MyFavoriteRegion}{EASTERN REGION}
or
or
@{scope.variables['variablename']}
@{dashboard.variables['MyFavoriteRegion']}
Variable
Presentation
where:
•
•
•
•
•
variablename is the name of the presentation
or request variable, for example,
MyFavoriteRegion
(optional) format is a format mask dependent on
the data type of the variable, for example #,##0,
MM/DD/YY hh:mm:ss. (Note that the format is
not applied to the default value.)
(optional) defaultvalue is a constant or variable
reference indicating a value to be used if the
variable referenced by
variablename is not populated
scope identifies the qualifiers for the variable.
You must specify the scope when a variable is
used at multiple levels (analyses, dashboard
pages, and dashboards) and you want to
access a specific value. (If you do not specify
the scope, then the order of precedence is
analyses, dashboard pages, and dashboards.)
You also can reference variables in expressions. The guidelines for referenceing vairables in expressions are described in
the Guidelines for Referencing Variables in Expressions table.
Guidelines for Referencing Variables in Expressions
This table shows guidelines for referencing variables in expressions and examples
241
Oracle Taleo Enterprise
Chapter 5
Reporting with Oracle Business Intelligence User
Guide
Type of
Guidelines
Creating Analyses
Example
Variable
•
Presentation
Use this syntax:
@{variablename}{defaultvalue}
•
"Market"."Region"=@{MyFavoriteRegion}{EASTERN
REGION}
where variablename is the name of the
presentation variable and defaultvalue (optional)
is a constant or variable reference indicating a
value to be used if the variable referenced by
variablename is not populated.
To type-cast (that is, convert) the variable to
a string, enclose the entire syntax in single
quotes, for example:
'@{user.displayName}'
Note: If the @ sign is not followed by a {,
then it is treated as an @ sign.
For the specific areas where you can reference variables, see "Where Can I Reference Variables?".
What Predefined Presentation Variables are Available
The table Predefined Presentation Variables contains a list of the predefined presentation variables that you can
reference in analyses, dashboards, KPIs, and agents. (Note that the syntax for these predefined presentation variables
omits the variables. qualifier, for example, @{session.locale} rather than @{session.variables.locale}.)
Note: For time zone variables, the time zone for a user must be set to a value other than Default in order for this
variable to work. (Users set their preferred time zone in the "My Account dialog: Preferences tab".)
Predefined Presentation Variables
This table outlines presentation variables and examples
Scope
Presentation Variable
Example
system
productVersion
system.productVersion=11.1.1.3 (Build 090619.0110.000)
system
currentTime
system.currentTime=6/29/2009 7:35:59 PM
user
id
user.id=Administrator
user
displayName
user.displayName=Administrator
user
homeDirectory
u ser.homeDirectory=/users/administrator
dashboard
currentPage
dashboard.currentPage=page 1
242
Oracle Taleo Enterprise
Chapter 5
Reporting with Oracle Business Intelligence User
Guide
Creating Analyses
Scope
Presentation Variable
Example
dashboard
xml
dashboard.xml=the dashboard XML
dashboard
dashboard.currency.name
dashboard.currency.name=Euro
dashboard
dashboard.currency.symbol
dashboard.currency.symbol=$
dashboard
dashboard.currency.userPreference
dashboard.currency.userPreference=Global Currency 1
dashboard
dashboard.path
dashboard.path=/users/administrator/_ portal/Sales
This returns the path in the catalog.
dashboard
dashboard.name
dashboard.name=MyDashboard
dashboard
dashboard.caption This returns the localized name of
the dashboard.
dashboard.caption=Sales
dashboard
dashboard.location
dashboard.location = Dashboard&PortalPath=/users/administrator /
_portal
This returns the URL for the location.
dashboard
dashboard.description
dashboard.description=Sales by region and district
dashboard
dashboard.author
dashboard.author=Administrator
dashboard.c
urrentPage
dashboard.currentPage.name
dashboard.currentPage.name=Sales page 1
dashboard.c
urrentPage
dashboard.currentPage.path
dashboard.currentPage.path = /users/administrator/_portal/Sales/page
1
dashboard.
current Page
dashboard.currentPage.currency.name
dashboard.currentpage.currency. name=USD
dashboard.c
urrent Page
dashboard.currentPage.currency.symbol
dashboard.currentPage.currency. symbol=USD
dashboard.
current Page
dashboard.currentPage.currency.userPreference
dashboard.currentPage.currency.userPreferenc e=Global Currency 2
analysis
report.currency.name
report.currency.name=$ English - United States
analysis
report.currency.symbol
report.currency.symbol=$
analysis
report.currency.userPreference
report.currency.userPreference=Global Currency 2
243
Oracle Taleo Enterprise
Reporting with Oracle Business Intelligence User
Guide
Chapter 5
Creating Analyses
Example of Referencing a Variable in a Title View
Suppose that you have created a dashboard prompt called Region, which is based on the Region column and which
creates a presentation variable called MyFavoriteRegion.
Suppose also that you have created an analysis that shows Dollars by Region and District. You have also added a filter
on the Region column that is set to Is Prompted so that you can prompt the user for a region using this Region prompt.
You can reference the MyFavoriteRegion variable in the Title view so that the user's selection in the Region prompt is
displayed in the title of the analysis. To do so, you enter the variable syntax @{variables.MyFavoriteRegion} in the Title
field in the Title editor.
244
Oracle Taleo Enterprise
Reporting with Oracle Business Intelligence User
Guide
6
Chapter 6
Adding Views for Display in Dashboards
Adding Views for Display in Dashboards
Adding Views for Display in Dashboards
What are Views
Views use the presentation capabilities of Oracle BI Enterprise Edition to help you look at results of analyses in
meaningful, intuitive ways. You can add a variety of views to the results, such as graphs and pivot tables that allow drilling
down to more detailed information, explanatory text, a list of filters that were used to limit the results, and more.
When you display the results of a new analysis, the following views are displayed by default in the "Compound Layout" in
the "Analysis editor: Results tab":
•
•
A title view, which displays the name of the saved analysis.
A table or pivot table view, which displays the results of the analysis, depending on the types of columns that the
analysis contains:
•
If the analysis contains only attribute columns, only measure columns, or a combination of both, then a
table is the default view.
•
If the analysis contains at least one hierarchical column, then a pivot table is the default view.
You can customize or delete the existing views for an analysis, add other views, and combine and position views
anywhere in the pane.
Preparing multiple views of results can help you identify trends and relationships in data. If you are customizing results
for display on a dashboard, then you can preview how the combination and position of views looks when viewed on a
dashboard.
You can then save the analysis with the collection of views.
Related Topics
"What Types of Views Are Available?"
"Adding Views to the Results of Analyses"
"Editing Views"
"Saving a View"
"Removing a View"
View Types
Note: Your privileges control whether you can create all views or specific views only.
245
Oracle Taleo Enterprise
Chapter 6
Reporting with Oracle Business Intelligence User
Guide
This table shows view type names and their description
Adding Views for Display in Dashboards
View Name
Description
Title
Displays a title, a subtitle, a logo, a link to a custom online help page, and timestamps to the
results.
Table
Displays results in a visual representation of data organized by rows and columns. A table
provides a summary view of data and enables users to see different views of data by
dragging and dropping rows and columns.
Pivot Table
Displays results in a pivot table, which provides a summary view of data in cross-tab
format and enables users to see different views of data by dragging and dropping rows and
columns. Pivot tables structure data similarly to standard tables that contain column groups,
but can display multiple levels of both row and column headings. Unlike regular tables, each
data cell in a pivot table contains a unique value. By organizing data in this way, a pivot
table is more efficient than a row-based table. Pivot tables are ideal for displaying a large
quantity of data, for browsing data hierarchically, and for trend analysis.
Graph
Displays numeric information visually, which makes it easier to understand large quantities
of data. Graphs often reveal patterns and trends that text-based displays cannot. However,
when precise values are needed, graphs should be supplemented with other data displays,
such as tables.
A graph is displayed on a background, called the graph canvas.
For the types and subtypes of graphs that are available, seeGraph Types .
Funnel
Displays results as a three-dimensional graph that represents target and actual values
using volume, level, and color. Typically, funnel graphs are used to graphically represent
data that changes over different periods or stages. For example, funnel graphs are often
used to represent the volume of sales over a quarter.
Funnel graphs are well suited for showing actual compared to targets for data where the
target is known to decrease (or increase) significantly per stage, such as a sales pipeline.
In funnel graphs, the thresholds indicate a percentage of the target value, and colors
provide visual information for each stage. You can click one of the colored areas to drill
down to more detailed information.
For the types of funnel graphs that are available, see Funnel Graph Types.
Gauge
Shows a single data value. Due to its compact size, a gauge is often more effective than a
graph for displaying a single data value
Gauges identify problems in data. A gauge usually plots one data point with an indication of
whether that point falls in an acceptable or unacceptable range. Thus, gauges are useful for
showing performance against goals.
Depending on the data in the analysis, a gauge view might consist of multiple gauges in
a gauge set. For example, if you create a gauge view to show the sales data for the last
twelve months, the gauge view consists of twelve gauges, one for each month. If you create
one to show the total sales in the US, then the gauge view consists of one gauge.
A gauge or gauge set is displayed on a background, called the gauge canvas.
For the types of gauges that are available, see Gauge Types.
246
Oracle Taleo Enterprise
Chapter 6
Reporting with Oracle Business Intelligence User
Guide
Adding Views for Display in Dashboards
View Name
Description
Trellis
Displays multidimensional data shown as a set of cells in a grid, where each cell represents
a subset of data using a particular graph type. Data can be represented with graphs,
microcharts, and numbers.
The trellis view has two subtypes: Simple Trellis and Advanced Trellis.
Simple trellis views are ideal for displaying multiple graphs that enable comparison of like to
like. Advanced trellis views are ideal for displaying spark graphs that show a trend.
A simple trellis displays a single inner graph type, for example a grid of multiple Bar
graphs. The inner graphs always use a common axis; that is to say, the graphs have a
synchronized scale.
An advanced trellis displays a different inner graph type for each measure. For example, a
mixture of Spark Line graphs and Spark Bar graphs, alongside numbers. In this example,
the Spark Line graph might show Revenue over time, and the Spark Bar graph might show
Units Sold. A measure column displaying numbers might be placed adjacent to the Spark
Line graphs, showing the Revenue measure as a total value for a year.
In an advanced trellis, each measure column operates independently for drilling, axis
scaling, and so on.
For definitions of microchart, and spark graph, see Trellis View Terms.
Filters
Displays the filters in effect for an analysis. Filters, like selection steps, allow you to
constrain an analysis to obtain results that answer a particular question. Filters are applied
before the query is aggregated.
Selection Steps
Displays the selection steps in effect for an analysis. Selection steps, like filters, allow you
to obtain results that answer particular questions. Selection steps are applied after the
query is aggregated.
Column Selector
Adds a column selector in the results. A column selector is a set of drop-down lists that
contain pre-selected columns. Users can dynamically select columns and change the data
that is displayed in the views of the analysis.
View Selector
Adds a view selector in the results. A view selector is a drop-down list from which users can
select a specific view of the results from among the saved views.
Legend
Adds a legend to the results, which enables you to document the meaning of special
formatting used in results, such as the meaning of custom colors applied to gauges.
Narrative
Displays the results as one or more paragraphs of text. You can type in a sentence with
placeholders for each column in the results, and specify how rows should be separated.
Ticker
Displays the results as a ticker or marquee, similar in style to the stock tickers that run
across many financial and news sites on the Internet. You can control what information is
presented and how it scrolls across the page.
Static Text
A dds static text in the results. You can use HTML to add banners, tickers, ActiveX objects,
Java applets, links, instructions, descriptions, graphics, and so on, in the results.
247
Oracle Taleo Enterprise
Chapter 6
Reporting with Oracle Business Intelligence User
Guide
Adding Views for Display in Dashboards
View Name
Description
Logical SQL
Displays the SQL statement that is generated for an analysis. This view is useful for trainers
and administrators, and is usually not included in results for typical users.
You cannot modify this view, except to format its container or to delete it.
What Types of Views are Available
Graph Types
Note:
All graph types except for scatter, radar, and microchart can be 2-dimensional (2D) or 3-dimensional (3D). Not all
types of graphs are appropriate for all types of data.
This table shows all graph types, their description and the associates styles
Graph Type
Description
Styles
Bar
Shows quantities associated with categories. Bar graphs show
quantities as bar lengths and categories as bars or groups of bars.
Rectangle
Subtypes available:
Vertical
Triangle
Bar graphs are useful for comparing differences among like items; for
example, competing product sales, same product sales over different
time periods, or same product sales over different markets.
Horizontal
Stacked Vertical
Diamond
Can be used to compare measure columns by showing bars in a
horizontal or vertical direction.
Stacked Horizontal
Line
Area
Gradient
Pattern Fill
Shows quantities over time or by category.
Standard Line
Line graphs are useful for showing trends over time.
Stepped Line
Can be used to plot multiple measure columns.
Curved Line
Shows the trend of the contribution of each value over time or by
category.
Solid Fill
Subtypes available:
Area
Cylinder
Gradient Fill
It is a line graph for which the regions between lines are filled in.
Regions stack, adding up to the total value for each time period or
category.
Pattern Fill
100% Stack
248
Oracle Taleo Enterprise
Chapter 6
Reporting with Oracle Business Intelligence User
Guide
Adding Views for Display in Dashboards
Graph Type
Description
Styles
Pie
Shows data sets as percentages of a whole.
Solid Fill
Pie graphs are useful for comparing parts of a whole, such as sales by
region or by district.
Gradient Fill
Pattern Fill
Line-Bar
Plots two sets of data with different ranges, one set as bars, and one
set as lines overlaid on the bars.
Subtypes available:
Standard
Rectangle
Triangle
Line bar graphs are useful for showing trend relationships between
data sets.
Stacked
Cylinder
Diamond
Gradient
Pattern Fill
Time Series Line
Plots time series data. It scales the horizontal axis based on the time
that has elapsed between data points.
Standard Line
Stepped Line
Curved Line
Pareto
Is a form of bar graph and line graph that displays criteria in
descending order. In this graph type, the line shows a cumulative total
of the percentages.
Rectangle
Pareto graphs are useful for identifying significant elements, such as
best and worst or most and least.
Cylinder
Triangle
Diamond
Gradient
Pattern Fill
Scatter
Displays x-y values as discrete points, scattered within an x-y grid. It
Standard Scatter
plots data points based on two independent variables. This enables you
to plot large numbers of data points and observe the clustering of data Scatter-with-Lines
points.
Scatter graphs are useful for observing relationships and trends in large
data sets.
Bubble
Is a variation of a scatter graph that displays data elements as circles
(bubbles). It shows three variables in two dimensions. One value is
represented by the location of the circle on the horizontal axis. Another
value is represented by the location of the circle on the vertical axis.
The third value is represented by the radius of the circle.
None
Bubble graphs are useful for plotting data with three variables, and for
displaying financial data over a period of time.
249
Oracle Taleo Enterprise
Chapter 6
Reporting with Oracle Business Intelligence User
Guide
Adding Views for Display in Dashboards
Graph Type
Description
Styles
Radar
Plots the same information as a bar graph, but instead displays data
radiating from the center of the graph. Each data element has its own
value axis.
None
Radar graphs are useful for examining overlap and distribution.
Microchart
Subtypes available:
Spark Line
A tiny graph (of similar size to a piece of nearby text) that displays
only in the context of the trellis view and that is ideal for showing trend
information.
None
A microchart graph type is useful within an advanced trellis, where data
is displayed as a mixture of spark graphs and numbers.
Spark Bar
Spark Area
A microchart does not have axes or legends. Like larger graphs, a
microchart's measure values are rendered as relatively sized bars (or
lines, or area). Each measure name is displayed in its column header.
Further details of the measure appear as tooltip text when you hover
the mouse over a data cell.
Funnel Graph Types
This table details funnel graph types (with description and style)
Type
Description
Style
Standard
Uses a standard shape with equal stage widths.
Solid Fill
Gradient Fill
Non-Standard
Uses a standard shape with unequal stage widths
Solid Fill
Gradient Fill
Last-Stage Only
Uses a standard shape with equal stage widths. It is similar to standard
funnel except that the target values of all the stages before the last is
calculated based on the last stage target value and a constant called
target factor.
Solid Fill
Gradient Fill
What Types of Graphs are Available to Trellis Views
The list of graph types that are available for use in trellis views varies by trellis view subtype: Simple Trellis or Advanced
Trellis.
The following types of graphs can be used in simple trellises:
•
Bar (subtype Vertical)
250
Oracle Taleo Enterprise
Chapter 6
Reporting with Oracle Business Intelligence User
Guide
• Bar (subtype Horizontal)
•
•
•
•
•
•
Adding Views for Display in Dashboards
Line
Area
Line-Bar
Pie
Scatter
Bubble
The following visualization choices are available in advanced trellises:
•
•
Numbers
Microchart, of the following subtypes:
•
•
•
Spark Bar
Spark Line
Spark Area
For details on each graph type, see Graph Types.
Gauge Types
Note: All gauges are 2-dimensional (2-D) except for bulb gauges which can be either 2-dimensional or 3dimensional (3-D). Their sizes can be small, medium, large, or a custom size.
This table details gauge types (with description)
Type
Description
Dial
Shows data using a dial arc with one or more indicators that point to to where the data falls
within predefined limits.
Horizontal bar
Shows data using a horizontal bar that changes color to indicate whether the data is within
predefined limits. The inner rectangle of the horizontal bar shows the current level of data
against the ranges marked on an outer rectangle.
Vertical bar
Shows data using a vertical bar that changes color to indicate whether the data is within
predefined limits. The inner rectangle of the vertical bar shows the current level of data
against the ranges marked on an outer rectangle.
Bulb
Shows data using a circle that changes color to indicate whether the data is within
predefined limits.
Bulb gauges are useful when you must know what the status is, and not any indication of a
specific value, or relative information about other threshold ranges.
251
Oracle Taleo Enterprise
Reporting with Oracle Business Intelligence User
Guide
Chapter 6
Adding Views for Display in Dashboards
Adding Views to the Results of Analyses
Prerequisites
If you select a graph type or gauge type that is incompatible with the results, then no results are shown.
Do not use a pie graph to visualize data that includes negative values. Either filter the analysis to ensure that all
values are greater than 0 or use a different graph type.
You must have one of the following user type permissions:
•
•
•
BI Author Limited
BI Author Developer
BI Tenant Administrator
Note: The
Author Limited does not have the permissions to create column selector, narrative,
dashboard prompt, selection step, logical sql, view selector, or compound layout
views.
Home - Oracle Business Intelligence - Catalog
Steps
1. In the "Analysis editor: Results tab" (or alternatively in the "Views pane"), click the New View toolbar
button, then the type of view to create.
The view is displayed in a container on the "Compound Layout". (Note that defaults are used to
generate this view, such as the default view type, default formatting, and so on.)
2. To format the container for the view, click the Format Container toolbar button on the view container to
display a formatting dialog.
For information, see "Formatting Analyses, Views, and Dashboard Pages".
3. To edit the view, click the Edit View toolbar button on the view container.
For more information, see "Editing Views".
4. Save the view. For information, see "Saving a View".
Editing Views
Prerequisites
Note:
Each view type, except for a Logical SQL view, has its own editor in which you perform your edits. (You
cannot edit a Logical SQL view. You can only format its container or delete it.)
Each view editor contains unique functionality for that view type but might also contain functionality that is
the same across view types.
You must have one of the following user type permissions:
•
BI Author Limited
252
Oracle Taleo Enterprise
Chapter 6
Reporting with Oracle Business Intelligence User
Guide
• BI Author Developer
•
Adding Views for Display in Dashboards
BI Tenant Administrator
Note: When editing a view created by an Author Developer, an Author Limited cannot edit views he
cannot create.
Home - Oracle Business Intelligence - Catalog
Steps
1. Open the analysis that contains the view to edit.
2. Click the "Analysis editor: Results tab".
3. Click the Edit View button for the view (or, alternatively, select the view in the "Views pane" and click
the Edit View toolbar button).
One of the following editors is displayed:
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
"Results tab: Column Selector editor"
"Results tab: Create Segment editor"
"Results tab: Create Target List editor"
"Results tab: Filters editor"
"Results tab: Funnel editor"
"Results tab: Gauge editor"
"Results tab: Graph editor"
"Results tab: Legend editor"
"Results tab: Narrative editor"
"Results tab: Pivot Table editor"
"Results tab: Selection Steps editor"
"Results tab: Static Text editor"
"Results tab: Table editor"
"Results tab: Ticker editor"
"Results tab: Title editor"
"Results tab: Trellis editor"
"Results tab: View Selector editor"
4. Using the editor for the view, make the appropriate edits.
For additional guidance, see:
•
•
"Editing Table and Pivot Table Views"
"Editing Graph Views"
253
Oracle Taleo Enterprise
Chapter 6
Reporting with Oracle Business Intelligence User
Guide
• "Editing Trellis Views"
•
•
•
•
•
Adding Views for Display in Dashboards
"Editing a Gauge View"
"Editing a Narrative View"
"Editing a Column Selector View"
"Editing a View Selector View"
"Editing a Legend View"
5. Click Done.
6. Save the view. For information, see "Saving a View".
Table and Pivot Table Views
Two common views for analyzing and displaying data are the table and pivot table.
These views share the same type of editor and much of the same functionality such as dragging and dropping, sorting,
drilling, and conditional formatting. The following list provides some differences between the two types:
•
•
Default View — When you create an analysis and display the results, the default view depends on the data in the
analysis:
•
Table — If the analysis contains only attribute columns, only measure columns, or a combination of both,
then a table is the default view.
•
Pivot Table — If the analysis contains at least one hierarchical column, then a pivot table is the default
view.
Drop Targets — Drop targets, which you use to modify column layout, differ slightly between the two views. Both
views have the <view-type> Prompts, Sections, and Excluded drop targets. When multiple columns are placed in
the <view-type> Prompts target, or page edge, each column displays its values in an individual drop-down list.
•
•
•
•
Table — Tables have columns and measures in the same drop target, and they do not have rows.
Pivot Table — Pivot tables can have rows, columns, and measures as separate drop targets.
Drag and Drop Measure Columns — Measure columns behave slightly differently when you drag and drop
them on tables and pivot tables.
•
Table — In tables, you can drag and drop measure columns in the middle of the table and they act as
columns.
•
Pivot Table — In pivot tables, you can drag and drop measure columns in the middle and their labels
can be in many locations.
Column Names and Headings — You can turn off the display of the column headings in both tables and pivot
tables. For column names, however, the following differences apply:
•
•
Table — In tables, you always see the names of columns.
Pivot Table — In pivot tables, you can turn off the display of the column names.
254
Oracle Taleo Enterprise
Chapter 6
Reporting with Oracle Business Intelligence User
Adding Views for Display in Dashboards
Guide
• Properties — The properties of the two views differ slightly, in areas such as paging controls and green bar
formatting.
You can use the editors for the table and pivot table to customize the look and functionality of the view. The editors share
much of the same functionality.
Editing Table and Pivot Table Views
Prerequisites
You must have one of the following user type permissions:
•
•
•
BI Author Limited
BI Author Developer
BI Tenant Administrator
Home - Oracle Business Intelligence - Catalog
Steps
1. Edit the analysis.
2. Display the "Results tab: Table editor" or the "Results tab: Pivot Table editor". For information, see
"Editing Views".
3. To set the properties of the table or pivot table, click the Table View Properties or the Pivot Table View
Properties button on the toolbar.
The "Table Properties dialog" or the "Pivot Table Properties dialog" is displayed, where you can:
•
Specify formatting preferences for tables and pivot tables.
4. Use the buttons on the toolbar of the editor to perform functions such as the following:
•
•
To modify formatting, see "Adding Cosmetic Formatting to a Table or Pivot Table".
To add a group or calculated item to the view, see "Groups and Calculated Items".
For more information on the buttons common to all views, see "Toolbar Buttons Common to All Views".
For more information on specific data view buttons, see "Data View Editor Toolbar"
5. To affect the contents of the view, use the following panes:
•
•
•
•
The "Subject Areas pane"
The "Catalog pane"
The "Layout pane", as described in "Modifying the Layout of Data in Views"
The "Selection Steps pane"
6. To specify the sort order for a column in the view, see "Sorting Data in Views".
7. To drill in the data in the view, see "Drilling in Views".
8. Right-click to perform basic view interactions. For information, see "Right-Click Menu for Tables, Pivot
Tables, and Trellises".
Adding Cosmetic Formatting to a Table or Pivot Table
Prerequisites
255
Oracle Taleo Enterprise
Reporting with Oracle Business Intelligence User
Guide
You must have one of the following user type permissions:
•
•
•
Chapter 6
Adding Views for Display in Dashboards
BI Author Limited
BI Author Developer
BI Tenant Administrator
Home - Oracle Business Intelligence - Catalog
Steps
1. Edit the analysis.
2. Edit the table or pivot table.
3. On the toolbar of the editor, click the View Properties button.
The "Table Properties dialog" or "Pivot Table Properties dialog" is displayed.
4. To add green bar styling, click the green bar styling box.
To change the way the styling is applied, select a style from the list.
5. To add cosmetic formatting, click the alternate formatting button.
The "Edit Format dialog" is displayed.
6. To change the default green bar color, choose a new background color for the cell format. Make any
other appropriate changes, and click OK.
7. In the Properties dialog, make any other appropriate changes, and click OK.
Next Step
For more information about cosmetic formatting, see "Cosmetic Formatting"
The Visual Appearance of Graphs
You can format the visual appearance of graphs based on two settings:
•
The position of the graph elements (such as lines or bars in a line-bar graph or slices in a pie graph).
See "Graph Formatting Based on Position"
•
Conditions applied to columns. See "Graph Formatting Based on Columns"
Graph Formatting Based on Position
Positional formatting enables you to customize the appearance of a graph based on the position of graph elements; that
is, the numeric sequence in which graph elements (for example, bars) are displayed in a group. A group is determined by
the attribute columns that are displayed in the Group By drop target area. (For information on drop target areas, see "Drop
Targets".
For example, suppose that you have a bar graph whose criteria include the Region, Dollars, and Units columns. Dollars
are displayed first, then Units in the Measures drop target area. Region is displayed in the Group By drop target.
You can format the visual appearance of a graph based on position in terms of its color, line width, and line symbols.
256
Oracle Taleo Enterprise
Chapter 6
Reporting with Oracle Business Intelligence User
Guide
Adding Views for Display in Dashboards
Graph Formatting Based on Columns
Conditional formatting enables you to customize the appearance of a graph based on conditions applied to columns. The
formatting is applied to the column values that meet the condition.
You can specify a color in which to display graph data based upon a specific column value, or range of column values that
meet the condition specified for the column.
For example:
•
Conditionally changing the color of a graph based on specific column values.
A user wants to create a bar graph to compare sales between two beverages, Lemonade and Cola. When
creating a bar graph the user specifies two conditions, one where the bar representing Lemonade sales is yellow,
and another where the bar representing Cola sales is blue.
•
Conditionally changing the color of a graph based on a range of column values.
A sales manager wants to create a bar graph to compare sales for all reps across two sales bands.When creating
a bar graph the sales manager specifies two conditions, one where the bar is red for all sales reps with sales less
than $250,000, and another where the bar is green for all sales reps with sales greater than $250,000.
The way that you specify conditional formatting for graphs is different from that used for other views. For information, see
"Applying Conditional Formatting to Tables, Pivot Tables, and Trellises".
Formatting the Visual Appearance of Graphs
Prerequisites
You must have one of the following user type permissions:
•
•
•
BI Author Limited
BI Author Developer
BI Tenant Administrator
Steps
1. Edit the analysis.
2. In the results tab, click Edit View for the graph view.
3. Click Edit Graph Properties on the toolbar of the graph editor.
The "Graph Properties dialog" is displayed.
4. Click the "Graph Properties dialog: Style tab".
5. Click the Style and Conditional Formatting button.
The "Style and Conditional Formatting dialog" is displayed.
6. Click "Style and Conditional Formatting dialog: Style Formatting tab" to format the appearance of a
graph based on position of the graph elements.
To add a custom formatted position:
a. Select the tab for the graph element (for example, bar) to which you want to add a custom
formatted position.
257
Oracle Taleo Enterprise
Chapter 6
Reporting with Oracle Business Intelligence User
Adding Views for Display in Dashboards
Guide
b. Click the Add new position button. A new position entry is displayed in the Custom
Formatted Positions table.
c. Specify the formatting. For example, to select the color to be applied to the position, click
the down arrow next to the Color box to access the Color Selector dialog. (Note that the
formatting options depend on the element.)
7. Click the "Style and Conditional Formatting dialog: Conditional Formatting tab" to format the appearance
of a graph based on a condition that is applied to columns.
To add a condition to a column:
a. Click Add Condition Format and select the column to which you want to apply a condition.
The "New Condition dialog" is displayed.
b. Select the operator and enter a column value, or a range of column values for this
condition.
c. Click OK when you have finished.
The new condition is displayed in the Conditional Formatting tab.
d. To select the color to be applied to column values when the condition is met, click the down
arrow next to the Color box to access the Color Selector dialog.
8. Click OK.
Rules for Applying Conditional Formats in Graphs
This is a short description.
The following rules apply for building and using conditions in graphs:
•
•
Conditions can be created only from columns that are being used by the graph.
When format conditions conflict with each other, conflicting conditions are prioritized in the following order:
a. Conditional formatting on attributes
b. Conditional formatting on measures
c. Style formatting based on the positions of graph elements
•
When a user drills on a graph that has conditional formatting applied, the following rules apply:
•
A conditional format based on measures is not carried to the next level. (It does not make sense to carry
the conditional format to a different level; for example if, in a geographic hierarchy, from Region to City.
•
A conditional format based on attributes is carried to the next graph if it has not been drilled on.
For example, if you had the conditional format "Lemonade=Blue" and only drill on years, then
"Lemonade=Blue" stays in place.
Graph Exceptions for Conditional Formatting on Columns
This table shows graph types and their exception for conditional formatting
258
Oracle Taleo Enterprise
Chapter 6
Reporting with Oracle Business Intelligence User
Guide
Adding Views for Display in Dashboards
Graph Type
Exception
Line
Only symbol formatting is allowed for the line.
Line-Bar
Radar
Time Series Line
Pareto
Formatting is applied only to the bars, not to the Pareto line.
Editing Graph Views
Prerequisites
You must have one of the following user type permissions:
•
•
•
BI Author Limited
BI Author Developer
BI Tenant Administrator
Home - Oracle Business Intelligence - Catalog
Steps
1. Display the "Results tab: Graph editor". For information, see "Editing Views".
2. To set the properties of the graph, click the Edit Graph Properties button on the toolbar. The "Graph
Properties dialog" is displayed, where you can set properties:
•
•
•
•
Related to the graph canvas, such as legend location
That control the appearance of the graph, such as the style
For axis limits and tick marks
That control the display of titles and labels for the graph
3. Use the buttons on the toolbar of the editor to perform functions such as printing a view, exporting a
view, and so on.
For more information on the buttons common to all views, see "Toolbar Buttons Common to All Views".
For more information on specific data view buttons, see "Data View Editor Toolbar"
4. To affect the contents of the view, use the following panes:
•
•
•
•
•
"Subject Areas pane"
"Catalog pane"
"Layout pane", as described in "Modifying the Layout of Data in Views"
"Selection Steps pane"
(for funnel graphs and gauges only) "Settings pane" to set thresholds
5. To drill in the data in the view, see "Drilling in Views"
259
Oracle Taleo Enterprise
Chapter 6
Reporting with Oracle Business Intelligence User
Guide
Adding Views for Display in Dashboards
Trellis Views
A trellis view is a kind of graph view that displays a grid of multiple graphs, one in each data cell.
A trellis view falls into one of two subtypes:
•
Simple Trellis. A simple trellis displays a core inner graph multiplied across row sets and column sets, rendering
many small multiples that are ideal for comparing and contrasting.
•
Advanced Trellis. An advanced trellis displays a grid of small spark graphs that are ideal for monitoring trends
and spotting patterns in a data set.
Editing Trellis Views
Prerequisites
You must have one of the following user type permissions:
•
•
•
BI Author Limited
BI Author Developer
BI Tenant Administrator
Home - Oracle Business Intelligence - Catalog
Steps
1. Display the "Results tab: Trellis editor". For information, see "Editing Views".
2. To set the properties of the trellis, click the Trellis Properties button on the toolbar. The "Trellis
Properties dialog" is displayed, where you can set properties:
•
•
•
•
Related to the grid canvas, such as legend location (simple trellis views only)
•
That control the type of scale and the appearance of scale markers for each of the trellis's
visualizations (simple trellis views only)
•
That control the display of titles and labels (simple trellis views only)
Related to graph size for the visualizations included in the trellis
That control whether the trellis listens to master-detail events
That control the appearance of the trellis's grid and its visualizations, such as various style
choices and the way that legends are displayed
3. Use the buttons on the toolbar of the editor to perform functions such as printing a view, exporting a
view, and so on.
For more information on the buttons common to all views, see "Toolbar Buttons Common to All Views".
For more information on specific data view buttons, see "Data View Editor Toolbar"
4. To affect the contents of the view, use the following panes:
•
•
•
"Subject Areas pane"
"Catalog pane"
"Layout pane", as described in "Modifying the Layout of Data in Views"
260
Oracle Taleo Enterprise
Chapter 6
Reporting with Oracle Business Intelligence User
Guide
• "Selection Steps pane"
Adding Views for Display in Dashboards
5. To specify the sort order for a column in the view, see "Sorting Data in Views".
6. Right-click to perform basic view interactions. For information, see "Right-Click Menu for Tables, Pivot
Tables, and Trellises".
Trellis View Terms
This table shows Trellis View terms and descriptions
Term
Definition
Visualization
In the context of Oracle BIEE, a visualization is the choice of graph that appears within a
data cell in a trellis view. There are many visualizations from which to choose when creating
a trellis view, including bar graphs, scatter graphs, and spark graphs.
Inner Graph
A nested graph, inside the grid of a trellis graph. Each inner graph has its own
dimensionality as specified in the Visualization area of the Layout pane.
Outer Edge
The outer edges are the parts of a trellis view that border the inner graphs. These include
the column and row headers, the section headers, and so on.
Simple Trellis
A trellis view that displays inner visualizations that are all the same type, such as all scatter
graphs. The inner visualizations all use a common axis, also known as a synchronized
scale.
Advanced Trellis
A trellis view that can display multiple visualization types within its grid, for example, Spark
Line graphs, Spark Bar graphs, and numbers. Each visualization type displays a different
measure.
You can think of an advanced trellis as a pivot table, except that for each measure you add
to the pivot table, you can optionally associate a dimension and render that dimension as a
spark graph visualization.
Synchronized Scale
( Applicable to Simple Trellis subtype only) A synchronized scale means that all the
visualizations within the trellis are viewed on the same scale, that is, they share a common
axis. Having a common axis makes all graph markers easy to compare across rows and
columns.
Microchart
A tiny graph displayed in a grid along with other tiny graphs and numbers, comprising the
data cell contents of an advanced trellis view. In Oracle BI EE, a microchart is always a
spark graph.
Spark Graph
An embedded mini-graph that, in conjunction with other mini-graphs and numbers,
illustrates a single trend. Spark graphs are also known as sparks.
Sparks do not include axes or labels; they get their context from the content that surrounds
them. Each type of spark graph has only one measure, which is hidden; the scale is relative
to itself only.
A spark graph can be of the graph subtype Spark Line, Spark Bar, or Spark Area.
261
Oracle Taleo Enterprise
Reporting with Oracle Business Intelligence User
Guide
Chapter 6
Adding Views for Display in Dashboards
What Makes a Trellis View Unique
The trellis view, also referred to as a trellis graph, is the same as a pivot table—with one major exception: the data cells
within the trellis contain graphs. Whereas a stand-alone graph type such as a single bar graph or a single scatter graph
works on its own, the trellis graph works only by displaying a grid of nested graphs, known as inner graphs. So a bargraph trellis view is actually comprised of multiple bar graphs.
In a general sense within the field of business analytics, a visualization is a visual representation of data, displayed in
graphs, gauges, maps, and so on. In the trellis editor, within the Layout pane, there is a drop target called Visualizations;
this is where you drag the columns for the inner graphs that will comprise the trellis you are building.
The visualizations that make up a simple trellis view are all graphs, and they can be many types of the existing standalone graphs described in "Graph Types". The visualizations that make up an advanced trellis are always microcharts, of
the graph subtypes Spark Line, Spark Bar, or Spark Area. Ideally, the microcharts within an advanced trellis are placed
alongside numbers (representing the same measure). For more information, see "What Are Microcharts".
What are the Functions of a Trellis View
This is a short description.
For the most part, a trellis view behaves like a pivot table, and the main difference between a trellis and a pivot table is the
way the data cells appear.
In the row and column label cells of a trellis, you can:
•
•
•
•
Right-click to do things like create groups and calculated items
Right-click to hide or move measure labels
Right-click to sort data
Drag to reposition rows and columns
In the data cells of a trellis, you can hover the mouse pointer to show related contextual information.
Numeric data cells in a trellis behave the same as numeric data cells in a pivot table.
The ways in which the behavior of a trellis view differs from the behavior of a pivot table are the following:
•
Graph data cells: There is no right-click functionality for the data cells in simple trellises, nor drilling in trellis graph
data cells (left-click functionality).
•
Microchart data cells: When you hover the cursor over the data cells in spark graphs, you are shown contextual
information (such as first, last, minimum, and maximum values) that otherwise is not displayed as it would be in a
pivot table view.
Microcharts do not show axis labels, as regular charts do, so it is not immediately obvious what the inner graph
dimensionality is. Use a microchart's tooltips to understand the data being represented inside the graph—sample
individual values, as well as the overall dimensionality.
About Simple Trellis Versus Advanced Trellis
When you create a trellis view, the first thing you do is choose between two subtypes: Simple Trellis and Advanced Trellis.
The Simple Trellis subtype displays a single type of inner visualization, for example, all bar graphs. The inner visualization
always uses a common axis, so that all inner graphs are viewed on the same scale. (This concept of a common axis is
also referred to as a synchronized scale.) Having a common axis makes all graph markers easy to compare across rows
and columns.
262
Oracle Taleo Enterprise
Chapter 6
Reporting with Oracle Business Intelligence User
Adding Views for Display in Dashboards
Guide
The Advanced Trellis subtype allows for display of multiple visualization types within its grid. An advanced trellis
illustrating sales trends might show a grid containing numbers in the cells of one column (revenue, for example), while
another column alongside the numbers column displays Spark Line graphs in its cells, and those Spark Line graphs
visualize the same measure as represented by the numbers (again revenue, but over a time period). Next to that column,
a different microchart might be displayed, such as a column of Spark Bar graphs that visualize a different measure, such
as unit totals.
Each measure that is visualized is assigned a different inner graph type. Each cell of the grid is scaled independently.
Think of an advanced trellis as a pivot table with spark graphs inside its data cells. But, for each measure you add, you
can optionally associate a dimension and render it as a microchart visualization. This makes an advanced trellis very
different from a simple trellis. In a simple trellis, all of the measures are rendered in the same visualization, along with
additional dimensions.
What are Microcharts
A microchart is, as its name implies, a tiny chart. A microchart is displayed in trellis views of the Advanced Trellis subtype.
A microchart is unique as a graph type in that it can never be an independent, stand-alone graph. It can be used only
within the context of a trellis view, and its meaning comes only from the fact that it is one of many small multiples.
Spark Graphs in Oracle BI EE
A microchart can be one of several graph subtypes, including Spark Line, Spark Bar, and Spark Area.
Spark graphs, also called sparks, are unique from line graphs, bar graphs, and the other stand-alone graphs available in
Oracle BI EE. Spark graphs are embedded mini-graphs that illustrate a single trend. Simple in their appearance, they do
not include axes or labels and they get their context from the content that surrounds them. Each type of spark graph has
only one measure, which is hidden; the scale is relative to itself only.
In Oracle BIEE, the visual appearance of sparks emphasizes trends, and within those trends, the highest and lowest
values. Due to the condensed manner in which sparks display trends, it is possible for many trends to be compared (along
with numeric values) on a single page.
While sparks are useful for certain types of analysis, such as high-level observation of trends and spotting of patterns, it is
important to note that they do not illustrate the same specificity as their larger, fuller-featured counterparts.
Working with Spark Graphs
Sparks are unique mainly because they are small and because they can display a lot of information in a very constricted
space. In Oracle BI EE, a spark graph is also different from a stand-alone graph in that, as a microchart, it can only be
used within trellis views.
You can modify the size of your sparks in the same way that you do with full-featured graphs, in the Graph Properties
dialog.
For more information about creating trellis views that include sparks, see "Design Considerations for Trellis Views and
Microcharts".
263
Oracle Taleo Enterprise
Reporting with Oracle Business Intelligence User
Guide
Chapter 6
Adding Views for Display in Dashboards
Design Considerations for Trellis Views and Microcharts
The following are some ideas to consider when designing content displayed in trellis views:
•
•
•
For comparisons, choose the Simple Trellis subtype.
•
When using the Simple Trellis subtype, note the following:
•
For trend analysis, choose the Advanced Trellis subtype.
The inner graphs that make up a trellis should be readable and not too dense, so a trellis view is not especially
useful for displaying multiple series or multiple groups. If you cannot easily target a data point with your mouse (to
be shown a tooltip), then it is likely that the inner graph is too dense to be readable.
•
Designing a simple trellis is like designing a pivot table, except that the total number of cells that can be
rendered is much less for a trellis.
•
The main difference between designing a simple trellis and designing a pivot table is that for a trellis, one
or two of the dimensions can be associated with the visualization; so, that many less dimensions must be
added to the outer edge.
•
It is best to design the trellis with a small number of outer-edge dimensions. The entire graph series
should be visible at once (for easy comparison of like to like) with no need to scroll. If you must show
additional dimensionality, consider adding the dimensions to the graph prompt.
•
When determining which data to show in column headers and which to show in row headers, the column
headers should show one or two dimensions (each dimension with a small number of members). Most
often, the dimension shown in column headers is time. Place the remaining dimensions in the row
headers or in graph prompts.
When using the Advanced Trellis subtype, note the following:
•
The key use case for an advanced trellis is to show trend graphs alongside numeric values, in a
compressed form. So a typical advanced trellis contains a combination of spark graphs alongside
number representations of the same measure.
•
•
Ideally, place no dimensions in the column headers, just place the measures here.
•
Just as when designing pivot tables, you generally display time on the horizontal axis, with the
other dimensions displayed on the vertical axis. The eye then scans from left to right to see how the
dimensionality changes over time.
The dimensionality typically associated with a spark graph is time. As there are no visible labels in a
spark graph, it is important that the data visualized is intrinsically ordered. For example, a spark graph
visualizing regions would be meaningless, because the ordering of the regions (which would be the
specific bars, in a Spark Bar graph) is unintuitive.
When Might a Trellis Not Be the Best Visualization?
Hierarchical columns do not work well with the Simple Trellis subtype, because when a hierarchical column is displayed
on the outer edge, parents and children (such as Year and Quarter) will by default be shown using a common axis scale.
However, because Year and Quarter have different magnitudes, the markers in child graphs may be extremely small and
hard to read against the parent scale. (Hierarchical columns do work well with the Advanced Trellis subtype, however,
because each data cell is a different scale.)
264
Oracle Taleo Enterprise
Chapter 6
Reporting with Oracle Business Intelligence User
Guide
Adding Views for Display in Dashboards
Editing a Gauge View
Prerequisites
You must have one of the following user type permissions:
•
•
•
BI Author Limited
BI Author Developer
BI Tenant Administrator
Home - Oracle Business Intelligence - Catalog
Steps
1. Display the "Results tab: Gauge editor". For information, see "Editing Views".
2. To set the properties of the gauge view, click the Edit Gauge Properties on the toolbar. The "Gauge
Properties dialog" is displayed, where you can set properties:
•
•
•
•
Related to the gauge canvas, such as, legend location.
That control the appearance of the gauge, such as the width and height of the gauge.
For gauge limits and tick marks.
That control the display of titles, footers, and labels for the gauge or gauges in a gauge set.
3. Use the buttons on the toolbar of the editor to perform functions such as printing a view, exporting a
view, and so on.
For more information on the buttons common to all views, see "Toolbar Buttons Common to All Views".
For more information on specific data view buttons, see "Data View Editor Toolbar".
4. To affect the contents of the view, use the following panes:
•
•
•
•
•
"Subject Areas pane"
"Catalog pane"
"Layout pane", as described in "Modifying the Layout of Data in Views"
"Selection Steps pane"
"Settings pane" to set thresholds.
5. To drill in the data in the view, see "Drilling in Views".
Narrative Views
This is a short description.
You use a narrative view to provide information such as context, explanatory text, or extended descriptions along with
column values.
265
Oracle Taleo Enterprise
Chapter 6
Reporting with Oracle Business Intelligence User
Adding Views for Display in Dashboards
Guide
In a narrative view, you can include values from attribute columns, hierarchical columns, and measure columns. For a
hierarchical column, you can use selection steps to display hierarchy levels with the hierarchical column. For example,
create a step to select members based on hierarchy and add members of the specified level. You cannot drill in narrative
views.
Editing a Narrative View
Prerequisites
You must have one of the following user type permissions:
•
•
BI Author Developer
BI Tenant Administrator
Home - Oracle Business Intelligence - Catalog
Steps
1. Display the "Results tab: Narrative editor". For information, see "Editing Views".
2. In the Narrative box, specify the columns to include in the view. To do so, use an at sign (@), optionally
followed by a number. For example, include @2 to indicate the second column per the order of the
column criteria.
3. Complete other fields as needed.
Column Selector Views
A column selector is a set of drop-down lists that contain pre-selected columns. Users can dynamically select columns
and change the data that is displayed in the views of the analysis.
One drop-down list can be attached to each column in the analysis, and multiple columns can be attached to each dropdown list. You can create drop-down lists for attribute columns and measure columns. Updates that you make in the
column selector view affect all the data views in the analysis.
You add columns to drop-down lists from the Subject Areas pane. When you add columns in this way, they are not added
to the Criteria tab for the analysis. Instead, when you display the Criteria tab, you see that the column is now referred
to as a "Column Group" with the default column for the list specified also. The default column is the one on which you
created the drop-down list.
Editing a Column Selector View
Prerequisites
You must have one of the following user type permissions:
•
•
BI Author Developer
BI Tenant Administrator
Home - Oracle Business Intelligence - Catalog
Steps
266
Oracle Taleo Enterprise
Chapter 6
Reporting with Oracle Business Intelligence User
Adding Views for Display in Dashboards
Guide
1. Display the "Results tab: Column Selector editor". For information, see "Editing Views".
2. Select Include Selector for each column for which you want to include a drop-down list of columns.
Ensure that the column is highlighted in the editor.
3. To add a new column to a drop-down list, double-click the column to add in the "Subject Areas pane".
4. Complete the other fields as appropriate.
View Selector Views
This is a short description.
A view selector view enables users to select a specific view of the results from among the saved views for an analysis.
When placed on a dashboard, the view selector is displayed as a list from which users can choose the view that they want
to display below the selector.
Generally, you would include views in the view selector that are not being displayed in the Compound Layout view. For
example, you might create a table, graph, gauge, and view selector view for an analysis, but include only the table and
view selector view on the Compound Layout view. When the analysis is displayed on a dashboard page, users can select
the graph or gauge view from the view selector view.
Editing View Selector Views
Prerequisites
You must have one of the following user type permissions:
•
•
BI Author Developer
BI Tenant Administrator
Home - Oracle Business Intelligence - Catalog
Steps
1. Display the "Results tab: View Selector editor". For information, see "Editing Views".
2. In the Available Views list, select the views to be included in the view selector and move them into the
Views Included list.
3. Complete other fields as needed.
Legend Views
You use a legend view to document the meaning of special formatting used in an analysis, such as the meaning of
custom colors that are applied to gauges.
Editing a Legend View
Prerequisites
You must have one of the following user type permissions:
•
BI Author Limited
267
Oracle Taleo Enterprise
Chapter 6
Reporting with Oracle Business Intelligence User
Guide
• BI Author Developer
•
Adding Views for Display in Dashboards
BI Tenant Administrator
Home - Oracle Business Intelligence - Catalog
Steps
1.
2.
3.
4.
Display the "Results tab: Legend editor". For information, see "Editing Views".
In the Captions box on the toolbar, select the position for the caption relative to the legend symbol.
In the Legend items per row box on the toolbar, select the number of legend items to display in a row.
For each legend item:
a. In the Caption box, enter the meaning of the legend symbol.
b. In the Sample Text box, enter the text that is to be displayed within the legend symbol.
To add additional legend items, click Add Caption
5. Complete other fields as needed.
Modifying the Layout of Data in Views
Each editor for a data view contains the "Layout pane", except for the map editor. The Layout pane is displayed slightly
differently for each view type, such as graphs and pivot tables. The Layout pane shows how the data in a view is laid out
using drop targets. For more information on drop targets, see "Drop Targets".
You use the Layout pane to modify the way that data is arranged in the view. Specifically, you can:
•
•
•
•
Modify the data in the view, as described in "Adding and Rearranging Columns in Views"
•
•
Define section sliders in graphs and gauges, as described in "Defining a Section Slider in a Graph or Gauge"
Set properties, as described in "Setting Properties for View Bodies and Drop Targets"
Add totals, as described in "Adding Totals to Tables and Pivot Tables"
Display running sums and relative values, as described in "Displaying Running Sums and Relative Values for
Measure Columns in Pivot Tables"
Add legends to graphs by selecting the Show In Legend box in the Layout pane
Drop Targets
In the Layout pane, the columns in a data view are displayed in drop targets. Drop targets indicate where a column can be
inserted, moved to, or dropped. They represent a valid position for a column.
You use drop targets to modify the way data is arranged in a data view by dragging and dropping columns to different
targets within the view.
268
Oracle Taleo Enterprise
Reporting with Oracle Business Intelligence User
Guide
Chapter 6
Adding Views for Display in Dashboards
Note: The Layout pane for trellis views is significantly different from the Layout panes that appear for other
data views. For exceptions to the information provided here about drop targets, see "Drop Target Guidelines for
Trellises".
Each data view contains the following drop targets:
•
<view-type> Prompts — Provides an interactive result set that enables users to select the data that they want to
view. The values from the columns that are displayed in this drop target are used as the initial criteria. In a view,
these values are displayed in a drop-down list for selection, which is often referred to as the "page edge."
•
Sections — Populates the areas that divide the view into sections. If you select the Display as Slider option in
this drop target, then the values of the columns that are dropped in the Sections drop target are displayed as a
section slider rather than as unique views.
•
<view-type> area — Simulates the plot area or the body of the view itself and assists you in seeing what the view
looks like.
For tables, this area contains the Columns and Measures drop target, which contains all the columns in the
view. In tables, all measures are treated as columns.
For all other data views, this area contains the following drop targets:
•
Measures drop target — Populates the part of a view that contains summary data. Depending on the
type of view, this area might include a single Measures drop target (for example, for pivot tables) or might
contain subdrops targets (for example, the Bars (Y1-Axis) and the Lines (Y2-Axis) for line bar graphs).
You drag and drop measure columns to these drop targets.
•
Other drop targets — Used to summarize the columns in the measure drop target or targets. You
generally drag and drop attribute and hierarchical columns to these drop targets.
The other drop targets that are displayed in a view depend on the type of view as described in Other
Drop Targets in Data Views.
•
Excluded — Excludes columns from the view results but leaves the columns as part of the analysis. See
"Columns in the Excluded Drop Target" for more information.
In addition, each <view-type> area, except for the Table area and the Trellis area, contains the Measure Labels element.
The Measure Labels element represents the labels for all the Measures columns in the drop targets in the Measures area.
You can modify how measure labels are shown in a view by dragging it from one drop target and dropping it in another.
For example, in a vertical bar graph, you can show each measure label in a different color by dragging and dropping the
Measure Labels element to the Vary Color By drop target.
In pivot tables, you can also edit the format of measure labels or hide them.
Other Drop Targets in Data Views
Short sentence or paragraph to describe the configuration table.
This table shows other data views and associated drop target(s)
269
Oracle Taleo Enterprise
Chapter 6
Reporting with Oracle Business Intelligence User
Guide
Adding Views for Display in Dashboards
View
Drop Target or Targets
Pivot table
Includes these drop targets:
•
•
Columns — Shows a column in a column orientation. Pivot
tables can contain multiple columns.
Rows — Shows a column in a row orientation. Pivot tables can
contain multiple rows.
Gauge
Rows — Shows the columns that are displayed in the gauges.
Bar, line, area, line-bar, time series line, pareto, scatter, or bubble
graph
Includes these sub-drop targets within the main drop target (Bars,
Line, Area, Bars & Lines, Line, Points or Bubbles). Target names
differ depending on graph type. For example, Group By is Bubbles for
bubble graphs and Points for scatter graphs.
•
•
Group By — Clusters the axis labels into groups. For example
in a vertical bar graph whose criteria includes the Region,
District, and Dollars column, if this drop target contains the
Regions column, then the data is grouped by region on the
horizontal axis.
Vary Color By — Shows each column value or column value
combination in a different color.
Radar graph
Radar Sections — Shows column values as points on each line along
a radius of the circle.
Pie graph
Includes these drop targets:
•
•
Funnel graph
Pies — Shows each column value or column value combination
as a separate pie.
Slices — Shows each column value or column value
combination as a separate slice of the pie.
Stage — Shows each column value as a stage in the funnel.
270
Oracle Taleo Enterprise
Chapter 6
Reporting with Oracle Business Intelligence User
Guide
Adding Views for Display in Dashboards
View
Drop Target or Targets
Trellis
Includes these drop targets:
•
•
Columns — Shows a column in a column orientation. Trellises
can contain multiple columns.
Rows — Shows a column in a row orientation. Trellises can
contain multiple rows.
Includes these sub-drop targets within the main drop target
Visualization for simple trellis views:
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
Group By — Clusters the measures into groups
Color By — Shows each measure in a different color, for
example, in a vertical bar graph of a trellis, all the bars for
Revenue are blue while the bars showing Billed Quantity are
red. In a Scatter graph, use this drop target to vary the points by
color. In a Bubble graph, use this drop target to vary the bubbles
by color.
Bar Axis — In a Line-Bar graph comparing revenue and
billed quantity by region, shows one of two measures, such as
Revenue.
Line Axis — In a Line-Bar graph comparing revenue and billed
quantity by region, shows one of two measures, such as Billed
Quantity.
Pies — In a Pie graph, shows measures as pies of varying
colors.
Slices — In a Pie graph, shows measures as slices of varying
colors within pies.
Points — In a Scatter graph, shows measures as points.
Horizontal Axis — In a Scatter graph, shows one of two
measures as a point. In a Bubble graph, shows one of three
measures as a bubble.
Vertical Axis — In a Scatter graph, shows one of two
measures, such as a point. In a Bubble graph, shows one of
three measures as a bubble.
Bubbles — In a Bubbles graph, shows measures as bubbles of
varying size.
Size — In a Bubble graph, shows one of three measures as the
size of a bubble.
Includes these sub-drop targets within the main drop target
Visualization for advanced trellis views:
•
•
•
Areas — In a Spark Area microchart, shows columns displayed
as areas.
Bars — In a Spark Bar microchart, shows columns displayed as
bars.
Lines — In a Spark Line microchart, shows columns displayed
as lines.
Columns in the Excluded Drop Target
A column in the Excluded drop target is not included in the view results but still remains as part of the analysis. A column
can be placed in the Excluded drop target after views have been created for the analysis in various ways. A general rule is
that a column is placed in the Excluded drop target for a view if it is not added explicitly to one or all views.
Some of the ways in which a column is placed in the Excluded drop target are as follows:
•
You select the Exclude Column option from the right-click menu in a table or pivot table view.
271
Oracle Taleo Enterprise
Chapter 6
Reporting with Oracle Business Intelligence User
Adding Views for Display in Dashboards
Guide
• You select a column from the Subject Areas pane to add to views in an analysis as described in the following
scenarios:
•
Criteria tab — If you add a column from the Subject Areas pane to the Selected Columns pane after
displaying the analysis results and the Exclude from existing views, but display in new views option
is selected for the Display of Columns Added in the Criteria tab property in the "Analysis Properties
dialog: Data tab"), then the column is placed in the Excluded drop target of the existing views' Layout
pane but included in any new views that you add.
•
Results tab — The behavior might differ depending on whether you add columns to a view editor or to
the Compound Layout
•
View Editor — If you add a column from the Subject Areas pane to a view, then you place the
column in that view. The column is placed in the Excluded drop target for all other views in the
analysis.
•
Compound Layout — If you double-click a column in the Subject Areas pane, then you place the
column in a default drop target of the Layout pane for all existing views in the current Compound
Layout. The column is placed in the Excluded drop target for all other views in the analysis.
If you drag and drop a column from the Subject Areas pane to a tabular view, then you place the
column in the drop target for that view. The column is placed in the Excluded drop target for all
other views in the analysis.
If you want a column that is in the Excluded drop target to be displayed in a view, then you can easily move it. Simply
display the Layout pane for the view, and drag and drop the column from the Excluded drop target to the desired one.
Excluding columns differs from removing columns. You can use the Remove Column option from the More Options
button in the Layout pane for a view to remove a column entirely from the analysis.
Aggregation and the Excluded Drop Target
In a pivot table or graph that includes columns in the Excluded drop target, an aggregation rule is applied to aggregate
measures in the data body of the view to a single value. For example, suppose that you have the following columns in the
Selected Columns pane:
This table shows Region, City and Dollars
Region
City
Dollars
East
NY
1000
East
Boston
500
If the City column is placed in the Excluded drop target, then the view typically displays the following:
East 1500
The aggregation rule is applied to aggregate 1,000 and 500 into 1,500. In a pivot table or graph, the aggregation rule that
is specified in the "Edit Column Formula dialog" applies. For a pivot table, you can select a specific aggregation rule using
the More Options menu in the Layout pane.
Suppose that you wanted the table, pivot table, or graph to show the following values:
East 1000
272
Oracle Taleo Enterprise
Chapter 6
Reporting with Oracle Business Intelligence User
Guide
Adding Views for Display in Dashboards
East 500
To achieve this aggregation, include both Region and City columns in the view layout, but hide the City column using its
"Column Properties dialog: Column Format tab"
Drop Target Guidelines for Graphs and Funnel Graphs
The following restrictions and guidelines apply to dragging columns from one drop target and dropping them in another in
graphs and funnel graphs:
•
A bubble graph requires at least three measures. Plot one measure on the horizontal axis, another measure on
the vertical axis, and a third measure on the bubble size axis.
•
•
In a bubble, line-bar, scatter, or funnel graph, you cannot drag and drop measure labels.
A pareto graph can have only one measure.
If you drop another measure on the Measures drop target, then the measures are swapped; that is, the existing
measure is replaced by the newly dropped measure and is moved automatically to the Excluded drop target.
•
A time series line graph requires a single date or date-time data column to be selected on the horizontal axis. It
has a single vertical axis, but supports multiple data series.
•
A scatter graph requires at least two measures. For example, you can plot one measure column on the horizontal
axis and another measure column on the vertical axis. These measures are plotted for values on the Group By
axis.
•
A funnel graph uses two measures but only one is required. If you do not select a second measure, then the first
measure is used for the second measure. If you have selected two measures and then select a new measure,
then the new measure replaces the measure currently in the Actual Measures drop target.
Drop Target Guidelines for Trellises
The following guidelines apply to working with drop targets in trellises:
•
Expanding Drop Targets in Trellises — The Layout Pane of the trellis editor is notably different in that it
is vertical rather than horizontal. When drop targets contain more data than can be shown within this more
narrow Layout Pane, the drop target containers expand on hover. That is, when you hover the mouse over an
overfilled drop target, you see the complete selection of measures and columns, and you can move and reorder
even the measures and columns that were not visible before the hover. The chosen item appears with a slight
transparency as you drag it.
•
Placement of Measures — The following are considerations to keep in mind as you work with measure columns
in trellis views:
•
•
Measures can be reordered within the measures drop targets by dragging left or right.
•
In some simple trellis visualizations (scatter graphs, bubble graphs, and line-bar graphs), you can swap
measures. If you drag an existing measure from one axis and drop it in the target for another axis, the
two measures' positions in the view are swapped.
•
Scatter graphs, bubble graphs, and line-bar graphs allow a single measure per axis, as follows:
In simple trellis views, measure columns can be placed only on the measure edge of Color By or Group
By.
•
Scatter graph drop targets: Horizontal Axis, Vertical Axis
273
Oracle Taleo Enterprise
Chapter 6
Reporting with Oracle Business Intelligence User
Adding Views for Display in Dashboards
Guide
• Bubble graph drop targets: Horizontal Axis, Vertical Axis, Size
•
•
•
Line-bar graph drop targets: Bar Axis, Line Axis
In advanced trellis views, measures comprise the innermost column headers of the trellis.
When moving measures from the Color By drop target to or from the Group By drop target:
•
Dragging a single measure moves all the measures along with it. (This is known as sticky
behavior.)
Exception: Upgraded analyses automatically select the Treat as an Attribute Column box for
measures (in the "Edit Column Formula dialog: Column Formula tab"), so this sticky measure
behavior only happens if you deselect the Treat as an Attribute Column box for existing
measures.
•
Dragging a new measure into the view moves all existing measures to wherever you place the
new measure.
•
To place a measure on the non-measure edge of a visualization, or in the Rows target or Columns target,
you must first convert the measure to an attribute column. You do this in the "Edit Column Formula
dialog: Column Formula tab".
•
Attribute columns can be dragged out of the Measures drop target without causing the drop target or the
measures inside it to move with the attributes.
Adding and Rearranging Columns in Views
Using the view editor and the Layout pane, you can easily modify and change the order of columns in the following ways:
•
Drag and drop columns in tables and pivot tables to the desired positions in the editor using the handles and
drop targets. For example, if you have two columns in the Rows section of a pivot table, reverse the order of
the columns by dragging and dropping the first column after the second one. In a table, you can drag and drop
columns, but you cannot stack columns, as you can in a pivot table.
You can also drag and drop columns in this way in the Compound Layout.
•
Drag and drop columns in the Layout pane. A target is active and ready for the "drop" when it appears
highlighted. When you hover the mouse pointer over a column in the Layout pane, the cursor state changes from
the pointer to a move cursor when you can "grab" the column and move it over a drop target. For example, you
can easily move a column in a pivot table from the Rows drop target to the Sections target to create a unique
pivot table for each value in the column.
For details of dragging and dropping columns in the Layout pane of the trellis editor, see "Drop Target Guidelines
for Trellises".
For more information on drop targets, see the "Layout pane".
•
Add a column to a graph or gauge. To do so, drag the column from the Subject Areas tab to the appropriate
location in the view editor or to a drop target in the Layout pane.
•
Remove columns in the Layout pane. For example, you can easily remove a column in a view by selecting
Remove Column from the More Options button. Removing columns differs from excluding columns, which is
described in "Drop Targets".
This list provides only a partial summary of where dragging and dropping can occur. You can drag and drop columns and
catalog objects whenever you see the "Subject Areas pane" and "Catalog pane". You can also drag and drop items in
views on dashboards. See "Columns in the Excluded Drop Target" for more information.
274
Oracle Taleo Enterprise
Reporting with Oracle Business Intelligence User
Guide
Chapter 6
Adding Views for Display in Dashboards
Setting Properties for View Bodies and Drop Targets
In the Layout pane, you can click the Properties button to display a dialog in which you specify properties for the view
body (such as Pivot Table) or for a drop target (such as Sections). For example, you can specify whether to display
headings, set background color, and insert page breaks.
Modifying the View Body or Drop Target Properties
Prerequisites
You must have one of the following user type permissions:
•
•
•
BI Author Limited
BI Author Developer
BI Tenant Administrator
Home - Oracle Business Intelligence - Catalog
Steps
1. Edit the analysis.
2. In the results tab, click Edit View for the view.
3. In the view editor, display the Layout pane and click the Properties button beside the view body (for
tables and pivot tables) or drop target name.
The Properties dialog for the view body or drop target is displayed.
4. Complete the appropriate fields and click OK.
Adding Totals to Tables and Pivot Tables
In the Layout pane, you can add totals for columns in tables and pivot tables. You can position the totals at various
locations in the view. You can add totals for columns that are displayed on the various edges. For each measure, the total
uses the aggregation rule for that measure. The default aggregation rule for a measure column is specified in the Oracle
BI repository, or by the original author of the analysis.
If you specify a total in the Rows or Columns drop target of a pivot table, then the totals that are displayed are the result of
the columns that are specified in the Measures drop target. Total values are not displayed on the Columns or Rows edges
of the pivot table but rather in the data in the center of the pivot table.
Adding Totals to a View
Prerequisites
You must have one of the following user type permissions:
•
•
•
BI Author Limited
BI Author Developer
BI Tenant Administrator
275
Oracle Taleo Enterprise
Chapter 6
Reporting with Oracle Business Intelligence User
Guide
Home - Oracle Business Intelligence - Catalog
Adding Views for Display in Dashboards
Steps
1.
2.
3.
4.
Edit the analysis.
In the results tab, click Edit View for the view.
Display the "Layout pane" for the view.
To add grand totals to the entire view:
•
For a table, in the Columns and Measures drop target, click the Totals button, then click the
location such as Before.
•
For a pivot table, in the Rows or the Columns drop target, click the Totals button, then click the
location such as After.
5. To turn on and off the totals that apply to all the values in the drop target, click the Totals button beside
the drop target name, such as Sections. Then select the location for the total, such as Before the data
items. A totals area is added to the view.
Displaying Running Sums and Relative Values for Measure
Columns in Pivot Tables
You can use the Layout pane to display running sums or the relative value of measure columns in pivot tables, as
described in the following sections.
Running Sums for Measure Columns in Pivot Tables
In a pivot table, you can display numeric measures as running sums, where each consecutive cell for the measure
displays the total of all previous cells for that measure. This option is a display feature only that has no effect on actual
pivot table results.
Typically, running sums are displayed for duplicated attribute columns or for measure columns for which the option to
show data as a percentage of the column has been selected, with the last value being 100 percent. Running sums apply
to all totals. The running sum for each level of detail is computed separately.
Column headings are not affected when the running sum option is selected. You can format the column heading if you
want it to indicate that the running sum option is in effect.
The following usage rules are in effect for running sums:
•
A running sum is incompatible with the SQL RSUM function (the effect would be a running sum of the running
sum).
•
All running sums are reset with each new section. A running sum does not reset at a break within a section or
continued across sections.
•
If a measure does not display in a single column or in a single row, then the measure is summed left to right and
then top to bottom. (The lower right cell contains the grand total.) A running sum does not reset with each row or
column.
•
You cannot specify rolling minimums, maximums, and averages in the Layout pane. You can include these if
administrators create formulas for them in the metadata repository.
276
Oracle Taleo Enterprise
Reporting with Oracle Business Intelligence User
Guide
Chapter 6
Adding Views for Display in Dashboards
Displaying a Measure as a Running Sum
Prerequisites
You must have one of the following user type permissions:
•
•
•
BI Author Limited
BI Author Developer
BI Tenant Administrator
Home - Oracle Business Intelligence - Catalog
Steps
1. Edit the analysis.
2. In the results tab, click Edit View for the view.
3. In the Layout pane for the pivot table, in the Measures area, click the More Options button for the row
or column to be summed and select Display as Running Sum.
Relative Values for Measure Columns in Pivot Tables
In a pivot table, you can dynamically convert a stored or calculated measure into a percent or an index. This shows the
relative value of the item, compared to the total, without the need to explicitly create a calculated item for it. You can view
the measure as a percentage between 0.00 and 100.00, or as an index between 0 and 1.
For example, if you are using a pivot table to examine sales by product, then you can duplicate the sales measure and
view it as a percentage of the total. This enables you to see the actual sales, and the percentage of sales, that each
product accounts for.
Showing an Item as a Relative Value
Prerequisites
The analysis you are creating or editing must include a heirarchical column.
You must have one of the following user type permissions:
•
•
•
BI Author Limited
BI Author Developer
BI Tenant Administrator
Home - Oracle Business Intelligence
Steps
1. Edit or create an analysis that contains a heirarchical column.
2. In the results tab, edit a pivot table.
3.
Note: The following step is optional. When you duplicate the measure column in the
pivot table, you can see both the total for the measure and its relative value.
eliminates the need to add the column twice on the Criteria tab to see the
its relative value in the pivot table.
This
total and
277
Oracle Taleo Enterprise
Chapter 6
Reporting with Oracle Business Intelligence User
Adding Views for Display in Dashboards
Guide
In the Layout pane for the pivot table, click the More Options button for the item you want to show as a
relative value.
4. To duplicate the measure column, select Duplicate Layer.
The measure is displayed a second time in the pivot table, with the same name.
5.
Note: The Show Data As option is available only for items that are stored or
calculated measures.
Click the More Options button, select Show Data As, select Percent of or Index of, then select the
appropriate option.
6. To rename the new column, click the More Options button, select Format Headings and in the Edit
Format dialog, enter a value in the Caption field.
Selection Sliders in Graphs and Gauges
A section slider displays members of one or more attribute or hierarchical columns as values on a rectangular bar and
provides mechanisms to select a value. You use a section slider to limit the data that is shown in a graph or gauge.
A section slider consists of the following components:
•
Slider bar — Displays the members of one or more attribute or hierarchical columns as values along a
rectangular bar.
Note: The administrator configures the maximum number of values that can be
displayed
on the slider bar. However, you can set a maximum lower than the
system maximum
by setting the Maximum number of section slider values field
in the "Section Properties
dialog".
•
•
•
•
Slider thumb — Indicates the current value of the section slider. You can drag the thumb to the desired value.
Decrease button — Moves the slider thumb to the value to the left of the current value.
Increase button — Moves the slider thumb to the right of the current value.
Play button — Sequentially moves the thumb through the slider values. After being clicked, the play button
changes to a pause button to allow you to stop on a particular value.
Defining a Section Slider in a Graph or Gauge
Prerequisites
You must have one of the following user type permissions:
•
•
•
BI Author Limited
BI Author Developer
BI Tenant Administrator
Home - Oracle Business Intelligence - Catalog
Steps
278
Oracle Taleo Enterprise
Chapter 6
Reporting with Oracle Business Intelligence User
Adding Views for Display in Dashboards
Guide
1. Open the analysis that contains the graph or gauge in which you want to define a section slider.
2. Click the "Analysis editor: Results tab".
3. Click the Edit View toolbar button in the graph, funnel, or gauge view.
The "Results tab: Graph editor", "Results tab: Funnel editor", or "Results tab: Gauge editor" is displayed.
4. For each column to be displayed on the section slider, in the "Layout pane" of the Graph or Gauge
editor, drag and drop the column to the Sections drop target.
5. Select Display as Slider.
6. Click Done to close the editor and return to the Results tab.
7. Click the Save Analysis toolbar button to save your changes.
Interactions in Views
You can specify the types of interactions that are to occur when users:
•
•
Click in a data view. See "Click Interactions in Views".
Right-click in a table, pivot table view, or trellis at runtime. See "Right-Click Interactions in Views"
Click Interactions in Views
You can specify the types of interactions that are to occur when users click (that is, left-click) in a data view. The following
types of interactions are available:
•
None — Specifies that nothing happens when users click the column heading or a value. This option turns off
drilling for attribute columns; it does not turn off drilling for hierarchical columns.
•
•
Drill — Enables users to drill down to more detailed information. See "Drilling in Views".
•
Send Master-Detail Events — Sends master -detail events in a master-detail relationship. See "Master-Detail
Linking of Views" and "Linking Views in Master-Detail Relationships".
Action Links — Enables users to click a hot spot in a data view and then select an action link to execute an
action, such as navigating to a saved analysis. See , "Actions"."
You create interactions at the criteria level using the "Column Properties dialog: Interaction tab". Interactions that you
create take effect in all data views (that is, tables, pivot tables, graphs, funnel graphs, trellises, gauges, and maps).
Right Click Interactions in Views
You can specify the types of interactions that are to occur for an analysis when users right-click in a table, pivot table
view, or trellis at runtime. The following right-click interactions are available:
•
•
•
Drill (when not a primary interaction)
Move Columns
Sort Columns
279
Oracle Taleo Enterprise
Reporting with Oracle Business Intelligence User
Guide
• Add/Remove Values
•
•
•
•
•
Chapter 6
Adding Views for Display in Dashboards
Create/Edit/Delete Groups
Create/Edit/Delete Calculated Items
Display/Hide Sub-totals
Display/Hide Running Sum
Include/Exclude Columns
You enable right-click interactions for an analysis using the "Analysis Properties dialog: Interactions tab". Right-click
interactions that you enable take effect in all data views except graphs, gauges and maps.
Note: Right-click interactions are not available for graphs in trellis views (Simple Trellis and Advanced Trellis), but
you can right-click on text in the trellis view in the same manner as in a pivot table. This includes data cells in an
advanced trellis that have Visualization set to Text.
Drilling in Views
If the administrator has configured columns for drilling in the subject area, then you can allow users to drill in data in
tables, pivot tables, graphs, trellises, gauges, and maps. Drilling is a way to navigate through data in views quickly and
easily.
In Which Columns Can I Drill
You can drill in attribute columns and hierarchical columns. For information on drilling in columns, see "Drilling in Results".
How Do I Allow Drilling in Columns
As the content designer, you specify whether users can drill in particular columns in views on dashboards. You control
whether drilling is allowed in particular columns by specifying options in the "Column Properties dialog: Interaction tab".
If drilling is not a primary interaction of a particular column (as set in the "Column Properties dialog: Interaction tab"), then
you can allowing drilling as a right-click interaction in table and pivot table views at runtime. To do so, you select the Drill
(when not a primary interaction) option in the "Analysis Properties dialog: Interactions tab".
Effects of Drilling on Filters and Selection Steps
This is a short description.
Drilling in columns affects their filters and selection steps as described in the following list. For more information, see
"Filtering and Selecting Data for Analyses."
280
Oracle Taleo Enterprise
Chapter 6
Reporting with Oracle Business Intelligence User
Adding Views for Display in Dashboards
Guide
• Hierarchical columns: No steps are added to the selection when you expand or collapse members in a
hierarchical column. That is, the expanding and collapsing does not change the selection of data for the column.
For example, suppose that you create a pivot table in which you select 2008 as the only member in the Time
dimension, and you arrange the data so that this one Time member is the column header in the pivot table. You
can expand to show quarters in 2008 and then the months in the last quarter. At this point the pivot table has
child members for 2008, Q1 2008, Q2 2008, Q3 2008, Q4 2008, October 2008, November 2008, and December
2008. If you display the Selection Steps pane, however, you see that the selection for the Time dimension still
contains only the 2008 member.
Expanding and collapsing in a hierarchical column affects only that particular view. No other views are affected.
•
Attribute columns: You can drill down from the row heading or column heading or from a member in an attribute
column. Drilling on a heading adds the lower level to the view. Drilling on a member adds the lower level and
affects both filters and selection steps:
•
Drilling on a member adds a filter for the current member, thereby limiting the results. For example, if you
drill on the Game Station member in a table that includes the P1 Product column, you add the E1 Sales
Rep Name column, which adds a filter that specifies that P1 Product equals Game Station.
•
Drilling on a member adds the lower-level column to the analysis and updates the column in the
Selection Steps pane without providing a step update during design.
Sorting Data in Views
When you create an analysis, you can specify sorting for the results that are displayed in graphs, pivot tables, tables, and
trellises.
Common Sort Functionality
Some sort functionality is common to graphs, pivot tables, tables, and trellises, although you cannot sort values
interactively on a graph.
Graphs, pivot tables, tables, and trellises reflect the sorting that you specify in the Selected Columns pane of the Criteria
tab for attribute columns and hierarchical columns. Use the Sorting menu options that are available from the Options
button for a column. These sorting options provide the ability to sort by a single column or by multiple columns, each in
either ascending or descending order. By creating sorts for multiple columns, you can specify multiple level sorts such as
second-level and third-level sorts of the data. These sort levels are indicated with numbers and a sort icon for the column
in the Criteria tab.
The options that you specify on the Criteria tab serve as the initial sorting state of the analysis. You can modify the sort
later when the analysis is used in a table, pivot table, or trellis.
When you sort items in a hierarchical column, you always sort within the parent. That is, children are never sorted outside
of their parent. The children are displayed below the parent in the proper sort order; the parent is not sorted within its
children.
If you include totals in a view, then those values are not sorted. They remain in the location in which you placed them,
regardless of sorting.
281
Oracle Taleo Enterprise
Chapter 6
Reporting with Oracle Business Intelligence User
Adding Views for Display in Dashboards
Guide
If you sort an attribute column or hierarchical column that includes a group, then that group is always displayed at the
bottom of the list. If there are multiple groups, then the groups are listed in the order in which their corresponding steps
are specified in the Selection Steps pane.
Sorting Data
Sorting allows you to quickly sort rows and columns of a view, either from lowest to highest data values, or from highest
to lowest. You can also return the order to the order in the data source by clearing all sorts. You can specify alphanumeric
sorts on the row and column edges of pivot table views, table views, and trellis views.
You make sorting specifications in various ways, including those in the following list:
•
the column and select the appropriate sort option from the menu. For more information on the sorting options
menu, see "Sorting Options Menu".
•
Right-click in a pivot table, table, or trellis, select Sort or Sort Column (whichever is available), and then select the
appropriate sorting option from the menu. For more information on the sorting options menu, see "Sorting Options
Menu".
•
Hover the mouse pointer over the area to the right of the column name in the header of a pivot table, table,
or trellis and click either the upward-facing triangle (Sort Ascending) or the downward-facing triangle (Sort
Descending) for that column. These sort specifications override those that you make with the right-click menu.
If you see a shaded-in sort button in the column header or the row header, then you know that the column
contains a primary sort. You can add a second-level or third-level sort by hovering over another innermost column
header or row header and clicking the appropriate sort button or clicking the right-mouse button.
Any sorting options that you specify in a view override those that were made in the Selected Columns pane.
Clearing Sorts
You can use various methods to clear sorts:
•
For sorts that have been applied in the Selected Columns pane, click Clear All Sorts in All Columns. The sort
specifications that you made in the Selected Columns pane are removed. Sorts that you specified in a view
remain.
•
For sorts that have been applied directly in a pivot table, table, or trellis:
•
Click a sort button in an unsorted column to remove the primary sort from the column to which it now
applies and apply it to the column whose button you just clicked.
•
Select the Clear All Sorts in View option from the right-mouse menu.
Saving a View
Prerequisites
You must have one of the following user type permissions:
282
Oracle Taleo Enterprise
Chapter 6
Reporting with Oracle Business Intelligence User
Guide
• BI Author Limited
•
•
Adding Views for Display in Dashboards
BI Author Developer
BI Tenant Administrator
Steps
Note: You can save a view that you are working with at any time. To save a view, you must save
the analysis.
If you want to save a view:
•
In a new analysis or in an existing analysis, click the Save Analysis toolbar button in the
"Analysis editor"
•
In an existing analysis that you must save as another name, click the Save As toolbar button in
the "Analysis editor"
If this is the first time that you are saving the analysis, or you are saving an existing analysis as another
name, then the "Save As dialog" is displayed where you specify the information for saving the analysis.
Renaming a View or Compound Layout
Prerequisites
You must have one of the following user type permissions:
•
•
•
BI Author Limited
BI Author Developer
BI Tenant Administrator
Steps
1. If you want to rename:
•
•
A view, on the toolbar of the view's editor, click the Rename View button.
A compound layout, in the "Analysis editor: Results tab" toolbar, click the Rename Compound
Layout button.
The "Rename View dialog" is displayed.
2. Enter the new name for the view or compound layout.
3. Click OK.
Rearranging a View
Prerequisites
283
Oracle Taleo Enterprise
Chapter 6
Reporting with Oracle Business Intelligence User
Guide
You must have one of the following user type permissions:
•
•
•
Adding Views for Display in Dashboards
BI Author Limited
BI Author Developer
BI Tenant Administrator
Home - Oracle Business Intelligence - Catalog
Steps
1. Edit the analysis.
2. In the results tab, place the cursor just inside the top edge of the view to be rearranged.
3. Click and hold the left mouse button (if configured) on the view.
The view is displayed as a transparent movable object.
4. Use the mouse to drag the view to the required position.
A view can be rearranged as follows:
•
At the boundary of a view.
Each view has four boundaries (upper, lower, left or right), and can be arranged alongside the
boundaries of other views in an analysis. You can drag and drop a view to display it next to the
boundary of another view.
•
At the outer boundary of the compound layout.
Each compound layout contains one or more views arranged in either a square or a rectangle.
The compound layout has four boundaries (upper, lower, left and right). You can drag and drop
a view to the outer boundary of an compound layout. This action displays the view across the
entire length or breadth of the compound layout.
5. Release the mouse button.
The view is rearranged in the compound layout in the position that is indicated by the blue bar.
6. Repeat the previous steps to rearrange further views.
Printing Views
This is a short description.
You can print views using HTML or Adobe PDF (Portable Document Format). Adobe Reader 6.0 or greater is required to
print using Adobe PDF.
You can also specify PDF and print options, including adding headers and footers. For more information on printing, see
"Changing Print Options for a View"
Note: The HTML method of printing relies on the print handling capabilities of your
get the results you want, then choose PDF to open and then
print the analysis.
browser. If you do not
You can print:
•
A single view from the view's editor
284
Oracle Taleo Enterprise
Chapter 6
Reporting with Oracle Business Intelligence User
Guide
• An assemblage of views that are displayed in the "Compound Layout"
Adding Views for Display in Dashboards
Printing a Single View or an Assemblage of Views
Prerequisites
You must have one of the following user type permissions:
•
•
•
BI Author Limited
BI Author Developer
BI Tenant Administrator
Home - Oracle Business Intelligence - Catalog
Steps
1. Create or edit an analysis.
2. If you want to print:
•
•
A single view, on the toolbar of the view's editor, click the Print this analysis button.
•
For HTML, a new window shows the view or views to print.
The assemblage of views displayed in the Compound Layout, in the "Analysis editor: Results
tab" toolbar, click the Print this analysis button.
3. Select Printable HTML or Printable PDF.
From the File menu, select Print.
•
For PDF, an Adobe PDF window shows the view or views to print.
Use the options that are available in the Adobe PDF window to save or print the file.
Changing Print Options for a View
Prerequisites
You must have one of the following user type permissions:
•
•
•
BI Author Limited
BI Author Developer
BI Tenant Administrator
Home - Oracle Business Intelligence - Catalog
Steps
1. Create or edit an analysis.
285
Oracle Taleo Enterprise
Chapter 6
Reporting with Oracle Business Intelligence User
Adding Views for Display in Dashboards
Guide
2. In the "Analysis editor: Results tab" toolbar, click the Print Options button.
The "Print Options dialog" is displayed.
3. Specify the appropriate options in the dialog, and click OK.
Previewing How a View is Displayed on a Dashboard
Prerequisites
You must have one of the following user type permissions:
•
•
•
BI Author Limited
BI Author Developer
BI Tenant Administrator
Steps
If you want to preview:
•
A single view, on the toolbar of the view's editor, click the Show how results will look on a
Dashboard button.
•
The assemblage of views that are displayed in the Compound Layout, in the "Analysis editor:
Results tab" toolbar, click the Show how results will look on a Dashboard button.
Result
The dashboard preview is displayed in a new window. Any prompts are displayed and applied in the preview.
Removing a View
Prerequisites
You must have one of the following user type permissions:
•
•
•
BI Author Limited
BI Author Developer
BI Tenant Administrator
Steps
If you want to remove a view from:
•
A compound layout, in the view in the "Compound Layout", click the Remove View from
Compound Layout button.
Removing a view from a compound layout removes it only from the compound layout, not from
the analysis.
286
Oracle Taleo Enterprise
Chapter 6
Reporting with Oracle Business Intelligence User
Adding Views for Display in Dashboards
Guide
• An analysis, in the "Views pane", select the view and then click the Remove View from Analysis
toolbar button.
Removing a view from an analysis removes the view from the analysis and from any compound
layout to which it had been added.
Refreshing the Results in a View
Prerequisites
You must have one of the following user type permissions:
•
•
•
BI Author Limited
BI Author Developer
BI Tenant Administrator
Steps
In the "Analysis editor: Results tab" toolbar, click the Refresh the results of the current analysis button.
Customizing Views for Delivery to Agent Users
Delivery content is automatically formatted based on the destinations that you specify in the "Agent editor: Destinations
tab". You can manually control which view or views are sent to a particular destination by including them in a compound
layout.
Controlling which Compound Layout is Sent to a Destination
Prerequisites
You must have one of the following user type permissions:
•
•
•
BI Author Limited
BI Author Developer
BI Tenant Administrator
Steps
1.
2.
3.
4.
For the appropriate analysis, create and save the view to use for delivered content.
On the toolbar of the "Analysis editor: Results tab", click the Create Compound Layout button.
Add the view that you created to the newly created compound layout.
On the toolbar of the "Analysis editor: Results tab", click the Edit Analysis Properties button.
287
Oracle Taleo Enterprise
Chapter 6
Reporting with Oracle Business Intelligence User
Adding Views for Display in Dashboards
Guide
5. In the View for Text Delivery box, select the compound layout to which you added the view.
6. Click OK.
Master-Detail Linking of Views
This is a short description.
Master-detail linking of views enables you to establish a relationship between two or more views such that one view,
called the master view, drives data changes in one or more other views, called detail views.
Suppose you have the following two views:
•
•
A table that shows Number of Applicants by State
A graph that shows Number of Applicants by Source with State on a section slider
Using the master-detail linking functionality, you can link the two views so that when you click a particular State in the
table, the State on the section slider of the graph as well as the data in the graph changes to reflect the State that was
clicked on the table.
Note: Master-detail linking is not supported when you click the plot area of a graph.
Master Views
This is a short description.
A master view drives data changes in one or more detail views. A view becomes a master when you set up the interaction
of a column in the view to send master-detail events on designated channels. This column is known as the master
column.
The master column is the column whose values when clicked send a master-detail event, which passes information to
update the data in a detail view.
The following types of views can be master views:
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
Graph
Funnel graph
Gauge
Map
Pivot table
Table
Trellis (only the outer edges, not the inner visualizations)
A master view can be in the same analysis as the detail view or in a different analysis. A master view can update data in
one or more detail views.
288
Oracle Taleo Enterprise
Chapter 6
Reporting with Oracle Business Intelligence User
Guide
Adding Views for Display in Dashboards
What Types of Columns Can Be Master Columns
Any type of column — hierarchical, attribute, or measure — can be a master column. However, the master column cannot
be displayed on the page edge or the section slider in the master view. It must be displayed in the body of the view.
Note: While hierarchical columns are supported as master columns, if a user clicks a hierarchy level, then a
change takes effect in the detail view only if the level is expanded there as well.
What Information Do Master-Detail Events Pass
When a master-detail event is raised, it passes the definition of the cell (or item) in the master view that was clicked. The
specific information it passes depends on the type of column:
•
For an attribute column, it passes the clicked value and the contextual information to the left and above the axis
member.
For example, in Master-Detail Event Information for an Attribute Columnif the attribute column District is the
master column, and you click CHICAGO DISTRICT (Bold), then the master-detail event information passed is
Region=CENTRAL REGION and District=CHICAGO DISTRICT.
This table shows Region, District, Year and Hires
Master-Detail Event Information for an Attribute Column
Region
District
Year
Hires
Central Region
Chicago District
1998
30
1999
45
2000
53
1998
7
1999
20
2000
13
1998
51
1999
43
2000
46
1998
17
1999
37
Cincinati District
Kansas City District
Eastern Region
Boston District
289
Oracle Taleo Enterprise
Chapter 6
Reporting with Oracle Business Intelligence User
Guide
Adding Views for Display in Dashboards
Master-Detail Event Information for an Attribute Column
Region
District
New York District
•
Year
Hires
2000
25
1998
50
1999
52
For a measure column, it passes all the contextual information for the data value.
For example, in Master-Detail Event Information for a Measure Column, if the measure column Hires is the
master column, and you click 53 (Bold), then the master-detail event information passed is Region=CENTRAL
REGION, District=CHICAGO DISTRICT, and Year=2000.
This table shows Region, District, Year and Hires
Master-Detail Event Information for a Measure Column
Region
District
Year
Hires
Central Region
Chicago District
1998
30
1999
45
2000
53
1998
7
1999
20
2000
13
1998
51
1999
43
2000
46
1998
17
1999
37
2000
25
1998
50
1999
52
Cincinati District
Kansas City District
Eastern Region
Boston District
New York District
290
Oracle Taleo Enterprise
Chapter 6
Reporting with Oracle Business Intelligence User
Adding Views for Display in Dashboards
Guide
The master-detail event information defines the position of a page edge or a section slider in a detail view.
What Are Channels
A channel links a master view to a detail view. It is the vehicle that carries master-detail events from the master view
to the detail view. The same channel must be used for both the master view and the detail view in a master-detail
relationship, for example, Channel1.
Detail Views
A detail view is a view that listens for and responds to master-detail events sent by a master view on a specified channel.
A view becomes a detail view, when you set up the view to listen to master-detail events.
A detail view includes one or more columns whose values are changed directly by the information passed by a masterdetail event. These columns are known as detail columns. A detail column must:
•
Be on the page edge or the section slider of the detail view. Whether a detail column is displayed on the page
edge or a section slider, depends on the type of view:
•
•
For pivot tables and tables, it must be on the page edge
For graphs and gauges, it can be on the page edge, or on the section slider
Note: If a detail column is on a section slider and a page
edge is present,
the detail column is not updated by the
information in the master-detail
event. For example, if the
information in the event is Region=CENTRAL
and Year=2009, and
the page edge of the detail view has Region and the
section
slider has Years, then only the Region is updated.
•
Match a column in the master view
When a detail view contains multiple detail columns, it is listening for and responding to master-detail events on multiple
channels.
The following types of views can be detail views:
•
•
•
•
•
•
Graph
Funnel graph
Gauge
Table
Pivot table
Trellis (only the outer edges, not the inner visualizations)
A detail view:
•
•
Can listen for master-detail events from multiple master views
Can be in the same analysis as the master view or in a different analysis
291
Oracle Taleo Enterprise
Reporting with Oracle Business Intelligence User
Guide
• Cannot act as a master to another view
Chapter 6
Adding Views for Display in Dashboards
How Does Master-Detail Linking of Views Work
When a master view and a detail view are linked and a user clicks a cell (or item) in the master column, a master-detail
event is generated on the designated channel and the master-detail event information is passed to the detail view.
The detail view (which is listening on the designated channel for master-detail events) receives the event and the masterdetail event information. It reviews the master-detail event information to determine which column in this information
matches the detail column. When it finds a match, it takes the column values in the master-detail event information,
updates the detail column, and then refreshes the entire detail view.
Note: If a master column is on a section slider, then any detail view that is not
visible initially in the
browser is not updated and refreshed until the view becomes
visible when you scroll down. For more
information on section sliders, see "Defining
a Section Slider in a Graph or Gauge".
Linking Views in the Master-Detail Relationships
To link views in master-detail relationships, you must define the master view and the detail view.
For more information on master-detail linking, see "Master-Detail Linking of Views"
Defining the Master View
Prerequisites
You must have one of the following user type permissions:
•
•
•
BI Author Limited
BI Author Developer
BI Tenant Administrator
Steps
1. Create or edit the analysis whose view (or views) you want to define as the master view.
2. For the column that is to be the master column, in the "Analysis editor: Criteria tab", click the Options
button and then select Column Properties.
The "Column Properties dialog" is displayed.
3. Click the "Column Properties dialog: Interaction tab".
4. In the Primary Interaction box in the Value area, select Send Master-Detail Events.
The Specify channel field is displayed.
5. In the Specify channel field, enter a name for the channel on which the master view sends masterdetail events. You can use any appropriate name, for example, Sales Analysis Channel, Channel 1, or
channel 1.
292
Oracle Taleo Enterprise
Chapter 6
Reporting with Oracle Business Intelligence User
Adding Views for Display in Dashboards
Guide
6. Add the view to use as a master view. Note that any view that you add that includes the master column
can be used as a master view.
7. Click OK.
Defining the Detail View
Prerequisites
You must have one of the following user type permissions:
•
•
•
BI Author Limited
BI Author Developer
BI Tenant Administrator
Steps
1.
2.
3.
4.
Create or edit the analysis whose view you want to define as the detail view.
Create the view that is to be the detail view, for example, a graph.
Edit the view.
Click the view's Property button on the toolbar of the view's editor. For example for a graph, click the
Graph Properties toolbar button in the Graph Editor.
The view's property dialog is displayed, for example, for a graph, the "Graph Properties dialog".
5. In the "Graph Properties dialog: General tab" (for graph or funnel graph), the "Gauge Properties dialog:
General tab" (for a gauge), the "Table Properties dialog: Style tab" (for a table), or the "Pivot Table
Properties dialog" (for a pivot table, select the Listen to Master-Detail Events box.
6. In the Event Channels field, enter the name of the channel on which the detail view is to listen for
master-detail events. The name must match (including case) the name of the channel on which the
master view sends master-detail events. (For more information on the channel in the master view, see
"Defining the Master View".
7. Click OK.
8.
Note: You must drag and drop all detail columns to the same drop target. You cannot have some
on the Prompts drop target and some on the Section drop target.
In the "Layout pane", drag the column (or columns) to be the detail column (or columns) to either the
Prompts drop target or the Section drop target as follows:
•
If the detail view is a pivot table or table, then drag the column or columns to the Prompts drop
target.
•
If the detail view is a graph or a gauge, then drag the column or columns to the Prompts drop
target or to the Sections drop target, whichever you prefer, unless the graph or gauge has a
column on the Prompts drop target. Then, you must drag the column or columns to the Prompts
drop target.
For more information on drop targets, see "Drop Targets"
9. If you dragged and dropped one or more detail columns to the Section drop target, then select the
Display as Slider box.
293
Oracle Taleo Enterprise
Reporting with Oracle Business Intelligence User
Guide
7
Chapter 7
Building and Using Dashboards
Building and Using Dashboards
Building and Using Dashboards
Dashboards
Dashboards provide personalized views of corporate and external information.
A dashboard consists of one or more pages. Pages can display anything that you can access or open with a Web
browser, including the following:
•
The results of analyses
The results of an analysis is the output returned from the Oracle BI Server that matches the analysis criteria. It
can be shown in various views, such as a table, graph, and gauge. Users can examine and analyze results, print
as PDF or HTML, save as PDF, or export them to a spreadsheet.
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
Alerts from agents
Action links and action link menus
Images
Text
Views of folders in the Oracle BI Presentation Catalog
Links to Web sites
Links to documents
Embedded content (such as Web pages or documents)
When you open a dashboard, the content of the dashboard is displayed in one or more dashboard pages. Dashboard
pages are identified by tabs across the top of the dashboard. A toolbar at the top right contains buttons that let you:
•
Edit the dashboard, if you have the appropriate permissions and privileges.
For more information on the Dashboard Builder, see "Dashboard Builder".
•
Display various options for working with a "Dashboard page", such as printing the current page. See "Opening
and Using a Dashboard".
Dashboard Builder
The Dashboard builder lets you add dashboard pages to a dashboard and edit the pages in a dashboard. You can add
objects to and control the layout of dashboard pages.
Pages contain the columns and sections that hold the content of a dashboard. Every dashboard has at least one page,
which can be empty. Dashboard pages are identified by tabs across the top of the dashboard. Multiple pages are used
to organize content. For example, you might have one page to store results from analyses that you refer to every day,
another that contains links to the Web sites of your suppliers, and one that links to your corporate intranet.
294
Oracle Taleo Enterprise
Reporting with Oracle Business Intelligence User
Guide
The objects that you can add to a dashboard page include:
Chapter 7
Building and Using Dashboards
•
Dashboard objects — Items that are used only in a dashboard. Examples of dashboard objects are sections to
hold content, action links, and embedded content that is displayed in a frame in a dashboard. See Table E–2,
"List of Dashboard Objects".
•
Catalog objects — Objects that you or someone else has saved to the Oracle BI Presentation Catalog (for
example, analyses, prompts, and so on) and for which you have the appropriate permissions.
In a dashboard, the results of an analysis can be shown in various views, such as a table, graph, and gauge.
(The results of an analysis are the output that is returned from the Oracle BI Server that matches the analysis
criteria.) Users can examine and analyze results, save or print them, or export them to a spreadsheet.
What Controls the Look of a Dashboard
The look of a dashboard, such as background colors and the size of text, is controlled by:
•
Skins — Skins control the way the Oracle BI EE interface is displayed, such as background colors, corporate
logos, and the style sheets to use. Skins can be automatically assigned to users when they log on. Administrators
can customize the default skin and create new skins.
•
Styles — Styles control how dashboards and results are formatted for display, such as the color of text and links,
the font and size of text, the borders in tables, the colors and attributes of graphs, and so on. Styles are organized
into folders that contain Cascading Style Sheets (files with a .css extension), images, and graph templates.
Administrators can customize some style sheets and create new style sheets. Users can override some elements
in style sheets, such as table borders and text size, when formatting results in the Results tab.
•
Cosmetic formatting — Cosmetic formatting affects the visual appearance of results and dashboards. You can
apply it to results, columns, and sections.
For more information, see "Formatting Dashboard Pages".
Creating a Dashboard
Prerequisites
You must have one of the following user type permissions:
•
•
BI Author Developer
BI Tenant Administrator
Home - Oracle Business Intelligence
Steps
1. In the global header, click New, then select Dashboard.
The "New Dashboard dialog" is displayed.
2. In the dialog, enter a name and description for the dashboard.
3.
Note:
295
Oracle Taleo Enterprise
Chapter 7
Reporting with Oracle Business Intelligence User
Guide
RFM Add information about dashboard folders and behavior
Building and Using Dashboards
If you save the dashboard in the Dashboards subfolder directly under /My Company Shared/first
level subfolder, then the dashboard is listed in the Dashboard menu in the global header. If
you save it in a Dashboards subfolder at any other level (such as /My Company Shared/Sales/
Eastern), then it is not listed.
If you choose a folder in the Dashboards subfolder directly under /My Company Shared/first
level subfolder in which no dashboards have been saved, then a new "Dashboards" folder is
automatically created in that folder in which to save the new dashboard. For example, if you
choose a folder named /Shared Folders/Sales in which no dashboards have been saved, a new
Dashboards folder is automatically created and the Location entry changes to /Shared Folders/
Sales/Dashboards. (A new "Dashboards" folder is not automatically created if you choose a
folder at any other level.)
Select the location for the dashboard.
4. Specify whether you want to add content to the new dashboard now or later.
5. Click OK.
Result
If you specified to add content:
•
•
Now, then the new dashboard, which contains one blank page, is displayed in the "Dashboard builder" for editing.
Later, then an empty dashboard is created (but not displayed) to which you can add content later.
Editing a Dashboard
Prerequisites
You must have one of the following user type permissions:
•
•
BI Author Developer
BI Tenant Administrator
Home - Oracle Business Intelligence - Catalog
Steps
1. Navigate to the dashboard to edit and click the Edit link.
The dashboard is displayed in the "Dashboard builder".
2. Perform one or more of the following tasks, as needed:
•
•
Add a dashboard page. See "Adding New Pages to a Dashboard"
•
Add content. See "Dashboard Content".
Delete a dashboard page. See "Deleting the Current Dashboard Page" or Deleting One or More
Dashboard Pages
296
Oracle Taleo Enterprise
Chapter 7
Reporting with Oracle Business Intelligence User
Building and Using Dashboards
Guide
• Use the options available on the Tools toolbar button of the Dashboard builder to:
•
•
Set dashboard and dashboard page properties.
•
•
•
Set the report links for a dashboard page.
Specify page settings, and header and footer content for the PDF output, when printing
a dashboard.
Specify whether to allow users to create personal saved customizations on the page.
Publish the page to a shared dashboard location so that you can share the page with
others. See "Publishing a Dashboard Page".
For more information about these options, see "Dashboard builder"
3. Perform one of the following steps at any time:
•
•
•
To preview the dashboard page, click the Preview toolbar button.
To save your changes, click the Save toolbar button.
To exit the Dashboard builder and return to the Dashboard, click Run
Adding New Pages to a Dashboard
Prerequisites
You must have one of the following user type permissions:
•
•
BI Author Developer
BI Tenant Administrator
Home - Oracle Business Intelligence - Catalog
Steps
1. Edit the dashboard. For information, see "Editing a Dashboard".
2. Click the Add Dashboard Page toolbar button in the Dashboard builder.
The "Add Dashboard Page dialog" is displayed.
3. In the dialog, enter a name and description for the page, and click OK.
The page is displayed as a new tab in the "Dashboard builder".
4. Click the Save toolbar button.
Next Step
After you add a new page, you can add content to it. See "Adding Content to a Dashboard"
297
Oracle Taleo Enterprise
Reporting with Oracle Business Intelligence User
Guide
Chapter 7
Building and Using Dashboards
Dashboard Content
You can add the following content to dashboards:
•
Dashboard objects, including objects that let you lay out the content, such as columns and sections, as well as
objects such as text, folders, action links, and so on. Table E–2 lists and describes the dashboard objects that
you can include on a dashboard page.
•
Objects that you or someone else has saved to the Oracle BI Presentation Catalog and for which you have the
appropriate permissions, such as analyses, prompts, and so on.
Note: Dashboard modification is reserved for users with the appropriate permissions and
privileges.
Adding Content to a Dashboard
Prerequisites
You must have one of the following user type permissions:
•
•
BI Author Developer
BI Tenant Administrator
Home - Oracle Business Intelligence - Catalog
Steps
1. Edit the dashboard. For information, see "Editing a Dashboard".
2. Add the objects to include on the page. To add an object, select it from the "Dashboard Objects pane" or
the "Catalog pane", and then drag and drop the object to the "Page Layout area".
For information on dragging and dropping objects, see Dragging and Dropping Objects to the Page
Layout Area in the Dashboard Builder
Tip: To locate an object in the Catalog pane, you can browse either by the catalog folder in which the
object is stored or by the dashboard on which the object is displayed.
When you drag and drop a scorecard object to the Page Layout area, the "Dimension Pinnings dialog"
might be displayed, where you pin (or set) values for KPI dimensions that are associated with the
scorecard object. For more information about pinning, see "Dimensions and Pinned Dimension Values"
3. Set the properties of each object, as appropriate. To do so, hover the mouse pointer over the object in
the Page Layout area to display the object's toolbar and click the Properties button.
What is displayed depends on the type of object. For some objects, a properties dialog is displayed. For
other objects, a menu of options is displayed. For more information, see "Properties Buttons for Objects"
4. Click the Save toolbar button.
298
Oracle Taleo Enterprise
Reporting with Oracle Business Intelligence User
Guide
Chapter 7
Building and Using Dashboards
Dragging and Dropping Objects to the Page Layout Area in the
Dashboard Builder
When you drag and drop objects to the "Page Layout area" of the "Dashboard builder", keep in mind the following:
•
As you drag an object in the Page Layout area, a blue bar is displayed to indicated the drop location relative to
another object. When you hover over a valid target in which to drop the object, the border of the target container
changes to orange.
•
When you drop an object that does not have a name to the Page Layout area, it is assigned a default name, such
as Section 1, Link 1, and so on. You can rename some objects to assign meaningful, descriptive names.
•
When you hover the mouse pointer over an object that has been dropped to the Page Layout area, it is
highlighted with an orange border and its toolbar is displayed.
•
Columns are used to align content, while sections within columns hold the actual content. If you drag and drop
an object to an empty Page Layout area, or drag and drop an object to a column without first adding a section to
hold it, then the proper containers for it are created automatically. For example, if you drag and drop a section to
an empty Page Layout area, a column is created automatically. If you drag and drop an analysis, then both the
column and section are created automatically.
•
When you drag and drop an analysis to the Page Layout area, the compound view is shown by default. If you
want to show another view, then click the Properties button for the analysis, select Show View, and select the
view that you want.
•
When you drag a second object to a section, you can drop it either horizontally or vertically within the section,
which sets the layout for the section. Additional objects that you drag and drop have that layout. To change
the layout after it has been set, you can use the Horizontal Layout and Vertical Layout buttons on the section
toolbar.
•
If you drag a section from one column into another column, then any content in that section is also included.
Changing the Properties of a Dashboard and its Pages
You can change the properties of a dashboard and its pages. Specifically, you can:
•
•
•
Change the style and description of the dashboard
•
•
Rename, hide, reorder, set permissions for, and delete pages.
•
Specify whether the Add to Briefing Book option is to be included in the Page Options menu for pages.
Add hidden named prompts to the dashboard and to its pages
Specify which links (Analyze, Edit, Refresh, Print, Export, Add to Briefing Book, and Copy) are to be included
with analyses at the dashboard level. Note that you can set these links at the dashboard page level and the
analysis level, which override the links that you set at the dashboard level. For more information, see "Report
Links dialog"
Specify which accounts can save shared customizations and which accounts can assign default customizations
for pages, and set account permissions.
299
Oracle Taleo Enterprise
Reporting with Oracle Business Intelligence User
Guide
Chapter 7
Building and Using Dashboards
Changing the Properties of a Dashboard and its Pages
Prerequisites
You must have one of the following user type permissions:
•
•
BI Author Developer
BI Tenant Administrator
Home - Oracle Business Intelligence - Catalog
Steps
1. Edit the dashboard. For information, see "Editing a Dashboard".
2. Click the Tools toolbar button and select Dashboard Properties.
The "Dashboard Properties dialog" is displayed.
3. Make the property changes that you want and click OK.
4. Click the Save toolbar button.
Changing the Properties of an Object Added to a Dashboard Page
Prerequisites
You must have one of the following user type permissions:
•
•
BI Author Developer
BI Tenant Administrator
Home - Oracle Business Intelligence - Catalog
Steps
1. Edit the dashboard. For information, see "Editing a Dashboard"..
2. Navigate to the page that contains the object.
3. Hover the mouse pointer over the object in the Page Layout area to display the object's toolbar and click
the Properties button.
What is displayed depends on the type of object. For some objects, a properties dialog is displayed.
For other objects, a menu of options is displayed. For more information on the properties that you can
change, see "Properties Buttons for Objects"
4. Make the property changes that you want.
5. Click the Save toolbar button.
300
Oracle Taleo Enterprise
Reporting with Oracle Business Intelligence User
Guide
Chapter 7
Building and Using Dashboards
Deleting Objects on Dashboard Pages
If you add an object that you later decide that you do not want, then you can delete it. Keep the following points in mind
when deleting objects:
•
When you delete an object that contains other objects, such as a column or section, you also delete all objects in
that container.
•
•
When you delete a column, other columns on the page might resize automatically to maintain column alignment.
For objects that are saved in the catalog, the object is deleted from the dashboard page only. It is not deleted
from the catalog. (Users with the appropriate permissions can edit the contents of the catalog. For information,
see Chapter 13, "Managing Objects in the Oracle BI Presentation Catalog.")
Deleting an Object on a Dashboard Page
Prerequisites
You must have one of the following user type permissions:
•
•
BI Author Developer
BI Tenant Administrator
Home - Oracle Business Intelligence - Catalog
Steps
1. Edit the dashboard. For information, see "Editing a Dashboard".
2. Navigate to the page that contains the object to delete.
3. Hover the mouse pointer over the object in the Page Layout area to display the object's toolbar and click
the Delete button.
Deleting the Current Dashboard Page
Prerequisites
You must have one of the following user type permissions:
•
•
BI Author Developer
BI Tenant Administrator
Home - Oracle Business Intelligence - Catalog
Steps
1. Edit the dashboard. For information, see "Editing a Dashboard".
2. Navigate to the page to delete.
3. Click the Delete Current Page toolbar button.
301
Oracle Taleo Enterprise
Reporting with Oracle Business Intelligence User
Guide
4. Confirm the deletion.
Chapter 7
Building and Using Dashboards
Deleting One or More Dashboard Pages
Prerequisites
You must have one of the following user type permissions:
•
•
BI Author Developer
BI Tenant Administrator
Home - Oracle Business Intelligence - Catalog
Steps
1. Edit the dashboard. For information, see "Editing a Dashboard".
2. Click the Tools toolbar button and select Dashboard Properties.
The "Dashboard Properties dialog" is displayed.
3. For each page to delete:
a. In the Dashboard Pages area, select the page.
b. Click Delete in the Dashboard Pages toolbar.
c. Confirm the deletion.
4. Click OK.
Saving Dashboards by Other Names and In Other
Locations
You can save a dashboard:
•
By another name
The new name for the dashboard must not exist in the destination folder, otherwise, the save operation fails.
•
Anywhere in the Oracle BI Presentation Catalog
If you save the dashboard in the Dashboards subfolder directly under /Shared Folders/first level subfolder, then
the dashboard is listed in the Dashboard menu in the global header. If you save it in a Dashboards subfolder at
any other level (such as /Shared Folders/Sales/Eastern), then it is not listed. The dashboard is also not listed if
you save it in a subfolder under the Dashboards subfolder, such as /Shared Folders/Sales/Dashboards/Eastern.
If you choose a folder in the Dashboards subfolder directly under /Shared Folders/first level subfolder in which
no dashboards have been saved, then a new "Dashboards" folder is automatically created in that folder in which
to save the new dashboard. For example, if you choose a folder named /Shared Folders/Sales in which no
dashboards have been saved, a new Dashboards folder is automatically created and the Location entry changes
to /Shared Folders/Sales/Dashboards. (A new "Dashboards" folder is not automatically created if you choose a
folder at any other level.)
302
Oracle Taleo Enterprise
Chapter 7
Reporting with Oracle Business Intelligence User
Guide
Building and Using Dashboards
Saving a Dashboard by Another Name or in Another Location
Prerequisites
You must have one of the following user type permissions:
•
•
BI Author Developer
BI Tenant Administrator
Home - Oracle Business Intelligence - Catalog
Steps
1. Edit the dashboard. For information, see "Editing a Dashboard"
2. Click the Save Dashboard As toolbar button to display a dialog, where you specify the save criteria.
Opening and Using a Dashboard
Prerequisites
You must have one of the following user type permissions:
•
•
•
•
BI Consumer
BI Author Limited
BI Author Developer
BI Tenant Administrator
Home - Oracle Business Intelligence - Catalog
Steps
1. Navigate to the dashboard to open and click the Open link.
The dashboard is opened to the first "Dashboard page". If no content has been added, then an empty
dashboard page notification message is displayed.
2. (optional) Perform any of the following tasks:
•
•
•
•
Display the dashboard in the "Dashboard builder" for editing.
Navigate among dashboard pages by clicking the page tabs.
Print a page.
Refresh a page.
Note:
Perform this task to ensure that the refresh operation bypasses saved information in
the Oracle BI Presentation Services cache and is issued to the Oracle BI Server for
processing.
303
Oracle Taleo Enterprise
Chapter 7
Reporting with Oracle Business Intelligence User
Building and Using Dashboards
Guide
When you select a specific dashboard or analysis, Presentation Services checks
its cache to determine if the identical results have recently been requested. If so,
Presentation Services returns the most recent results, thereby avoiding unnecessary
processing by the BI Server and the back-end database. If not, the analysis is issued to
the BI Server for processing. You cannot force the analysis past the BI Server's cache.
•
Add a page to a briefing book.
For information, see "Adding Content to a New or Existing Briefing Book".
•
Note: BI Consumers cannot add pages to briefing books.
Create a bookmark link or a prompted link to the page.
For information, see "Dashboard Page Links" and "Creating a Dashboard Page Link".
•
Apply saved customizations.
For information, see "What Are Saved Customizations for Dashboard Pages" and "Applying a
Saved Customization".
•
Edit saved customizations.
For information, see "What Are Saved Customizations for Dashboard Pages" and "Editing a
Saved Customization".
•
Save the current customizations.
For information, see "What Are Saved Customizations for Dashboard Pages" and "Saving a
Customization""Saving Customizations".
•
Clear the current customizations. For information, see "What Are Saved Customizations for
Dashboard Pages"" and "Clearing Your Current Customization".
What are Saved Customizations for Dashboard Pages
Saved customizations allow users to save and view later dashboard pages in their current state with their most frequently
used or favorite choices for items such as filters, prompts, column sorts, drills in analyses, and section expansion
and collapse. By saving customizations, users need not make these choices manually each time that they access the
dashboard page.
Users with the appropriate permissions and dashboard access rights can perform the following activities:
•
•
•
Save various combinations of choices as saved customizations, for their personal use.
Specify a saved customization as the default customization for a dashboard page, for their personal use.
Switch between their saved customizations.
For information on using saved customizations, see "Applying Saved Customizations" and "Clearing Your Current
Customization".
304
Oracle Taleo Enterprise
Chapter 7
Reporting with Oracle Business Intelligence User
Building and Using Dashboards
Guide
For information on saving customizations and editing saved customizations, see "Saving Customizations" and "Editing a
Saved Customization"
Saving a Customization
Prerequisites
You must have one of the following user type permissions:
•
•
•
•
BI Consumer
BI Author Limited
BI Author Developer
BI Tenant Administrator
Home - Oracle Business Intelligence - Catalog
Steps
1. Open the dashboard in which you want to save a customization. For information, see "Opening and
Using a Dashboard".
2. Navigate to the page on which you want to save a customization.
3. Make your customizations.
4. Click the Page Options toolbar button on the dashboard page and select Save Current Customization.
The "Save Current Customization dialog" is displayed.
5. Enter a descriptive name for the customization.
6. Specify for whom the customization is to be saved:
Currently the only option available is Me.
7. Optionally, to assign this customization as your default customization, select Make this my default for
this page.
8. Click OK.
Applying a Saved Customization
Prerequisites
You must have one of the following user type permissions:
•
•
•
•
BI Consumer
BI Author Limited
BI Author Developer
BI Tenant Administrator
Home - Oracle Business Intelligence - Catalog
305
Oracle Taleo Enterprise
Reporting with Oracle Business Intelligence User
Guide
Chapter 7
Building and Using Dashboards
Steps
1. Open the dashboard in which you want to apply a saved customization. For information, see "Opening
and Using a Dashboard".
2. Navigate to the page that contains the customization to apply.
3. Click the Page Options toolbar button and select Apply Saved Customization.
Your personal saved customizations, if any, are shown at the beginning of the list. Your current default
customization is shown in bold type.
4. Click a saved customization in the list to apply it to the dashboard page.
Editing Saved Customizations
Prerequisites
You must have one of the following user type permissions:
•
•
•
•
BI Consumer
BI Author Limited
BI Author Developer
BI Tenant Administrator
Home - Oracle Business Intelligence - Catalog
Steps
1. Open the dashboard in which you want to edit a customization. For information, see "Opening and Using
a Dashboard".
2. Navigate to the page that contains the customization to edit.
3. Click the Page Options toolbar button on the dashboard page and select Edit Saved Customizations.
The "Edit Saved Customizations dialog" is displayed.
4. Rename customizations, change which customization to use as your default, change permissions for
those customizations that have been shared with others, and delete customizations, as appropriate.
5. Click OK.
Publishing Dashboard Pages
You can publish a dashboard page to a shared dashboard location so that you can share the page with others.
When you publish a dashboard page:
•
Personal content (such as analyses, prompts, and so on) is copied to a destination location that you specify and
references updated as appropriate.
•
References to shared content are retained.
306
Oracle Taleo Enterprise
Chapter 7
Reporting with Oracle Business Intelligence User
Building and Using Dashboards
Guide
• If you have made changes to the page but have not saved them, then the unsaved changes are published along
with the saved changes.
•
Ensure that other users who might display the published dashboard page have the appropriate privileges for
the objects on the page. For example, if the page contains a BI Publisher report, then users must have the
appropriate privilege to see that report.
Publishing a Dashboard Page
Prerequisites
You must have one of the following user type permissions:
•
•
BI Author Developer
BI Tenant Administrator
Steps
1. Edit the dashboard that contains the page to publish. For information, see "Editing a Dashboard".
2. Navigate to the page to publish.
3. Click Tools and then select Publish Page to Dashboard.
The "Publish Page to Dashboard dialog" is displayed.
4. In the Dashboard field, specify the name of the destination dashboard.
5. If the Publish Dashboard Page warning is displayed to indicate that content (such as the page,
analyses, prompts, and so on) exists in the destination location, then click:
•
•
OK to continue with the publishing operation and replace the existing content.
Cancel to discontinue the publishing operation and not replace the existing content.
6. Click OK.
Result
The dashboard page is copied to the destination location.
Dashboard Page Links
You can create links to dashboard pages, if allowed at your organization. This lets you, for example, save a link as a
bookmark or copy and send a link to other users in email.
There are two types of links that you can create — bookmark links and prompted links.
307
Oracle Taleo Enterprise
Reporting with Oracle Business Intelligence User
Guide
Chapter 7
Building and Using Dashboards
Bookmark Links
A bookmark link captures the path to a dashboard page and all aspects of the page state, for example:
http://localhost/10.1.3.2/saw.dll?Dashboard&_
scid=7ndOC-SjmWo&PortalPath=%2Fusers%2Fadministrator%2F_
portal&Page=p2&PageIdentifier=7fsg0r2sdssvgen4&BookmarkState=r78an1mbj0fj4lmqhdjfn
dvvai
After you create a bookmark link, you can:
•
•
Save the link as a bookmark so that you can return to the exact same page content at a later time.
Copy and send the link to other users who then can view the exact same content that you are viewing, providing
they have the same permissions as you and have access to the page.
When you create a bookmark link, the state of a dashboard page is saved in the catalog as a hidden bookmark object
for the amount of time that your organization specifies. The default is 30 days. Because the state of a dashboard page is
saved when you create a bookmark link, you can continue to modify the content of the page after you create the link.
Prompted Links
A prompted link captures the path to a dashboard page and a simplified presentation of the dashboard prompts, for
example:
...Action=Navigate&col1=Products.Color&val1="Armory"+"Clear"&col2=Periods."Month"&
op2=gt&val2="05/01/1998%2012:00:00%20AM"
When you create a prompted link, you can manually or programmatically manipulate the link, such as by adding different
values for the prompts.
Prompted Link Syntax
The prompted link syntax is as follows:
<Content Path>, Action=Navigate, Column1 (col1), Operator1 (op1), Values1 (val1),
Column2 (col2), Operator2 (op2), Values2 (val2)…
When manipulating this syntax:
•
•
Use plus signs to separate values.
•
•
Optionally omit the operator parameter for equal (eq).
Use the same operators as those for the Go URL. For a list of these operators, see Oracle Fusion Middleware
Integrator's Guide for Oracle Business Intelligence Enterprise Edition
Optionally omit the double quotes if there are no white spaces inside the values.
308
Oracle Taleo Enterprise
Chapter 7
Reporting with Oracle Business Intelligence User
Guide
Building and Using Dashboards
Creating a Dashboard Page Link
Prerequisites
You must have one of the following user type permissions:
•
•
•
•
BI Consumer
BI Author Limited
BI Author Developer
BI Tenant Administrator
Home - Oracle Business Intelligence - Catalog
Steps
1. Open the dashboard in which you want to create a link to a dashboard page. For information, see
"Opening and Using a Dashboard".
2. Navigate to the page for which you want to create a link.
3.
Note:
If you drill in an analysis that has been set to replace the dashboard with the new results (rather
than show the new results directly in the dashboard), then the Create Bookmark Link option is
displayed as a link below the new results rather than as an option on the Page Options menu.
(To specify how drilling works in an analysis, you use the Drill in Place option on the Properties
menu for a section. For more information, see "Properties Buttons for Objects".
Click the Page Options toolbar button on the dashboard page and:
•
•
To create a bookmark link, select Create Bookmark Link.
To create a prompted link, select Create Prompted Link.
Result
The link is displayed in the Address Bar of the browser. If the link is a:
•
•
Bookmark link, then you can save the it as a bookmark or copy and send it to other users.
Prompted link, then you can manually or programmatically manipulate the link.
Briefing Book
This is a short description.
A briefing book is a collection of static or updatable snapshots of dashboard pages and individual analyses.
You can:
•
Add the content of dashboard pages (including pages that contain BI Publisher reports) or individual analyses to
new or existing briefing books. See "Adding Content to a New or Existing Briefing Book"
309
Oracle Taleo Enterprise
Chapter 7
Reporting with Oracle Business Intelligence User
Building and Using Dashboards
Guide
• Edit briefing books to reorder content, delete content, and change the content type, navigation link properties, and
content description. See "Editing a Briefing Book"
•
Download briefing books in PDF or MHTML format for printing and viewing. See "Downloading a Briefing Book".
The PDF version of a briefing book contains an automatically generated table of contents. For information about
the table of contents, see "Briefing Book PDF Version Table of Contents"
•
•
Add a list of briefing books to a dashboard page. See "Adding a List of Briefing Books to a Dashboard Page"
Update, schedule, and deliver briefing books using agents, if your organization licensed Oracle Business
Intelligence Delivers. See "Delivereing Briefing Books via Agent"
Briefing Book PDF Version Table of Contents
The PDF version of a briefing book contains a table of contents that is automatically generated. It contains an entry for
each dashboard page, analysis, and report in the briefing book. Each of these entries includes a time stamp and the page
number within the PDF file. The time stamp value depends on how the content was saved to the briefing book. If the
content was saved as updatable, then the time stamp is current. If the content was saved as a snapshot, then the time
stamp is the time of the snapshot.
Indented beneath each entry for a dashboard page are any briefing book links included on that page, up to a maximum of
nine links. These entries do not include timestamps. For example:
Table of Contents
My Dashboard Page 7/11/2008 9:15:20 AM . . . . . .1
Years to Dollars Dashboard . . . . . . . . . .2
The administrator can modify the template for the table of contents so that the table of contents that is generated in your
briefing books might have a different look.
Note: The table of contents is always generated in English. Other languages are not supported. Therefore, you
might want to translate the tables of contents that are generated in briefing books.
Adding Content to a New or Existing Briefing Book
Prerequisites
You must have one of the following user type permissions:
•
•
•
BI Author Limited
BI Author Developer
BI Tenant Administrator
Home - Oracle Business Intelligence - Catalog
Steps
1. Open the dashboard or analysis that contains the content to add to a briefing book.
2. Navigate to the page to add or that contains the analysis to add.
310
Oracle Taleo Enterprise
Chapter 7
Reporting with Oracle Business Intelligence User
Guide
3. Perform one of the following actions:
•
Building and Using Dashboards
To add the contents of the dashboard page to a briefing book, click the Page Options toolbar
button on the dashboard page and select Add To Briefing Book
.
Note: The Add to Briefing Book option is not available on an empty dashboard page or
if the Show Add to Briefing Book box in the "Dashboard Properties dialog" has not been
selected for the page.
•
To add the results of an individual analysis to a briefing book, locate the analysis on the
dashboard and click the Add to Briefing Book link.
Note: This link is displayed only if the Add to Briefing Book option was selected in the
Report Links dialog when the analysis was added to the dashboard. For information
about setting the Add to Briefing Book option, see "Report Links dialog".
The "Save Briefing Book Content dialog" is displayed.
4. Click Browse to display the "Save As dialog".
5. In the Save As dialog, to save the contents to:
•
A new briefing book, specify the location in which to save the briefing book in the Save In
field, enter a name for the briefing book in the Name field, optionally enter a description in the
Description field, and click OK.
•
An existing briefing book, select the briefing book and click OK.
6. In the Save Briefing Book Content dialog, complete the remaining fields as appropriate.
7. Click OK.
Result
The content is added to the briefing book.
Editing a Briefing Book
Prerequisites
You must have one of the following user type permissions:
•
•
•
BI Author Limited
BI Author Developer
BI Tenant Administrator
Home - Oracle Business Intelligence
Steps
1. To edit a briefing book:
•
In the catalog, in the global header, click Catalog to display the "Catalog page"
311
Oracle Taleo Enterprise
Chapter 7
Reporting with Oracle Business Intelligence User
Building and Using Dashboards
Guide
• On a dashboard page, open the dashboard page that contains the briefing book.
2. Navigate to the briefing book to edit and click Edit.
The "Edit Briefing Book dialog" is displayed.
3. To change content:
a. Select the content.
b. Click Edit to display the "Page Properties dialog".
c. Change the content type, the number of navigation links to follow for updatable content, or
the content description as needed.
d. Click OK.
4. To reorder content, select the content and then drag and drop it to the desired location.
5. To delete content, select the content and click Delete.
6. Click OK.
Downloading a Briefing Book
Prerequisites
You must have one of the following user type permissions:
•
•
•
•
BI Consumer
BI Author Limited
BI Author Developer
BI Tenant Administrator
Home - Oracle Business Intelligence - Catalog
Steps
1. Navigate to the briefing book to download.
2. Perform one of the following actions:
•
To download the briefing book in PDF format, click PDF and then open or save the file.
Note: The Adobe Reader application is required to view or print a briefing book PDF file.
•
To download the briefing book in MHTML format, click Web Archive (.mht) and then open or
save the file.
Downloaded briefing books are saved with an .mht file extension and can be opened in a
browser. You can then email or share the briefing book.
Adding a List of Briefing Books to a Dashboard Page
Prerequisites
312
Oracle Taleo Enterprise
Reporting with Oracle Business Intelligence User
Guide
You must have one of the following user type permissions:
•
•
Chapter 7
Building and Using Dashboards
BI Author Developer
BI Tenant Administrator
Steps
1.
2.
3.
4.
5.
6.
7.
8.
Edit the dashboard. For information, see "Editing a Dashboard".
Navigate to the page to which you want to add a list of briefing books.
From the "Dashboard Objects pane", drag and drop a folder object into a section.
Hover the mouse pointer over the folder object in the Page Layout area to display the object's toolbar
and click the Properties button.
The "Folder Properties dialog" is displayed.
In the Folder field, enter the folder that contains the briefing books to list.
In the Expand box, specify whether to show an expanded view of the folder.
In the Show RSS Link box, specify whether to add an RSS feed option to the folder.
Click OK and then click Save to save the dashboard.
Result
The folder is added to the dashboard.
Delivering Briefing Books via Agent
Prerequisites
You must have one of the following user type permissions:
•
•
BI Author Developer
BI Tenant Administrator
Home - Oracle Business Intelligence - Catalog
Steps
1. Create or edit the agent to be used to deliver the briefing book. For information, see "Creating Agents".
2. In the "Agent editor: Delivery Content tab", click Browse to select the briefing book.
Result
When the agent runs, the briefing book is delivered.
313
Oracle Taleo Enterprise
Reporting with Oracle Business Intelligence User
Guide
8
Chapter 8
Filtering and Selecting Data for Analyses
Filtering and Selecting Data for Analyses
Filtering and Selecting Data for Analyses
Inline or Named Objects
As you work with certain objects, you can create other objects that are saved with those objects. When you save one
object with another, that object is saved "inline." You can save filters, groups, and calculated items inline. For example,
you can create a group as part of an analysis. When you save the analysis, the group is saved "inline" or along with the
analysis.
In addition to saving these objects inline, you can save them as individual objects with the subject area in the Oracle
BI Presentation Catalog. When you save an object on its own, its becomes a "named" object. Named objects provide
reusability, because you can create one object and use it multiple times with any analysis, dashboard (for filters), or
dashboard page (for filters) that contains the columns that are specified in the named object. When the named object is
updated and saved, those updates are immediately applied to all objects where the named object is used.
For example, after you save a group inline with an analysis, you can save the group as its own object in the catalog. You
can then apply that named group from the Catalog pane to other analyses.
Folder Structure for Named Objects
Named filters, groups, and calculated items are generally saved to their related subject area folder. By saving the objects
to a subject area folder, you ensure that they are available when you create an analysis for the same subject area.
Named objects saved in the /My Folders folder are available only to you. Objects saved in the /Shared Folders folder
are available to other users who have permission to access the folders. If a subject area folder does not exist in your /
My Folders folder or within the /Shared Folders folder, then the subject area folder is created automatically. When you
save the object, the "Save As dialog" displays a default save path to /My Folders/Subject Area Contents/<subject area>.
However, the dialog's Folders area continues to display all instances of the subject area folder in the catalog.
Saving Groups and Calculated Items as Inline or Named
You can save groups and calculated item as an inline or named object:
•
When you create a group or calculated item while editing and saving a view or while working in the "Compound
Layout", the group or calculated item is saved inline with the analysis.
•
When you work in the Selection Steps pane:
•
•
You can save a group or calculated item that is within a step as a named object in the catalog.
You can save a set of steps or the resulting members list for a column as a named object. You cannot
save a set of steps as a group if one of the steps includes a calculated item.
See "Adding a Group to Another Analysis" for information on adding a saved group to an analysis.
314
Oracle Taleo Enterprise
Reporting with Oracle Business Intelligence User
Guide
Chapter 8
Filtering and Selecting Data for Analyses
Saving a Calculated Item or Group as a Named Object to the
Catalog
Prerequisites
You must have one of the following user type permissions:
•
•
•
BI Author Limited
BI Author Developer
BI Tenant Administrator
Home - Oracle Business Intelligence - Catalog
Steps
1. Edit the analysis.
2. In the Results tab, Display the "Selection Steps pane".
3. Click the link for the calculated item or group, then click Save Calculated Item As or Save Group As to
display the "Save As dialog".
4. Complete the dialog to save the object to the catalog.
Saving a Set of Steps as a Group to the Catalog
Prerequisites
You must have one of the following user type permissions:
•
•
•
BI Author Limited
BI Author Developer
BI Tenant Administrator
Home - Oracle Business Intelligence - Catalog
Steps
1. Display the "Selection Steps pane".
2. Click the Save Selection Steps button to the far right of the column name.
3. Complete the "Save Selection Steps dialog" to save the group as an object to the catalog.
315
Oracle Taleo Enterprise
Reporting with Oracle Business Intelligence User
Guide
Chapter 8
Filtering and Selecting Data for Analyses
Filters and Selection Steps
You use both filters and selection steps to limit the results that are displayed when an analysis is run, so that the results
answer a particular question. Together with the columns that you select for an analysis, filters and selection steps
determine what the results contain. Based on the filters and selection steps, only those results that match the criteria are
shown. For example, depending on the industry in which you work, you can use filters and selection steps to learn who
are the top ten performers, what are the dollar sales for a particular brand, which are the most profitable customers, and
so on.
Another kind of filter, called a prompt, can apply to all items in a dashboard. Prompts can be used to complete selection
steps and filters at runtime. For information, see "Prompting in Dashboards and Analyses."
Oracle BI provides the Filters view and Selection Steps view, which you can add to an analysis to display any filters or
selection steps applied to the analysis. Adding these views can help the user understand the information displayed in the
analysis. For more information about how to add views to an analyses, see "Adding Views for Display in Dashboards".
How Do Filters and Selection Steps Differ?
Filters and selection steps are applied on a column-level basis and provide two methods for limiting the data in an
analysis. A filter is always applied to a column before any selection steps are applied. Steps are applied in their specified
order. Filters and selection steps differ in various ways.
Filters
Filters can be applied directly to attribute columns and measure columns. Filters are applied before the query is
aggregated and affect the query and thus the resulting values for measures. For example, suppose that you have a list of
members in which the aggregate sums to 100. Over time, more members meet the filter criteria and are filtered in, which
increases the aggregate sum to 200.
Selection Steps
Selection steps are applied after the query is aggregated and affect only the members displayed, not the resulting
aggregate values. For example, suppose that you have a list of hierarchical members in which the aggregate sums to
100. If you remove one of the members using a selection step, then the aggregate sum remains at 100.
You can create selection steps for both attribute columns and hierarchical columns. Selection steps are per column and
cannot cross columns. Because attribute columns do not have an aggregate member, the use of selection steps versus
filters for attribute columns is not as distinctive as for hierarchical columns. While measure columns are displayed in
the Selection Steps pane, you cannot create steps for them so steps do not affect them. Measures are used to create
condition steps for attribute and hierarchical columns, such as Sales greater than $1 million.
Working with Selections of Data
As you specify which data members to include in an analysis, you create selections of data from the data source. Each
selection specifies the criteria for a set of members for a particular column, such as Product or Geography. Each selection
consists of one or more steps. A step is an instruction that affects the selection, such as add Product members whose
values contain the text "ABC." The order in which steps are performed affects the selection of data. Each step acts
incrementally on the results from previous steps, rather than acting on all the members for that column.
316
Oracle Taleo Enterprise
Chapter 8
Reporting with Oracle Business Intelligence User
Filtering and Selecting Data for Analyses
Guide
You can view these selection steps in the "Selection Steps pane". Steps are created using the following means:
•
When you add a column to an analysis, a selection step is created automatically to start with all members, unless
you explicitly add specific members. As you drag and drop column members in the Results tab to add to the
analysis, steps are also created automatically. For example, suppose that you drag and drop the FY2007 and
FY2008 members from the Year hierarchical column to a pivot table. The selection step "Add FY2007, FY2008" is
created.
•
•
As you add groups and calculated items, steps are created automatically.
•
You can create steps directly using the Selection Steps pane, to refine the selection of data for a particular
hierarchical column or attribute column. You can display the Selection Steps pane from various places including
the Results tab, the Criteria tab, and some view editors.
When you use right-click interactions (such as Add Related or Keep Only) to refine the selection of data for a
particular hierarchical column or attribute column, steps are created automatically.
Selection steps can be one of the following types:
•
Explicit list of members — A step can include a list of members for a column, such as Boston, New York, Kansas,
South. For hierarchical columns, the members can be from different hierarchy levels. For attribute columns, the
members can be from only that column.
•
Condition step — A step can specify that members are selected from a column based on a condition, which can
be one of various types including based on measures or on top/bottom values. This member list is dynamic and
determined at runtime.
•
Based on hierarchy step — A step for hierarchical columns that enables you to select the type of relationship
with which to select members. You can select a family relationship (such as children of or parent of), a specific
hierarchy level (for level-based hierarchies only), or a level relationship (for level-based hierarchies only).
•
Groups and calculated items — A step can include a group or calculated item. Groups and calculated items can
be used only with Add steps; they cannot be used in Keep Only or Remove steps.
For information, see "Groups and Calculated Items".
Creating Selection Steps
Prerequisites
You must have one of the following user type permissions:
•
•
•
BI Author Limited
BI Author Developer
BI Tenant Administrator
Home - Oracle Business Intelligence - Catalog
Steps
1. Edit the analysis.
2. Display the "Analysis editor: Results tab".
317
Oracle Taleo Enterprise
Chapter 8
Reporting with Oracle Business Intelligence User
Filtering and Selecting Data for Analyses
Guide
3. If the Selection Steps pane is not visible, then click the Show Selection Steps pane button on the
toolbar to display it.
The pane might also be collapsed at the bottom of the Results tab. Click the plus sign icon to expand it.
4. For the column whose steps you want to define, click the Then, New Step link.
5. From the menu, select the option for the step type to create and complete the resulting dialog.
Result
Selection steps are automatically created when you use the right-click interactions (such as Add Related or Keep Only)
to refine the selection of data for a particular hierarchical column or attribute column in a view. See "Right-Click Menu for
Tables, Pivot Tables, and Trellises".
Next Step
After you add selection steps to the analysis, you can go to the "Analysis editor: Results tab" and add the Selection Step
view to the analysis. If you add the Selection Steps view, at runtime the user can view the selection steps that are applied
to the analysis. For more information about adding the selection steps view, see "Results tab: Selection Steps editor".
Note: The BI Author Limited cannot create a selection steps view.
Editing Selection Steps
Prerequisites
You must have one of the following user type permissions:
•
•
•
BI Author Limited
BI Author Developer
BI Tenant Administrator
Home - Oracle Business Intelligence - Catalog
Steps
Hover the mouse pointer over the step in the Selection Steps pane and click a button on the resulting
toolbar.
You can perform various tasks such as displaying a dialog for editing the step, deleting the step, or
changing the order of the step in the list of steps.
For a group or calculated item, click its name to display a menu with options for editing and saving.
Selection Steps as a Group Object
If you have created a set of selection steps, then you can save and reuse the set as a group object, as described in
"Saving Groups and Calculated Items as Inline or Named".
318
Oracle Taleo Enterprise
Chapter 8
Reporting with Oracle Business Intelligence User
Guide
Filtering and Selecting Data for Analyses
Selection Steps and Double Columns
If your repository is configured for double columns, then you can create a selection step on a double column. To do so,
select the display values for that column and the step is automatically evaluated using the code values that correspond to
those display values.
If you use double columns, then use care with the "New Calculated Item dialog". You can include a positional operator in
the custom formula for the calculated item, such as $1, which specifies the column from the first row in the data set. When
you include a positional operator, the display values cannot be mapped to the code values when evaluating the formula.
For information on double columns, see "Understanding the Double Column Feature".
Creating a Column Filter
Prerequisites
You must have one of the following user type permissions:
•
•
•
BI Author Limited
BI Author Developer
BI Tenant Administrator
Home - Oracle Business Intelligence
Steps
1.
Note:
If your repository is configured for double columns, and you want to use an operator other
than is equal to / is in, is not equal to / is not in, or is between and specify code values rather
than display values, then you should explicitly choose the code column rather than the display
column.
For information on double columns, see "Understanding the Double Column Feature".
To create a named filter, use the following sub-procedure:
a. From the Oracle Business Intelligence Home page, locate the global header, hover
over the New menu, and from the menu select Filter. The Select Subject Area dialog is
displayed.
b. From the Select Subject Area dialog, choose the subject area for which you want to create
a filter. The "Filter editor" is displayed.
c. From the "Subject Areas pane", double-click the column for which you want to create the
filter. The "New Filter dialog" is displayed.
2. To create an inline filter, use the following sub-procedure:
a. Either create an analysis or access an existing analysis for which you want to create a filter.
Click the Criteria tab.
319
Oracle Taleo Enterprise
Chapter 8
Reporting with Oracle Business Intelligence User
Filtering and Selecting Data for Analyses
Guide
b. Locate the "Filters pane" and from the Filters Pane's toolbar, click the Create a filter for the
current subject area button. The analysis' selected columns are displayed in the cascading
menu.
c. Select a column name from the menu. Or select the More Columns option to access the
"Select Column dialog" from which you can select any column from the subject area.
After you selected a column, the "New Filter dialog" is displayed.
3.
Note: If you want to add a filter for a column located in a different subject area, then you must
first add that subject area to the analysis by clicking the Add/Remove Subject Area button in the
"Subject Areas pane".
In the Operator field, choose an operator for the filter. The operator list from which you can choose is
populated based on the type of column that you selected. For more information about each operator,
including the is prompted and is based on the results of another analysis operator options, see
"Operators".
4. In the Value field, specify one or more values to use when applying the filter or condition. You can:
•
•
Type values, using a semicolon to separate the values.
Select values from the list or calendar.
To search for specific values, click Search in the list box. The "Select Values dialog" is
displayed, where you can search for and select values.
If your repository is configured for double columns, and you are creating the filter on a display column,
then by default, you specify display values. However, if your organization allows the display of code
values, then you can specify code values rather than display values, but only if you use one of the
following operators:
•
•
•
is equal to / is in
is not equal to / is not in
is between
To specify code values, select the Select by Code Column box and then specify the values.
5. If your repository is configured for double columns, and you are creating the filter on a display column
and want to filter on display values rather than code values, then deselect the Filter by Code Column
box.
6. Click the Add More Options button to add a SQL expression, Session variable, Repository variable, or
Presentation variable to the filter. Note that if you are setting the filter's value with a SQL expression
or variable, you should leave the Value field blank. For more information on variables, see "Using
Variables".
7. Select the Protect Filter box to protect the filter's value from being overridden by a matching prompt's
value or when the user navigates to another report within the analysis. When you navigate from one
report to another report within an analysis, any prompt values that you specified in the first report can be
transferred to the second report.
8.
Note: This is a one-way conversion. After you select the Convert this filter to SQL box, you
can no longer view and edit the filter in the Edit Filter dialog. After you convert the filter to SQL
statements, you can only view and edit the filter item as SQL statements in the Advanced SQL
Filter dialog.
To convert the filter to SQL statements, select the Convert this filter to SQL box. The "Advanced SQL
Filter dialUser Interface Referenceog" is displayed.
320
Oracle Taleo Enterprise
Chapter 8
Reporting with Oracle Business Intelligence User
Filtering and Selecting Data for Analyses
Guide
For more information about this option, see "Creating and Editing the SQL Statements for a Column
Filter in an Analysis"
.
9. When you are finished specifying the filter's criteria, click OK.
10. Save the filter in one of the following ways:
•
•
From the Analysis Editor, you can select Save Analysis to save the filter as an inline filter.
From the Filter Editor, you can select Save Filter to save the filter as a named filter.
For more information, see "Inline or Named Objects".
Editing a Column Filter
Prerequisites
You must have one of the following user type permissions:
•
•
•
BI Author Limited
BI Author Developer
BI Tenant Administrator
Home - Oracle Business Intelligence
Steps
1. To open a named filter, use the following sub-procedure:
a. In the global header, click Catalog. The "Catalog page" is displayed.
b. Navigate to the filter to edit and click the Edit link. The "Filter editor" is displayed.
2. To open an inline filter, use the following sub-procedure:
a. In an analysis, click the Criteria tab.
b. In the "Filters pane" locate the filter that you want to edit and click its Edit Filter button. The
"Filter editor" is displayed.
3. Make the desired changes.
4. Save the filter.
Combining and Grouping Column Filters
Prerequisites
You must have one of the following user type permissions:
•
•
BI Author Limited
BI Author Developer
321
Oracle Taleo Enterprise
Chapter 8
Reporting with Oracle Business Intelligence User
Guide
• BI Tenant Administrator
Filtering and Selecting Data for Analyses
Home - Oracle Business Intelligence - Catalog
Steps
1. Create or open a named filter or analysis that contains an inline filter.
2.
Note: If you want to group filters, then the filter must contain three or more filter items.
If you are working with a named filter, then locate the Saved Filter pane and confirm that the filter
contains two or more filter items. If you are working with an inline filter, then locate the Filters Pane and
confirm that the filter contains two or more filter items.
After you add the second filter item, the AND operator is displayed before the second filter item.
3. To change an AND operator to an OR operator, click the word AND. You can toggle between AND and
OR this way. Note the following information:
•
The AND operator means that the criteria specified in each filter must be met. This is the default
method for combining column filters.
•
The OR operator means that the criteria that is specified in at least one of the column filters
must be met.
4. As you add filter items, click AND and OR operators as necessary to construct the appropriate filter
combinations.
5. Save the filter in one of the following ways:
•
•
From the Analysis Editor, you can select Save Analysis to save the filter as an inline filter.
From the Filter Editor, you can select Save Filter to save the filter as a named filter.
For more information, see "Inlined or Named"
.
Creating a Filter Based on the Results of a Saved
Analysis
Prerequisites
You must have one of the following user type permissions:
•
•
•
BI Author Limited
BI Author Developer
BI Tenant Administrator
Home - Oracle Business Intelligence - Catalog
Steps
1. Create or open a named filter or analysis that contains an inline filter.
322
Oracle Taleo Enterprise
Chapter 8
Reporting with Oracle Business Intelligence User
Filtering and Selecting Data for Analyses
Guide
2. If you are working with a named filter, then locate the Saved Filter pane and from the "Subject Areas
pane", select the column for which you want to create a filter.
If you are working with an inline filter, then locate the Filters Pane, and from the Filters Pane toolbar,
click the Create a filter for the current Subject Area button and select the column for which you want to
create the filter.
3.
4.
5.
6.
The "New Filter dialog" is displayed.
In the Operator field, select is based on the results of another analysis.
The Saved Analysis, Relationship, and Use values in Column fields are displayed.
In the Saved Analysis field, either enter the complete path to the saved analysis or click the Browse
button to locate the analysis upon which to base the filter.
The column names from the saved analysis are displayed in the Use Values in Column drop-down list.
Select a column name from the Use Values in Column field, and in the Relationship field, select the
appropriate relationship between the results and the column to be filtered.
Click OK.
Creating and Editing the SQL Statements for a Column
Filter in an Analysis
Prerequisites
You can create and edit the logical SQL WHERE clause to be used as a filter. While generally not necessary,
this feature is available for users who want advanced filtering capability. For descriptions of SQL clauses, see
Appendix D, "Logical SQL Reference."
Note: After
you convert a filter to SQL statements, you can view and edit the filter item as SQL
statements in the Advanced SQL Filter dialog, only. You can no longer view and edit
the filter in
the Edit Filter dialog.
You must have one of the following user type permissions:
•
•
•
BI Author Limited
BI Author Developer
BI Tenant Administrator
Home - Oracle Business Intelligence - Catalog
Steps
1. Create or open a named filter or an analysis that contains an inline filter.
2. If you are working with a named filter, then locate the Saved Filter pane and from the "Subject Areas
pane", select the column for which you want to create a filter.
If you are working with an inline filter, then locate the Filters Pane, and from the Filters Pane toolbar,
click the Create a filter for the current Subject Area button and select the column for which you want to
create the filter.
The "New Filter dialog" is displayed.
323
Oracle Taleo Enterprise
Chapter 8
Reporting with Oracle Business Intelligence User
Filtering and Selecting Data for Analyses
Guide
3. Specify the filter's criteria and select Convert this filter to SQL.
4. Click OK.
The "Advanced SQL Filter dialog" is displayed.
5. Enter your modifications in the SQL field, and click OK. Not that after you convert the filter to a SQL
statement, you can no longer view and edit the filter in the Edit Filter dialog.
Groups and Calculated Items
You can create a group or calculated item as a way to display data in a table, pivot table, trellis, or graph. Groups and
calculated items allow you to add new "members" to a column, when those members do not exist in the data source.
These members are also known as "custom members."
•
A group is a static list of members that you select or a static or dynamic list that is generated by selection steps. A
group is represented as a member. You can drill in a group that was created for a hierarchical column but not in
one that was created for an attribute column.
A group uses the existing aggregation function of the measure column with which it is displayed. The aggregation
is performed up from the lowest detail level in the Oracle BI Server, but no values are double-counted.
•
A calculated item is a computation between members, which is represented as a single member that cannot be
drilled. When you create a calculated item, you add a new member in which you have selected how to aggregate
the item, such as Sum or Average or a custom formula. The calculation is performed at the aggregated level, not
at the lowest detail level.
Both groups and calculated items become selection steps for the analysis. Therefore, they apply to all views for that
analysis. Both groups and calculated items can be saved as inline or named objects. For information, see "Inline or
Named Objects".
What are Groups?
A group (also known as a "saved selection" in other products) is a user-defined member of a column. A group can be a list
of members or a set of selection steps that can be executed to generate a list of members. All the members must be from
the same attribute column or hierarchical column, and in a hierarchical column, members can be from different hierarchy
levels. Groups are always displayed at the bottom of the column list in the order in which they were added (as shown in
the Selection Steps pane). Groups can contain members or other groups.
You can save a group to the catalog and reuse it. For example, you can apply a group to analysis and dashboard column
prompts or variable prompts. If a group is applied to a prompt, then the prompt presents either the group as a choice
list option or members of the group as choice list options to the user at runtime. See "Overriding a Selection Step With
a Column Prompt" for information on overriding selection steps with prompts when the user selects groups or column
members.
What are Calculated Items?
A calculated item is a calculation between members, which is represented as a single member. A calculated item enables
you to override the default aggregation rule that is specified in the Oracle BI repository, and for an existing analysis, the
aggregation rule chosen by the designer. You can define a calculated item using a custom formula (which is the default)
or by combining selected members with a function (for example, SUM).
324
Oracle Taleo Enterprise
Chapter 8
Reporting with Oracle Business Intelligence User
Filtering and Selecting Data for Analyses
Guide
A calculated item is a user-defined member of a column. A calculated item can contain members or other calculated
items. Calculated items are always displayed at the bottom of the column list in the order in which they were added (as
shown in the Selection Steps pane). You can save a calculated item to the catalog and reuse it.
A calculated item is useful when you want to view and manipulate a set of members as a single entity. For example, you
might define calculated items for the following:
•
•
•
Key accounts in a geographic region
High-end products
Non-standard time periods, such as the first three weeks in September
You can create calculated items for columns in various places. Calculations differ from the default aggregation rules that
are applied to measures, as described in "Adding Totals to Tables and Pivot Tables". Internally, calculated items are
processed as SQL SELECT statements, and the indicated functions are performed on the result set. For more information
about SQL functions, see Appendix D, "Logical SQL Reference."
Creating a Calculated Item or Group
Prerequisites
You must have one of the following user type permissions:
•
•
•
BI Author Limited
BI Author Developer
BI Tenant Administrator
Home - Oracle Business Intelligence - Catalog
Steps
1. Edit the analysis.
2. From the Results tab, perform one of the following actions:
•
Click the button to create a calculated item or group.
The button is available in multiple locations. The following list provides a few of these locations:
•
•
•
On the toolbar of the view editor, click the New Calculated Item button or the New
Group button.
•
In the Layout pane, in the <view-type> Rows or Columns area, click the More Options
button to the right of a column name, then select New Calculated Item.
Click the Then, New Step link in the "Selection Steps pane"
In a table, pivot table, or trellis, select the members and groups, or members and calculated
items to include, then right-click and select Create Group or Create Calculated Item. See
"Right-Click Menu for Tables, Pivot Tables, and Trellises"
3. Complete the appropriate dialog, either "New Calculated Item dialog" or "New Group dialog".
4. When the calculated item or group is complete, click OK.
325
Oracle Taleo Enterprise
Chapter 8
Reporting with Oracle Business Intelligence User
Filtering and Selecting Data for Analyses
Guide
If any errors are detected, then a message is displayed. Correct the error and click OK again.
Editing Groups and Calculated Items
You can edit groups and calculated items in various ways:
•
In the "Selection Steps pane", click the link for the calculated item or group, then click Edit to display the
appropriate dialog.
•
If you have saved the object to the catalog, then select the object in the Catalog pane and click Edit to display the
appropriate dialog.
•
In a table, pivot table, or trellis, right-click the group or calculated item and select Edit Group or Edit Calculated
Item.
The value of a group or calculated item might be affected by filters and selection steps, as described in the following list:
•
Filters — A group or calculated item is evaluated using only those members that have not been removed using
filters. For example, if you have a calculated item for SUM(EAST + WEST) but WEST is removed through a filter,
then only the EAST sum is included for the calculated item. If all members have been removed, then a null value
is returned, which shows as an empty cell in a table, pivot table, or trellis.
•
Selection steps — When you create selection steps, you can add a group or a calculated item in a step.
Subsequent Keep Only or Remove steps might reference members that were included in the group or calculated
item.
•
A group list is affected by members that are kept or removed in subsequent steps, but the group outline
value remains the same. For example, suppose the MyNewYork group contains Albany and Buffalo and
its value is 100. Suppose Albany is removed in a later step. The value of the MyNewYork group remains
at 100, but Albany is no longer listed with the group.
•
A calculated item is not affected by members that are kept or removed in subsequent steps.
Nesting Groups and Calculation Items
As you work with groups and calculated items, you might want to "nest" them; that is, create a group within a group, for
example. The following list provides various scenarios for nesting groups and calculated items:
•
Groups can be nested; that is, they can include other groups. Nested groups are "flattened." For example,
suppose that the my_favorite_countries group includes the my_favorite_cities group. When you display and
expand the my_favorite_ countries group in a table, you do not see the my_favorite_cities group. Instead, you see
the member values of the my_favorite_cities group.
•
•
•
Calculated items can be nested; that is, they can include other calculated items.
Groups cannot contain calculated items nor can calculated items contain groups.
When you work with selection steps:
•
You can save selection steps that include groups or calculated items as either a series of steps whose
results are generated at runtime or as results that are static and are redisplayed each time.
326
Oracle Taleo Enterprise
Chapter 8
Reporting with Oracle Business Intelligence User
Filtering and Selecting Data for Analyses
Guide
• You can apply a group that is a saved selection of steps, using the Catalog pane. If you do so when the
saved selection contains a step for a calculated item, then you can only add the members of the group.
You cannot add the group itself.
Adding a Group to Other Analyses
You can add a group to the same column on which it was created in another analysis. The group can be either a list of
members or a set of selection steps. For information on these groups, see "Selection Steps as a Group Object"
The following procedure describes how to add the group using the Results tab, but you can do so anywhere that the
Catalog pane is displayed. You can also add a group using the following means:
•
In the Edit Member Step dialog, select Start with Group or Calculated Item in the Action box, then select the
group from the Catalog pane in the Available list.
•
In the Selection Steps pane, click Then, New Step for the appropriate column, select Add Groups or Calculated
Items, select Select Existing Groups and Calculated Items, and select the group in the resulting dialog.
Adding a Group to Another Analysis Using the Catalog Pane
Prerequisites
You must have one of the following user type permissions:
•
•
•
BI Author Limited
BI Author Developer
BI Tenant Administrator
Home - Oracle Business Intelligence - Catalog
Steps
1. Edit the analysis.
The analysis must contain the same column to which you want to apply the selections from a group.
2. On the Results tab, locate the Catalog pane and navigate to the appropriate folder that holds the saved
group.
3. Select the group and click the Add More Options button on the toolbar of the Catalog pane.
4. Select one of the following:
•
Add to add the group itself, which generates an outline value for the group. In the table, pivot
table, or trellis, you see the group name, which can be expanded to see its member values.
(Default)
•
Add Members to add only the groups members to the analysis. You do not see the outline
value.
Result
327
Oracle Taleo Enterprise
Chapter 8
Reporting with Oracle Business Intelligence User
Filtering and Selecting Data for Analyses
Guide
The group or its members are included as an "Add" step on the Selection Steps pane. You can reorder the steps as
appropriate.
Examples of Calculated Items
The examples and explanations in this section assume that you have a basic understanding of SQL statements and
their syntax. The syntax shown in these examples applies to the Custom Formula function in the "New Calculated Item
dialog"."The examples are hypothetical. Not all possible calculated items are shown.
Example 1 - Say you have a report with Org Level 1 and # Requisitions and you generate the results
1. Click on New Calculated Item
2. In Display Label, enter a name
3. Select the Sum function
4. Select Values From Org Level 1
5. Select a few Organizations
6. Click Ok and the Calculated Item will appear in the table
Example 2 - Say you have a report with Org Level 1 and # Requisitions and you generate the results
1. Click on New Calculated Item
2. In Display Label, enter a name
3. Select the Custom Formula function
4. In Selected Values, enter the formula : sum($1,$2,$3)
5. Click Ok and the Calculated Item will appear in the table (it will sum the first 3 rows)
328
Oracle Taleo Enterprise
Reporting with Oracle Business Intelligence User
Guide
9
Chapter 9
Prompting in Dashboards and Analyses
Prompting in Dashboards and Analyses
Prompting in Dashboards and Analyses
Inline and Dashboard Prompts
The two differences between inline prompts and dashboard prompts is where they are stored and their run-time behavior.
A prompt that is created at the analysis level is called an inline prompt because the prompt is embedded in the analysis
and is not stored in the Oracle BI Presentation Catalog and, therefore, cannot be added to other analyses. Inline prompts
allow the end users to specify the data values that determine the content of the analysis. An inline prompt can be a
column prompt, variable prompt, image prompt, or currency prompt. When you create an inline prompt, you select the
columns and operators for the prompt and specify how the prompt is displayed to the users and how the users select the
values. The user's choices determine the content of the analyses that are embedded in the dashboard. An inline prompt is
an initial prompt, meaning that it only displays when the analysis is rendered. After the user selects the prompt value, the
prompt fields disappear from the analysis and the only way for the user to select different prompt values is to re-run the
analysis.
A prompt that is created at the dashboard level is called a dashboard prompt because the prompt is created outside of
a specific dashboard and is stored in the catalog as an object, which can then be added to any dashboard or dashboard
page that contains the columns that are specified in the prompt. Dashboard prompts allow the end users to specify
the data values that determine the content of all of the analyses and scorecard objects contained on the dashboard.A
dashboard prompt can be a column prompt, variable prompt, image prompt, or currency prompt. Dashboard prompts are
reusable, because you can create one prompt and use it many times. When the prompt object is updated and saved,
those updates are immediately displayed in all dashboards where the prompt is used. A dashboard prompt is a specific
kind of filter that, when created, saved, and applied to a dashboard or dashboard pages, can filter all or some of the
analyses and scorecard objects that are embedded in a dashboard or analyses and scorecard objects that are embedded
on the same dashboard page. A dashboard prompt is interactive and is always displayed on the dashboard page so that
the user can prompt for different values without having to re-run the dashboard. Users can create and save dashboard
prompts to either a private folder or to a shared folder.
Note that for a dashboard using a column that was renamed in the Business Model, the existing dashboard prompts
based on the renamed column do not work with newly created analyses. The workaround for this issue is to use Catalog
Manager to rename the column in the catalog.
For more information about creating a column prompt, see "Creating a Column Prompt".
Column Prompts
This topic describes column prompts; however, Oracle BI also enables you, as the content designer, to create currency
prompts, image prompts, and variable prompts. For more information about these types of prompts, see "Other Prompt
Types".
A column prompt is the most common and flexible prompt type. A column prompt enables you to build very specific value
prompts to either stand alone on the dashboard or analysis or to expand or refine existing dashboard and analysis filters.
Column prompts can be created for hierarchical, measure, or attribute columns at the analysis or dashboard level.
329
Oracle Taleo Enterprise
Chapter 9
Reporting with Oracle Business Intelligence User
Prompting in Dashboards and Analyses
Guide
You can create intelligent prompts that are specialized for the user's business needs and roles so that the user can
quickly and accurately find the appropriate data that is needed to make a key business decision.
How do Column Prompts and Selection Steps Interact?
Selection steps allow the user to provide or refine the data from attribute columns and measures columns and to provide
a kind of filter for hierarchical columns. Note that selection steps are applied after data aggregation. When you create
selection steps for a column, you have the option of overriding one step of the selection with a dashboard or analysis
column prompt. All selection steps before and after the override step are processed as specified, and the override step is
processed using the user-specified data values that are collected by the column prompt. Column prompts that are created
for hierarchical columns allow you to include only the Choice List input option.
For more information about selection steps, see "Filters and Selection Steps" and "Working with Selections of Data". For
more information about creating a prompt that works with selections, see "Overriding a Selection Step With a Column
Prompt".
Other Prompt Types
In addition to column prompts, you can create currency prompts, image prompts, and variable prompts. The following list
contains information about these prompt types.
For information about column prompts, see "Column Prompts".
•
Variable Prompt — A variable prompt enables the user to select a value that is specified in the variable prompt
to display on the dashboard. A variable prompt is not dependent upon a column, but can still use a column. For
example, you can use variable prompts to allow the user to specify existing data to perform sales projections. For
example, you can create a variable prompt called Sales Projections and specify the variable prompt values as 10,
20, and 30 percent. Then you create an analysis that contains the Region and Dollars columns. Within the Dollars
column formula, you select the multiply operator and insert the Sales Projection variable. When users run this
analysis, they can select a percentage by which to recalculate the Dollars column. For more information about
creating a variable prompt, see "Creating a Variable Prompt".
Types of User Input Options Available for Use With a
Column or Variable Prompt
At design time, you must specify the prompt's user interface component. This component enables the user to enter a
prompt value at runtime. You can select from several user input options. The Radio Button option enables the user to
specify only one prompt value. The Check Boxes, Choice List, List Box, and Text Field options allow the user to select
either one or multiple prompt values. The Slider option enables the user to select multiple values by specifying a range of
values, or all values that are lesser than or greater than a specified value (for example, include everything equal to 200
and greater). Note that the input option types that are available depend upon the column type that you are working with.
The following sections provide information about each input option.
330
Oracle Taleo Enterprise
Reporting with Oracle Business Intelligence User
Guide
Chapter 9
Prompting in Dashboards and Analyses
Check Boxes
The Check Boxes input option provides the user with a visible list of all prompt values where a small, selectable box
displays before each value item. This input option is suitable for a prompt that contains a smaller set of data. Note that the
List Box input option is suitable for a prompt that contains a larger set of data. This user input type automatically enables
the user to select one or more prompt values. To select a specific prompt value, the user scans the list and clicks the box
that corresponds to a particular item.
Choice List
The Choice List input option provides the user with a collapsed list of all prompt values. This option is useful for a long list
of values where you want to provide the user with the ability to search for a specific value. You can set up this user input
type to accept only one prompt value or multiple prompt values.
This input option provides a field and list that, when the user clicks the down-arrow button, expands and contains a list of
all prompt values. To select a specific prompt value from the expanded list, the user scrolls through the list (or searches
the list) and clicks the box that corresponds to a particular value. If you are using this input option with hierarchical
columns, then a search dialog is displayed where the user can search for the prompt values.
The number of choices that display in the Choice List is determined by the MaxDropDownValues configuration setting.
The administrator can modify the setting. For information about this configuration setting, see "Manually Changing
Presentation Settings" in Oracle Fusion Middleware System Administrator's Guide for Oracle Business Intelligence
Enterprise Edition.
List Box
The List Box input option provides the user with a visible list of all prompt values. This input option is suitable for a prompt
that contains a large set of data. Note that the Check Boxes input option is suitable for a prompt that contains a smaller
set of data. You can set up this user input type to allow the user to select only one prompt value or multiple prompt values
by using Ctrl+ click or Shift+ click.
To select a specific prompt value, the user scans the list and selects the prompt value name (for example, Chicago),
similar to how a user would click a hyperlink. The List Box option is very similar to the Check Boxes option, but the List
Box option does not include a box before each value item.
Radio Buttons
The Radio Buttons input option provides the user with a visible list of all prompt values where a Radio Button is displayed
before each prompt value. This option type is useful for short lists of values where the user is to select only one prompt
value. To select a prompt value, the user scans the list and selects the radio button that corresponds to a particular item.
331
Oracle Taleo Enterprise
Reporting with Oracle Business Intelligence User
Guide
Chapter 9
Prompting in Dashboards and Analyses
Slider
This option is not available for Variable Prompts. Note that the Prompt Width option, which sets the prompt's field size,
and the "Wrap Label to Fit" Prompts page setting option cannot be specified for or applied to this user input type.
You can use the Slider input option for numeric data values only. Depending upon the operator that you select, this option
enables the user to select multiple values by specifying a range of values, or all values that are lesser than, greater than,
or equal to a specified value. You select the Slider option to provide the user with a number line representation of the
range of prompt values. The number line displays the prompt values in a range, for example 10,000 to 20,000. To select a
prompt value, the user can either click a value on the number line or click and drag the thumb to select the desired value.
A spinner box is also provided with up and down-arrow buttons that the user can click to select the desired value. If you
selected the Slider option and the is between operator for the prompt, then the user can click and drag two thumbs to
select the desired range of values for the prompt. Two spinner boxes are provided where you can either type or use the
up and down-arrow buttons to specify a range of values.
Text Field
The Text Field input option provides the users with a field into which they can type a specific prompt value. You cannot
use this option for multiple prompt values. Only the field and the field label display for this option. This option is useful in
instances where the user knows the prompt value and does not have to search for it, or for prompts with numeric values.
Note that the prompt value that you enter must match the column's value. For example, if a column's data values include
EASTERN REGION (in all capital letters), then the user must type EASTERN REGION into the text field. Numeric values
cannot contain commas. If your repository is configured for double columns, and you are creating a prompt on a display
column and specify Text Field, then filtering occurs on display values, not on code values.
Dashboard Prompt and Analysis Prompt Interaction
You can combine and wire prompts in various ways to create dashboards and reports that allow users to quickly and
easily request precise, meaningful data. Combining and wiring prompts enables you to specify how dashboard prompts
interact with analysis prompts. Note that currency prompts and variable prompts cannot be combined or wired.
For example, you can create analysis A that contains information about the amount of product that is sold by region and
to the Region column add the Is protected option and then add a Region prompt. You can then create analysis B that
contains information about sales person by region and analysis C that contains information about city by region. You then
create and save a dashboard prompt for Region. When you create a dashboard and add analyses A, B, and C and the
Region dashboard prompt and run the dashboard, the dashboard prompt input drives only what is displayed in analyses B
and C. In this scenario, analysis A does not use the Region value that is specified in the dashboard prompt because you
set analysis A's Region column filter value to Is protected. Therefore, the only way that analysis A accepts a prompt value
is if the user specifies a prompt value in Region A's prompt fields.
This table shows methods of wiring ans combining analysies and dashboard prompts
332
Oracle Taleo Enterprise
Chapter 9
Reporting with Oracle Business Intelligence User
Guide
Prompting in Dashboards and Analyses
Methods of Combining and Wiring Oracle BI EE Analysis and Dashboard Prompts
Name
Location
Auto wiring
Oracle BI Enterprise Edition's auto wiring functionality assumes that
you intended to create a functioning prompt for the column and,
therefore, activates and applies the prompt. Oracle BI EE applies the
auto wiring method when you create an analysis and add a column
prompt or image prompt. This auto wiring method does not require the
is prompted filter operator. Any unprotected filter can be used.
Note that setting the filter operator to is prompted provides a more
precise level of control between prompts and filters than the auto
wiring method. For more information, see the "Filter value is set to
*Prompt User" row in this table.
Constrained Prompts
Use this method with several columns in a prompt to constrain the
user's prompt choice based on subsequent choices. Constrained
prompts can be set up on the "Prompt options dialog" to specify which
prompt narrows the choices. For example, if one column filters on
region and the next column filters on city, then the city column can be
constrained to show only cities in the selected region.
Filter operator is set to is prompted
Use this method to build complex prompts that interact with filters.
When you use this method, you have full control over how the
dashboard prompts, inline prompts, and filters are applied to the
embedded analysis.
Selection Steps Override with Prompts Option
Use this method to use an analysis or dashboard column prompt
to provide the data choices for a specific member selection step
on a hierarchical or attribute column. Since you cannot use filters
with hierarchical columns, selection steps are the only way that you
can use prompts with hierarchical columns. Only one selection step
per column selection step set can be overridden with a prompt. All
selection steps before and after the overridden step are processed as
specified.
For more information about selections steps, see "Filters and Selection
Steps" and "Working with Selections of Data". For more information
about creating a prompt that works with selections, see "Overriding a
Selection Step With a Column Prompt".
Protected versus Unprotected filters
Use this method to determine whether the dashboard prompt can
supply the inline prompt's value when the corresponding column's filter
value is set to something other than Is prompted. The unprotected and
protected filter settings can be used when a dashboard prompt and
inline prompt reside on the same dashboard and both prompts were
created for the same column.
When the column's filter value is unprotected, the dashboard prompt
value determines the analysis' results. If the filter value is set to
something other than Is prompted (for example, Is equal to/is in) and
the filter is set to protected filter, then the dashboard prompt cannot
determine the report results.
For more information about protecting a filter, see "Filters pane".
333
Oracle Taleo Enterprise
Reporting with Oracle Business Intelligence User
Guide
Chapter 9
Prompting in Dashboards and Analyses
Order Prompts with Default Values are Applied
Because prompting enables you to build flexible dashboards and analyses, it is important to understand how Oracle BI
initiates a complex dashboard's prompts.
The following list presents the order in which, at runtime, Oracle BI applies prompts with default values:
1. Hidden prompts whose scope is the dashboard page.
For more information about hidden prompts, see "Adding a Hidden Dashboard Prompt to a Dashboard or
Dashboard Page".
2. Hidden prompts whose scope is the whole dashboard.
3. Prompts whose scope is the dashboard page. The precedence order of dashboard page prompts is
unspecified.
4. Prompts whose scope is the whole dashboard.
5. Prompts, either inline or named, whose scope is the analysis.
Prompts Auto-Complete
Oracle BI provides auto-complete functionality for prompts, which suggests and highlights matching prompt values as the
user types in the prompt selection field.
Auto-complete is only available for the Choice List prompt type when the prompt designer selected the "Enable User to
Type Value" option in the "New Prompt dialog". Note that auto-complete is not available for hierarchical prompts.
The auto-complete functionality has been configured to be case-insensitive.
The matching level determines how Oracle BI matches the column's values to what the user types. The matching level
has been set to Match All.
•
Match All — As the user types, Oracle BI EE suggests the column values that contain any letter that the user is
typing. For example, auto-complete is case-insensitive and the matching level is Match All and the user types "l,"
then Oracle BI suggests "LCD 36X Standard," "LCD HD Television," "7 Megapixel Digital Camera," and "Plasma
HD Television."
The auto-complete functionality highlights matching values when the user accesses the "Select Values dialog" to search
for a prompt value. However, the matching level is not determined by the preference set by the administrator. Instead, the
user selects the matching level in the "Select Values dialog."
The dashboard designer can exclude the auto-complete functionality from dashboards, and user can turn auto-complete
off by using the "My Account dialog". Note the following relationships between auto-complete settings:
•
System Setting — The administrator modifies the system configuration file to enable the auto-complete
functionality for Oracle BI. When this functionality is turned on, all users can access the auto-complete prompts
functionality. If this functionality is turned off, then all auto-complete fields are disabled on the Oracle BI user
interface. Auto-complete is enabled.
334
Oracle Taleo Enterprise
Chapter 9
Reporting with Oracle Business Intelligence User
Prompting in Dashboards and Analyses
Guide
• Dashboard Setting — If auto-complete is enabled for Oracle BI, then the dashboard designer can remove the
auto-complete functionality from individual dashboards by setting the Prompts Auto-Complete field to Off in
the "Dashboard Properties dialog". However, the auto-complete prompts functionality will be available for other
dashboards where the Prompts Auto-Complete setting is set to User Preference.
•
User Preference Setting — If auto-complete is enabled for Oracle BI and for individual dashboards, users can
disable the auto-complete prompts functionality for their accounts by setting the Prompts Auto-Complete field in
the "My Account dialog: Preferences tab" to Off. Setting this option to Off overrides the system and dashboard
settings, and no auto-complete functionality will appear for the user.
Creating a Column Prompt
Prerequisites
This procedure does not include information about selection steps or hierarchical columns. For information about
column prompts and selection steps, see "Overriding a Selection Step With a Column Prompt".
You must have one of the following user type permissions:
•
•
•
BI Author Limited
BI Author Developer
BI Tenant Administrator
Home - Oracle Business Intelligence - Catalog
Steps
1. To create an inline prompt, use the following sub-procedure.
a. Create a new analysis or access an existing analysis for which you want to create a
prompt. Click the Prompts tab. The "Definition pane" is displayed.
b.
Note: If the appropriate column is not available from the list, then you can click the
More Columns options in the cascading list and select the appropriate column from
the "Select Column dialog".
Click the New toolbar button in the Definition Pane to access the prompt type selection list.
From the list, select Column Prompt. The analysis' selected columns are displayed in the
cascading menu that is adjacent to the Column Prompt selection item.
c. Select a column. The "New Prompt dialog" displays.
If you want to create the prompt for a column that is not displayed in the column list, then
select the More Columns... option. The "Select Column dialog" is displayed where you can
browse for and select a column.
If your repository is configured for double columns, then ensure that you select the correct
display column. For information on double columns, see "Understanding the Double
Column Feature".
The number of columns that you include in a prompt can affect performance. In general,
you should limit the number of columns to as few as possible.
335
Oracle Taleo Enterprise
Chapter 9
Reporting with Oracle Business Intelligence User
Prompting in Dashboards and Analyses
Guide
If you are creating a dashboard prompt and want to add or remove related subject areas,
then click the Select subject area button in the "Select Column dialog" to display the "Add/
Remove Subject Areas dialog".
2. To create a dashboard prompt, use the following sub-procedure.
The BI Author Limited author cannot create or edit a dashboard prompt.
a. Navigate to the Oracle BI Enterprise Edition Home page, locate the global header, hover
the mouse pointer over the New menu to access the menu, and select Dashboard Prompt.
From the Select Subject Area menu, select the subject area for which you want to create a
prompt. The "Definition pane" is displayed.
b. Click the New toolbar button in the Definition Pane to access the prompt type selection list.
From the list, select Column Prompt. The "Select Column dialog" is displayed.
c. Select a column and click OK. The"New Prompt dialog" displays.
If your repository is configured for double columns, then ensure that you select the correct
display column. For information on double columns, see "Understanding the Double
Column Feature".
The number of columns that you include in a prompt can affect performance. In general,
you should limit the number of columns to as few as possible.
3.
4.
5.
6.
7.
8.
9.
10.
11.
If you are creating a dashboard prompt and want to add or remove related subject areas,
then click the Select subject area button in the "Select Column dialog" to display the "Add/
Remove Subject Areas dialog".
(Optional) Click the Edit Formula button to display the "Edit Column Formula dialog: Column Formula
tab" where you can modify the formula for the column.
In the Label field, change the default label, if necessary, by entering a caption for the column filter
prompt. The caption displays as the prompt's field label. You can include HTML markup tags in the
caption, such as <b>, <font>, and <table>.
In the Description field, enter a short description for the prompt. This description is displayed as
tooltip text, which is displayed when the user hovers the mouse pointer over the prompt's label in the
dashboard or analysis.
From the Operator list, select the operator to use.
In the User Input field, select how you want the prompt interface to ask the user for input (for example,
prompt the user with a radio button to select only one prompt value). Note that the column type
determines the user input options from which you can select.
Within the Options section, select prompt options to specify how you want the list values to be displayed
to the user, and how you want the user to interact with the prompt. The prompt options vary depending
on the user input type and list values type that you selected. For more information about the individual
prompt options, see "New Prompt dialog".
In the Default selection field, select the prompt value or values that users see initially. If you select a
default type, then a field is displayed where you can either select specific values, or specify how you
want the default values to be determined. For example, if you select SQL Results, you must then supply
a SQL statement to generate the list of values.
Click OK. The prompt is displayed in the "Definition pane".
Save the prompt. Note the following options:
•
If you are creating a dashboard prompt, then click the Save button in the Prompt's Editor,
specify the folder in which you want to save the prompt, and give the prompt a descriptive
name. Note that dashboard prompts that are saved in personal folders are available only to
336
Oracle Taleo Enterprise
Chapter 9
Reporting with Oracle Business Intelligence User
Prompting in Dashboards and Analyses
Guide
you. Dashboard prompts that are saved in shared folders are available to other users that have
permission to access the object.
•
If you are creating an inline prompt, then save the analysis.
12. Use the arrow buttons in the Definition Pane to reorder the selected prompt. Reordering the prompts
controls the order in which the choices are displayed to users at runtime, so ensure that the order is
logical, especially if you are creating constrained prompts.
13. Select the type of layout you want on the prompts page by clicking either the New Row button or New
Column button in the Definition pane's toolbar. In the Definition table, click the check box corresponding
to the prompt item that you want to display in a new row or column.
14. To preview how the prompt is displayed on the dashboard, either use the "Display pane" to preview the
prompt with sample data, or click the Preview button (if available) in the Definition Pane toolbar to view
the prompt with actual prompt values.
Note: If the Preview button is not available, then the administrator has suppressed its display.
Overriding a Selection Step with a Column Prompt
Prerequisites
This procedure does not include information about selection steps or hierarchical columns. For information about
column prompts and selection steps, see "Overriding a Selection Step With a Column Prompt".
You must have one of the following user type permissions:
•
•
•
BI Author Limited
BI Author Developer
BI Tenant Administrator
Steps
1. To create an analysis with selection steps, either create a new analysis or access an existing analysis to
which you want to add selection steps. The Analysis Editor is displayed.
For more information about creating an analysis, see "Specifying the Criteria for Analyses".
2. After you have specified the columns for the analysis, navigate to the Selection Steps pane and specify
the selection steps for the analysis.
For information about specifying selection steps, see "Working with Selections of Data".
3. Determine which selection step you want to override with a column prompt and click its Edit button. The
New Member Step dialog is displayed.
4. Select the Override with prompt box. Click OK and save the analysis.
Note: The Override with prompt box is not available in
certain circumstances.
It is unavailable for a rank template (for example,
is ranked first or is ranked
last) within a conditional selection step. It is also
unavailable for a match template
for a hierarchical column.
5. If needed, create either a named or inline prompt. For information, see "Creating a Column Prompt".
337
Oracle Taleo Enterprise
Reporting with Oracle Business Intelligence User
Guide
Chapter 9
Prompting in Dashboards and Analyses
Creating a Variable Prompt
Prerequisites
You must have one of the following user type permissions:
•
•
•
BI Author Limited
BI Author Developer
BI Tenant Administrator
Home - Oracle Business Intelligence - Catalog
Steps
1. To create a named variable prompt, use the following sub-procedure.
The BI Author Limited author cannot create or edit a dashboard prompt.
2.
3.
4.
5.
6.
7.
8.
9.
10.
11.
12.
a. Navigate to the Oracle BI Enterprise Edition Home page, locate the global header, hover
over the New menu to access the menu, and from the menu select Dashboard Prompt.
The Select Subject Areas menu is displayed.
b. From the Select Subject Area menu, select the subject area for which you want to create
the prompt. The "Definition pane" is displayed.
To create an inline prompt, either create a new analysis or access an existing analysis for which
you want to create a prompt. In the "Analysis editor", click the Prompts tab. The "Definition pane" is
displayed.
Click the New button in the Definition Pane. From the list, select Variable Prompt.
The "New Prompt dialog" is displayed.
In the Prompt for field, select the variable type that you are creating and then enter the name of the
variable.
In the Label field, enter a caption for the variable filter prompt. The caption is displayed as the prompt's
field label. You can include HTML markup tags in the caption, such as <b>, <font>, and <table>.
In the Description field, enter a short description for the prompt. This description is displayed as
tooltip text, which is displayed when the user hovers the mouse pointer over the prompt's label in the
dashboard or analysis.
The descriptions are also displayed when administrators view the stored prompt object from the Catalog
Manager.
In the User Input field, select how you want the prompt interface to ask the user for input. For example,
prompt the user with a radio button to select only one prompt value.
If you selected either the Choice List, Check boxes, Radio buttons, and List box user input type, then
you must also specify the prompt's list of values. For more information, see "New Prompt dialog".
Within the Options section, select the prompt options. The prompt options vary depending on the user
input type that you selected. The prompt options allow you to further specify how you want the user to
interact with the prompt (for example, whether user input is required).
In the Default selection field, select the prompt value that users see initially. If you select a specific
value, then the Default Value field is displayed in which you can enter a value.
Click OK. The prompt is displayed in the "Definition pane".
Save the prompt. Note the following options:
338
Oracle Taleo Enterprise
Chapter 9
Reporting with Oracle Business Intelligence User
Prompting in Dashboards and Analyses
Guide
• If you are creating a dashboard prompt, then click the Save button in the prompt's editor,
specify the folder in which you want to save the prompt, and give the prompt a descriptive
name. Note that dashboard prompts that are saved in personal folders are available only to
you. Dashboard prompts that are saved in shared folders are available to other users that have
permission to access the object.
•
If you are creating an inline prompt, then save the analysis.
13. Use the arrow buttons in the Definition Pane to reorder the selected prompt. Reordering the prompts
controls the order in which the choices are displayed to users at runtime, so ensure that the order is
logical, especially if you are creating constrained prompts.
14. If you want to add a new row or column to the prompts page, then click the New Row button or New
Column button in the Definition pane's toolbar. In the Definition table, click the check box corresponding
to the prompt that you want to display in a new row or column.
15. To preview how the prompt is displayed on the dashboard, either use the "Display pane" to preview the
prompt with sample data, or click the Preview button (if available) in the Definition Pane toolbar to view
the prompt with actual prompt values.
Editing a Prompt
Prerequisites
You must have one of the following user type permissions:
•
•
•
BI Author Limited
BI Author Developer
BI Tenant Administrator
Home - Oracle Business Intelligence - Catalog
Steps
1. To open a dashboard prompt, use the following sub-procedure:
The BI Author Limited author cannot create or edit a dashboard prompt.
a. In the global header, click Catalog. The "Catalog page" is displayed.
b. Navigate to the prompt to edit and click the Edit link. The "Prompt editor" is displayed.
2. To open an inline prompt, use the following sub-procedure:
a. In an analysis, click the Prompts tab.
b. In the "Definition pane" highlight the prompt to edit and click the Edit button. The "Prompt
editor" is displayed.
3. Make the desired changes.
4. Save the prompt.
339
Oracle Taleo Enterprise
Chapter 9
Reporting with Oracle Business Intelligence User
Guide
Prompting in Dashboards and Analyses
Adding a Dashboard Prompt to a Dashboard or
Dashboard Page
Prerequisites
You must have one of the following user type permissions:
•
•
BI Author Developer
BI Tenant Administrator
Home - Oracle Business Intelligence
Steps
1. Create a new dashboard or open an existing dashboard and click the Edit Dashboard button. For more
information about creating or editing a dashboard, see "Creating a Dashboard".
Tip: When adding a column object to a dashboard, you can drag and drop the column to display
vertically on the dashboard. You can then add dashboard prompts to this column, and at runtime, the
dashboard's prompts displays in a pane on the side of the dashboard.
2. In the Dashboard builder's Catalog pane, locate and drag and drop an object such as an analysis or KPI
watchlist onto a section in the dashboard.
3. In the Dashboard builder's Catalog pane, locate and drag and drop the dashboard prompt onto a section
in the dashboard.
Tip: If you do not want a new browser window to open after the user selects prompt values, then click
the dashboard section's More Option button and select Drill in Place.
4. Hover the mouse pointer over the prompt object in the Page Layout area to display the object's toolbar,
click the Properties button, and select Scope. Note the following options:
•
If you select Dashboard, then the prompt affects all dashboard pages that contain the prompt.
The prompt value that the user selects for the dashboard level prompt overrides values for page
level dashboard prompts.
•
If you select Page, then the dashboard prompt affects only the page or pages to which you add
the prompt.
5. Hover the mouse pointer over the prompt object in the Page Layout area to display the object's toolbar,
click the Properties button, and select Prompt Links.... The "Prompt Links dialog" displays where you
specify whether to display the Edit and Copy links with the prompt at runtime
Adding a Hidden Dashboard Prompt to a Dashboard
Page
Prerequisites
You must have one of the following user type permissions:
•
•
BI Author Developer
BI Tenant Administrator
340
Oracle Taleo Enterprise
Reporting with Oracle Business Intelligence User
Guide
Home - Oracle Business Intelligence
Chapter 9
Prompting in Dashboards and Analyses
Steps
1. Create and save a dashboard prompt, which contains specific data values, to use as a hidden prompt.
For more information about creating prompts, see "Creating a Column Prompt".
2. Create a new dashboard or open an existing dashboard and click the Edit Dashboard button. For more
information about creating or editing a dashboard, see "Creating a Dashboard".
3. In the "Dashboard builder", click the Tools button and select Dashboard Properties. The "Dashboard
Properties dialog" is displayed.
4. 4. If you want to add the hidden prompt to the whole dashboard, then click the Filters and variables Edit
button. The "Dashboard Filters and Variables dialog" is displayed.
If you want to add the hidden prompt to a dashboard page, then select the page from the "Dashboard
Pages" table and click the Select a prompt to capture default filters and variables button, which is
located above the "Dashboard Pages" table. The "Filters and Variables - page dialog" is displayed.
5. Click the Embed New Hidden Dashboard Prompt button to browse for and select the dashboard prompt.
Click OK.
Note: You can add one or more hidden dashboard prompts to the dashboard or
dashboard page.
6. In the Dashboard Properties page, click the OK button to save the dashboard's properties.
Result
At runtime, the hidden dashboard prompt sets the default values for all of the corresponding prompts on the dashboard
or dashboard page, and the unprotected inline prompts that are located on the analyses on the dashboard or dashboard
page.
341
Oracle Taleo Enterprise
Reporting with Oracle Business Intelligence User
Guide
Chapter 10
Formatting Analyses, Views, and Dashboard Pages
10
Formatting Analyses, Views, and
Dashboard Pages
Formatting Analyses, Views, and Dashboard Pages
Format
After you create and run an analysis, default formatting rules are applied to the analysis' results. Default formatting rules
are based on cascading style sheets and XML message files. You can create additional formatting to apply to specific
results. Additional formats help you to highlight blocks of related information and call attention to specific data elements.
You can also use additional formatting to customize the general appearance of analyses and dashboards.
You can apply formatting to the following:
•
•
•
Columns in analyses, as described in "Applying Formatting to Columns in Analyses".
Views, as described in "Applying Formatting to Views".
Dashboard pages, as described in "Formatting Dashboard Pages".
Formatting Columns in Analyses
As you work with columns in an analysis, you can specify their formatting. The formatting that you apply is visible when
the column is displayed in views such as tables and pivot tables. For information, see "Column Format in Analyses".
Formatting Views
You can apply formatting to views in the following ways:
•
In the View editor: When you edit a view in its editor, you can generally display various dialogs that allow you
to format either the view itself or its pieces, as applicable. Formatting options are unique to the view type.
Formatting that you specify in the view editor overrides any formatting that was specified for columns.
•
In the Compound Layout: When you use the "Compound Layout", you can click a button on the toolbar of the
container for each view to display a formatting dialog. Use that dialog to apply formatting to the view's container,
such as to place a green background on the container for a table.
Formatting Dashboard Pages
You can apply formatting to the page layout columns and sections of dashboard pages. When you edit a dashboard page,
you can edit the properties of its columns and sections and apply cosmetic formatting. For information, see "Cosmetic
Formatting" and "Building and Using Dashboards".
342
Oracle Taleo Enterprise
Reporting with Oracle Business Intelligence User
Guide
Chapter 10
Formatting Analyses, Views, and Dashboard Pages
Column Format in Analyses
When you build an analysis, you can edit properties for columns to control their appearance and layout. You can also
specify formatting to apply only if the contents of the column meet certain conditions. By default, the specifications for a
column apply only to the current analysis.
Because groups and calculated items are simply members of their respective columns, they inherit the formatting from
the column and follow the same precedence order as for other members, unless you specifically apply formatting to the
groups or calculated items.
What Kinds of Formatting Can I Apply?
You can use the tabs in the "Column Properties dialog" to customize how content is displayed for columns in views.
Hierarchy levels provide an additional detail of formatting for hierarchical columns.
The following list provides examples of the kinds of formatting that you can apply:
•
•
•
•
•
Apply cosmetic formatting to the column or hierarchy level, such as font family and size.
Assign alternate folder and column heading names and apply custom formatting to them.
Control the display of duplicate data, such as repeating column labels.
Override the default formatting for columns and data values with custom formatting.
Apply conditional formatting to the column or hierarchy level, which enables different formatting to be applied
based on the values. For example, values greater than $1 million can be formatted with a green color.
Cosmetic Formatting
Cosmetic formatting affects the visual appearance of data in columns and hierarchy levels, views, and columns and
sections on dashboard pages. You can apply cosmetic formatting, copy and paste cosmetic formatting attributes, and
save a formatted analysis to use with the columns of another analysis.
You can display various dialogs that provide access to and control over various cosmetic attributes. Depending on the
object that you are formatting, the dialog displays different options, such as font, cell, and border controls, background
color, additional formatting options such as cell padding, and custom CSS style options for HTML.
Using a Saved Analysis to Modify the Cosmetic
Appearance of Other Analyses
After you have customized the cosmetic appearance of an analysis using the Criteria tab and the Results tab and have
saved it, you can import the formatting from the saved analysis and its views to new or existing analyses.
343
Oracle Taleo Enterprise
Reporting with Oracle Business Intelligence User
Guide
Chapter 10
Formatting Analyses, Views, and Dashboard Pages
Import Formatting Button
You can use a saved analysis to modify the cosmetic appearance of other views by clicking the Import Formatting button.
This button is available on the following toolbars:
•
The Compound Layout toolbar — When you click this button, the formatting is applied to all applicable views in
the layout. See "Applying Formatting from Containers".
•
The view editor toolbar — When you click this button, the formatting is applied only to the view that you are
editing. See"Supported View Types"
Supported View Types
The following list describes the components that support the use of a saved analysis for formatting other views:
•
•
View Types — You can import formatting from the following view types:
•
Legend — Imports formatting for the legend title, the caption, and the legend container. Textual content
is not imported.
•
Narrative — Imports only the text font color. Textual properties such as prefix, postfix, and narrative texts
are not imported.
•
Pivot table, table, and trellis — Imports formatting for the columns, greenbar specifications, sub-totals
and grand totals, and section properties.
•
•
•
Static Text — Imports only the text font color. Textual content is not imported.
Title — Imports formatting for the title, logo, subtitle, start time, and Help URL.
View Selector — Imports only the caption formatting.
Compound Layout — You can import formatting that was specified after clicking the Format Container button for
the view in the Compound Layout.
How Imported Formatting is Applied
Formatting is applied slightly differently depending on whether you are importing formatting that was applied to columns,
to views, or to view containers in the Compound Layout.
Applying Formatting from Columns This functionality works best for views when attribute, measure, or hierarchical
column numbers align precisely or for a single column template that can be applied to all columns. If a single column
exists in the saved analysis, then its formatting is applied to all columns in the tables, pivot tables, and trellises of the
target analysis.
For multiple columns, formatting is applied positionally, from left to right for column headings and values. A column that
exceeds the number in the saved analysis gets the closest column's format repeated. For example, suppose the saved
analysis contains four columns formatted with these colors in this order: red, green, blue, yellow. In the target analysis, its
six columns would acquire these colors in this order: red, green, blue, yellow, yellow, yellow.
344
Oracle Taleo Enterprise
Chapter 10
Reporting with Oracle Business Intelligence User
Formatting Analyses, Views, and Dashboard Pages
Guide
Applying Formatting from Views Formatting is applied to a view only if a view of that type exists in the target analysis.
The imported formatting applies to all views of that type in the target analysis. For example, suppose that a saved analysis
contains a legend to which you have customized formatting. If you import that formatting into a target analysis that
contains three legends, then all three legends inherit that formatting.
Applying Formatting from Containers In the Compound Layout, you can specify formatting properties (such as
background color, borders, and padding) for view containers. When you import that container formatting using a saved
analysis, the views in the target analysis inherit the exact container formatting properties as the views in the saved
analysis.
The layout of the views in the two analyses need not be exactly the same for container formatting to work correctly. If the
target analysis contains more views than the source analysis, then the extra views inherit the imported formatting. For
example, suppose a saved analysis contains two tables that are stacked on top of each other in the Compound Layout.
Suppose the target analysis contains four tables that are laid out two by two. The source analysis has only one "layout
column" of two table views. The two tables in each of the first and second "layout columns" of the target analysis inherit
the applied formatting.
Importing Formatting Using a Saved Analysis
Prerequisites
You must have one of the following user type permissions:
•
•
•
BI Author Limited
BI Author Developer
BI Tenant Administrator
Home - Oracle Business Intelligence - Catalog
Steps
1. Edit the analysis.
2. Display either the analysis in which you want to import formatting in the "Analysis editor: Results tab", or
display the view in its editor.
3. Click the Import Formatting toolbar button.
4. In the "Select Analysis dialog", navigate to the saved analysis and click OK.
Applying Conditional Formatting to Tables, Pivot Tables,
and Trellises
In tables, pivot tables, trellises, and graphs, conditional formatting helps direct attention to a data element if it meets a
certain condition. For example, you can show below-quota sales figures in a certain color, or display an image such as a
trophy next to the name of each salesperson who exceeds quota by a certain percent.
This section describes how to apply conditional formatting in tables, pivot tables, and trellises. For information on graphs,
see "Graph Formatting Based on Columns".
345
Oracle Taleo Enterprise
Reporting with Oracle Business Intelligence User
Guide
Chapter 10
Formatting Analyses, Views, and Dashboard Pages
How is Conditional Formatting Applied?
You apply conditional formatting by selecting one or more columns or hierarchy levels in the analysis to use, specifying
the condition to meet, and then making specifications for font, cell, border, and style sheet options to apply when the
condition is met. The conditional formats can include colors, fonts, images, and so on, for the data and for the cell that
contains the data. Your specifications apply only to the contents of the columns or hierarchy levels in the tables and pivot
tables for the analysis with which you are working.
You can add multiple conditions so that the data is displayed in one of several formats, based upon the value of the data.
For example, below-quota sales can be displayed in one color, and above-quota sales can be displayed in another color.
When you specify multiple conditions, all the conditions are verified and the formats are merged for the conditions that are
true. In the event of a conflict when trying to merge multiple formats, the condition that is last verified as true affects the
format that is displayed.
Can Conditional Formats Be Based on Another Column?
You can create conditional formats to apply to one column based on the values of a second column, for display in tables,
pivot tables, and trellises. For example, you can create a conditional format to color the Region column green when
values of the Sales column are greater than $30 million.
You can create a condition using a column that is not displayed in views for the analysis, if you use the Hide option on
the Column Format tab of the Column Properties dialog. If you place the column in the Excluded drop target of the Layout
pane, then you cannot create a condition using that column.
Conditional formatting is applied based on the underlying value, even if you select the Show Data As options in the Layout
pane to show the data as percentages or indexes.
What Factors Affect Conditional Formats?
Layout, Order and Conditional Formats
The layout of the columns in the view affects the conditional formatting of the values of one column when the conditional
format is based on another column. Changing the layout of the columns in the view can change the display of the
conditional formats. For example, suppose that you specify a conditional format on the Region column where Year is
1999. If Year and Region are on opposite edges of the pivot table, then no conditional formatting is visible.
The order of the columns as they are displayed in the view also affects conditional formatting. The order in the view
affects the "grain" at which the values are displayed. You can think of "grain" as a level of aggregation. The conditional
format applies when the column to format is displayed at a finer grain or the same grain as the column on which the
format is based. If the column being formatted is of a higher grain than the column on which the format is based, then the
format applies only if the condition is based on a measure column. If the format is based on an attribute column and the
column to format is displayed at a higher grain, then the conditional format does not apply.
For example, consider the table in Figure 7–2. A conditional format has been specified to color the Region column
magenta when Year is 1999. Notice that no magenta coloring is visible, because Region is the first column in the
table and so is displayed at a higher grain. (The Region column has its value suppression set to Default.) See "Value
Suppression and Conditional Formats" for more information.
346
Oracle Taleo Enterprise
Chapter 10
Reporting with Oracle Business Intelligence User
Formatting Analyses, Views, and Dashboard Pages
Guide
Suppose that you change the order of the columns so that Year is the first column in the table. Then the Year column is
displayed at a higher grain, and the appropriate conditional formatting is applied to the Region column. Figure 7–3 shows
a table with the appropriate conditional formatting.
Conditional formats can be displayed on any edge of the table, pivot table, or trellis. On the Prompts drop target (also
known as the "page edge"), the conditional format applies only to the column member that is currently selected for that
target. For example, suppose that you have a Region column that has the members North, South, East, and West.
Suppose the Region column is on the Prompts drop target for a pivot table and the conditional format is set to color the
region name green if Sales is greater than $10 million. If East and West are the only regions that meet that condition, then
each one is colored green only when it is selected for the Prompts drop target.
Value Suppression and Conditional Formats
For tables, the value suppression setting in the "Column Properties dialog: Column Format tab" affects conditional
formatting. If you set value suppression to Repeat, then the column that you are formatting is displayed at the detail grain
of the view. No aggregation is needed on the column on which the format is based for applying the conditional format.
For example, consider the table in Figure 7–2. A conditional format has been applied to color the Region column magenta
when Year is 1999. Notice that no magenta coloring is visible, because the value suppression is set to Default, which
does not allow for repeating column values for the members of Region.
If the value suppression is set to Repeat, then column members are repeated and the appropriate conditional formatting
is applied. Figure 7–4 shows a table with repeat value suppression.
Applying Conditional Formatting
Prerequisites
You must have one of the following user type permissions:
•
•
•
BI Author Limited
BI Author Developer
BI Tenant Administrator
Home - Oracle Business Intelligence - Catalog
Steps
1. Edit the analysis in which you want to edit formatting and behavior in the "Analysis editor: Criteria tab".
2. Add or locate the column or hierarchy level to modify. Click the Options button to the right of the column
name in the Selected Columns pane, and click Column Properties or Hierarchy Level Properties. The
"Column Properties dialog" is displayed.
3. Click the "Column Properties dialog: Conditional Format tab".
4. Click Add Condition, then select the column to which to apply the condition.
5. Complete the "New Condition dialog". You can click the Edit Condition button to the right of the
condition name to display the "Edit Condition dialog".
Note: When you access the "New Condition dialog" from the Conditional Format
tab, the dialog shows only the options that apply to conditional formats.
For
347
Oracle Taleo Enterprise
Chapter 10
Reporting with Oracle Business Intelligence User
Formatting Analyses, Views, and Dashboard Pages
Guide
example, the Operator list shows the subset of operators that are used
in
conditional formats, and you can apply only presentation
variables.
6. Complete the "Edit Format dialog" to apply formatting for the condition.
Conditional Formatting for Ranking
The following example describes how conditional formatting can be applied to results to show ranking.
Suppose an analysis includes ten ranking categories, with a value of 1 in the column indicating the worst ranking, and a
value of 10 indicating the best ranking. You could create three conditional formats to show the following:
•
•
•
One image to indicate a low rank for columns that contain 1, 2, or 3.
Another image to indicate an average rank for columns that contain 4, 5, 6, or 7.
A third image to indicate a high rank for columns that contain 8, 9, or 10.
In the Graphics dialog, selecting the Images Only image placement option would cause the columns to be displayed with
only images, and not the ranking numbers, in the results.
Custom Format Strings For Date and Time Fields
Custom format strings provide additional options for formatting columns or hierarchy levels that contain time stamps,
dates, and times. To set custom format strings to a column or hierarchy level, you use the Custom Date Format field
(for date and time fields) or the Custom Numeric Format field (for numeric fields) in the "Column Properties dialog: Data
Format tab".
Custom Format Strings for Date and Time Fields
You can set custom format strings to a column or hierarchy level in the Custom Date Format field in the "Column
Properties dialog: Data Format tab".
General Custom Format Strings
Short sentence or paragraph to describe the configuration table.
This table shows Format Strings and their associated result
General Format String
Result
[FMT:dateShort]
Formats the date in the locale's short date format. You can also type
[FMT:date].
[FMT:dateLong]
Formats the date in the locale's long date format.
[FMT:dateInput]
Formats the date in a format acceptable for input back into the system.
348
Oracle Taleo Enterprise
Chapter 10
Reporting with Oracle Business Intelligence User
Guide
Formatting Analyses, Views, and Dashboard Pages
General Format String
Result
[FMT:time]
Formats the time in the locale's time format.
[FMT:timeHourMin]
Formats the time in the locale's time format but omits the seconds.
[FMT:timeInput]
Formats the time in a format acceptable for input back into the system.
[FMT:timeInputHourMin]
Formats the time in a format acceptable for input back into the system,
but omits the seconds.
[FMT:timeStampShort]
Equivalent to typing [FMT:dateShort] [FMT:time]. Formats the date in
the locale's short date format and the time in the locale's time format.
You can also type [FMT:timeStamp].
[FMT:timeStampLong]
Equivalent to typing [FMT:dateLong] [FMT:time]. Formats the date in
the locale's long date format and the time in the
locale's time format.
[FMT:timeStampInput]
Equivalent to [FMT:dateInput] [FMT:timeInput]. Formats the date and
the time in a format acceptable for input back into the system.
[FMT:timeHour]
Formats the hour field only in the locale's format, such as 8
PM.
YY or yy
Displays the last two digits of the year, padded to the left with zero, if
necessary, for example, 01 for 2001.
YYY or yyy
Displays the four- digit year, padded to the left with zero, if necessary,
for example, 0523.
YYYY or yyyy
Displays the four- digit year, for example, 2011
M
Displays the numeric month, for example, 2 for February.
MM
Displays the numeric month, padded to the left with zero for singledigit months, for example, 02 for February.
MMM
Displays the abbreviated name of the month in the user's locale, for
example, Feb.
MMMM
Displays the full name of the month in the user's locale, for example,
February.
D or d
Displays the day of the month, for example, 1.
DD or dd
Displays the day of the month, padded to the left with zero for singledigit days, for example, 01.
349
Oracle Taleo Enterprise
Chapter 10
Reporting with Oracle Business Intelligence User
Guide
Formatting Analyses, Views, and Dashboard Pages
General Format String
Result
DDD or ddd
Displays the abbreviated name of the day of the week in the user's
locale, for example, Thu for Thursday.
DDDD or dddd
Displays the full name of the day of the week in the user's locale, for
example, Thursday.
DDDDD or ddddd
Displays the first letter of the name of the day of the week in the user's
locale, for example, T for Thursday.
h
Displays the hour in 12-hour time, for example 2.
H
Displays the hour in 24-hour time, for example, 23.
hh
Displays the hour in 12-hour time, padded to the left with zero for
single-digit hours, for example, 01.
HH
Displays the hour in 24-hour time, padded to the left with zero for
single digit hours, for example, 23.
m
Displays the minute, for example, 7.
mm
Displays the minute, padded to the left with zero for single-digit
minutes, for example, 07.
s
Displays the second, for example, 2.
You can also include decimals in the string, such as s.# or s.00 (where
# means an optional digit, and 0 means a required digit).
ss
Displays the second, padded to the left with zero for single-digit
seconds, for example, 02.
You can also include decimals in the string, such as ss.# or ss.00
(where # means an optional digit, and 0 means a required digit).
t
Displays the first letter of the abbreviation for ante meridiem or post
meridiem in the user's locale, for example, a.
tt
Displays the abbreviation for ante meridiem or post meridiem in the
user's locale, for example, pm.
gg
Displays the era in the user's locale.
ODBC Custom Format Strings
This table shows ODBC Format Strings and their associated results
350
Oracle Taleo Enterprise
Chapter 10
Reporting with Oracle Business Intelligence User
Guide
Formatting Analyses, Views, and Dashboard Pages
ODBC Format String
Result
[FMT:dateODBC]
Formats the date in standard ODBC yyyy-mm-dd format
(4-digit year, 2-digit month, 2-digit day).
[FMT:timeODBC]
Formats the time in standard ODBC hh:mm:ss format (2-digit hour, 2digit minute, 2-digit second).
[FMT:timeStampODBC]
Equivalent to typing [FMT:dateODBC] [FMT:timeStampODBC].
Formats the date in yyyy-mm-dd format, and the time in hh:mm:ss
format.
[FMT:dateTyped]
Displays the word date and then shows the date, in standard ODBC
yyyy-mm-dd format. The date is shown within single quote characters
(').
[FMT:timeTyped]
Displays the word time and then shows the time, in standard ODBC
hh:mm:ss format. The time is shown within single quote characters (').
[FMT:timeStampTyped]
Displays the word timestamp and then the timestamp, in standard
ODBC yyyy-mm-dd hh:mm:ss format. The timestamp is shown within
single quote characters (').
351
Oracle Taleo Enterprise
Reporting with Oracle Business Intelligence User
Guide
11
Chapter 11
Delivering Content
Delivering Content
Delivering Content
Agent
Agents
Agents enable you to automate your business processes. You can use them to provide event-driven alerting, scheduled
content publishing, and conditional event-driven action execution.
You can choose:
•
•
•
•
A schedule that the Agent runs on
A data condition that determines what the Agent does
An analysis that can be distributed
Actions that can be automatically executed depending on whether the data condition is met
Agents can dynamically detect information-based problems and opportunities, determine the appropriate individuals to
notify, and deliver information to them through a wide range of devices (email, and so on).
Note: Do not save Agents with the same name as a report or the report will be overwritten and lost. The
delivery content of an agent is localized according to the preferred locale of the recipient. (Users specify their
preferred locale in the "My Account dialog: Preferences tab".)
Alerts
An alert is a notification generated by an agent that delivers personalized and actionable content to specified recipients
and to subscribers to the agent.
You can see the alerts that have been delivered to you throughout Oracle BI, for example:
•
•
In the Alerts section of the Home page.
•
•
•
On a dashboard page, if the content designer adds an Alerts section to the page. See "Dashboard Content".
On the first page of My Dashboard. (An Alerts section is automatically added to the first page of My Dashboard, if
you do not manually place one there.)
In the Alerts dialog displayed from the Alerts! button in the global header.
In specified delivery devices, such as a phone. See "Devices and Delivery Profiles"
For more information, see "Accessing and Managing Your Alerts".
352
Oracle Taleo Enterprise
Reporting with Oracle Business Intelligence User
Guide
Chapter 11
Delivering Content
How Agents Work
In the simplest format, an agent automatically performs a specified catalog analysis based on a defined schedule, and
examines the results for a specific problem or opportunity. If the specific problem or opportunity is detected in the results,
then an alert is generated and delivered to specified recipients and to subscribers to the agent, using the delivery options
that are specified for each person.
For more information on alerts, see "Alerts" For more information on delivery options, see "Devices and Delivery Profiles"
To handle more complex requirements, agents can invoke actions that trigger other agents. For example, an agent might
run an analysis to identify all current product orders over a specified dollar amount that cannot be filled from a regional
warehouse. The results can be passed to another agent that runs an analysis to locate alternative sources for these
products.
You might automatically be a recipient of alerts generated by some agents, and agents created by others might be
available for you to subscribe to. You can also create your own agents if you have the appropriate permissions and
responsibilities. Depending on the level of authority that you have, you can selectively share agents with others or make
agents available for all users.
Agent Editor
The Agent editor lets you create agents to deliver personalized and actionable content to users. It also lets you view a
summary of the current settings of agents.
The Agent editor contains the following tabs:
•
General — Lets you specify the priority of the content that an agent is to deliver and how to generate the delivery
content (that is, what user to run the query as).
•
Schedule — Lets you specify whether the agent is to be run based on a schedule, how often it runs, and when its
running is to start and end.
•
Condition — Lets you specify whether an agent always delivers its content and executes its actions, or
conditionally delivers its content and executes its actions.
•
Delivery Content — Lets you specify the content to deliver with an agent, such as a dashboard page or a saved
analysis.
•
Recipients — Lets you specify who is to receive the delivery content of the agent and who is allowed to subscribe
to the agent.
•
•
Destinations — Lets you specify where the content is to be delivered.
Actions — Lets you specify one or more actions to execute when an agent finishes.
You access the Agent editor when you create or edit an agent. See "Creating an Agent".
353
Oracle Taleo Enterprise
Reporting with Oracle Business Intelligence User
Guide
Chapter 11
Delivering Content
Customization in Agents
Using customization in agents enables you to create generic agents that you can use for more than one circumstance.
This helps you to reduce the number of agents and conditions that you must create for your organization. It also lets you
provide the specific alert required for a particular circumstance.
Customization in an agent is accomplished by overriding the operators and values of prompted filters associated
with analyses that are used in the agent. (A prompted filter is a filter whose operator is set to Is Prompted. For more
information on prompted filters, see "Creating a Column Filter".)
You use analyses in an agent when you specify that the agent is to:
•
Conditionally deliver its content and execute its actions using a condition (either named or inline) that is based on
an analysis. For more information on conditions, see "Working with Conditions."
•
Deliver an analysis as its content.
Prompted filters can be customized at various points, depending on how the analysis with which it is associated is used:
•
If the analysis is used as the basis for a named condition, then the chain for customization is as follows:
a. In the analysis
b. In the named condition
c. In the agent customization of the condition
•
If the analysis is used as the basis for an inline condition created in an agent, then the chain of customization is
as follows:
a. In the analysis
b. In the agent customization of the condition
c. In the subscription customization of the agent condition
•
If the analysis is specified as the delivery content for an agent, then the chain for customization is as follows:
a. In the analysis
b. In the agent customization of the delivery content
c. In the subscription customization of the delivery content
When using customization in an agent, keep the following points in mind:
•
Once a filter is overridden, it cannot be overridden again further in the customization chain. For example, if you
override a filter in the agent customization of the delivery content, then the subscriber cannot override it later in
the subscription customization of the delivery content.
•
If any filters in an analysis are combined (that is, constructed using AND and OR), then this AND and OR
structure is not displayed in the customization.
•
If the same filters are used more than once in an agent, then only a unique set of the filters is displayed for
customization. The customized values that you specify are applied to all instances of the repeated filter.
Exception: If the analysis is the result of combining two or more analyses based on a union operation, then
unique filters from each part of the union are displayed for customization. For more information on combining
analyses, see "Combining Columns Using Set Operations".
354
Oracle Taleo Enterprise
Chapter 11
Reporting with Oracle Business Intelligence User
Delivering Content
Guide
• Filters passed between agents participating in a chain do not support customization. The filters passed from
the parent agent are those without subscriber customizations. The filters passed to the child agent replace the
respective prompted filters before subscriber customizations are applied.
Creating an Agent
Prerequisites
You must have one of the following user type permissions:
•
•
BI Author Developer
BI Tenant Administrator
Home - Oracle Business Intelligence
Steps
1. In the global header, click New and select Agent.
2.
3.
4.
5.
6.
7.
8.
9.
•
You can also display the Agent editor by selecting Agent from the Create . . . area of the "Home
page"
•
You can also create an agent from an analysis. For how, see "Creating Agents from Analyses"
The "Agent editor" is displayed.
In the "Agent editor: General tab", specify the priority of the content that the agent is to deliver and how
to generate the delivery content (that is, what user to run the query as).
In the "Agent editor: Schedule tab", specify whether the agent is to be run based on a schedule, how
often it runs, and when its running is to start and end.
In the "Agent editor: Condition tab", specify whether the agent always delivers its content and executes
its actions, or conditionally delivers its content and executes its actions.
For more information on conditions, see "Working with Conditions."
In the "Agent editor: Delivery Content tab", specify the content to deliver with the agent, such as a
dashboard page or a saved analysis.
In the "Agent editor: Recipients tab", specify who is to receive the delivery content of the agent and who
is allowed to subscribe to the agent.
In the "Agent editor: Destinations tab", specify where the content is to be delivered.
In the "Agent editor: Actions tab", specify one or more actions to execute when the agent finishes.
Save the agent. See "Saving Agents".
After you have saved the agent, you can run the agent by clicking the Run Agent Now toolbar button.
This is helpful, for example, to test the agent.
Saving Agents
You can save agents in existing folders or in new folders that you create as follows.
355
Oracle Taleo Enterprise
Chapter 11
Reporting with Oracle Business Intelligence User
Delivering Content
Guide
• If an agent is available for subscription, then you must save it in a subfolder in /Shared Folders, for example, /
Shared Folders/Shared Agents/Sales/Agent1. (Note that you cannot save an agent directly in /Shared Folders, for
example, /Shared Folders/Agent1.)
•
If an agent is not available for subscription, then you can save it in a subfolder in /Shared Folders, in /My Folders,
or in a subfolder in /My Folders, for example, /My Folders/Sales/Agent1. (Note that you cannot save an agent
directly in /Shared Folders, for example, /Shared Folders/Agent1.)
For more information about subscribing to agents, see "Subscribing to an Agent".
Saving an Agent
Prerequisites
You must have one of the following user type permissions:
•
•
BI Author Developer
BI Tenant Administrator
Home - Oracle Business Intelligence
Steps
1. In the "Agent editor" toolbar, click one of the following buttons:
•
To save a new agent or to save an existing agent with the same name in the same folder, click
the Save this Agent button.
•
To save an existing agent with another name or in another folder, click the Save this Agent as
button.
2. Complete the "Save Agent dialog", if displayed, and click OK.
Subscribing to an Agent
Prerequisites
You must have one of the following user type permissions:
•
•
•
•
BI Consumer
BI Author Limited
BI Author Developer
BI Tenant Administrator
The agent owner must have made the agent available for subscription.
Note: To make an
agent available for subscription, in the "Agent editor: Recipients tab",
the Publish Agent for
Subscription option must be selected, and users, and Catalog
groups and Application roles that are allowed to subscribe must be
identified.
Home - Oracle Business Intelligence
356
Oracle Taleo Enterprise
Chapter 11
Reporting with Oracle Business Intelligence User
Guide
Delivering Content
Steps
1. In the global header, click Catalog and navigate to the agent to which you want to subscribe.
2. Click the More link for the agent and select Subscribe.
Displaying a List of the Agents that you Subscribe to or That You
Own
Prerequisites
Home - Oracle Business Intelligence
Steps
1. In the global header, click Home. The "Home page" is displayed.
2. In the Browse/Manage. . . area:
•
To show a list of the agents that you currently subscribe to, click the My Agent Subscriptions
folder/binocular button.
The "Catalog page" is displayed with a list of the agents to which you are currently subscribed.
(Note that agents that you have been designated a recipient of are not included in this list.) You
can then perform various tasks, such as customizing your subscription, unsubscribing from the
agent, or printing a summary of the agent settings.
•
To show a list of the agents that you own, click the My Agents folder/binocular button.
The "Catalog page" is displayed with a list of the agents saved in your personal folder (My
Folders). You can then perform various tasks, such as running the agent or editing the agent.
Unsubscribing from an Agent
Prerequisites
Home - Oracle Business Intelligence
Steps
1. In the global header, click Home. The "Home page" is displayed.
2. In the Browse/Manage. . . area, click the My Agent Subscriptions folder/binocular button.
A list of the agents to which you are currently subscribed is displayed. (Note that agents that you have
been designated a recipient of are not included in this list.)
3. Navigate to the agent from which you want to unsubscribe.
4. Click the More link for the agent and select Unsubscribe.
357
Oracle Taleo Enterprise
Chapter 11
Reporting with Oracle Business Intelligence User
Guide
Delivering Content
Customizing Your Agent Subscriptions
Suppose an agent has been set up to allow users to customize the subscription and the agent uses an analysis that
includes a prompted filter for either its condition, the delivery content, or both. You can customize the filter values for the
conditional analysis, the delivery content analysis, or both to suit your needs.
To allow users to customize an agent subscription, you must select the Allow Subscribers to Customize Agents option in
the "Agent editor: Recipients tab".
Customizing an Agent Subscription
Prerequisites
The agent creator must have allowed subscribers to customize agents.
Home - Oracle Business Intelligence
Steps
1. In the global header, click Home. The "Home page" is displayed.
2. In the Browse/Manage. . . area, click the My Agent Subscriptions folder/binocular button.
A list of the agents to which you are currently subscribed is displayed. (Note that agents that you have
been designated a recipient of are not included in this list.)
3. Navigate to the agent whose subscription you want to customize.
4. Click the More link for the agent and select Customize Subscription.
The "Customize Subscription to Agent dialog" is displayed.
5. Customize the prompted filters or the parameters as needed. (Depending on how the agent has been
set up, you can customize the prompted filters or the parameters for the condition, the delivery content,
or both.)
To customize a prompted filter or parameter:
a. Click the Modify the operator/value for this parameter button.
The "Edit Parameter Filter dialog" is displayed.
b. Edit the values as needed.
c. Click OK.
6. Click OK in the Customize Subscription to Agent dialog.
Note: The customized filter values that you set in the previous steps are not
automatically displayed in agent results. To display the customized values,
"Displaying Customized Filter Values in Agent Results".
see
Displaying Customized Filter Values in an Agent Result
Prerequisites
If you have customized filter values in an agent subscription and want to display the filter values in the agent
results, then you must add a Filters view to the analysis.
Home - Oracle Business Intelligence
Steps
358
Oracle Taleo Enterprise
Chapter 11
Reporting with Oracle Business Intelligence User
Delivering Content
Guide
1. Edit the analysis that is being customized.
2. Display the "Analysis editor: Results tab".
3. Add the Filters view to the analysis. For how, see "Adding Views to the Results of Analyses"
Disabling and Enabling Agents' Schedules
You can temporarily disable (and then enable) an agent's schedule. Disabling an agent's schedule stops the agent from
running on its defined schedule. It does not stop it from being run by other means, for example, by the Run Agent Now
toolbar button in the "Agent editor".
Disabling an agent's schedule is useful if you have defined a schedule for an agent but find you want to stop it for a
certain period of time.
In addition, an agent's schedule may be temporarily disabled by default. For example, if you copy a folder that contains
one or more agents, then the schedule of each agent copy is disabled by default, and the agent does not run on its
defined schedule until you enable it.
Disabling or Enabling an Agent's Schedule
Prerequisites
You must have one of the following user type permissions:
•
•
BI Author Developer
BI Tenant Administrator
Home - Oracle Business Intelligence
Steps
1. In the global header, click Catalog and navigate to the agent whose schedule you want to disable or
enable.
2. Click the More link for the agent and select one of the following options:
•
•
Disable Schedule to disable the agent's schedule
Enable Schedule to cause the agent to run on schedule again
You also can disable and enable an agent's schedule by using the Enabled box in the "Agent editor:
Schedule tab".
Devices and Delivery Profiles
Devices and delivery profiles control how you will be reached when an alert is generated by an agent and which devices
receive the content:
•
Device — A device is the medium used to deliver content to you. The content of an agent can be delivered to a
range of devices, such as an email.
359
Oracle Taleo Enterprise
Chapter 11
Reporting with Oracle Business Intelligence User
Delivering Content
Guide
• Delivery profile — A delivery profile specifies which devices to use to deliver content to you, based on the priority
of the content. You can define several delivery profiles to meet your needs, and switch among them. However,
only one profile can be active at any given time.
You configure your devices and your delivery profiles from the "My Account dialog: Delivery Options tab". For more
information, see "Configuring Your Devices and Delivery Profiles".
Depending on the destinations that are specified for an agent, content can be delivered to the:
•
•
Home page and dashboard.
Active delivery profile or specific devices.
When the destinations are specific devices, content is delivered to the devices that you have configured rather
than to the devices in your active delivery profile. For example, if an Agent is defined to be delivered to Email
devices, then the default Email device that you configured is used rather than any Email devices that you
configured in your active delivery profile.
Delivery content is assigned a specific priority. The default priority is normal. When you select devices for your active
profile, you can indicate what priority content should be sent to that device. For example, if you have added a cell phone
to your delivery profile, then you might associate it with high priority content only. When you know that you will be away
from the office frequently and out of email range, you can select to receive only low priority content through your office
email.
Configuring your Devices and Delivery Profiles
Prerequisites
Home - Oracle Business Intelligence
Steps
1. In the global header, click Signed In As username, (where username is the name that you use to log in
to Oracle BI Enterprise Edition) and then select My Account to display the "My Account dialog".
2. Click the Delivery Options tab.
3. In the Devices area, add or edit the appropriate devices.
To add a device, perform the following steps:
a.
b.
c.
d.
e.
f.
Select the device category button (for example, Email) for the device to add.
Click the Create Device button to display the "Create Device dialog".
In the Name field, enter the name of the device, for example, Work Email.
In the Category box, select the device category.
In the Device Type box, select the type of device.
In the Address/Number field, enter the address for the device, for example, an email
address for email.
g. Click OK to return to the My Account dialog: Deliver Options tab.
The device is displayed in the Devices list for the appropriate category (for example,
Email).
h. If you want this device to be the default device, then select the Default option to the right of
the device name.
To edit a device, perform the following steps:
360
Oracle Taleo Enterprise
Chapter 11
Reporting with Oracle Business Intelligence User
Delivering Content
Guide
a. Select the device in the list.
b. Click the Edit Device button to display the "Edit Device dialog".
c. Make your edits and click OK to return to the My Account dialog: Deliver Options tab.
4. Add or edit the appropriate delivery profiles.
To add a delivery profile, perform the following steps:
a. Click the Create Delivery Profile button to display the "Create Delivery Profile dialog".
b. In the Name field, enter a delivery profile name.
c. To the right of each delivery device to use when this profile is the active profile, select one
or more of the priority options — High, Normal, or Low. These priorities are used together
with the priority of the delivery content to determine the destination for delivery content. For
more information on the priority of the delivery content, see "Agent editor: General tab".
d. Click OK to return to the My Account dialog: Deliver Options tab.
The profile is displayed in the Delivery Profiles list.
e. If you want the delivery profile to be your active profile, then select the Active option to the
right of the profile name.
To edit a delivery profile, perform the following steps:
a. Select the delivery profile in the list.
b. Click the Edit Profile button to display the "Edit Delivery Profile dialog".
c. Make your edits and click OK to return to the My Account dialog: Deliver Options tab.
5. Click OK.
Accessing and Managing Your Alerts
You can access a list of your alerts. The list shows the name of each alert along with its delivery date and time, and
number of occurrences.
Using this list, you can:
•
•
•
•
•
View the content for an alert.
Clear an alert and all its occurrences.
Edit the agent that generated the alert, if you have permission to modify the agent.
Run the agent that generated the alert, if you have permission to execute the agent.
Clear all your alerts and all their occurrences.
For more information about alerts, see "Alerts"
Accessing or Managing Alerts
Prerequisites
361
Oracle Taleo Enterprise
Reporting with Oracle Business Intelligence User
Guide
Home - Oracle Business Intelligence
Chapter 11
Delivering Content
Steps
1. In the global header, click Alerts!.
The "Alerts dialog" is displayed.
2. View and manage your alerts as needed.
You can also access and manage your alerts from the Alerts section on the "Home page".
362
Oracle Taleo Enterprise
Reporting with Oracle Business Intelligence User
Guide
12
Chapter 12
Working with Conditions
Working with Conditions
Working with Conditions
Working with Conditions
Conditions
Conditions are objects that return a single Boolean value based on the evaluation of an analysis or of a Key Performance
Indicator (KPI).
What a condition evaluates depends on whether it is based on an analysis or on a KPI, as follows:
•
•
For an analysis, it evaluates the row count of the analysis.
For a KPI, it evaluates the status of the KPI.
For example, a condition might evaluate whether the results of an analysis return a number of rows greater than
0:
•
•
If the analysis returns at least one row, then the condition evaluates to true.
If the analysis does not return any rows, then the condition evaluates to false.
Condition Uses
You use conditions to determine whether:
•
•
•
Agents deliver their content and execute their actions
Actions links (which when clicked run actions) are displayed in dashboard pages
Sections and their content are displayed in dashboard pages
For example, a sales manager wants to deliver a Monthly Sales Report to his direct reports only when sales drop below
$2 million. You might create a condition that is based on an analysis that shows sales that are below $2 million and add it
to an agent whose delivery content is the Monthly Sales Report. When the condition evaluates to true (that is, the analysis
contains rows where sales are below $2 million), the agent is triggered to deliver the Monthly Sales Report.
You can also use a different kind of condition to determine whether action links are enabled in analyses. For information,
see "Conditionally Enabled Actions Added to Analyses".
363
Oracle Taleo Enterprise
Reporting with Oracle Business Intelligence User
Guide
Chapter 12
Working with Conditions
Condition Elements
A condition consists of the following elements:
•
•
•
An analysis or KPI.
The criteria to use when evaluating the condition:
•
For an analysis, the criteria is a row count and an operator to apply to the row count; for example, the
row count equals 100.
•
For a KPI, the criteria is a KPI status, for example, the KPI status is OK.
Values for any prompted filters that are associated with the analysis or values for KPI dimensions that were set to
Set in watchlist in the KPI.
Condition Types
Named Conditions
A named condition is a condition that you define and then save by name in the Oracle BI Presentation Catalog so that you
can reuse it in agents and dashboard pages.
You create a named condition when you create a new condition from the:
•
•
New menu in the global header by selecting Condition under Analysis and Interactive Reporting
Home page by clicking the More link under Analysis and Interactive Reporting in the Create area and selecting
Condition
You also create a named condition from the "Agent editor: Condition tab" when you save an inline condition to the catalog.
For information on inline conditions, see "Inline Conditions"
Inline Conditions
An inline condition is a condition that you define at the point of use and do not save by name in the catalog. Instead it is
saved as part of the dashboard page or agent.
An inline condition is automatically deleted when the dashboard page or agent that contains it is deleted. This simplifies
catalog management for conditions that make sense only within particular Oracle BI content.
You can create an inline condition when you:
•
Create or edit an agent and specify (in the "Agent editor: Condition tab") that the agent is to deliver its content
and run associated actions conditionally. See Using a Condition to Determine Whether an Agent Delivers Content
or Executes an Action.
For information on creating agents, see "Creating an Agent".
364
Oracle Taleo Enterprise
Chapter 12
Reporting with Oracle Business Intelligence User
Working with Conditions
Guide
• Add an action link to a dashboard page and specify that the action link is to be displayed conditionally. See
"Using a Conditio to Determine Whether Action Links are Displayed in Dashboard Pages". For information about
adding action links to dashboard pages, see "Actions in Dashboard Pages".
•
Add a section to a dashboard page and specify that the section is to be displayed conditionally. See "Using a
Condition to Determine Whether Sections Are Displayed in Dashboard Pages".
For information about adding sections to dashboard pages, see "Dashboard Content".
Creating a Named Condition
Prerequisites
You must have one of the following user type permissions:
•
•
BI Author Developer
BI Tenant Administrator
Home - Oracle Business Intelligence
Steps
1. In the global header, click New and then select Condition.
The "New Condition dialog" is displayed.
2. Complete the New Condition dialog. For more information, see "Specifying the Settings for a Condition".
Using a Condition to Determine Whether an Agent Delivers Content
or Executes an Action
Prerequisites
You must have one of the following user type permissions:
•
•
BI Author Developer
BI Tenant Administrator
Home - Oracle Business Intelligence - Catalog
Steps
1.
2.
3.
4.
Edit the agent.
Click the "Agent editor: Condition tab".
Select the Use a condition box.
If you want to:
•
Create a new condition, click Create to display the "Create Condition dialog" and then complete
the dialog.
For information on completing the dialog, see "Specifying the Settings for a Condition".
365
Oracle Taleo Enterprise
Chapter 12
Reporting with Oracle Business Intelligence User
Working with Conditions
Guide
• Select an existing condition, click Browse to display the "Select Condition dialog" and then
complete the dialog.
•
Save the agent.
Using a Condition to Determine Whether Action Links are
Displayed in Dashboard Pages
Prerequisites
You must have one of the following user type permissions:
•
•
BI Author Developer
BI Tenant Administrator
Home - Oracle Business Intelligence - Catalog
Steps
1. Edit the dashboard. For information, see "Editing a Dashboard".
2. Click the tab of the page that contains the action link to display conditionally.
3. Hover over the action link object in the Page Layout area to display the action link object's toolbar and
click the Properties button, or, if the action link is in an action link menu:
a. Hover over the action link menu object in the Page Layout area to display the action link
menu object's toolbar and click the Properties button.
The "Action Link Menu Properties dialog" is displayed.
b. Select the action link to conditionalize and click the Edit button.
The "Action Link Properties dialog" is displayed.
4. In the Show component, click the Conditionally box.
The Condition component is displayed.
5. If you want to:
•
Create a new condition, click the New Condition button to display the "New Condition dialog"
and then complete the dialog.
For information on completing the dialog, see "Specifying the Settings for a Condition".
6. Click OK in the Action Link Properties dialog.
7. If the action link is in an action link menu, then click OK in the Action Link Menu Properties dialog.
8. Save the dashboard.
Using a Condition to Determine Whether Sections are Displayed in
Dashboard Pages
Prerequisites
366
Oracle Taleo Enterprise
Chapter 12
Reporting with Oracle Business Intelligence User
Guide
You must have one of the following user type permissions:
•
•
Working with Conditions
BI Author Developer
BI Tenant Administrator
Home - Oracle Business Intelligence - Catalog
Steps
1. Edit the dashboard. For information, see "Editing a Dashboard".
2. Click the tab of the page that contains the section to display conditionally.
3. Hover over the section in the Page Layout area to display the section's toolbar, click the Properties
button for the section, and select Condition. The "Section Condition dialog" is displayed.
4. If you want to:
•
Create a new condition, click the New Condition button to display the "Create Condition dialog"
and then complete the dialog.
For information on completing the dialog, see "Specifying the Settings for a Condition".
•
Select an existing condition, click the Select Condition button to display the "Select Condition
dialog" and then complete the dialog.
5. Click OK in the Section Condition dialog.
6. Save the dashboard.
Specifying the Settings for a Condition
Prerequisites
You must have one of the following user type permissions:
•
•
BI Author Developer
BI Tenant Administrator
Home - Oracle Business Intelligence
Steps
1. Create a condition.
2. In the Create condition based on box, select whether the condition is to be based on an Analysis or
KPI.
3. For:
•
•
(optional) An analysis, edit any prompted filters, as desired.
A KPI, specify the values for any KPI dimensions.
Note: If you specify values for any prompted filters, then these values
cannot be overridden at the point of use.
4. Specify the evaluation criteria as follows:
367
Oracle Taleo Enterprise
Chapter 12
Reporting with Oracle Business Intelligence User
Guide
• For an analysis, in the Condition true if number or rows area:
•
•
•
Working with Conditions
In the Operator box, select the operator to apply to the row count.
In the Row Count box or boxes, specify the row count to be evaluated.
For a KPI, in the Condition true if KPI box, select the KPI status.
5. (optional) Click Test Condition to test the condition.
6. If you want to save the condition as:
•
•
An inline condition, click OK.
A named condition, click Save As to display the "Save As dialog", where you can save the
condition by name to the catalog.
Note: If a condition is based on an analysis or KPI that is private, you
cannot save it in the /Shared Folders folder.
Editing a Named Condition
Prerequisites
You must have one of the following user type permissions:
•
•
BI Author Developer
BI Tenant Administrator
Home - Oracle Business Intelligence - Catalog
Steps
1. Navigate to the condition in the catalog.
2. Click the Edit link to display the "Edit Condition dialog".
3. Make the desired changes.
Editing, Customizing, Testing, Saving, and Disabling a Condition
Used in an Agent
Prerequisites
You must have one of the following user type permissions:
•
•
BI Author Developer
BI Tenant Administrator
Home - Oracle Business Intelligence - Catalog
368
Oracle Taleo Enterprise
Chapter 12
Reporting with Oracle Business Intelligence User
Guide
Working with Conditions
Steps
1. Edit the agent.
2. Click the "Agent editor: Condition tab".
3. To:
•
Edit an inline condition, click Edit Condition to display the "Edit Condition dialog", and make the
desired changes. For more information on completing the Edit Condition dialog, see "Specifying
the Settings for a Condition".
•
To customize the prompted filters of a named condition, click Customize to display the
"Customize Condition dialog", and make the desired customizations.
•
•
To test a condition, click Test. The evaluation results are displayed.
•
To disable a condition, click Do not use a condition (always deliver content and run actions).
To save an inline condition to the catalog as a named condition, click Save To Catalog to
display the "Save As dialog".
4. Save the agent.
Editing, Testing, Saving, and Removing a Condition Used in an
Action Link in a Dashboard Page
Prerequisites
You must have one of the following user type permissions:
•
•
BI Author Developer
BI Tenant Administrator
Home - Oracle Business Intelligence - Catalog
Steps
1. Edit the dashboard page that contains the action link.
2. Hover over the action link object in the Page Layout area to display the action link object's toolbar and
click the Properties button, or, if the action link is in an action link menu:
a. Hover over the action link menu object in the Page Layout area to display the action link
menu object's toolbar and click the Properties button.
The "Action Link Menu Properties dialog" is displayed.
b. Select the action link that contains the condition and click the Edit button.
The "Action Link Properties dialog" is displayed.
3. Click the More button to the right of the Condition field and then:
•
To edit a condition, select Edit Condition to display the "Edit Condition dialog" and make the
desired changes. For more information on completing the Edit Condition dialog, see "Specifying
the Settings for a Condition".
•
To test a condition, select Test Condition. The evaluation results are displayed.
369
Oracle Taleo Enterprise
Chapter 12
Reporting with Oracle Business Intelligence User
Working with Conditions
Guide
• To save an inline condition to the catalog as a named condition, select Save Condition As to
display the "Save As dialog".
•
To remove a condition, select Remove Condition.
4. Click OK in the Action Link Properties dialog.
5. If the action link is in an action link menu, then click OK in the Action Link Menu Properties dialog.
6. Save the dashboard.
Editing, Testing, Saving, and Removing a Condition Used in a
Section in a Dashboard Page
Prerequisites
You must have one of the following user type permissions:
•
•
BI Author Developer
BI Tenant Administrator
Home - Oracle Business Intelligence - Catalog
Steps
1. Edit the dashboard page that contains the section.
2. Hover over the section in the Page Layout area to display the section's toolbar, click the Properties
button for the section, and select Condition. The "Section Condition dialog" is displayed.
3. Click the More button to the right of the Condition field and then:
•
To edit a condition, select Edit Condition to display the "Edit Condition dialog" and make the
desired changes. For more information on completing the Edit Condition dialog, see "Specifying
the Settings for a Condition".
•
•
To test a condition, select Test Condition. The evaluation results are displayed.
•
To remove a condition, select Remove Condition.
To save an inline condition to the catalog as a named condition, select Save Condition As to
display the "Save As dialog".
4. Save the dashboard.
370
Oracle Taleo Enterprise
Chapter 13
Reporting with Oracle Business Intelligence User
Guide
13
KPIs and KPI Watchlists
KPIs and KPI Watchlists
KPIs and KPI Watchlists
Key Performance Indicators
KPI
KPIs are measurements that define and track specific business goals and objectives that often roll up into larger
organizational strategies that require monitoring, improvement, and evaluation. KPIs have measurable values that usually
vary with time, have targets to determine a score and performance status, include dimensions to allow for more specific
analysis, and can be compared over time for trending purposes and to identify performance patterns.
See the following list of specific uses for KPIs in Oracle BI:
•
•
Evaluate metrics against their targets and alert the appropriate users through agents when targets are not met.
•
In Oracle Scorecard and Strategy Management, use KPIs to evaluate and monitor the performance of the
objectives that form the strategy and the initiatives (tasks or projects) that are needed to meet your objectives.
For information about scorecards and how to create them, see "Scorecarding."
Create an analysis from a KPI and add that analysis to a dashboard. An analysis that is created from a KPI can
allow the user to drill into different levels of details based on the KPI's dimensions.
.
KPI Evaluation
A KPI's status and score are determined by comparing its actual value against the thresholds that you define. The
performance status of a KPI is represented by the status icon that you assign to each range.
For example, for a product sales KPI in which high values are desirable, you can define the ranges that are described in
the Sample Evaluation. Thresholds are the numeric values that separate the ranges.
Sample Evaluation
This table shows examples for evaluations (with Threshold, Name and Status Icon)
Evaluation Range Rule
Threshold
Name
Status Icon
Values exceeding 125 (125 < x) indicate ideal
performance
126 and above
Ideal
Blue Square
371
Oracle Taleo Enterprise
Chapter 13
Reporting with Oracle Business Intelligence User
Guide
KPIs and KPI Watchlists
Evaluation Range Rule
Threshold
Name
Status Icon
Values between 100 and 125 (100 < x <= 125)
indicate good performance
125
Good
Green Square
Values between 80 and 100 (80 < x <= 100) indicate
acceptable performance
100
Acceptable
Yellow Square
Values between 50 and 80 (50 < x <=80) indicate a
warning of poor performance
50
Warning
Light Red
Square
Values less than 50 (x <= 50) indicate critical
performance
50 and below
Critical
Dark Red
Square
KPI Uses
KPIs are created with the KPI Editor, which can be accessed as a standalone editor or within the "Scorecard editor". After
you create and save KPIs, you can use them in the following ways:
•
Building blocks of scorecards — You can create and assign KPIs to measure the progress and performance
of your organization's strategies. Within a scorecard, you can define the objectives (goals such as "Decreased
Operational Costs") and initiatives (processes or tasks such as "Form Cost Minimization Team") to which you
assign KPIs to measure progress and performance. For information about objectives, see "Objectives". For
information about initiatives, see "Initiatives".
•
As an analysis — You can generate an analysis from a KPI. When you do so, Oracle BI EE saves the analysis to
the catalog. You can include the analysis on a dashboard or as a related document in a scorecard, KPI watchlist,
or KPI. Any dimension values that you pinned to the KPI before you output it as an analysis are included in the
analysis. Drill-down is available on the analysis. Oracle BI EE refreshes the data for the analysis every time a
user opens the analysis.
•
Included in KPI watchlists — You can create a watchlist that contains a group of KPIs or to present one KPI
several times with dimension values that are pinned to it. After you save the watchlist, it is available as a catalog
object that you can add to dashboards or scorecards. When users access the watchlist, they can change the
dimension values for the KPIs that are included in the watchlist.
•
Facilitate user interaction — If KPIs were added to a KPI watchlist or if they were added to objectives or initiatives
inside a scorecard, then you can post comments to a KPI and read and reply to other users' comments. You can
also contact the KPI's business owner with questions or comments about the KPI. And, if you are the business
owner, you can override a KPI's status.
•
Initiate actions — You can add an action link that when clicked in the KPI runs an associated action. For example,
if the performance of a KPI for Internal Spending is too high, indicating excessive spending, then you could create
an action link that when clicked, sends an email to the appropriate employees.
•
Trigger agents — You can use a KPI's values, performance levels, and status to trigger a condition that initiates
an agent alert. For example, you can define an agent that notifies you when the value of a Internal Costs KPI
exceeds a certain dollar amount.
372
Oracle Taleo Enterprise
Chapter 13
Reporting with Oracle Business Intelligence User
Guide
KPIs and KPI Watchlists
Dimensions and Pinned Dimension Values
Dimensions are categorizations of data, and the categorizations reflect how a business analyst wants to analyze data.
When analysts say they want to see numbers "by" something or "over" something, they are identifying the dimensions of
the data. Common dimensions are geography, organization, job type, and time.
For KPIs, you can select any attribute column from the subject area as a dimension. When you design the KPI, you can
either pin a specific data value to one or more dimensions (for example, Region=Central), or you can specify that you
want all or some dimension values pinned when the KPI is added to a watchlist or scorecard and when a watchlist or
scorecard is added to a dashboard. Pinning filters the data that the user sees, and after a value is pinned by the designer,
the user cannot change the value.
When adding a KPI without a pre-pinned value to a watchlist, the designer can pin a specific value or specify a session
or repository variable to set the dimension's value. If the designer does not pin a value or variable to a dimension, then
the KPI user can select a value at runtime from the point of view area in either the KPI watchlist, from the scorecard that
contains the KPI, from the variable prompt on a dashboard, or from the column prompt on the dashboard.
If a KPI with dimensions is output to an analysis, then the dimensions are displayed as columns and drills. If the
dimension values are pinned, then the analysis is limited to the data that is determined by the pinned values.
Creating a KPI
Prerequisites
You must have one of the following user type permissions:
•
•
BI Author Developer
BI Tenant Administrator
Home - Oracle Business Intelligence
Steps
1. To create a new KPI, do one of the following:
•
In the global header, hover the mouse pointer over the New menu, select KPI, and from the
Select Subject Area dialog, select a subject area for the KPI. The "KPI editor" is displayed.
•
From a scorecard, go to the Scorecard Documents pane or the Catalog pane, click the New
Object icon list, select KPI, and from the Select Subject Area dialog, select a subject area for
the KPI. The "KPI editor" is displayed.
2. On the "KPI editor: General Properties page", specify the business owner, actual value, and target
value, and indicate whether to enable trending to determine performance patterns. Oracle recommends
that you enable trending because trending enables Scorecard to automatically display historical trend
charts.
3. On the "KPI editor: Dimensionality page", select the dimensions (for example, Requisitions by Location
and by Job Type) that you want to use to aggregate the KPI's actual and target values. Note that you
should include a time dimension for most KPIs. Exceptions include constants or metrics that are defined
as current snapshots, such as "Candidates Currently Scheduled for Interview."
373
Oracle Taleo Enterprise
Chapter 13
Reporting with Oracle Business Intelligence User
KPIs and KPI Watchlists
Guide
4. On the "KPI editor: States page", indicate the desired goal based on KPI values (for example, "High
Values are Desirable"), define the ranges that evaluate KPI values to determine performance status and
score, and associate performance levels with actions.
5. On the "KPI editor: Related Documents page", add any external links or business intelligence objects to
the KPI.
6. On the "KPI editor: Custom Attributes page", include as many as five custom columns. For example, you
might add a column that shows units from a year ago.
7. Save the KPI. Note the following items:
•
•
If you are creating a standalone KPI, then click Finish to save the KPI.
•
If you are creating a KPI from a scorecard, then click Save from the "Scorecard editor".
If you are creating a new KPI, then the "Save As dialog" is displayed where you specify the
KPI's name and where you want to save the KPI. If you want the KPI to display within a
scorecard's "Scorecard Documents pane", then save the KPI to the scorecard object's folder
within the catalog.
Editing KPIs
Use the following procedures to open and edit a saved KPI. KPIs are stored in the catalog, but can be added to KPI
watchlists, scorecards, and dashboards. When you edit and save a KPI, the changes propagate to wherever the KPI is
displayed.
Editing a KPI from the Catalog
Prerequisites
You must have one of the following user type permissions:
•
•
BI Author Developer
BI Tenant Administrator
Home - Oracle Business Intelligence
Steps
1.
2.
3.
4.
In the global header, click Catalog. The "Catalog page" is displayed.
Navigate to the KPI to edit and click the Edit link for the object. The "KPI editor" is displayed.
Make the desired changes.
Save the KPI.
Editing a KPI from a KPI Watchlist
Prerequisites
You must have one of the following user type permissions:
•
•
BI Author Developer
BI Tenant Administrator
374
Oracle Taleo Enterprise
Reporting with Oracle Business Intelligence User
Guide
Home - Oracle Business Intelligence - Catalog
Chapter 13
KPIs and KPI Watchlists
Steps
1.
2.
3.
4.
5.
Edit a KPI watchlist.
Right-click the KPI that you want to open.
Select Open KPI Definition. The "KPI editor" is displayed.
Make the desired changes.
Save the KPI.
Generating Analyses from KPIs
Use the following procedures to generate an analysis from a KPI. An analysis is a query against an organization's data
that provides answers to business questions. For more information about analyses, see Chapter 2, "Creating Analyses".
You can generate an analysis from a KPI that is included in a KPI watchlist, scorecard, or scorecard diagram view on a
dashboard. After you generate the analysis, it is stored in the catalog's Drills folder (/My Folders/Drills). Note that because
the My Folders/Drills folder is used for temporary storage, the analysis might not persist after your session ends. To
preserve the analysis, copy it to another directory. For example, to preserve an analysis that you plan to use in a shared
dashboard, copy it to a folder in /Shared Folders.
After the analysis is generated, the analysis can then be placed onto a dashboard, opened from the catalog as an
analysis, or attached as a related document in a scorecard, KPI watchlist, or KPI. Every time a user opens the analysis, its
data is refreshed.
Generating an Analysis from a KPI on a Watchlist
Prerequisites
You must have one of the following user type permissions:
•
•
BI Author Developer
BI Tenant Administrator
Home - Oracle Business Intelligence - Catalog
Steps
1. Locate and open the KPI watchlist from the catalog, scorecard, or dashboard that contains the KPI
watchlist.
2. Go to the Performance tab and within the New KPI Watchlist table, select the row that contains the KPI
that you want to output to an analysis.
3. From the Objects list, select Analyze. A new browser tab opens and displays the analysis, and Oracle BI
saves the analysis to the catalog's Drills folder (/My Folders/Drills).
Outputting an Analysis from a KPI on a Scorecard
Prerequisites
You must have one of the following user type permissions:
375
Oracle Taleo Enterprise
Chapter 13
Reporting with Oracle Business Intelligence User
Guide
• BI Author Developer
•
KPIs and KPI Watchlists
BI Tenant Administrator
Home - Oracle Business Intelligence - Catalog
Steps
1. Expand the scorecard's strategy tree, initiative tree, Scorecard Documents pane, or Catalog pane and
select a KPI.
2. Right-click the KPI and select Analyze. A new browser tab opens and displays the analysis, and Oracle
BI saves the analysis to the catalog.
Creating Agents from KPIs
Use the following procedure to create an agent from a KPI using the Create Agent option. This option is available from the
More list on the "Catalog page" and from the New Object list in the Scorecard Editor's "Catalog pane". When you create
an agent using this method, Oracle BI does the following:
•
Uses the KPI dimensions, dimension values that you specify, and status to create a condition that is based on the
KPI and adds the condition to the "Agent editor: Condition tab".
•
Outputs the KPI as an analysis, saves the analysis to the catalog, and attaches the analysis to the "Agent editor:
Delivery Content tab".
For more information about agents, see "Delivering Content".
Creating an Agent from a KPI
Prerequisites
You must have one of the following user type permissions:
•
•
BI Author Developer
BI Tenant Administrator
Home - Oracle Business Intelligence - Catalog
Steps
1. Locate the KPI from which you want to create an agent using one of the following methods:
•
From the "Catalog page", browse for and locate the KPI. In the "Catalog area", click the KPI's
More list and select Create Agent. The "Create New Agent dialog" is displayed.
•
From anywhere in scorecard (Strategy pane, Initiatives pane, Scorecard Documents pane,
Catalog pane, or any tab within the Scorecard Editor), select a KPI, right-click, and select
Create Agent. The "Create New Agent dialog" is displayed.
2. In the Name field, enter a name for the agent and complete the Create New Agent dialog. Click OK.
The "Agent editor" is displayed and the information that you specified in the Create New Agent dialog
defaults into the "Agent editor: Condition tab" and the "Agent editor: Delivery Content tab".
3. Complete and save the agent. For more information, see"Creating Agents" .
376
Oracle Taleo Enterprise
Reporting with Oracle Business Intelligence User
Guide
Chapter 13
KPIs and KPI Watchlists
KPI Business Owner Contact
Use the following procedures to send a message to a KPI's business owner. The business owner is the person who is
responsible for managing the KPI. Upon the creation or modification of the KPI, the content designer selects the business
owner from the Oracle BI user list.
Oracle BI uses the delivery devices and profiles that the business owner has specified in the "My Account dialog: Delivery
Options tab" to determine where to deliver the message.
Contacting the KPI's Business Owner from a KPI Watchlist
Prerequisites
You must have one of the following user type permissions:
•
•
BI Author Developer
BI Tenant Administrator
Home - Oracle Business Intelligence
Steps
1. Locate and open the KPI watchlist from the catalog, open a dashboard that contains a KPI, or open the
scorecard that contains the KPI watchlist.
2. Go to the Performance tab and within the New KPI Watchlist table, select the row that contains the KPI
whose owner you want to contact.
3. From the Objects list, select Contact Owner. The "Contact Owner dialog" is displayed.
4. In the Message field, enter a message to the KPI's owner.
5. Click Send.
Contacting the KPI's Business Owner from a Scorecard
Prerequisites
You must have one of the following user type permissions:
•
•
BI Author Developer
BI Tenant Administrator
Home - Oracle Business Intelligence
Steps
1.
2.
3.
4.
Expand the scorecard's strategy tree, initiative tree, or scorecard documents folder and select a KPI.
Right-click the KPI and select Contact Owner. The "Contact Owner dialog" is displayed.
In the Message field, enter a message to the KPI's owner.
Click Send.
377
Oracle Taleo Enterprise
Reporting with Oracle Business Intelligence User
Guide
Chapter 13
KPIs and KPI Watchlists
Overriding Statuses of KPIs
A KPI's status can be overridden only by the business owner. The business owner is the person responsible for managing
the KPI. Upon the creation or modification of the KPI, the content designer selects the business owner from the Oracle BI
user list.
The business owner can override a status if the KPI's values are old, unavailable, or otherwise do not accurately reflect
the true status of what the KPI is measuring. A KPI's status remains overridden until the business owner removes the
override status. For example, if there is a scorecard that contains a KPI that measures a store's sales and a fire destroys
the store, causing it to be non-operational, the business owner overrides the KPI's status so that the scorecard is not
unbalanced. The business owner keeps this override in place until the store is again operational.
For detailed instructions about overriding a KPI's status, see "Status Overrides".
Adding Comments to KPIs
Any recipient of the KPI can add comments to a KPI's columns. Recipients can also review and respond to comments
entered by other users. When you access a KPI's comments, a cumulative, chronological list of comments is displayed.
For more information on adding and reviewing comments, see "Comments".
KPI Watchlists
KPI Watchlists
KPI watchlists are collections of KPIs that you build by adding the KPIs that are stored in the catalog. After you build and
save a KPI watchlist, it is stored as a catalog object and can be added to dashboards and scorecards. Because KPIs
cannot be viewed directly from the catalog by end users, KPI watchlists are one of the ways, along with outputting a KPI
to an analysis and including a KPI on a scorecard, that KPIs are distributed to end users.
KPI watchlists provide the following KPI performance information:
•
•
Current status
•
•
•
Actual and target values.
Trend status that indicates if performance has increased, decreased, or remained the same, and if any changes
are desirable
Variance value and percent by which the current value deviates from the target
Change value and percent identify how much the current value differs from that from the previous period
KPI watchlists are useful because you can quickly build formal or informal lists for specific uses and for specific users, or,
if end users are given the proper privileges, they can build their own KPI watchlists that meet their specific information
needs. For example, the KPI watchlist designer might create a KPI watchlist that contains KPIs that support a specific
scorecard's strategy and initiatives. Or end users might create KPI watchlists to monitor their individual objectives.
378
Oracle Taleo Enterprise
Chapter 13
Reporting with Oracle Business Intelligence User
KPIs and KPI Watchlists
Guide
The KPI watchlist designer can add one KPI several times to a KPI watchlist, and each time that the KPI is added, pin
different dimensions to it so that the end user can quickly see the whole picture rather than having to specify dimensions
and reloading the KPI.
The KPI watchlist designer can add one KPI several times to a KPI watchlist, and each time that the KPI is added, pin
different dimensions to it so that the end user can quickly see the whole picture rather than having to specify dimensions
and reloading the KPI.
Creating a KPI Watchlist
Prerequisites
You must have one of the following user type permissions:
•
•
BI Author Developer
BI Tenant Administrator
Home - Oracle Business Intelligence
Steps
1. To create a new KPI watchlist, do one of the following:
•
From the Home page, locate the global header, hover the mouse pointer over the New menu,
and select KPI Watchlist. The "KPI Watchlist editor" is displayed.
•
2.
3.
4.
5.
6.
7.
From a scorecard, go to the Scorecard Documents pane, click the New Object icon list, and
select KPI Watchlist. The "KPI Watchlist editor" is displayed.
If you are creating a KPI watchlist from the global header, then select any KPI from the catalog pane
and drag it to the watchlist table.
If you are creating a KPI watchlist within the Scorecard Editor, then select a KPI from any pane within
the Scorecard Editor and drag it to the watchlist table. The "Add KPI dialog" is displayed.
Enter a label for the KPI and if the KPI contains dimensions, then pin values to the dimensions as
needed. Click OK. For more information about pinning, see "Dimensions and Pinned Dimension Values"
To edit the KPIs included on the watchlist, edit the KPI's watchlist entry, or remove the KPI from the
watchlist, select a KPI from the table, click Objects, and select an option. For more information, see "KPI
Watchlist editor: Performance tab".
To add or remove columns from the watchlist table, click View and select Show More Columns.... The
"Show More Columns dialog" is displayed.
Click the KPI Watchlist Editor's Details tab to provide a description of the watchlist, identify a business
owner, and add links to related business intelligence objects or external links. For more information, see
"KPI Watchlist editor: Details tab".
Click Save.
If you are creating a new KPI watchlist, then the "Save As dialog" is displayed where you specify the KPI
watchlist's name and where you want to save the watchlist.
If you want the watchlist to display within a scorecard's "Scorecard Documents pane", save the watchlist
to the scorecard object's folder within the catalog.
379
Oracle Taleo Enterprise
Reporting with Oracle Business Intelligence User
Guide
Chapter 13
KPIs and KPI Watchlists
Editing a KPI Watchlist
Prerequisites
You must have one of the following user type permissions:
•
•
BI Author Developer
BI Tenant Administrator
Home - Oracle Business Intelligence
Steps
1. In the global header, click Catalog. The "Catalog page" is displayed.
2. Navigate to the KPI watchlist to edit and click the Edit link for the object. The "KPI Watchlist editor" is
displayed.
3. Make the desired changes.
4. Save the KPI watchlist.
380
Oracle Taleo Enterprise
Reporting with Oracle Business Intelligence User
Guide
14
Chapter 14
Scorecarding
Scorecarding
Scorecarding
Scorecarding
Scorecard and Strategy Management
Oracle Scorecard and Strategy Management is a performance management tool that lets you describe and communicate
your business strategy. You can drive and assess your corporate strategy and performance from the top of your
organization down, or from the bottom up.
Oracle Scorecard and Strategy Management also enables you to either align your objectives and initiatives with traditional
balanced scorecard perspectives, or to create your own to reflect your fundamental business competencies.
Use Oracle Scorecard and Strategy Management to:
•
Simultaneously define the objectives (that is, goals such as Decreased Time to Hire) and initiatives (that is,
processes or tasks such as Train Hirning Managers to Streamline the Interview and Hire Process) that form your
strategy to which you assign KPIs to measure progress and performance. For more information on:
•
•
•
Objectives, see "Objectives"
Initiatives, see "Initatives".
KPIs, see "KPIs and KPI Watchlists"
•
Align objectives and initiatives with customized or traditional perspectives . This later enables you to depict
the extent to which corporate strategy supports these perspectives. For information on perspectives, see
"Perspectives".
•
Define target numeric ranges to evaluate the values of KPIs within corporate or department-level objectives and
initiatives. For more information, see "Assessment Mappings".
•
Graphically communicate strategy and strategic dynamics using strategy maps, cause & effect maps, custom
views, and strategy trees. For more information, see:
•
•
•
•
•
"Strategy Trees"
"Strategy Maps"
"Cause & Effect Maps"
"Custom Views"
Discuss the implementation and status of objectives and initiatives by adding, reading, and replying to comments.
For information on comments, see "Comments".
Note: Because you use KPIs in scorecards to measure progress and performance over time, best practice is to
include appropriate time dimensions when defining KPIs to be used within scorecards.
381
Oracle Taleo Enterprise
Reporting with Oracle Business Intelligence User
Guide
Chapter 14
Scorecarding
Scorecard Editor
The "Scorecard editor" lets you create a scorecard of your entire organization or of individual departments. It consists of
numerous panes and tabs:
•
On the left side of the editor are the panes that you use to create the objects that comprise your scorecard. For
example, it includes the Strategy pane, which you use to create, organize, and leverage the objectives that form
the strategic structure (also called the strategy tree) of the corporate entity (department, for example) that you
want to evaluate.
•
On the right side of the editor is the tab area. When you first create a scorecard, you are presented with the
Overview tab. This tab enables you to view summary information for the selected initiative, objective, or KPI. As
you create your scorecard objects, detailed tabs are generated dynamically for each object. For example, when
you create an objective, a tab is generated for that objective. You use this tab to define the objective and to view
detailed information about the objective, such as which KPIs are to be used to evaluate it and which initiatives
drive it.
•
At the top of the editor are toolbar buttons and the point of view area. The point of view area displays the
dimensions of the KPIs that are used in the Scorecard to measure the progress and performance of initiatives
and objectives. You use this area to pin (or set) values for the dimensions. When you pin a dimension, the data in
the scorecard is filtered to give you a new point of view (that is, a new view of the data). See "Point of View Area".
Scorecard Editor Edit and View Modes
The "Scorecard editor" has two modes:
•
Edit mode - Enables you to create or edit mission statements, vision statements, initiatives, perspectives,
objectives, KPIs, KPI watchlists, smart watchlists, and views, and create agents from KPIs.
•
View mode - Enables you to navigate and view mission statements, vision statements, initiatives, perspectives,
objectives, KPIs, KPI watchlists, and views but not add or modify them. You also can add comments, override
statuses, create agents from KPIs, and view and in some cases modify smart watchlists.
In addition, the information that you can access and the tasks that you can perform in these mode depends on the
following:
•
•
The privileges that are assigned to your account
The permissions that are associated with the individual scorecard objects and folders
Scorecard Objects
Scorecard objects are items that you create or arrange to:
•
Represent and evaluate corporate strategy, including
•
•
•
Objectives: For information, see "Objectives"
Initiatives: For information, see "Initiatives".
Perspectives: For information, see Perspectives.
382
Oracle Taleo Enterprise
Reporting with Oracle Business Intelligence User
Guide
• KPIs: For information, see "KPI"
•
Chapter 14
Scorecarding
Present and analyze corporate strategy, including:
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
Vision statements: For information, see "Vision Statement"
Mission statements: For information, see "Mission Statement"
Strategy trees: For information, see "Strategy Trees"
Strategy maps: For information, see "Strategy Maps"
Cause and effect maps: For information, see "Cause & Effect Maps"
Custom views: For information, see "Custom Views"
KPI watchlists: For information, see "KPI Watchlists"
Smart watchlists: For more information, see "Smart Watchlists"
Agents: For information, see "Creating Agents From KPIs".
Creating Scorecards
Prerequisites
You must have one of the following user type permissions:
•
•
BI Author Developer
BI Tenant Administrator
Home - Oracle Business Intelligence
Steps
1. Create a new scorecard to contain the scorecard objects that you must represent, evaluate, present,
and analyze your corporate strategy, such as objectives, initiatives, perspectives, and so on. See
"Creating a Scorecard".
2. Create perspectives to represent your key business competencies (Financial or Research and
Development, for example) that you can use to align initiatives and objectives. See Perspectives and
"Creating a Custom Perspective".
3. Create the KPIs that gather core business data (Product Sales, for example) and specify the KPI
targets, target ranges, and actions. See "KPI" and "Creating a KPI".
4. Create the KPI watchlists that you want to use to monitor KPIs. See "KPI Watchlists"
5. Create and arrange the objectives (goals or desired outcomes) for your entire organization, or for a
department. This includes assigning the KPIs that measure the progress and performance of objectives.
Note that the top-level objective (that is, the root objective) in the Strategy pane represents the entity
(your entire organization or a department) that you are scorecarding. See "Objectives" and"Creating an
Objective" .
6. Create and arrange the initiatives required to meet objectives. You also can assign KPIs to initiatives.
See "Initiatives" and "Creating an Initiative".
383
Oracle Taleo Enterprise
Chapter 14
Reporting with Oracle Business Intelligence User
Scorecarding
Guide
7. Weight individual objectives and initiatives to specify how they impact the overall performance of the
entity that you are scorecarding. See "Understanding Initiative or Objective Performance Assessment"
and "Assigning Weights to Child Objectives, Initiatives and KPIs".
8. Set assessment mappings. See "Defining Assessment Mappings for a Scorecard".
9. If appropriate, override the status of KPIs, initiatives, and objectives. See "Status Overrides".
10. Depict relationships between objectives using strategy maps, cause & effect maps, strategy trees, and
custom views.
See "Strategy Maps", "Creating a Strategy Map", "Cause & Effect Maps", "Creating a Cause & Effect
Map", "Strategy Trees","Creating Strategy Trees", "Custom Views", and "Creating a Custom View".
11. Create views into a scorecard based on criteria that you specify by creating smart watchlists. See
"Smart Watchlists" and "Creating a Smart Watchlist".
12. Use comments (also know as annotations) to associate explanatory text with the values of KPIs,
objectives, or initiatives for a specific set of dimension values. See "Comments".
13. Add scorecard views to dashboards. See "Adding Scorecard Objects to Dashboards".
14. Create agents from KPIs. (Agents enable you to automate your business processes.) See "Creating
Agents From KPIs".
15. Optionally define the mission and vision statements that translate your corporate direction into overarching strategic themes and thrusts that you later support by creating objectives. See "Mission
Statement", "Defining a Mission Statement", "Vision Statement", and "Defining a Vision Statement".
Creating a Scorecard
Prerequisites
You must have one of the following user type permissions:
•
•
BI Author Developer
BI Tenant Administrator
Home - Oracle Business Intelligence
Steps
1. In the global header, click New and then select Scorecard.
The "New Scorecard dialog" is displayed.
2. Specify a name for the scorecard.
3. (optional) Specify a description of the scorecard.
4. Select the location in which to save the scorecard.
5. Specify whether to use the default Balanced Scorecard perspectives.
6. Click OK. The new scorecard is created.
Next Step
Perform the remaining tasks for creating a scorecard, as described in "Creating Scorecards"
384
Oracle Taleo Enterprise
Chapter 14
Reporting with Oracle Business Intelligence User
Guide
Scorecarding
Opening or Editing a Scorecard
Prerequisites
You must have one of the following user type permissions:
•
•
•
•
BI Consumer
BI Author Limited
BI Author Developer
BI Tenant Administrator
Note: Only users with the BI Author Developer or BI Tenant Administrator privilige will be able to edit a
scorecard.
Home - Oracle Business Intelligence
Steps
1. In the global header, click Catalog to display the "Catalog page".
2. Navigate to the scorecard that you want to open or edit and click one of the following links:
•
•
Open — The scorecard is displayed in the "Scorecard editor" in view mode.
Edit — The scorecard is displayed in the "Scorecard editor" in edit mode.
For more information on the view and edit modes, see "Scorecard Editor Edit and View Modes
3. Make the desired changes.
4. Save the scorecard.
Vision Statement
A vision statement is a short statement that describes what your organization wants to become sometime in the future.
For example, it might be to become the most successful business in the South America Polypropylene Market. (A vision
statement is optional.)
Often, from this statement, you define the key goals and priorities that form your mission statement. For more information,
see "Mission Statement"
For information on defining a vision statement, see "Defining a Vision Statement".
Defining a Vision Statement
Prerequisites
You must have one of the following user type permissions:
•
•
BI Author Developer
BI Tenant Administrator
385
Oracle Taleo Enterprise
Reporting with Oracle Business Intelligence User
Guide
Home - Oracle Business Intelligence - Catalog
Chapter 14
Scorecarding
Steps
1. Edit the scorecard for which you want to define a vision statement. For information, see "Opening or
Editing a Scorecard".
2. In the "Scorecard Documents pane", click the Create Object toolbar button and then select Vision.
The "Vision tab: Document tab" is displayed:
3. Enter and format the vision statement. You can apply such formatting options as bold, italic, underlining,
indents, justification, and font size changes.
4. Click the "Vision tab: Details tab".
5. Assign the business owner and specify related documents, as appropriate. See "Related Documents
area".
6. Click Save to display the "Save As dialog". In the Save As dialog, you can rename the vision statement
rather than use the default name.
Mission Statement
A mission statement specifies the key business goals and priorities that are required to achieve your vision. (A mission
statement is optional.)
For information on defining a mission statement, see "Defining a Mission Statement".
You define your vision in a vision statement. For more information on vision statements, see "Vision Statement"
Defining a Mission Statement
Prerequisites
You must have one of the following user type permissions:
•
•
BI Author Developer
BI Tenant Administrator
Home - Oracle Business Intelligence - Catalog
Steps
1. Edit the scorecard for which you want to define a mission statement. For information, see "Opening or
Editing a Scorecard".
2. In the "Scorecard Documents pane", click the Create Object toolbar button and then select Mission.
The "Mission tab: Document tab" is displayed:
3. Enter and format the mission statement. You can apply such formatting options such as bold, italic,
underlining, indents, justification, and font size changes.
4. Click the "Mission tab: Document tab".
5. Assign the business owner and specify related documents, as appropriate. See "Related Documents
area".
6. Click Save to display the "Save As dialog". In the Save As dialog, you can rename the mission
statement rather than use the default name.
386
Oracle Taleo Enterprise
Reporting with Oracle Business Intelligence User
Guide
Chapter 14
Scorecarding
Perspectives
Perspectives are categories in your organization with which to associate initiatives, objectives, and KPIs. A perspective
can represent a key stakeholder (such as a candidate, employee, or manager) or a key competency area (such as time,
cost, or quality).
You associate an initiative and objective with a perspective when you create or edit it. See "Creating an Initiative"
and"Creating an Objective ". You associated a KPI with a perspective when you edit the details of the KPI. See "Working
with KPI Details".
For example, when you create an objective called Improved Candidate Response Time you might associate it with a
Candidate perspective as the objective sustains and supports customer-related operations.
You can create custom perspectives for your scorecard. For information on creating custom perspectives, see "Creating a
Custom Perspective".
Creating a Custom Perspective
Prerequisites
You must have one of the following user type permissions:
•
•
BI Author Developer
BI Tenant Administrator
Home - Oracle Business Intelligence - Catalog
Steps
1. Edit the scorecard for which you want to create a custom perspective. For information, see "Opening or
Editing a Scorecard".
2. In the "Perspectives pane", click the New Perspective toolbar button.
The "Scorecard editor: Perspective tab" is displayed.
3. In the Perspective Name field, enter the name of the perspective.
4. (optional) In the Description field, enter a description of the perspective.
5. Click the Set User button to display the "Select Business Owner dialog", where you select the business
owner. (By default, the business owner is the creator of the scorecard.)
6. In the Focus area, specify whether the focus of the perspective is financial or internal facing.
7. Add related documents, as appropriate. See "Related Documents area".
8. Click Save.
The perspective displays in the "Perspectives pane".
Next Step
You can now associate initiatives, objectives, and KPIs with this custom perspective. You associate
an initiative and objective with a perspective when you create or edit the initiative or objective. See
"Creating an Initiative" and "Creating an Objective". You associated a KPI with a perspective when
you edit the details of the KPI. See "Working with KPI Details".
387
Oracle Taleo Enterprise
Reporting with Oracle Business Intelligence User
Guide
Chapter 14
Scorecarding
Key Performance Indicators (KPIs)
A KPI represents the result of a business measure (for example, Product Sales or Operational Costs) evaluated against
a target for that measure. You can use KPIs to assess the progress of the objectives and initiatives that form levels of
organizational strategy.
You can create KPIs that you need:
•
•
Within a scorecard. This enables you to create the KPIs as you are creating or editing the scorecard.
Outside a scorecard. This enables you to create the KPIs in advance of creating or editing a scorecard.
For information on KPIs and how to create them, see , "KPIs and KPI Watchlists."
Objectives
Objectives are the required or desired outcomes that form your corporate strategy. You can create an objective for:
•
•
An entire organization, for example, Oracle Corporation
A department, for example, Talent Development
When you create an objective, you assign it one or more KPIs that are to be used to measure its progress and
performance. For example, you can measure the progress and performance of an objective named Improved Offer
Acceptance by assigning it the following KPIs:
•
•
Average Accepted Offers
Average Declined Offers
For more information on KPIs, see , "KPIs and KPI Watchlists."
Within a scorecard, you also create the initiatives that are required to meet the objectives. For more information on
initiatives, see "Initatives".
Objectives that you create are displayed hierarchically in the "Strategy pane". The root objective represents the entity
that you are scorecarding, that is the entire organization or a department. The KPIs that are assigned to assess the
performance of objectives are displayed below the objectives in the Strategy pane.
The Strategy pane also shows the statuses of objectives and KPIs using the appropriate colors and icons that you
specified for assessment mappings. For more information on assessment mappings, see "Defining Assessment Mappings
for a Scorecard".
For information on creating objectives, see Creating Objectives.
Creating an Objective
Prerequisites
You must have one of the following user type permissions:
•
BI Author Developer
388
Oracle Taleo Enterprise
Chapter 14
Reporting with Oracle Business Intelligence User
Guide
• BI Tenant Administrator
Scorecarding
Home - Oracle Business Intelligence - Catalog
Steps
1. Edit the scorecard for which you want to create an objective. For information, see "Opening or Editing a
Scorecard".
2. In the "Strategy pane":
•
If the objective that you want to create can be independently achieved, then select the root
objective.
•
3.
4.
5.
6.
7.
If the objective that you want to create is required to meet a higher-level objective, then select
the higher-level objective.
Click the Create Objective toolbar button or right-click and select Create Objective.
The "Scorecard editor: Objective Details tab" is displayed.
Highlight the default objective name in the top left corner and enter a new name for the objective.
In the Description field, enter a description of the objective.
Specify the analytic information (including the KPIs to be used to measure the progress and
performance of the objective) by completing the "Analytics pane". For information, see "Completing the
Analytics Pane for an Objective or Initiative".
Specify the collaboration information by completing the "Collaboration pane" as follows:
a. (optional) Add comments by clicking the Add Comment button to display the "Add
Comment dialog". See "Comments".
b. Specify the business owner that users can contact by clicking the Set User button to display
the "Select Business Owner dialog". (By default, the business owner is the creator of the
scorecard.)
c. (optional) Add related documents by clicking the New Row button to display the "New
Related Document dialog". Also see "Related Documents area".
8. Add related items by completing the "Related Items pane" as follows:
a. Add one or more objectives that impact or support (that is, help achieve or hinder progress
on) this objective. To do so, drag the objective from the Strategy pane and drop it in the
Causes table.
The "Causal Linkage dialog" is displayed, where you specify how closely the objectives are
related and whether changes to the values in this causal objective have a direct or inverse
impact on this objective.
For example, for an Increased Offer Acceptance objective, you might drag and drop the
following objectives that could cause (or help or hinder) it: Decreased Time to Offere and
Increase Offer Salary.
b. Add one or more initiatives (that is, the tasks that are required to meet the objective). To
add an initiative, drag it from the "Initiatives pane" and drop it in the Initiatives Driving This
Objective table.
The "Initiative Linkage dialog", where you specify how closely the initiative and the
objective are related and whether changes to the values in this initiative have a direct or
inverse impact on this objective.
c. Add one or more objectives that this objective impacts or supports. To do so, drag the
objective from the Strategy pane and drop it in the Effects table.
389
Oracle Taleo Enterprise
Chapter 14
Reporting with Oracle Business Intelligence User
Scorecarding
Guide
The "Causal Linkage dialog" is displayed, where you specify how closely the objectives are
related and whether changes to the values in this causal objective have a direct or inverse
impact on this objective.
9. Click Save.
Completing the Analytics Pane for an Objective or Initiative
Prerequisites
You must have one of the following user type permissions:
•
•
BI Author Developer
BI Tenant Administrator
Home - Oracle Business Intelligence - Catalog
Steps
1. In the Perspective box, select the perspective with which the objective or initiative is to be aligned.
2. In the Assessment Rule box, select the rule to be used to assess the overall performance of the
initiative or objective. For example, select Worst case to specify that the status of the worst performing
child KPI or objective is to be used.
3. (for an objective only) In the Leading/Lagging box, indicate whether the performance of the objective
drives other objectives, or is affected by the performance of other objectives or other data or processes.
4. (for an initiative only) In the Priority box, select the priority that indicates the importance and urgency of
an initiative.
5. (for an initiative only) Specify the start date, due date, and completion date.
6. In the Action Link area, add any action links that you want to provide to users to let them take actions
that are relevant for the status of the objective or initiative. For information, see "Adding Actions to
Initiatives and Objectives in a Scorecard". Also see "Actions".
7. In the Objectives & KPIs or Initiatives & KPIs watchlist, add the KPIs to be used to measure the
progress and performance of the objective or initiative. (For more information on watchlists, see
"Watchlists".) To add a KPI
a. Click Objects in the Objectives & KPIs or Initiatives & KPIs watchlist and then select Add
KPI.
Alternatively, you can drag the KPI from the "Catalog pane for Scorecard" or from the
"Scorecard Documents pane" (if the KPI has been saved to the current scorecard folder)
and drop it in the watchlist.
The "Add KPI dialog" is displayed.
b. If the KPI is dimensioned, then for each dimension, specify a value, select Use Variable
and specify the variable, or select Use Point-of-View to use the value selected in the point
of view area. For more information on the point of view area, see "Point of View Area".
c. In the Label field, enter the name to be displayed for the KPI in the "Strategy pane".
d. Click OK.
Note: A KPI that you have added to the Strategy pane or Initiatives pane obtains
many of its properties from the base KPI as it was originally defined in the KPI
editor. You can override some of the base KPI's properties to customize them
for use within Scorecard. The KPI properties that you can override are the label,
390
Oracle Taleo Enterprise
Chapter 14
Reporting with Oracle Business Intelligence User
Scorecarding
Guide
description, business owner, and dimension pinnings. You also can assign a
perspective and an indicator type. For information on overriding KPI properties, see
"Working with KPI Details".
Note: If no KPIs have been defined, or you want to define another KPI to meet your needs, then
you can create the KPI from within the Scorecard editor. For information, see "Creating a KPI".
Tip: You can modify the columns that are displayed in the Objectives & KPIs or Initiatives & KPIs
watchlist. To do so, select View, then Show More Columns to display the "Show More Columns dialog",
where you can add or remove columns.
Initiatives
Initiatives are time-specific tasks or projects that are necessary to achieve objectives. As such, you can use initiatives that
support objectives as milestones as they reflect progress toward strategy targets. For example to implement an objective
called Improve Offer Acceptance, you might create these initiatives:
•
•
Record candidate desired pay rate
Record reasons for declined offers
Generally, an initiative supports multiple objectives.
When you create an initiative, you assign it KPIs that are to be used to measure its progress. For more information on
KPIs, see "KPIs and KPI Watchlists".
Initiatives that you create are displayed hierarchically in the Initiatives pane"". The root initiative represents all the
initiatives that you implement to achieve objectives and goals. The KPIs that are assigned to an initiative are displayed
below the initiative in the Initiatives pane.
The Initiatives pane also shows the statuses of initiatives and KPIs using the appropriate colors and icons that you
specified for assessment mappings. For more information on assessment mappings, see "Defining Assessment Mappings
for a Scorecard".
For information on creating initiatives, see Creating an Initiative.
Creating an Initiative
Prerequisites
You must have one of the following user type permissions:
•
•
BI Author Developer
BI Tenant Administrator
Home - Oracle Business Intelligence - Catalog
Steps
1. Edit the scorecard for which you want to create an initiative. For information, see "Opening or Editing a
Scorecard".
2. In the "Initiatives pane":
391
Oracle Taleo Enterprise
Chapter 14
Reporting with Oracle Business Intelligence User
Scorecarding
Guide
• If the initiative that you want to create can be independently implemented, then select the root
initiative.
•
3.
4.
5.
6.
7.
If the initiative that you want to create is required to meet a higher-level initiative, then select the
higher-level initiative.
Click the Create Initiative toolbar button or right-click and select Create Initiative.
The "Scorecard editor: Initiative Details tab" is displayed.
Highlight the default initiative name in the top left corner of the tab and enter a new name for the
initiative.
In the Description field, enter a description of the initiative.
Specify the analytic information (including the KPIs to be used to measure the progress of the initiative)
by completing the "Analytics pane". For information, see "Completing the Analytics Pane for an
Objective or Initiative".
Specify the collaboration information by completing the "Collaboration pane" as follows:
a. (optional) Add comments by clicking the Add Comment button to display the "Add
Comment dialog". See "Comments".
b. Specify the business owner that users can contact by clicking the Set User button to display
the "Select Business Owner dialog". (By default, the business owner is the creator of the
scorecard.)
c. (optional) Add related documents by clicking the New Row button in the Related
Documents toolbar to display the "New Related Document dialog". Also see "Related
Documents area".
d. (optional) Add the key resources by clicking the New Row button in the Key Resources
toolbar to display the "Key Resource dialog".
8. In the "Related Items pane", add one or more objectives that require this initiative in order to succeed.
To add an objective, drag the objective from the "Strategy pane" and drop it in the Objectives for this
Initiative table.
The"Initiative Linkage dialog" is displayed, where you specify how closely the initiative and the objective
are related and whether changes to the values in this initiative have a direct or inverse impact on this
objective.
9. Click Save.
Understanding Initiative or Objective Performance Assessment
Oracle Business Intelligence assesses the performance of an initiative or objective by aggregating the assessments of its
children. In the process, it uses:
•
•
Scorecard assessment mappings that you define. See "About Assessment Mappings".
Assessment formulas (such as Weighted or Best Case) assigned to all objectives and initiatives. The
assessment formulas include:
•
•
•
Worst case — Specifies that the status of the worst performing child KPI or objective is to be used.
Best case — Specifies that the status of the best performing child KPI or objective is to be used.
Most Frequent (Worst Case) — Specifies that, if half the child KPIs and objectives have high
performance and half have low performance, then use the status of the worst performing child KPI or
objective.
392
Oracle Taleo Enterprise
Chapter 14
Reporting with Oracle Business Intelligence User
Scorecarding
Guide
• Most Frequent (Best Case) — Specifies that, if half the child KPIs and objectives have high performance
and half have low performance, then use the status of the best performing child KPI or objective.
•
Weighted — Specifies to use a weighted average based on the weights you have assigned to the child
KPIs and objectives. See "Assigning Weights to Child Objectives, Initiatives and KPIs".
You assign assessment formulas when you create an objective or initiative. For how to create an objective or
initiative, see "Creating an Objective" or "Creating an Initiative".
•
Weights that you assign to child initiatives, objectives, and KPIs (but only if the parent's assessment rule is set
to Weighted) to identify the extent to which each child contributes to the overall performance of the parent. See
"Assigning Weights to Child Objectives, Initiatives and KPIs".
Assessment Mappings
Assessment mappings are the score thresholds and assessment ranges that Oracle Business Intelligence uses to assess
the performance of objectives and initiatives.
Oracle Business Intelligence uses these score thresholds and assessment ranges to:
•
Determine the status and score of an objective or initiative based on the aggregation of the assessments of its
children.
Note: If the assessment formula
of an objective or initiative is Best Case, Worst Case,
Most Frequent (Worst
Case), or Most Frequent (Best Case), the score will be one of
the defined
score thresholds, for example, 0, 33, or 66. If the assessment formula is
Weighted, the score is computed based on the weights assigned to the
children.
•
Map the KPI scores of KPIs that are used to measure the progress of initiatives and objectives to scorecard
scores so that they can be used to measure the performance of the objectives or initiatives.
For more information on initiative and objective performance assessment, see "Understanding Initiative or Objective
Performance Assessment".
For how to define assessment mappings, see "Defining Assessment Mappings for a Scorecard".
Defining Assessment Mappings for a Scorecard
Prerequisites
You must have one of the following user type permissions:
•
•
BI Author Developer
BI Tenant Administrator
Home - Oracle Business Intelligence - Catalog
Steps
1. Edit the scorecard for which you want to define assessment mappings. For information, see "Opening or
Editing a Scorecard".
2. Click the Scorecard Settings toolbar button in the Scorecard editor.
393
Oracle Taleo Enterprise
Chapter 14
Reporting with Oracle Business Intelligence User
Scorecarding
Guide
The "Settings dialog: Assessment Mappings tab" is displayed.
3. In the Score Threshold fields, enter the numeric values that set the boundaries for the assessment
ranges.
For example, you might enter 33 and 66 to set the boundaries for three assessment ranges — Critical,
Warning, and OK. Any KPI score from 0 to 33 would fall in the Critical assessment range, any KPI score
from 34 to 66 would fall in the Warning assessment range, and any KPI score from 66 to 100 would fall
in the OK assessment range.
4. In the Assessment Range boxes, specify the name of each assessment range (for example, Critical)
and, for each range, specify the icon and the color to be used to represent the range.
5. Click OK.
Assigning Weights to Child Objectives, Initiatives, and KPIs
You assign weights to the child objectives, initiatives, and KPIs of an objective or initiative to indicate how much it affects
the performance of its parent objective.
To assign weights to child objectives, initiatives, and KPIs, the Assessment Rule for the parent objective or initiative must
be set to Weighted.
For more information on objective and initiative performance assessment, see "Understanding Initiative or Objective
Performance Assessment".
Assigning Weights to Child Objectives, Initiatives, and KPIs
Prerequisites
You must have one of the following user type permissions:
•
•
BI Author Developer
BI Tenant Administrator
Home - Oracle Business Intelligence - Catalog
Steps
1. Edit the scorecard that contains the parent objective or initiative of the objectives, initiatives, and KPIs to
which you want to assign weights. For information, see "Opening or Editing a Scorecard".
2. Open the parent objective or initiative. To do so, double-click the objective in the in the "Strategy pane"
or the initiative in the "Initiatives pane".
3. In the Objectives & KPIs or Initiatives and KPIs watchlist of the "Analytics pane", enter a weight for each
child objective, initiative, or KPI.
4. Click Save.
394
Oracle Taleo Enterprise
Reporting with Oracle Business Intelligence User
Guide
Chapter 14
Scorecarding
Point of View Area
The point of view area of the "Scorecard editor" displays controls for the dimensions of KPIs that are used in the
Scorecard to measure the progress and performance of initiatives and objectives. For more information on KPI
dimensions, see "Dimensions and Pinned Dimension Values".
Controls are displayed for each KPI dimension that is referenced in a scorecard with the exception of those that you
explicitly prevent from being displayed. If the same dimension is referenced in more than one KPI, then a control can be
shared by the KPIs. (For more information on how to set up the controls in the point of view area, see "Setting Up the
Point of View Controls".)
Each control includes a label and a down-arrow button that displays a list of the dimension values from which you can
select. The label is either the database name for the dimension (by default), a user-friendly label, if specified for the
control, or a specific value, if the dimension is pinned to a value.
You use this area to temporarily pin (that is, set values) for the dimensions. When you pin a dimension, the data in the
scorecard is filtered to give you a new point of view (that is, a new view of the data). This enables you to focus on specific
data of interest to you, such as the area of business for which you are responsible.
The point of view area settings are temporary and are not persisted when the scorecard is saved. To persist pinnings, you
can use the:
•
•
"Settings dialog: Dimension Settings tab" to affect all KPI usages within a scorecard.
Dimensionality area in the "Analytics pane" of the "Scorecard editor: KPI Details tab" to pin the values for a
particular KPI usage.
•
"Add KPI dialog" (also displayed as the Edit Watchlist Entry dialog) in the "KPI Watchlist editor" to pin values for
individual KPIs.
•
•
"Dimension Pinnings dialog" to pin values in a view that has been added to a dashboard.
"KPI editor: Dimensionality page" (also displayed as the Scorecard editor: KPI tab) to pin values in a KPIs
definition. This approach is less flexible than when you let a KPI's definition be reusable in different contexts and
pin only within views that reference the KPI.
The Scorecard editor also contains the Back and Forward buttons that enable you to move forward or backward through
your point of view history to select a previous point of view or the point of view with which you started.
To temporarily pin a dimension:
1. Click the down-arrow button to the right of the dimension and select a value. The data is filtered and a new
point of view is displayed.
Setting Up the Point of View Controls
You use the "Settings dialog: Dimension Settings tab" to set up the controls for dimensions in the point of view area of a
scorecard.
395
Oracle Taleo Enterprise
Reporting with Oracle Business Intelligence User
Guide
Specifically, you can specify:
•
•
•
Chapter 14
Scorecarding
A default value for the dimension
Whether a control for the dimension is to be displayed in the point of view area
The label to be displayed in the point of view area for the dimension
For more information on the point of view, see "Point of View Area".
Setting up a Point of View Control
Prerequisites
You must have one of the following user type permissions:
•
•
BI Author Developer
BI Tenant Administrator
Home - Oracle Business Intelligence - Catalog
Steps
1. Edit the scorecard for which you want to set up the point of view controls. For information, see "Opening
or Editing a Scorecard".
2. Click the Scorecard Settings toolbar button in the Scorecard editor.
The "Settings dialog: Assessment Mappings tab" is displayed.
3. Click the Dimension Settings tab.
4. Set up the controls for each dimension as desired. To set up the control for a dimension:
a. Select the dimension and then click the Edit Row button to display the "Edit Dimension
Settings dialog".
b. Specify the settings that you want.
c. Click OK.
5. Click OK.
Strategy Trees
A strategy tree shows an objective and its supporting child objectives and KPIs hierarchically. It also provides supporting
information for the objective, such as business owner and related documents.
A strategy tree lets you easily explore and navigate:
•
•
The strategy for an entire scorecard (that is, the root objective) for example, ABC Corporation
The strategy for an individual objective, for example, Decrease Support Turnaround.
There are two types of diagrams for a strategy tree:
•
•
Strategy tree diagram. See "Strategy Tree Diagram".
Contribution wheel diagram. See "Contribution Wheel Diagram".
396
Oracle Taleo Enterprise
Reporting with Oracle Business Intelligence User
Guide
For information on creating a strategy tree, see "Creating Strategy Trees".
Chapter 14
Scorecarding
Strategy Tree Diagram
You use a strategy tree diagram to view an objective and its supporting child objectives and KPIs hierarchically in a tree
diagram. It contains the following components:
•
The tree diagram — Consists of nodes that represent an objective and its supporting objectives and KPIs. Each
node shows the status of the objective or KPI by displaying the icon and color that represents the assessment
range. A KPI node also displays the actual value of the KPI and the percent variance from the target.
•
The bird's eye view — Provides an overhead view of the tree diagram.
Contribution Wheel Diagram
You use a contribution wheel diagram to view an objective and its supporting child objectives and KPIs hierarchically
in a circular diagram called a contribution wheel diagram. The contribution wheel diagram makes it easy to see the
contribution (or impact) a specific objective or KPI has on a parent objective. It contains the following components:
•
The contribution wheel — Consists of a center circle (or focus node) that represents the starting objective of the
diagram. It is surrounded by concentric circles that are divided into sectors. Each sector is a node that represents
a child objective or KPI.
The size of a sector is determined by the weight assigned to the represented objective or KPI in its parent's
weighted assessment rule. For more information on assigning weights, see "Assigning Weights to Child
Objectives, Initiatives and KPIs". If the parent has no weighted assessment rule, then the child sectors of a parent
are all the same size.
•
•
The Information pane — Displays the following information about the current node:
•
The status icon and either the score (for an objective) or the actual values and variance percentage (for a
KPI)
•
•
The status of its children
The weight assigned to it in its parent's weighted assessment rule
Breadcrumbs — Consists of a group of small circles that represent the node in the center of the contribution
wheel and any of its ancestors that are included in the diagram. Each circle displays the status color of its
corresponding node.
Creating Strategy Trees
You can create a strategy tree for the entire scorecard or for a specific objective as follows:
•
•
In Edit mode, you can create and save a strategy tree for an entire scorecard and for specific objectives.
In View mode, you can create a temporary, read-only strategy tree only for specific objectives. You cannot save
the strategy tree.
397
Oracle Taleo Enterprise
Chapter 14
Reporting with Oracle Business Intelligence User
Guide
For more information about the Edit and View modes, see "Scorecard Editor Edit and View Modes".
Scorecarding
Creating a Strategy Tree
Prerequisites
You must have one of the following user type permissions:
•
•
BI Author Developer
BI Tenant Administrator
Home - Oracle Business Intelligence - Catalog
Steps
1. If you want to:
•
Create and save a strategy tree for an entire scorecard or for a specific objective, edit the
scorecard in which you want to create the strategy tree. For information, see "Opening or
Editing a Scorecard"
•
Create but not save a temporary, read-only strategy tree only for a specific objective, open the
scorecard. For information, see "Opening or Editing a Scorecard"
2. To create a strategy tree for:
•
The entire scorecard (the root objective), in the "Scorecard Documents pane", click the New
Object toolbar button and select Create Strategy Tree
•
For a specific objective, in the "Strategy pane", right-click the objective and then select View
Strategy Tree
The "Strategy Tree tab: Diagram tab" is displayed, showing the objective and its supporting child
objectives and KPIs hierarchically in a diagram.
3. In a strategy tree diagram, to:
•
Display options that enable you to work with a node, click the Options button (on the right side
of the node) to display the "Node Options Menu"
•
Display additional performance data for a KPI, such as target value or variance, click the down
arrow at the bottom center of the node. To collapse this data, click the up arrow.
•
•
Expand or collapse a node
•
Work with comments:
Zoom in and out of the diagram, use the toolbar buttons on the "Scorecard editor: Strategy Tree
tab"
•
Hover the mouse pointer over the Comment button in the upper-right corner of a node
to display the "Status window", where you can read the comments that were previously
added, add another comment, or reply to a comment.
•
Click the Options button on the right side of the node to which you want to add
a comment and select Add Comment from the "Node Options Menu". The "New
Comment dialog" is displayed, where you can add a comment or read any comments
that were previously added.
398
Oracle Taleo Enterprise
Chapter 14
Reporting with Oracle Business Intelligence User
Guide
See "Comments".
•
Scorecarding
Work with status overrides on nodes for which you are the business owner:
•
Hover the mouse over the red asterisk (if available) in a node to display the "Status
window", where you can view the overrides that were previously applied or apply
another override.
•
Click the Options button on the right side of the node to which you want to apply the
status override and select Override Status from the "Node Options Menu". The "Status
Override dialog" is displayed, where you apply another override or view any overrides
that were previously applied.
See "Status Overrides" and "Status Overrides".
•
Change the type of diagram to a contribution wheel diagram, right-click in the background
outside the tree and select View as Wheel Diagram or click the Wheel Diagram Type toolbar
button in the "Scorecard editor: Strategy Tree tab"
4. In a contribution wheel diagram, to:
•
Display information specific to a node (such as the weight assigned to it in its parent's
assessment rule), hover the mouse over the node.
•
Display options that allow you to work with a node, right-click the node to display the "Node
Options Menu". For example, you can change the focus of the wheel using the Focus on Node
and Focus up to Node options.
•
•
Change the focus of the wheel down to a descendant, double-click the descendant node.
•
Drill to the next level or collapse a level, hover the mouse over the concentric rings on the outer
border of the wheel and click the Drill to next level or Collapse Level triangle.
•
Expand or collapse a node or group of nodes that appear as slivers (that is, appear very thin)
in the diagram, click the Expand Section triangle or the Collapse Section triangle that displays
when you hover over it. You can expand only slivers in the second concentric circle around the
center and farther out.
•
Work with comments (if any), click the Comment button in a node to display the "Status
window", where you can read the comments that previously have been added, add another
comment, or reply to a comment. See "Comments"
•
Work with status overrides (if any), click the white dashed line around the border of a node
to display the "Status window", where you can view the overrides that previously have been
applied or apply another override. See "Status Overrides"
Zoom in and out of the diagram or set properties for the strategy tree, use the toolbar buttons
on the "Scorecard editor: Strategy Tree tab"
•
Change the type of diagram to a strategy tree diagram, right-click in the background outside the
wheel and select View as Tree Diagram or click the Tree Diagram Type toolbar button in the
"Scorecard editor: Strategy Tree tab"
5. To set properties that control the appearance of the diagrams, click the Properties toolbar button on the
Scorecard editor: Strategy Tree tab.
The Strategy Tree View Properties dialog is displayed.
6. Specify the property settings to achieve the desired appearance, and then click OK.
7. Click the "Strategy Tree tab: Details tab".
399
Oracle Taleo Enterprise
Chapter 14
Reporting with Oracle Business Intelligence User
Scorecarding
Guide
8. Specify a description, assign the business owner, and specify related documents, as appropriate. (By
default, the business owner is the creator of the scorecard.)
9. Click Save to display the "Save As dialog". In the Save As dialog, you can rename the strategy tree
rather than use the default name.
Strategy Maps
A strategy map shows how the objectives that have been defined for a scorecard and the KPIs that measure their
progress are aligned by perspectives. It also indicates cause and effect relationships between objectives and other
objectives or KPIs with connecting lines. You create cause and effect relationships when you create (or edit) an objective
(see "Creating an Objective") or work with KPI details (see "Working with KPI Details"). You also can create cause and
effect relationships in a strategy map.
You can create multiple strategy maps to represent the strategy of different areas of your organization.
You can create strategy maps in Edit mode only. For more information about the Edit and View modes, see "Scorecard
Editor Edit and View Modes.
For information on creating strategy maps, see "Creating a Strategy Map".
Creating a Strategy Map
Prerequisites
You must have one of the following user type permissions:
•
•
BI Author Developer
BI Tenant Administrator
Home - Oracle Business Intelligence - Catalog
Steps
1. Edit the scorecard in which you want to create the strategy map. For information, see "Opening or
Editing a Scorecard".
2. In the "Scorecard Documents pane", click the New Object toolbar button and select Create Strategy
Map.
The Strategy Map tab: Diagram tab is displayed.
3. Build the map as follows:
•
Add objectives and KPIs that measure their progress by dragging them from the "Strategy
pane" and dropping them in the diagram as follows:
•
If the objective or KPI is aligned with a specific perspective, then drop it anywhere in
the diagram. It is displayed automatically in the section for the perspective to which the
objective or KPI is associated.
You align an objective or KPI with a perspective when you create (or edit) the objective
or KPI. See "Creating an Objective". For more information on perspectives, see
Perspectives
400
Oracle Taleo Enterprise
Chapter 14
Reporting with Oracle Business Intelligence User
Scorecarding
Guide
• If the objective or KPI is not associated with a perspective, then you drop it in the
section for the perspective to which the objective or KPI is to be associated. Note that
this does not permanently assign the perspective to this objective or KPI.
•
(optional) Add the direct cause and effect objects for the selected node (that is, the
representation of an objective or KPI) to the diagram by right-clicking and selecting Add Related
Strategy Nodes
•
Add cause and effect relationships, as needed.
To add a cause and effect relationship, click the Draw A Casual Linkage Between Two
Objectives button on the Scorecard editor: Strategy Map tab toolbar, select one of the nodes,
and then select the second node. A line connecting the nodes is displayed.
If you want to delete a node from the map, then right-click the node and select Remove From Diagram.
4. To:
•
Display options that enable you to work with a node, click the Options button (on the right side
of the node) to display the "Node Options Menu"
•
Edit a causal linkage, right-click the linkage line and select Edit Causal Linkage. The "Causal
Linkage dialog" is displayed.
•
•
Delete a causal linkage, right-click the linkage line and select Delete Causal Linkage.
•
Zoom in and out of the diagram, use the toolbar buttons on the "Scorecard editor: Strategy Map
tab"
•
Work with comments:
Display additional performance data for the KPI, such as target value or variance, click the
down arrow at the bottom center of the representation. To collapse this data, click the up arrow.
•
Hover the mouse pointer over the Comment button in the upper-right corner of a node
to display the "Status window", where you can read the comments that were previously
added, add another comment, or reply to a comment.
•
Click the Options button on the right side of the node to which you want to add
a comment and select Add Comment from the "Node Options Menu". The "New
Comment dialog" is displayed, where you can add a comment or read any comments
that were previously added.
See "About Comments" and "Comments".
•
Work with status overrides on nodes for which you are the business owner:
•
Hover the mouse over the red asterisk (if available) in a node to display the "Status
window", where you can view the overrides that were previously applied or apply
another override.
•
Click the Options button on the right side of the node to which you want to apply the
status override and select Override Status from the "Node Options Menu". The "Status
Override dialog" is displayed, where you apply another override or view any overrides
that were previously applied.
See "Status Overrides" and "Status Overrides"
5. Click the "Strategy Map tab: Details tab".
401
Oracle Taleo Enterprise
Chapter 14
Reporting with Oracle Business Intelligence User
Scorecarding
Guide
6. Specify a description, assign the business owner, and specify related documents, as appropriate. (By
default, the business owner is the creator of the scorecard.)
7. Click Save to display the "Save As dialog". In the Save As dialog, you can rename the strategy map
rather than use the default name.
Cause & Effect Maps
A cause & effect map lets you illustrate the cause and effect relationships of an objective or KPI that is listed in the
"Strategy pane".
You create cause and effect relationships for:
•
An objective when you create or edit the objective and identify:
•
•
•
Other objectives or KPIs that impact or support the objective (causes)
Other objectives or KPIs that this objective impacts or supports (effects)
A KPI when you work with KPI details.
•
•
Other objectives or KPIs that impact or support the KPI (causes)
Other objectives or KPIs that this KPI impacts or supports (effects)
For more information, see "Working with KPI Details".
A cause and effect map also indicates the proportionality (that is, whether changes in performance or value in the cause
and effect relationship are directly proportional (direct) or inversely proportional (inverse) and strength (strong, moderate,
or weak) of cause & effect relationships using symbols.
A cause & effect map helps you to better understand the implications of future strategic changes.
You can create a cause & effect map in either Edit or View mode:
•
•
In Edit mode, you can create and save a cause & effect map.
In View mode, you can create a temporary, read-only cause & effect map. You cannot save it.
For more information about the Edit and View modes, see "Scorecard Editor Edit and View Modes".
For information on creating cause & effect maps, see "Creating a Cause & Effect Map".
Creating a Cause & Effect Map
Prerequisites
You must have one of the following user type permissions:
•
•
BI Author Developer
BI Tenant Administrator
Home - Oracle Business Intelligence - Catalog
Steps
402
Oracle Taleo Enterprise
Chapter 14
Reporting with Oracle Business Intelligence User
Guide
1. If you want to:
•
Scorecarding
Create and save a cause & effect map, edit the scorecard in which you want to create the
cause & effect map. For information, see "Opening or Editing a Scorecard"
.
•
Create but not save a temporary, read-only cause & effect map, open the scorecard in
which you want to create the cause & effect map. For information, see "Opening or Editing a
Scorecard"
.
2. In the "Strategy pane", right-click the objective or KPI and then select View Cause & Effect Map
The "Cause & Effect Map tab: Diagram tab" is displayed.
3. To:
•
Display options that enable you to work with a node, right-click the node or click the Options
button (on the right side of the node) to display the "Node Options Menu"
•
Display additional performance data for a KPI, such as target value or variance, click the down
arrow at the bottom center of the node. To collapse this data, click the up arrow.
•
Edit a causal linkage, right-click the linkage line and select Edit Causal Linkage. The "Causal
Linkage dialog" is displayed.
•
•
Delete a causal linkage, right-click the linkage line and select Delete Causal Linkage.
•
Work with comments:
Zoom in and out of the diagram or to set preferences, use the toolbar buttons on the "Scorecard
editor: Cause & Effect Map tab"
•
Hover the mouse pointer over the Comment button in the upper-right corner of a node
to display the "Status window", where you can read the comments that were previously
added, add another comment, or reply to a comment.
•
Click the Options button on the right side of the node to which you want to add
a comment and select Add Comment from the "Node Options Menu". The "New
Comment dialog" is displayed, where you can add a comment or read any comments
that were previously added.
See "Comments".
•
Work with status overrides on nodes for which you are the business owner:
•
Hover the mouse over the red asterisk (if available) in a node to display the "Status
window", where you can view the overrides that were previously applied or apply
another override.
•
Click the Options button on the right side of the node to which you want to apply the
status override and select Override Status from the "Node Options Menu". The "Status
Override dialog" is displayed, where you apply another override or view any overrides
that were previously applied.
See "Status Overrides" and "Status Overrides"
4. To specify how cause and effect relationships are to be displayed on the cause & effect map, click the
Cause & Effect Map Preferences toolbar button on the "Scorecard editor: Cause & Effect Map tab"
403
Oracle Taleo Enterprise
Chapter 14
Reporting with Oracle Business Intelligence User
Scorecarding
Guide
The "Cause & Effect Map Preferences dialog: General tab" is displayed.
5. Specify how you want cause and effect relationships displayed and then click OK
6. Click the "Cause & Effect Map tab: Details tab".
7. Specify a description, assign the business owner, and specify related documents, as appropriate. (By
default, the business owner is the creator of the scorecard.)
8. Click Save to display the "Save As dialog". In the Save As dialog, you can rename the cause & effect
map rather than use the default name.
Custom Views
A custom view lets you show a customized view of your business and strategy data. For example, you might present
information about objectives and KPIs on a background image of your choice, such as your company logo.
You can create custom views in Edit mode only. For more information about the Edit and View modes, see "Scorecard
Editor Edit and View Modes.
For information on creating custom views, see "Creating a Custom View".
Creating a Custom View
Prerequisites
You must have one of the following user type permissions:
•
•
BI Author Developer
BI Tenant Administrator
Home - Oracle Business Intelligence - Catalog
Steps
1. Edit the scorecard in which you want to create the custom view. For information, see "Opening or
Editing a Scorecard"
2. In the "Scorecard Documents pane", click the New Object toolbar button and select Create Custom
View
The "Custom View tab: Diagram tab" is displayed.
3. Drag objectives and KPIs from the "Strategy pane" and drop them on the diagram.
4. Specify how you want each objective or KPI to be displayed on the diagram. For each objective or KPI,
select it on the diagram and specify whether you want it displayed as:
•
•
•
Its full version. To do so, click the Full toolbar button.
Its simple version. To do so, click the Simple toolbar button.
One of its properties. To do so, click the Property toolbar button and select the property.
5. (optional) Specify a background image, a background color, or both by clicking the Properties toolbar
button to display the "Custom View Properties dialog".
6. To:
404
Oracle Taleo Enterprise
Chapter 14
Reporting with Oracle Business Intelligence User
Scorecarding
Guide
• Display options that enable you to work with a node, click the Options button (on the right side
of the node) to display the "Node Options Menu"
•
Display additional performance data for the KPI, such as target value or variance, click the
down arrow at the bottom center of the node. To collapse this data, click the up arrow.
•
Zoom in and zoom out of the diagram, use the toolbar buttons on the "Scorecard editor: Custom
View tab"
•
Work with comments:
•
Hover the mouse pointer over the Comment button in the upper-right corner of a node
to display the "Status window", where you can read the comments that were previously
added, add another comment, or reply to a comment.
•
Click the Options button on the right side of the node to which you want to add
a comment and select Add Comment from the "Node Options Menu". The "New
Comment dialog" is displayed, where you can add a comment or read any comments
that were previously added.
See "Comments".
•
Work with status overrides on nodes for which you are the business owner:
•
Hover the mouse over the red asterisk (if available) in a node to display the "Status
window", where you can view the overrides that were previously applied or apply
another override.
•
Click the Options button on the right side of the node to which you want to apply the
status override and select Override Status from the "Node Options Menu". The "Status
Override dialog" is displayed, where you apply another override or view any overrides
that were previously applied.
See "Status Overrides" and "Status Overrides".
7. Click the Custom View tab: Details tab.
8. Specify a description, assign the business owner, and specify related documents, as appropriate. (By
default, the business owner is the creator of the scorecard.)
9. Click Save to display the "Save As dialog". In the Save As dialog, you can rename the cause & effect
map rather than use the default name.
Watchlists
Watchlists are tables that list scorecard objects (that is, initiatives, objectives, and KPIs) that are related to a particular
aspect of a scorecard or that are grouped together for a particular purpose.
Some watchlists are components of scorecard objects. These include the following watchlists:
•
Initiatives & KPIs watchlist — Lists the child initiatives and the KPIs that are used to evaluate the performance of
an initiative.
This watchlist is displayed in the "Analytics pane" of the "Scorecard editor: Initiative Details tab".
405
Oracle Taleo Enterprise
Chapter 14
Reporting with Oracle Business Intelligence User
Scorecarding
Guide
Objectives & KPIs watchlist — Lists the child objectives and the KPIs that are used to evaluate the performance
of an objective or that are displayed in a view (that is, cause & effect map, custom view, strategy tree, or strategy
map).
This watchlist is displayed in the following tabs:
•
•
•
•
•
"Analytics pane" of the "Scorecard editor: Objective Details tab"
"Cause & Effect Map tab: Details tab"
"Custom View tab: Details tab"
"Strategy Map tab: Details tab"
"Strategy Tree tab: Details tab"
•
Objectives, Initiatives & KPIs watchlist — Lists the initiatives, objectives, and KPIs that are associated with a
perspective.
•
This watchlist is displayed in the "Scorecard editor: Perspective tab".
Other watchlists you create to serve a particular purpose. These include the following watchlists:
•
KPI watchlist — Lists the KPIs whose performance you want to monitor.
This watchlist is displayed in the "KPI Watchlist editor: Performance tab".
For more information on KPI watchlists, see "KPI Watchlists"
•
Smart watchlist — Lists the initiatives, objectives, and KPIs within a scorecard that meet criteria that you specify.
This watchlist is displayed in the "Scorecard editor: Smart Watchlist tab".
For more information on smart watchlists, see "Smart Watchlists"
•
Breakdown watchlist — Lists the child or descendant initiatives or objectives and KPIs that are used to evaluate
the performance of an initiative or objective.
This watchlist is displayed in the "Scorecard editor: Breakdown tab".
A watchlist includes columns that describe the scorecard objects (such as Status, % Variance, and so on) and
components (such as View or Summary) that allow you to view and manage these objects.
Smart Watchlists
A smart watchlist is a view into a particular scorecard based on criteria that you specify. For example, a smart watchlist
might show the top ten KPIs in a scorecard based on best performance or all the objectives, initiatives, and KPIs in a
scorecard that are owned by a specific business owner.
A smart watchlist consists of the following components:
•
Filter pane — This pane is displayed as a control panel, as a text summary, or is hidden, depending on the
setting of the Filter Criteria Display component in the "Smart Watchlist Properties dialog". If displayed as a:
•
Control panel, it contains tabs that let you specify the criteria to be used to filter the smart watchlist. You
can filter by object relationships, by object types, by perspective associations, by performance, and by
business owner assignments.
•
Text summary, it displays a read-only text summary of the current filter criteria.
406
Oracle Taleo Enterprise
Chapter 14
Reporting with Oracle Business Intelligence User
Scorecarding
Guide
• Smart watchlist — Lists the objectives, initiatives, and KPIs in a scorecard that meet the criteria specified in the
Filter pane.
•
Smart watchlist toolbar — Contains buttons that allow you to save the smart watchlist and to specify smart
watchlist properties, such as how the Filter pane is to be displayed (that is, as a control panel, a read-only text
summary, or hidden).
You can create smart watchlists in Edit mode only.
In View mode, you can view a smart watchlist and, if the smart watchlist was saved with the Filter pane displayed as a
control panel, you can specify filter criteria to dynamically change what is shown in the smart watchlist.
For more information about the Edit and View modes, see "Scorecard Editor Edit and View Modes".
You can also add smart watchlists to dashboards. If the smart watchlist was saved with the Filter pane displayed as a
control panel, end users will be able to specify filter criteria to dynamically change what is shown in the smart watchlist.
For information on creating smart watchlists, see "Creating a Smart Watchlist".
Creating a Smart Watchlist
Prerequisites
You must have one of the following user type permissions:
•
•
BI Author Developer
BI Tenant Administrator
Home - Oracle Business Intelligence - Catalog
Steps
1. Edit the scorecard in which you want to create the smart watchlist. For information, see "Opening or
Editing a Scorecard".
2. In the "Scorecard Documents pane", click the New Object toolbar button and select Create Smart
Watchlist.
The Scorecard editor: Smart Watchlist tab is displayed.
3. In the Filter pane, specify the filter criteria as follows:
a. In the "Filter pane: Relationship tab", specify the object relationships by which the
scorecard objects are to be filtered.
b. In the "Filter pane: Type tab", specify the object types by which the scorecard objects are to
be filtered.
c. In the "Filter pane: Perspective tab", specify the perspective associations by which the
scorecard objects are to be filtered.
d. In the "Filter pane: Performance tab", specify the performance criteria (status, score, or
ranking) by which the scorecard objects are to be filtered.
e. In the "Filter pane: Ownership tab", specify the business owner assignments by which the
scorecard objects are to be filtered.
4. Set smart watchlist properties. To do so, click the Properties toolbar button to display the"Smart
Watchlist Properties dialog".
5. Manage the smart watchlist, as appropriate. For more information on managing a watchlist, see
"Watchlists".
407
Oracle Taleo Enterprise
Chapter 14
Reporting with Oracle Business Intelligence User
Scorecarding
Guide
6. Click Save to display the "Save As dialog". In the Save As dialog, you can rename the smart watchlist
rather than use the default name.
KPI Watchlists
A KPI watchlist is a collection of KPIs whose performance you want to monitor.
You can create KPI watchlists:
•
Within a scorecard. You create a KPI watchlist within a scorecard to help you view and investigate the progress of
the objectives and initiatives. KPI watchlists that you create within a scorecard are saved as part of the scorecard.
•
Outside a scorecard. This enables you to create a KPI watchlist in advance of creating or editing a scorecard.
KPI watchlists that you create outside a scorecard are saved as standalone objects in the Oracle BI Presentation
Catalog.
For information on KPI watchlists and how to create them, see KPIs and KPI Watchlists "KPIs and KPI Watchlists."
Working with KPI Details
When you create initiatives and objectives, you can assign KPIs to them to measure their progress and performance. You
can work with these KPIs within a Scorecard using the "Scorecard editor: KPI Details tab".
Specifically, you can:
•
•
•
View basic KPI settings as well as a graph that presents actual values and target values.
•
•
•
•
View documents that provide supporting information to the KPI.
•
•
View, add, or reply to comments.
Override the label, description, and business owner that are defined for the KPI.
Pin dimensions. For more information on KPI dimensions and dimension pinning, see "Dimensions and Pinned
Dimension Values"
Run actions that are associated with the KPI.
Associate the KPI with a perspective.
Specify an indicator type (for example, Leading) to indicate whether the performance of the KPI drives other KPIs,
or is affected by the performance of other KPIs, or other data or processes.
Identify initiatives and KPIs (for a KPI listed in the "Initiatives pane") or objectives and KPIs (for a KPI listed in the
"Strategy pane") that cause or effect the KPI.
Working with the Details of a KPI
Prerequisites
You must have one of the following user type permissions:
•
•
BI Author Developer
BI Tenant Administrator
Home - Oracle Business Intelligence - Catalog
408
Oracle Taleo Enterprise
Chapter 14
Reporting with Oracle Business Intelligence User
Guide
Scorecarding
Steps
1. Edit the scorecard that contains the KPI. For information, see "Opening or Editing a Scorecard".
2. If the KPI is assigned to an:
•
•
Initiative, double-click the KPI in the "Initiatives pane"
Objective, double-click the KPI in the "Strategy pane"
The Scorecard editor: KPI Details tab is displayed.
3. Perform any of the following tasks:
•
Override one of the following items:
•
•
•
Label, using the Label field
Description, using the Description field
Business Owner, using the Business Owner field in the "Collaboration pane"
•
•
Pin dimensions using the Dimensionality area in the "Analytics pane"
•
•
•
Associate the KPI with a perspective, using the Perspective field in the Analytics pane.
•
View documents that provide supporting information to the KPI, using the Related Documents
area in the Collaboration pane.
•
Identify objectives that cause or effect the KPI, using the "Related Items pane"
Run actions that are associated with the KPI, using the action links in the Actions area of the
Analytics pane.
Specify the indicator type, using the Indicator Type field in the Analytics pane.
View, add, or reply to comments, using the Collaboration pane. For more information on
comments, see "Comments"
.
4. If you made any changes, then click Save.
Opening Scorecard Objects
Prerequisites
You must have one of the following user type permissions:
•
•
BI Author Developer
BI Tenant Administrator
Home - Oracle Business Intelligence - Catalog
Steps
409
Oracle Taleo Enterprise
Chapter 14
Reporting with Oracle Business Intelligence User
Scorecarding
Guide
1. Open or edit the scorecard that contains the object. For information, see "Opening or Editing a
Scorecard".
2. To open:
•
An objective, double-click it in the in the "Strategy pane". "Scorecard editor: Objective Details
tab" is displayed.
•
An initiative, double-click it in the "Initiatives pane". The "Scorecard editor: Initiative Details tab"
is displayed.
•
A view (for example, a Strategy Map), a mission, a vision, a KPI watchlist, or a smart watchlist,
double-click it in the "Scorecard Documents pane". Depending on the object you double-clicked,
one of the following tabs is displayed:
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
"Scorecard editor: Cause & Effect Map tab"
"Scorecard editor: Custom View tab"
"Scorecard editor: Strategy Map tab"
"Scorecard editor: Strategy Tree tab"
"Scorecard editor: KPI Watchlist tab"
"Scorecard editor: Smart Watchlist tab"
"Scorecard editor: Mission tab"
"Scorecard editor: Vision tab"
•
A perspective, double-click it in the "Perspectives pane". The "Scorecard editor: Perspective
tab" is displayed.
•
A KPI, double-click it in the:
•
"Strategy pane" or the "Initiatives pane". The "Scorecard editor: KPI Details tab" is
displayed.
•
Catalog pane for Scorecard"Catalog pane for Scorecard". The "Scorecard editor: KPI
tab" is displayed.
Alternatively, you can select the object and click the Open button on the tab toolbar or right-click the
initiative or objective and select the Open option.
Viewing Overview Information
Prerequisites
You must have one of the following user type permissions:
•
•
•
BI Consumer
BI Author Limited
BI Author Developer
410
Oracle Taleo Enterprise
Chapter 14
Reporting with Oracle Business Intelligence User
Guide
• BI Tenant Administrator
Scorecarding
Home - Oracle Business Intelligence - Catalog
Steps
1. Open or edit the scorecard. For information, see "Opening or Editing a Scorecard".
The "Scorecard editor: Overview tab" is displayed. It shows summary information for the root objective,
which represents the entity that you are scorecarding, that is, the entire organization or a department.
2. To show summary information for:
•
•
•
A KPI, in the "Initiatives pane" or in the "Strategy pane", click the KPI.
An initiative, in the "Initiatives pane", click the initiative.
An objective, in the "Strategy pane", click the objective.
Editing a Scorecard Object
Prerequisites
You must have one of the following user type permissions:
•
•
BI Author Developer
BI Tenant Administrator
Home - Oracle Business Intelligence - Catalog
Steps
1. Edit the scorecard that contains the scorecard object that you want to edit. For information, see
"Opening or Editing a Scorecard".
You also can edit scorecard objects from the "Catalog page". For information, see "Managing Objects in
the Oracle BI Presentation Catalog".
2. Double-click the object. For example, to edit an objective, double-click it in the "Strategy pane", or, to
edit a strategy map, double-click it in the Scorecard Documents pane.
Note, for a strategy tree, you can edit only the details of a strategy tree, not the diagram.
3. Make your changes.
4. Click Save.
Deleting Scorecard Objects
Prerequisites
You must have one of the following user type permissions:
•
•
BI Author Developer
BI Tenant Administrator
411
Oracle Taleo Enterprise
Reporting with Oracle Business Intelligence User
Guide
Home - Oracle Business Intelligence - Catalog
Chapter 14
Scorecarding
Note: Before deleting an initiative, ensure that it has been completed or is no longer required to achieve
an objective. Before deleting an objective, examine any child objectives or other objectives with which it is
linked to ensure that its removal does not negatively impact these objectives.
Steps
1. Edit the scorecard that contains the scorecard object that you want to delete. For information, see
"Opening or Editing a Scorecard".
You also can delete scorecard objects from the "Catalog page". For information, see "Managing Objects
in the Oracle BI Presentation Catalog"
2. Right-click the object and select Delete. For example, to delete a Strategy Map, right-click it in the
"Scorecard Documents pane" and select Delete.
3. In the confirmation dialog, confirm that you want to delete the object.
Adding Scorecard Objects to Dashboards
You can add the following scorecard objects to dashboards:
•
•
•
•
•
•
Cause & effect maps. See "Cause & Effect Maps"
Custom views. See "Custom Views"
Strategy maps. See "Strategy Maps"
Strategy trees. See "Strategy Trees"
KPI watchlists. See "KPI Watchlists"
Smart watchlists. See "Smart Watchlists"
For information on adding a scorecard object to a dashboard, see "Dashboard Content".
Status Overrides
You can override the statuses of initiatives, objectives, or KPIs that measure the performance of initiatives and objectives.
To override a status, you must be the business owner of the initiative, objective, or KPI. You can also cancel an override.
You can work with status overrides in many places in a scorecard. For example, you can apply a status override to an
objective in the "Scorecard editor: Objective Details tab". You can also apply a status override to an objective in the
Diagram tab of a view, a smart watchlist, and a perspective in which its referenced.
A status override is associated with:
•
An initiative, objective, or KPI that measures the progress of an initiative and objective.
412
Oracle Taleo Enterprise
Chapter 14
Reporting with Oracle Business Intelligence User
Scorecarding
Guide
When an initiative, objective, or KPI that has a status override associated with it is referenced elsewhere in a
scorecard, and the point of view being displayed matches that of the status override, a status override indicator —
a red asterisk (*) — is displayed as follows:
•
•
•
In a watchlist, it is displayed to the right of the status symbol in the row containing the initiative, objective,
or KPI. (For more information on watchlists, see "Watchlists".
•
In a node in the Diagram tab of a view, it is displayed to the right of the status symbol in the lower-left
corner of the node.
The status column of an objective, initiative, or KPI.
A specific point of view.
Status overrides are filtered by the values in the point of view area in the "Scorecard editor" that are currently
in effect for the object being viewed. As a result, the status override for Eastern Region Sales can be different
than the status override for Western Region Sales. (For more information on the point of view, see "Point of View
Area".)
•
Any dimension pinnings on the KPI.
Status overrides are filtered by any other dimension pinnings which are in effect (on a KPI, scorecard, scorecard
diagram, dashboard prompt, or KPI watchlist).
For how to work with status overrides, see "Status Overrides".
Working with Status Overrides
You can work with status overrides in many places in a scorecard, including in:
•
Watchlists
See "Working with Status Overrides in a Watchlist".
•
The Diagram tab of a view.
See "Working with Status Overrides in the Diagram Tab of a View".
As you work with status overrides, remember that a status override is associated with a specific point of view. For more
information on the point of view, see "Point of View Area".
For more information about status overrides, see "Status Overrides".
Working with Status Overrides in a Watchlist
Prerequisites
You must have one of the following user type permissions:
•
•
•
BI Author Limited
BI Author Developer
BI Tenant Administrator
.Home - Oracle Business Intelligence - Catalog
Steps
413
Oracle Taleo Enterprise
Chapter 14
Reporting with Oracle Business Intelligence User
Scorecarding
Guide
1. Open or edit the scorecard. See "Opening or Editing a Scorecard".
2. Open the object in which you want to work with status overrides and navigate to the appropriate pane or
tab. For how to open an object, see "Opening Scorecard Objects".
3. Ensure that the values that are displayed in the point of view area reflect the desired context for the
status override. (For example, you might want to override the status of a KPI for the Eastern region.)
4. To override a status or to cancel an override:
a. In the watchlist, right-click the Status cell in which you want to override the status or cancel
an override and select Override Status. The "Status Override dialog" is displayed.
b. Complete the Status Override dialog and click OK.
5. To view status overrides or override cancellations that were previously applied to an object, hover the
mouse pointer over the red asterisk to the right of the status symbol.
The "Status window" is displayed. From this window, you can:
•
•
View status overrides or override cancellations that were previously applied.
•
Pin the window so that it stays open by clicking the Pin button.
Display the Status Override dialog to apply a new override or to cancel an override by clicking
New Override.
Working with Status Overrides in the Diagram Tab of a View
Prerequisites
You must have one of the following user type permissions:
•
•
•
BI Author Limited
BI Author Developer
BI Tenant Administrator
.Home - Oracle Business Intelligence - Catalog
Steps
1. Open or edit the scorecard. See "Opening or Editing a Scorecard".
2. Open the view in which you want to work with status overrides and navigate to the Diagram tab. For how
to open an object, see "Opening Scorecard Objects".
3. Ensure that the values that are displayed in the point of view area reflect the desired context for the
status override. (For example, you might want to override the status of a KPI for the Eastern region.)
4. To apply a new status override:
a. Click the Options button on the right side of the node to which you want to apply the status
override and select Override Status from the "Node Options Menu". The "Status Override
dialog" is displayed.
b. Complete the Status Override dialog and click OK.
5. To view status overrides that were previously applied to an object, hover the mouse pointer over the red
asterisk to the right of the status symbol.
The "Status window" is displayed. From this window, you can:
•
View status overrides that were previously applied.
414
Oracle Taleo Enterprise
Chapter 14
Reporting with Oracle Business Intelligence User
Scorecarding
Guide
• Display the Status Override dialog to apply a new override by clicking New Override.
•
Pin the window so that it stays open by clicking the Pin button.
Scorecard Object Business Owner Contact
You can send a message to the business owner of a scorecard object. The business owner is the person who is
responsible for managing and improving the business value and performance of a scorecard object. (The business owner
might or might not be the same as the person who creates the scorecard or creates the KPI.) You specify the business
owner of an object when you create it.
You use the Contact Owner button or menu option to contact the business owner. This button is available in many places
in a scorecard, for example, on the toolbar of most tabs, such as the "Scorecard editor: Objective Details tab".
Oracle BI uses an agent and the delivery devices and profiles that the business owner specified in the "My Account
dialog: Delivery Options tab" to determine where to deliver the message (for example, email, phone, or pager).
Contacting a Scorecard Object Business Owner
Prerequisites
You must have one of the following user type permissions:
•
•
BI Author Developer
BI Tenant Administrator
Home - Oracle Business Intelligence - Catalog
Steps
1.
2.
3.
4.
5.
6.
Open or edit the scorecard.
Click the Contact Owner button or menu option. The "Contact Owner dialog" is displayed.
In the Subject field, enter a the subject of the message.
In the Priority field, select the priority of the message.
In the Message field, enter the message that you want to send to the business owner.
Click Send.
Comments
Comments (also known as annotations) enable you to discuss changes in performance and progress for an initiative,
objective, or KPI for a specific set of dimension values (that is, for a specific point of view).
You can add, view, and reply to comments in many places in a scorecard. For example, you can add a comment directly
to an objective in the "Scorecard editor: Objective Details tab". You can also add a comment to an objective in the
Diagram tab of a view, a smart watchlist, and a perspective in which its referenced.
415
Oracle Taleo Enterprise
Chapter 14
Reporting with Oracle Business Intelligence User
Guide
A comment is associated with:
•
Scorecarding
An initiative, objective, or KPI that measures the progress of an initiative and objective.
When an initiative, objective, or KPI that has a comment associated with it is referenced elsewhere in a scorecard
and the point of view being displayed matches that of the comment, a comment indicator is displayed as follows:
•
In a watchlist, a blue triangle is displayed in the row containing the initiative, objective, or KPI. For more
information on watchlists, see "Watchlists".
•
In a node in the Diagram tab of a view, the Comment button is displayed in the upper-right corner of the
node.
•
A certain column. A comment is normally associated with the Status column of an objective, initiative, or KPI,
unless (for KPIs only) the comment is added to another column such as Trend or Variance.
•
A specific point of view. Comments are filtered by the values in the point of view area in the "Scorecard editor"
that are currently in effect for the object being viewed. As a result, the comment for Eastern Region Sales can be
different than the comment for Western Region Sales. (For more information on the point of view, see "Point of
View Area".)
•
Any dimension pinnings on the KPI. Comments are filtered by any other dimension pinnings that are in effect (on
a KPI, scorecard, scorecard diagram, dashboard prompt, or KPI watchlist).
Note: As you work with comments, remember that a comment is associated with a specific
For more information on the point of view, see "Point of View
Area".
point of view.
Working with Comments in the Collaboration Pane
Prerequisites
You must have one of the following user type permissions:
•
•
•
•
BI Consumer
BI Author Limited
BI Author Developer
BI Tenant Administrator
Home - Oracle Business Intelligence - Catalog
Steps
1. Open or edit the scorecard. See "Opening or Editing a Scorecard".
2. Open the initiative, objective, or KPI and navigate to the Collaboration pane. For how to open an object,
see "Opening Scorecard Objects".
3. Ensure that the values that are displayed in the point of view area reflect the desired context for the
comment. (For example, you might want to comment on a KPI status for the Eastern region.)
4. Do one of the following:
•
To add a new comment, click the New Comment button. The "New Comment dialog" is
displayed.
Comments added by clicking the New Comment button are associated with the status (that is,
the Status column) of the objective, initiative, or KPI.
416
Oracle Taleo Enterprise
Chapter 14
Reporting with Oracle Business Intelligence User
Scorecarding
Guide
For KPIs only, you can also associate a comment with other columns such as Trend, Target, or
Variance. To do so, edit the parent object, right-click on the relevant cell in the "Watchlists" and
select Add Comment.
•
To reply to a comment, locate the comment to which you want to reply and click the Reply link.
The "Reply dialog" is displayed.
5. Enter the subject of your comment (for a new comment only) and the text of your comment.
6. Click OK.
Working with Comments in a Watchlist
Prerequisites
You must have one of the following user type permissions:
•
•
•
•
BI Consumer
BI Author Limited
BI Author Developer
BI Tenant Administrator
Home - Oracle Business Intelligence - Catalog
Steps
1. Open or edit the scorecard. See "Opening or Editing a Scorecard".
2. Open the object in which you want to work with comments and navigate to the appropriate pane or tab.
For how to open an object, see "Opening Scorecard Objects".
3. Ensure that the values that are displayed in the point of view area reflect the desired context for the
comment. (For example, you might want to comment on a KPI status for the Eastern region.)
4. To add a new comment:
a. In the watchlist, right-click the Status cell to which you want to add the comment and select
Add Comment. The "Add Comment dialog" is displayed.
b. Complete the Add Comment dialog and click OK.
5. To work with the comments that were previously added to an object, hover the mouse pointer over the
Blue triangle in the upper-right corner of the cell in the Status column or, for a KPI, one of its columns.
The "Status window" is displayed. From this window, you can:
•
•
•
•
Read the comments that were previously added.
Display the "New Comment dialog" to add a new comment by clicking New Comment.
Display the "Reply dialog" to reply to a comment by clicking the Reply link.
Pin the window so that it stays open by clicking the Pin button.
Working with Comments in the Diagram Tab of a View
Prerequisites
You must have one of the following user type permissions:
417
Oracle Taleo Enterprise
Chapter 14
Reporting with Oracle Business Intelligence User
Guide
• BI Consumer
•
•
•
Scorecarding
BI Author Limited
BI Author Developer
BI Tenant Administrator
Home - Oracle Business Intelligence - Catalog
Steps
1.
Note: You can also work with comments in this same way when a view is rendered as a
diagram in a dashboard.
Open or edit the scorecard. See "Opening or Editing a Scorecard".
2. Open the view in which you want to work with comments and navigate to the Diagram tab. For how to
open an object, see "Opening Scorecard Objects".
3. Ensure that the values that are displayed in the point of view area reflect the desired context for the
comment. (For example, you might want to comment on a KPI status for the Eastern region.)
4. To add a new comment:
a. Click the Options button on the right side of the node to which you want to add the
comment and select Add Comment from the "Node Options Menu". The "New Comment
dialog" is displayed.
b. Complete the Add Comment dialog and click OK.
5. To work with the comments that were previously added to an object, hover the mouse pointer over the
Comment button in the upper-right corner of the node.
The "Status window" is displayed with all the comments that are attached to the initiative, objective, or
KPI. From this window, you can:
•
•
•
•
Read the comments that were previously added.
Display the "New Comment dialog" to add a new comment by clicking New Comment.
Display the "Reply dialog" to reply to a comment by clicking the Reply link.
Pin the window so that it stays open by clicking the Pin button.
418
Oracle Taleo Enterprise
Reporting with Oracle Business Intelligence User
Guide
Chapter 15
Managing Objects in the OBI Presentation Catalog
15
Managing Objects in the OBI Presentation
Catalog
Managing Objects in the OBI Presentation Catalog
Oracle Business Intelligence Presentation Catalog
Presentation Catalog
The Oracle BI Presentation Catalog (the catalog) stores business intelligence objects and provides an interface where
users create, access, and manage objects, and perform specific object-based tasks (for example, export, print, and edit).
The catalog is organized into folders that are either shared or personal.
Catalog Users
Within Oracle BI, there are three primary users: content consumers, content designers, and catalog administrators. Each
user performs different tasks within the catalog, and, therefore, each user sees a different version of the catalog interface.
Functionality that is available for one user might not be available for another. Furthermore, the catalog functionality
and objects that are available to a user depend upon the privileges that are specified by the Presentation Services
Administrator and the object's individual permissions, which are usually set by the content designer.
Content consumers can use the Catalog page to view the business intelligence objects that are necessary to perform their
day-to-day tasks. For example, a sales manager must access an analysis that monitors the weekly sales of a specific
brand of beverage in the Central and Eastern regions. The permissions that are set by the content designer and catalog
administrator determine what tasks the content consumers can perform both on an individual piece of content and within
the catalog. For example, content consumers at Company A can search for, view, and interact with only those objects that
have been assigned to them, but content consumers at Company B can search for and interact with content as well as
create content and store it to their personal folders.
Content designers are the individuals who create the content for the content consumers. Content designers need broader
access to the catalog to efficiently create, edit, test, and troubleshoot objects. Their access to the catalog's functionality
is more comprehensive than that of the content consumers. However, like the content consumer, the content designer's
permissions are set by the administrator. For example, a content designer must store content in and retrieve content from
the public folders for the Sales functional area, but not the Operations functional area. Or a content designer must be
assigned to several groups so that the content designer can sign in to Presentation Services as different users to test the
new or revised content.
Administrators need the most comprehensive access to the catalog; however, their access is still determined by the
privileges that are assigned to their role by the Presentation Services administrator. In general, the catalog tasks that the
administrator performs include setting permissions on catalog objects and folders, archiving the catalog, creating and
managing directory structures, and managing system and user data.
419
Oracle Taleo Enterprise
Chapter 15
Reporting with Oracle Business Intelligence User
Guide
Managing Objects in the OBI Presentation Catalog
Saving a Business Intelligence Object
Steps
1. Create or edit a business intelligence object and click Save or Save As from the editor's toolbar. The
Save As dialog is displayed.
2. Select the catalog location to which you want to save the object. Note the following items:
•
You can create sub-folders for storage within your My Folders folder or within the system folder
for which you have the permissions to modify.
•
Oracle BI enables you to save any type of business intelligence object to any location within the
catalog. However, for some object types, Oracle BI's Save As dialog suggests the best catalog
location. For example, if you are creating a named filter, then it should be saved to a subject
area folder (/My Folders/Subject Area Contents/Paint) so that it is available when you create an
analysis using the same subject area and to which you want to add the saved filter.
•
You can save the following objects to any location within the catalog: actions, agents, analyses,
BI Publisher objects, briefing books, conditions, KPIs, and prompts.
•
Oracle recommends that you save the following objects to the subject area folder: calculated
items, custom groups, and filters. If a subject area folder does not exist in your /My Folders
folder or within the /Shared Folders folder, then Oracle BI EE creates a subject area folder and
the Save As dialog defaults a save path to /My Folders/Subject Area Contents/<subject area>.
Saving these objects to the subject area folders ensures that they are available when you build
an analysis for the same subject area.
•
Dashboards can be saved to any catalog location. However, if you want the dashboard to
display in the global header's Dashboards menu, then you must save the dashboard to a first
level dashboard folder. For example, save the dashboard to the following location to include
the dashboard in the Dashboard menu: /Shared Folders/Sales Projections/Dashboards. Save
the dashboard to the following location to exclude the dashboard from the Dashboard menu: /
Shared Folders/Sales Projections/Dashboards/Design Time. For more information about saving
dashboards, see "Saving Dashboards By Other Names and In Other Locations"
3. Click OK.
Creating a Folder or Sub-folder
Prerequisites
You must have one of the following user type permissions:
•
•
•
BI Author Limited
BI Author Developer
BI Tenant Administrator
Home - Oracle Business Intelligence
Steps
1. On the "Catalog page", go to the desired location in the "Folders pane".
420
Oracle Taleo Enterprise
Chapter 15
Reporting with Oracle Business Intelligence User
Managing Objects in the OBI Presentation Catalog
Guide
2. In the catalog toolbar, click New and select Folder. The New Folder dialog is displayed.
3. Enter the folder name and click OK.
Object-Specific Tasks
The tasks that you can perform for an object that you select from the "Catalog pane" are determined by both the selected
object's type (for example, a dashboard or KPI) and the permissions that were set for the object. The list of available tasks
is displayed in the "Tasks pane", which is located within the "Catalog page" or from the object's More link.
In most cases, you can open or copy an object. However, if you selected an analysis, then you can create an agent for the
analysis or export the analysis. If you selected a dashboard, then you can publish the dashboard or archive it, depending
upon the permissions that were assigned to the object.
Favorites
The favorites functionality allows you to bookmark as favorites the catalog objects that you view regularly or want to view
again at another time. After you flag objects as favorites, you can use the "Manage Favorites dialog" to organize your
favorites by creating categories and rearrange your favorites into the order that you find most intuitive. You can access
a list of the objects that you marked as favorites and any categories that you created by clicking Favorites in the global
header.
Adding an Object to Favorites List from Home Page or Catalog Page
Prerequisites
You must have one of the following user type permissions:
•
•
•
•
BI Consumer
BI Author Limited
BI Author Developer
BI Tenant Administrator
Home - Oracle Business Intelligence
Steps
1. Go to the "Home page" or "Catalog page" and browse for the object that you want to add to your
favorites list.
2. Click the More link, and then click Add to Favorites. The object is added to your favorites list.
Adding an Object to Favorites List while Viewing or Editing the Object
Prerequisites
You must have one of the following user type permissions:
•
BI Consumer
421
Oracle Taleo Enterprise
Reporting with Oracle Business Intelligence User
Guide
• BI Author Limited
•
•
Chapter 15
Managing Objects in the OBI Presentation Catalog
BI Author Developer
BI Tenant Administrator
Home - Oracle Business Intelligence
Steps
1. Open the object in its designated viewer or editor.
2. In the global header, hover over Favorites and click Add to Favorites. The object is added to your
favorites list.
Accessing Your Favorites List
Prerequisites
You must have one of the following user type permissions:
•
•
•
•
BI Consumer
BI Author Limited
BI Author Developer
BI Tenant Administrator
Home - Oracle Business Intelligence
Steps
1. In the global header, hover over the Favorites menu. The list of the objects that you marked as favorites
displays.
2. Scroll through the list of objects and categories to find a specific object. Click the object to select it.
Oracle BI EE displays the selected object based on your permissions. For example, if you open an
analysis to which you have write permission, then Oracle BI EE opens the object in the "Analysis editor".
Organizing your Favorites List
Prerequisites
You must have one of the following user type permissions:
•
•
•
•
BI Consumer
BI Author Limited
BI Author Developer
BI Tenant Administrator
Home - Oracle Business Intelligence
Steps
422
Oracle Taleo Enterprise
Chapter 15
Reporting with Oracle Business Intelligence User
Managing Objects in the OBI Presentation Catalog
Guide
1. In the global header, hover over the Favorites menu. The list of the objects that you marked as favorites
displays.
2. Click Manage Favorites. The "Manage Favorites dialog" displays.
3. In the Category Tree area, browse to the location where you want to add a new category. When you
select a category in the Category Tree, any subcategories or favorite objects nested in that category
display in the Selected Category area.
4. On the toolbar, click New Category. The "New Category dialog" displays.
5. Enter a unique name for the category. Click OK.
6. The new category displays in the Category Tree.
Rearranging your Favorite Objects
Prerequisites
You must have one of the following user type permissions:
•
•
•
•
BI Consumer
BI Author Limited
BI Author Developer
BI Tenant Administrator
Home - Oracle Business Intelligence
Steps
1. In the global header, hover over the Favorites menu. The list of the objects that you marked as favorites
displays.
2. Click Manage Favorites. The "Manage Favorites dialog" displays.
3. In the Category Tree area, browse to the location of the categories or objects that you want to
rearrange. When you select a category in the Category Tree, any subcategories or favorite objects
nested in that category display in the Selected Category area. You can perform any of the following
actions to rearrange your favorites.
•
Select an object or category and click the move buttons to move the object up or down in your
favorites list.
•
Drag and drop objects into categories. Drag and drop categories into other categories to
nest them. Note that depending on how you want to nest categories, you can drag and drop
categories within the Category Tree or the Selected Category area.
•
•
•
Copy objects or categories from one location and paste them into another location.
Rename categories.
Sort the selected categories or objects within a category by ascending or descending alphabetic
order.
For more information, see the "Manage Favorites dialog".
4. Click OK. Your rearranged objects and categories are saved and display in your favorites list.
423
Oracle Taleo Enterprise
Reporting with Oracle Business Intelligence User
Guide
Chapter 15
Managing Objects in the OBI Presentation Catalog
Removing an Object from your Favorites List using the Home Page or Catalog Page
Prerequisites
You must have one of the following user type permissions:
•
•
•
•
BI Consumer
BI Author Limited
BI Author Developer
BI Tenant Administrator
Home - Oracle Business Intelligence
Steps
1. Go to the "Home page" or "Catalog page" and browse for the object that you want to remove from your
favorites list.
2. Click the More link, and then click Remove from Favorites. The object is removed from your favorites
list.
Removing an Object from your Favorites List while Viewing or Editing the Object
Prerequisites
You must have one of the following user type permissions:
•
•
•
•
BI Consumer
BI Author Limited
BI Author Developer
BI Tenant Administrator
Home - Oracle Business Intelligence
Steps
1. Open the object in its designated viewer or editor.
2. In the global header, hover over the Favorites menu. The list of the objects that you marked as favorites
displays.
3. Click Remove from Favorites. The object is removed from your favorites list.
Removing an Object from your Favorites List by Using Manage Favorites Dialog
Prerequisites
You must have one of the following user type permissions:
•
•
•
BI Consumer
BI Author Limited
BI Author Developer
424
Oracle Taleo Enterprise
Chapter 15
Reporting with Oracle Business Intelligence User
Guide
• BI Tenant Administrator
Managing Objects in the OBI Presentation Catalog
Home - Oracle Business Intelligence
Steps
1. In the global header, hover over the Favorites menu. The list of the objects that you marked as favorites
displays.
2. Click Manage Favorites. The "Manage Favorites dialog" displays.
3. Browse for and select the object that you want to remove.
4. Click Delete.
5. Click OK. The object is removed from the list.
Exporting a KPI or Analysis Prompt Data
Prerequisites
You must have one of the following user type permissions:
•
•
•
•
BI Consumer
BI Author Limited
BI Author Developer
BI Tenant Administrator
Home - Oracle Business Intelligence
Steps
1. In the global header, click Catalog. The "Catalog page" is displayed.
2. Search for the object to export. For more information about searching, see "Searching with the Basic
Search or Fully Integrated Full-Text Search".
3. In the "Folders pane", select the object to export.
4. Select the object and perform a task:
•
•
Below the document, select More and then Export
Select the Export button in the "Tasks pane".
5. Select the format. Note that the Data list contains the CSV Format, Tab delimited Format, and XML
Format options.
Accessing Properties
Prerequisites
Administrative users can access the properties of any object or folder to perform tasks such as view system
information or change access levels. Users can access and modify the properties of the objects that they create
or own.
425
Oracle Taleo Enterprise
Chapter 15
Reporting with Oracle Business Intelligence User
Guide
Home - Oracle Business Intelligence
Managing Objects in the OBI Presentation Catalog
Steps
1.
2.
3.
4.
In the global header, click Catalog. The "Catalog page" is displayed.
Search for the object to which you want to assign properties.
In the "Folders pane", select an object or folder.
Perform a task:
•
•
Below the document, select More and then Properties
Click the Properties button in the "Tasks pane"
5. Review or change the settings displayed in the "Properties dialog".
Levels of Oracle BI Security
Oracle BI EE supports security mechanisms that allow users to access only the data for which they are authorized. The
following types of security are typical:
•
Subject Area security. This security mechanism controls access to objects, such as subject areas, folders, and
columns. For example, content designers in a particular department can view only the subject areas that belong
to their department when using the Analysis editor.
•
Catalog object security. This security mechanism provides security for objects that are stored in the Oracle
BI Presentation Catalog, such as dashboards, dashboard pages, folders, and analyses. Users can view only
the objects for which they are authorized. For example, a mid-level manager might not be granted access to
a dashboard that contains summary information for an entire department. For more information about catalog
object security, see "What Are Permissions?"
•
Data level security. This security mechanism controls the type and amount of data that is available in analyses.
When multiple users run the same analysis, the results that are returned to each user depend on their access
rights and roles in the company. For example, a sales vice president sees results for all regions, while a sales
representative for a particular region sees only data for that region.
Archiving
Archiving enables you to bundle specific folders, or multi-component objects (for example, scorecards) as a .catalog file
and upload the .catalog file to unarchive the data to another location in the catalog. This process enables you to transfer
specific data across environments. For example, you can use this feature to transfer data from a staging environment to a
production environment.
If you have the necessary privileges, then you can use the Oracle BI Catalog Manager to archive and unarchive catalog
objects and perform other Catalog maintenance tasks.
Archiving Objects
Prerequisites
You must have one of the following user type permissions:
426
Oracle Taleo Enterprise
Reporting with Oracle Business Intelligence User
Guide
• BI Author Limited
•
•
Chapter 15
Managing Objects in the OBI Presentation Catalog
BI Author Developer
BI Tenant Administrator
Home - Oracle Business Intelligence
Steps
1.
2.
3.
4.
5.
In the global header, click Catalog. The "Catalog page" is displayed.
Search for the objects to archive.
Go to the "Folders pane" to select the object.
Select More, then Archive below the object. The "Archive dialog" is displayed.
Specify to maintain or omit the permissions and timestamps for the folder or object. For more
information, see the "Archive dialog".
6. Click OK.
Unarchiving Objects
Prerequisites
You must have one of the following user type permissions:
•
•
•
BI Author Limited
BI Author Developer
BI Tenant Administrator
You cannot save objects from a catalog file if you cannot create the object.
Note:
When archiving and unarchiving, the integrity of the folder structure is
important. If child
objects have moved parent objects may need to be
reconfigured to find child objects and
work properly.
Home - Oracle Business Intelligence
Steps
1. Locate the archive file to upload. The archive file contains the.catalog extension (for example,
_portal.catalog).
2. Go to the "Folders pane" and select the location where you want to upload the archive file.
3. Go to the Tasks pane and click Unarchive. The "Unarchive dialog" is displayed.
4. Enter the name of the archive file or browse for the archive file. Select the archive file.
5. Click OK.
427
Oracle Taleo Enterprise
Reporting with Oracle Business Intelligence User
Guide
16
Chapter 16
BI Composer
BI Composer
BI Composer
BI Composer
BI Composer
BI Composer is a simple-to-use wizard that allows you to quickly and easily create, edit, or view analyses without the
complexities of the "Analysis editor".
The main components of the "BI Composer" are as follows:
•
At the top of the wizard is the BI Composer train, which contains buttons for each step in the wizard. For more
information, see "Steps for Creating or Editing an Analysis in BI Composer".
•
•
The panel area, where the components for each step are displayed.
To the far right are the Back, Next, Finish, and Cancel buttons.
BI Composer Modes
There are two modes in which BI Composer is available in an application (such as Oracle BI) — regular mode and
accessibility mode. Accessibility mode has the same functionality as regular mode but is optimized for use with screen
reader applications such as JAWS. It makes it easier for users with visual impairments to create, edit, and view analyses.
BI Composer Availability
When users work with analyses in Oracle BI, BI Composer may be displayed in place of the "Analysis editor", depending
on the preferences users make as follows:
•
BI Composer is displayed in regular mode in place of the Analysis editor, when users have specified that they
want to use the BI Composer wizard as the analysis editor and have turned off accessibility mode in Oracle BI.
•
BI Composer is displayed in accessibility mode in place of the Analysis editor, when users have turned on
accessibility mode in Oracle BI EE.
Users specify that they want to use the BI Composer wizard as the analysis editor by selecting the Wizard (limited
functionality) option for the Analysis Editor component in the "My Account dialog: Preferences tab".
428
Oracle Taleo Enterprise
Reporting with Oracle Business Intelligence User
Guide
Chapter 16
BI Composer
Steps for Creating or Editing an Analysis in BI Composer
The steps for creating or editing an analysis in BI Composer are as follows:
•
Select Columns — In this step you select the columns that are to be included in the analysis. You can also:
•
•
•
•
Specify column interactions
Specify a column formula
Rename a column
Hide a column
•
Select Views — In this step you select the views that are to be included in the analysis, such as a title, table, pivot
table, bar graph, and so on. (Note that not all views available in Oracle BI Enterprise Edition are supported in BI
Composer.) You can also preview the results.
•
Edit Table — In this step you edit the layout of the tabular view (if you have included a tabular view). For
example, you can create prompts, use a column to section the analysis, and exclude certain columns from the
tabular view. You can also preview the results.
•
Edit Graph — In this step you edit the properties and layout of the graph (if you have included a graph view). For
example, you can create prompts, use a column to section the analysis, and exclude certain columns from the
graph. You can also preview the results.
•
•
Sort and Filter — In this step you apply sorting and filters to the views. You can also preview the results.
•
Save — In this step you save the analysis with the same name or with a different name. You can also:
Highlight — In this step you apply conditional formatting to the tabular view (if you have included a tabular view).
You can also preview the results.
•
•
•
•
Create new folders in which to save the analyses
Rename folders and analyses
Delete folders and analyses
Expand and collapse folders
Creating an Analysis Using BI Composer
Prerequisites
You must have one of the following user type permissions:
•
•
•
BI Author Limited
BI Author Developer
BI Tenant Administrator
.Home - Oracle Business Intelligence - Catalog
Steps
429
Oracle Taleo Enterprise
Chapter 16
Reporting with Oracle Business Intelligence User
Guide
1. In Oracle BI:
BI Composer
a. In the global header, click New, then Analysis.
b. Select a subject area. The "BI Composer" is displayed in a new window.
2. Use the Select Columns panel to select the columns to include in the analysis. For each column that you
want to add:
a. Select the column in the Subject Area list.
b. Click Add to move it to the Selected Columns list.
If you want to add or remove subject areas from which to select columns, click the Add button in the
Subject Area: Subject_Area_Name area to display the "Add/Remove Subject Areas dialog".
For a column in the Selected Columns list, if you want to:
•
Change the column name or specify a formula for the column, select the column and click
Column Properties to display the "Column Properties dialog for BI Composer".
•
Specify what happens when you click either the column heading or a value in the column or
hierarchy level, select one of options in the Interaction list for the column.
•
•
•
Hide the column in the view, select the Hidden box for the column.
Remove the column from the list, select the column and click Remove.
Remove all columns from the list, click Remove All.
3. Click the Select Views button in the BI Composer train at the top of the wizard. The "BI Composer
wizard -- Create Analysis: Select Views panel" is displayed.
4. Use the Select Views panel to specify the views to include.
5. (optional) If you included a tabular view in the analysis, click the Edit Table button in the BI Composer
train. The "BI Composer wizard -- Create Analysis: Edit Table panel" is displayed.
6. (optional) Use the Edit Table panel to edit the layout of the tabular view.
7. (optional) If you included a graph view in the analysis, click the Edit Graph button in the BI Composer
train. The "BI Composer wizard -- Create Analysis: Edit Graph panel" is displayed.
8. (optional) Use the Edit Graph panel to edit the properties and layout of the graph.
9. (optional) Click the Sort and Filter button in the BI Composer train. The "BI Composer wizard -- Create
Analysis: Sort and Filter panel" is displayed.
10. (optional) Use the Sort and Filter panel to apply sorting and filters to the views.
11. (optional) If you included a tabular view in the analysis, click the Highlight button in the BI Composer
train. The "BI Composer wizard -- Create Analysis: Highlight panel" is displayed.
12. (optional) Use the Highlight panel to apply conditional formatting to the tabular view.
13. Click the Save button in the BI Composer train. The "BI Composer wizard -- Create Analysis: Save
panel" is displayed.
14. Use the Save panel to save the analysis with the same name or with a different name by specifying the
save criteria and then clicking Submit.
Editing an Analysis Using BI Compser
Prerequisites
You must have one of the following user type permissions:
430
Oracle Taleo Enterprise
Chapter 16
Reporting with Oracle Business Intelligence User
Guide
• BI Author Limited
•
•
BI Composer
BI Author Developer
BI Tenant Administrator
.Home - Oracle Business Intelligence - Catalog
Steps
1. Edit the analysis in one of the following ways:
•
From the Catalog or Home page in Oracle BI, navigate to the analysis and click Edit. The BI
Composer wizard is displayed.
•
From the BI Composer wizard, click the Catalog tab, select the analysis, and click Edit.
2. Make the changes to the analysis by navigating the steps of the wizard using the buttons in the BI
Composer train at the top of the wizard.
3. Click the Save button in the BI Composer train. The "BI Composer wizard -- Create Analysis: Save
panel" is displayed.
4. Use the Save panel to save the edited analysis with the same name or with a different name by
specifying the save criteria and then clicking Submit.
Viewing an Analysis in BI Composer
Prerequisites
You must have one of the following user type permissions:
•
•
•
•
BI Consumer
BI Author Limited
BI Author Developer
BI Tenant Administrator
Home - Oracle Business Intelligence - Catalog
Steps
1. Click the Catalog tab.
2. Select the analysis.
3. Click View. The analysis is displayed for viewing to the right of the Catalog tab.
431
Oracle Taleo Enterprise
Reporting with Oracle Business Intelligence User
Guide
17
Chapter 17
Actions
Actions
Actions
Actions
Actions
Actions provide functionality to:
•
Navigate to related content
You can include actions in analyses, dashboard pages, agents, scorecard objectives, scorecard initiatives, and KPIs.
Invoke Actions are not permitted with Taleo.
Actions can be executed:
•
•
•
Explicitly by end users who click action links that are embedded within:
•
Analyses on column headings, column values, and hierarchy level values and in certain views, such as
graphs
•
•
•
Dashboard pages
•
KPI analyses
Content delivered by agents
Scorecards in Cause, Effect Maps, Custom Views, Strategy Tree Views, Strategy Maps, KPIs, and KPI
watchlists.
Automatically, as the final step of an agent
Directly from the "Home page" or from the "Catalog page"
Action Links and Action Menus
An action link is a link to an action that you have embedded in an analysis, dashboard page, scorecard objective,
scorecard initiative, or KPI that, when clicked, runs an associated action.
On a dashboard page, you can add action links as standalone links or you can group multiple action links together on
action link menus. An action link menu lets users select, from a list of action links, the appropriate action to be executed
based on the business insight that they gained from the data.
Additionally, you can conditionally show each action link, depending on the data. This powerful functionality enables you
to set up context-sensitive menus that present users with the appropriate next steps based on the data that is displayed.
For more information on conditionally showing action links, see "Conditionally Enabled Actions".
432
Oracle Taleo Enterprise
Reporting with Oracle Business Intelligence User
Guide
Action links that you add to analyses are displayed to users in the following views:
•
•
•
•
•
Chapter 17
Actions
Tables
Pivot tables
Graphs
Funnel graphs
Gauges
For information about views see "Adding Views for Display in Dashboards."
Action links that you add to scorecard objectives and initiatives are displayed to users in the following scorecard views:
•
•
•
•
•
Cause & effect maps
Custom views
Strategy trees
Strategy maps
KPI watchlists
Action links that you add to KPIs are displayed to users in KPI analyses.
Actions that Navigate to Related Content
The following list identifies and describes the types of actions that navigate to related content:
•
•
Navigate to BI Content — Navigates to an analysis, a specific dashboard page, or dashboard.
Navigate to a Web Page — Navigates to a specified URL.
These actions cannot be added to agents.
Named Actions
A named action is an action that you define and then save by name in the Oracle BI Presentation Catalog so that you can
reuse it. You can also reuse a named action as a template to create another named action.
For example, suppose that you frequently want to include navigation to your organization's Web site in analyses and
dashboard pages that you are designing. You can create an action that navigates to the URL and save it to the catalog.
Then as you create analyses and dashboard pages, you can add this named action to them.
You create a named action when you create a new action from the:
•
New menu on the global toolbar by clicking Action and then selecting one of the action types (for example,
Navigate to a Web Page).
433
Oracle Taleo Enterprise
Chapter 17
Reporting with Oracle Business Intelligence User
Actions
Guide
• Home page by clicking Action in the Create area and then selecting one of the action types (for example,
Navigate to BI Content).
You can also create a new named action from a dashboard, an analysis, or a KPI. You do so by creating an inline action
and then, to keep it, saving it to the catalog. For information on inline actions, see Inline Actions"Inline Actions".
Inline Actions
An inline action is an action that you define at the point of use and do not save by name in the catalog. Instead, it is saved
as part of the analysis, dashboard page, agent, scorecard objective, scorecard initiative, or KPI.
scorecard objective, scorecard initiative, or KPI that contains it is deleted. This simplifies catalog management for actions
that make sense only within particular BI content.
For example, suppose that you are designing a dashboard page and want to invoke an action that you plan to use only
once. You can create an action at that point and then add it to the page. When you save the dashboard, the action is
saved with it.
You create an inline action when you:
•
Create or edit an agent and add a new action to run when the agents finishes.
For information, see "Adding Actions to an Agent".
•
Edit a dashboard page and add a new action to the page using an action link or an action link menu.
For information see "Actions in Dashboard Pages".
•
Create or edit an analysis and add a new action to a column heading, column value, or hierarchy level value
using an action link.
For information, see "Adding Actions to an Analysis".
•
Create or edit a KPI and add a new action to the KPI using an action link.
For information, see "Adding Actions to a KPI".
•
Create or edit an initiative or objective in a scorecard and add a new action to the initiative or objective using an
action link.
For information, see "Adding Actions to Initiatives and Objectives in a Scorecard".
Conditionally Enabled Actions
You can conditionally enable actions that are added to:
•
•
•
Analyses
Dashboard pages
Agents
434
Oracle Taleo Enterprise
Chapter 17
Reporting with Oracle Business Intelligence User
Actions
Guide
Actions that are added to KPIs are associated with KPI ranges so they are enabled conditionally because of their
definitions. Likewise for actions that are added to scorecards, because they are associated with states of initiatives and
objectives.
Conditionally Enabled Actions Added to Analyses
When you add an action to an analysis, you can specify that its associated action link is to be displayed only when one or
more conditions are met. You do this by selecting one or more columns in the analysis to use and specifying the condition
to meet. (The steps to specify a condition are very similar to those used for conditional formatting.)
Conditionally Enabled Actions Added to Dashboard Pages
When you add an action to a dashboard page, you can specify that its associated action link is to be displayed only when
a certain condition is satisfied. You do this by specifying a condition (either a named or inline) that is to be satisfied.
For more information on action links, see "Action Links and Action Link Menus". For more information on conditions, see
"Working with Conditions."
Conditionally Enabled Actions Added to Agents
While you primarily use an agent's condition to determine whether the agent delivers its content or not, you can also use it
to determine if the agent executes its actions.
When you add an action to an agent, you can specify that the action is to be executed only when a certain condition is
satisfied. You do this by adding a condition (either inline or named) to the agent, and then specifying whether you want
the action to be executed:
•
•
Only if the agent condition evaluates to true
Only if the agent condition evaluates to false
For some actions, you can also specify whether to execute the action for each row that is returned by the condition.
For more information on conditions, see "Working with Conditions."
Customized Information Displayed to Users on Action Execution
You can customize information to display to users when they run actions. Specifically, you can:
•
•
Specify whether to display a confirmation prompt to users when they execute the action.
Customize a dialog that is displayed to users when they need to supply action parameter values before the action
is executed.
You use theUser Interface Reference"Action Options dialog" to customize this information when you create or edit an
action.
435
Oracle Taleo Enterprise
Chapter 17
Reporting with Oracle Business Intelligence User
Guide
Actions
Creating a Named Action
Prerequisites
You must have one of the following user type permissions:
•
•
BI Author Developer
BI Tenant Administrator
Home - Oracle Business Intelligence
Steps
1. In the global header, click New, select Action under Actionable Intelligence, and then select the type of
action to create.
The "Create New Action dialog" is displayed.
2. Complete the New Action dialog. For information, see "Specifying the Settings for a New Action".
Specifying the Settings for a New Action
Prerequisites
You must have one of the following user type permissions:
•
•
BI Author Developer
BI Tenant Administrator
Home - Oracle Business Intelligence
Steps
1. Click the Create New Action button (displayed as the Add New Action button in an agent or New Action
button in a dashboard) and then select the type of action to create.
The Create New Action dialog is displayed.
2. In the URL field, enter the URL of the Web page.
3. To define parameters for the action, then click Define Parameters to display the Define Parameters list.
4. Define the parameters as appropriate:
•
To add a parameter, click the Add Parameter button. A new parameter row is added to the
Define Parameters list. (Note that the Add Parameter button is not available for all action types.)
•
Specify the column values for each parameter:
•
In the Name column, if you are creating a new parameter, then enter the name of the
parameter. Use a name that is unique within the action.
This column is not available for all action types.
•
In the Prompt column, if you want the user to provide the parameter value, then enter
the prompt to display to the user.
436
Oracle Taleo Enterprise
Chapter 17
Reporting with Oracle Business Intelligence User
Actions
Guide
• In the Value column, to provide a parameter value, then enter or select the value. If you
want the user to specify the value, then leave this field as is.
•
In the Fixed column, specify whether to allow users to see but not set the parameter.
This column is not available for all action types.
•
In the Hidden column, specify whether to hide the parameter from users.
This column is not available for all action types.
•
In the Optional column, specify whether the parameter requires a value before the
action can be executed.
5. (optional) Customize information displayed to the user when the action runs:
a. Click Options to display the "Action Options dialog".
b. Specify the customization that you want.
c. Click OK.
This functionality is available only for actions where it is appropriate to display information to users.
6. Click OK.
If you are creating a named action, then a dialog is displayed where you specify the information for
saving the action.
Actions in Analyses
You can add one or more actions to a column heading, column value, or hierarchy level value in an analysis. When you
add an action to a column heading, column value, or hierarchy level value, you add the action by using an action link.
When an analysis that contains one or more action links is presented to users in a pivot table, table, map, graph, trellis, or
gauge, users can click a link to run the associated action.
For more information on action links, see Action Links and Action Link Menus.
Adding Actions to an Analysis
Prerequisites
You must have one of the following user type permissions:
•
•
•
BI Author Limited
BI Author Developer
BI Tenant Administrator
Note: BI Author limited can add named actions to an analysis, but they cannot create new actions.
Home - Oracle Business Intelligence
Steps
1. Edit the analysis to which you want to add one or more actions.
437
Oracle Taleo Enterprise
Chapter 17
Reporting with Oracle Business Intelligence User
Actions
Guide
2. Move the mouse pointer over the Options button for the column or hierarchy level to which you want to
add one or more actions and select Column Properties or Hierarchy Level Properties.
Note: For trellis graphs, you can add actions to columns, but not to hierarchy levels.
The "Column Properties dialog" is displayed.
3. Click the "Column Properties dialog: Interaction tab".
4. In the Primary Interaction box in the Column Heading area (to add one or more actions to a column
heading) or the Value area (to add one or more actions to a column value or hierarchy level value),
select Action Links to display the Action Links area.
5. Click the Add Action Link button.
The "New Action Link dialog" is displayed.
6. In the Link Text field, enter the text to display as the link to execute the associated action.
7. To create a new action (that is, an inline action), then click the Create New Action button and specify the
settings for the new action. For information, see "Specifying the Settings for a New Action".
8. To add an existing action (that is, a named action):
a. Click the Select existing action button.
The "Open dialog" is displayed.
b. Complete the Open dialog.
If there are parameters associated with the action, then the "Edit Parameter Mapping
dialog" is displayed.
c. Complete the Edit Parameter Mapping dialog (if displayed).
9. If you are adding the action link to a value, then in the Show Link component in the New Action Link
dialog, select one of the following options:
•
•
Always — Specifies that the action link is always to be enabled.
Conditionally — Specifies that the action link is to be enabled only under certain conditions.
Selecting this option displays the Conditions area.
For more information, see "Conditionally Enabled Actions".
If you are adding the action link to a column heading, then the Conditionally option is not available.
10. If you selected Conditionally, then add one or more conditions to be used to enable the action link. For
each condition to add:
11.
12.
13.
14.
15.
a. Click the New Condition button and select the column to use. The "New Condition dialog"
is displayed.
b. Complete the New Condition dialog.
In the New Action Link dialog, click OK to add the action link to the Action Links area on the Interaction
tab.
For each additional action link to add, repeat steps 5+.
To specify that, when only one action link is available at runtime, the action link is to be executed
immediately rather than be displayed in a menu for selection, select the Do not display in a popup if
only one action link is available at runtime box.
Click OK to close the Column Properties dialog.
Click the Save Analysis toolbar button on the Analysis editor to save the analysis.
438
Oracle Taleo Enterprise
Reporting with Oracle Business Intelligence User
Guide
Chapter 17
Actions
Actions in Dashboard Pages
You can add actions to dashboard pages in one of two ways:
•
By adding to a section on the dashboard page an Action Link object to which you add an action.
When a dashboard page that contains one or more action links is presented to users, users can click a link to run
the associated action.
•
By adding to a section on the dashboard page an Action Link Menu object to which you add action links.
When a dashboard page that contains an action link menu is presented to users, users can select a link from the
action link menu to run the associated actions.
For more information on action links and action link menus, see Action Links and Action Link Menus."
Adding Actions to a Dashboard Page Using Action Links
Prerequisites
You must have one of the following user type permissions:
•
•
BI Author Developer
BI Tenant Administrator
Home - Oracle Business Intelligence
Steps
1.
2.
3.
4.
Edit the dashboard page to which you want to add an action.
From the Dashboard Object pane, drag and drop an Action Link object on the dashboard page.
Click the Properties button for the Action Link object to display the "Action Link Properties dialog".
Complete the Action Link Properties dialog. For information, see "Completing the Action Link Properties
Dialog".
5. Click the Save toolbar button on the Dashboard builder to save the dashboard page.
Completing the Action Link Properties Dialog
Prerequisites
You must have one of the following user type permissions:
•
•
BI Author Developer
BI Tenant Administrator
Home - Oracle Business Intelligence
Steps
1. In the Link Text box, enter the text to display as the link to execute the associated action.
2. If you are creating an action link that will not be displayed on an action link menu, then in the Caption
box, enter a caption to display above the link text.
3. To create a new action (that is, an inline action), then click the New Action button and specify the
settings for the new action. For information, see "Specifying the Settings for a New Action".
439
Oracle Taleo Enterprise
Chapter 17
Reporting with Oracle Business Intelligence User
Guide
4. To add an existing action (that is, a named action):
Actions
a. Click the Select existing action button.
The "Open dialog" is displayed.
b. Complete the Open dialog.
If there are parameters associated with the action, then the "Edit Parameter Mapping
dialog" is displayed.
c. Complete the Edit Parameter Mapping dialog (if displayed).
5. (for an action link that navigates to a URL or to other BI content only) Use the Open Link in New
Window box in the Action Link Properties dialog to specify whether to open the link in a new browser
window or tab.
6. (for Navigate to BI Content actions only) Use the Add to Briefing Book box to specify whether the
action that is associated with the action link can be executed in a briefing book, but only if the number of
briefing book navigation links to be followed is greater than 0.
For information about briefing books, see "Briefing Book".
7. In the Show Link component, select one of the following options:
•
•
Always — Specifies that the action link is always to be enabled.
Conditionally — Specifies that the action link is to be enabled only if the associated condition is
satisfied.
The Condition area is displayed.
8. The Condition area is displayed.
a. To create a new condition, click the New Condition button to display the "New Condition
dialog" and then complete the dialog.
For information on completing the dialog, see "Specifying the Settings for a Condition".
b. To select an existing condition, click Select Condition to display the "Select Condition
dialog" and then complete the dialog.
9. Click OK in the Action Link Properties dialog.
Adding Actions to a Dashboard Page Using an Action Link Menu
Prerequisites
You must have one of the following user type permissions:
•
•
BI Author Developer
BI Tenant Administrator
Home - Oracle Business Intelligence
Steps
1. Edit the dashboard page to which you want to add one or more actions.
2. From the Dashboard Object pane, drag and drop an Action Link Menu object on the dashboard page.
3. Click the Properties button for the Action Link Menu object to display the "Action Link Menu Properties
dialog".
4. In the Menu Label box, enter the name to display for the menu.
440
Oracle Taleo Enterprise
Chapter 17
Reporting with Oracle Business Intelligence User
Guide
5. In the Caption box, enter a caption to display above the action link menu text.
6. Add the action links to the menu as follows:
Actions
•
To add an action link that already exists on the page, drag and drop the existing Action Link
object onto the Action Link Menu object.
•
To add a new action link, click the Add button to display the "Action Link Properties dialog" and
then complete the dialog. For information, see "Completing the Action Link Properties Dialog".
Note: You also can drag an Action Link object from an Action Link Menu object to create
a standalone action link.
7. Click OK in the Action Link Menu Properties dialog.
8. Click the Save toolbar button on the Dashboard builder to save the dashboard page.
Adding Actions to an Agent
Prerequisites
You must have one of the following user type permissions:
•
•
BI Author Developer
BI Tenant Administrator
Home - Oracle Business Intelligence
Steps
1. Edit the agent to which you want to add an action.
2. Click the "Agent editor: Actions tab".
3. Determine whether to add the action to the Agent Condition True or No Condition Exists area or the
Agent Condition is False area as follows:
•
If there is no condition associated with the agent, or if there is a condition associated with the
agent and you want the action to execute only if the condition evaluates to true, then use the
Agent Condition True or No Condition Exists area
•
If there is a condition associated with the agent and you want the action to execute only if the
condition evaluates to false, then use the Agent Condition is False area.
4. To create a new action (that is, an inline action), then click the Add New Action button and specify the
settings for the new action. For information, see "Specifying the Settings for a New Action".
5. To add an existing action (that is, a named action):
a. Click the Add Existing Action button.
The "Select Existing Action dialog" is displayed.
b. Complete the Select Existing Action dialog.
Note: You cannot add an existing action that navigates to related content (such as
Navigate to BI Content).
If there are parameters associated with the action, then the "Add Existing Action dialog" is
displayed.
441
Oracle Taleo Enterprise
Chapter 17
Reporting with Oracle Business Intelligence User
Guide
c. Specify any required parameter values in the Add Existing Action dialog.
d. Click OK.
6. Click the Save this Agent toolbar button in the Agent editor to save the agent.
Actions
Adding Actions to a KPI
Prerequisites
You must have one of the following user type permissions:
•
•
BI Author Developer
BI Tenant Administrator
Home - Oracle Business Intelligence
Steps
1.
2.
3.
4.
Edit the KPI to which you want to add one or more actions.
Click the "KPI editor: States page".
Click the Define action links for this status button to display the "Action Links dialog".
To add an action that has been added to another range of the KPI, click the Add Action Link button and
select the action.
5. To add a new action:
•
If one or more actions have been added to another range of the KPI, click the Add Action Link
button and select New Action Link.
•
If no actions have been added to other ranges of the KPI, then click the Add Action Link button.
The "New Action Link dialog" is displayed.
6. In the Link Text field, enter the text to display as the link to execute the associated action.
7. To create a new action (that is, an inline action), then click the Create New Action button and specify the
settings for the new action. For information, see "Specifying the Settings for a New Action".
8. To add an existing action (that is, a named action):
a. Click the Select existing action button.
The "Open dialog" is displayed.
b. Complete the Open dialog.
If there are parameters associated with the action, then the "Edit Parameter Mapping
dialog" is displayed.
c. Complete the Edit Parameter Mapping dialog (if displayed).
d. Click OK in the New Action Link dialog.
9. For each additional action link to add, repeat steps 5+.
10. Click OK to close the Action Links dialog.
11. Click the Save KPI As toolbar button on the KPI Builder to save the KPI.
442
Oracle Taleo Enterprise
Chapter 17
Reporting with Oracle Business Intelligence User
Guide
Actions
Adding Actions to Initiatives and Objectives in a Scorecard
Prerequisites
You must have one of the following user type permissions:
•
•
BI Author Developer
BI Tenant Administrator
Home - Oracle Business Intelligence
Steps
1. Edit the scorecard that contains the initiative or objective.
2. Navigate to the initiative or objective to which you want to add an action as follows:
•
If you are adding the action to an initiative, then in the "Initiatives pane", double-click the
initiative.
•
3.
4.
5.
6.
If you are adding the action to an objective, then in the "Strategy pane", double-click the
objective.
In the Action Link area in the "Analytics pane", click the New Row button.
The "Action Link dialog" is displayed.
In the State Equals box, select the state of the initiative or objective under which the action link is to be
enabled.
To create a new action (that is, an inline action), then click the Create New Action button and specify the
settings for the new action. For information, see "Specifying the Settings for a New Action".
To add an existing action (that is, a named action):
a. Click the Select Existing Action button.
The "Open dialog" is displayed.
b. Click OK.
7. In the Link Text field, enter the text to display as the link to execute the associated action.
8. Click OK in the Action Link dialog.
The action link is added to the Action Link area.
9. Save the objective or initiative.
Creating a New Action Based on an Existing Named Action
Prerequisites
You must have one of the following user type permissions:
•
•
BI Author Developer
BI Tenant Administrator
Home - Oracle Business Intelligence
Steps
443
Oracle Taleo Enterprise
Chapter 17
Reporting with Oracle Business Intelligence User
Actions
Guide
1. Edit the existing named action on which you want to base a new action. The "Edit Action dialog" is
displayed.
2. Specify any changes that you want.
3. Click Save As and specify the save as criteria in the dialog.
Editing a Named Action
Prerequisites
You must have one of the following user type permissions:
•
•
BI Author Developer
BI Tenant Administrator
Home - Oracle Business Intelligence
Steps
1.
2.
3.
4.
Navigate to the action in the catalog.
Click the Edit link to display the "Edit Action dialog".
Edit the action and click OK.
Click Save Action.
Editing an Action or Action Link Added to an Analysis
Prerequisites
You must have one of the following user type permissions:
•
•
BI Author Developer
BI Tenant Administrator
Home - Oracle Business Intelligence
Steps
1. Edit the analysis to which the action and action link has been added.
2. Move the mouse pointer over the Options menu for the column or hierarchy level to which the action
has been added and select Column Properties or Hierarchy Level Properties.
The "Column Properties dialog" is displayed.
3. Click the "Column Properties dialog: Interaction tab".
4. In the Action Links area, select the action to edit and click the Edit Action Link button to display the "Edit
Action Link dialog".
5. Make the appropriate changes to the action link.
6. Click the More button and select Edit Action. The "Edit Action dialog" is displayed.
7. Edit the action and click OK.
444
Oracle Taleo Enterprise
Reporting with Oracle Business Intelligence User
Guide
8. Click OK in the Edit Action Link dialog.
9. Click OK in the Column Properties dialog.
10. Click Save Analysis.
Chapter 17
Actions
Editing an Action, Action Link, or Action Link Menu Added to a
Dashboard Page
Prerequisites
You must have one of the following user type permissions:
•
•
BI Author Developer
BI Tenant Administrator
Home - Oracle Business Intelligence
Steps
1. Edit the dashboard page.
2. If the action and action link are associated with an action link menu:
3.
4.
5.
6.
7.
8.
a. Click the Properties button for the Action Link Menu object. The "Action Link Menu
Properties dialog" is displayed.
b. Make the appropriate changes to the menu label and caption.
c. In the Action Links area, select the action to edit and click the Edit button.
The"Action Link Properties dialog" is displayed.
If the action and action link are standalone, click the Properties button for the Action Link object to which
the action is associated. The "Action Link Properties dialog" is displayed.
Make the appropriate changes to the action link.
Click the More button and select Edit Action. The "Edit Action dialog" is displayed.
Edit the action and click OK.
Click OK in the Action Link Properties dialog, and then in the Action Link Menu Properties dialog (if
displayed).
Click Save to save the dashboard.
Editing Actions Added to an Agent
Prerequisites
You must have one of the following user type permissions:
•
•
BI Author Developer
BI Tenant Administrator
Home - Oracle Business Intelligence
445
Oracle Taleo Enterprise
Reporting with Oracle Business Intelligence User
Guide
Chapter 17
Actions
Steps
1.
2.
3.
4.
Open the agent.
Click the "Agent editor: Actions tab".
Select the action and click the Edit Parameters button. The "Edit Action dialog" is displayed.
Edit the action and click OK.
Editing Actions or Action Links Added to a KPI
Prerequisites
You must have one of the following user type permissions:
•
•
BI Author Developer
BI Tenant Administrator
Home - Oracle Business Intelligence
Steps
1.
2.
3.
4.
5.
6.
7.
8.
9.
10.
Edit the KPI to which the action and action link has been added.
Click the "KPI editor: States page".
Click the Define action links for this status button to display the "Action Links dialog".
In the Action Links area, select the action to edit and click the Edit Action Link button to display the "Edit
Action Link dialog".
Make the appropriate changes to the action link.
Click the More button and select Edit Action. The "Edit Action dialog" is displayed.
Edit the action and click OK.
Click OK in the Edit Action Link dialog.
Click OK in the Action Links dialog.
Click Save KPI As.
Editing Actions and Action Links Added to an Initiative or Objective
in a Scorecard
Prerequisites
You must have one of the following user type permissions:
•
•
BI Author Developer
BI Tenant Administrator
Home - Oracle Business Intelligence
446
Oracle Taleo Enterprise
Chapter 17
Reporting with Oracle Business Intelligence User
Guide
Actions
Steps
1. Edit the scorecard that contains the initiative or objective.
2. Navigate to the initiative or objective as follows:
•
•
For an initiative, in the "Initiatives pane", double-click the initiative.
For an objective, in the "Strategy pane", double-click the objective.
3. In the Action Link area in the "Analytics pane", click the Edit Row button.
The "Action Link dialog" is displayed.
4. Make the changes that you want and click OK in the Action Link dialog.
5. Save the objective or initiative.
Saving an Inline Action in an Analysis to the Catalog
Prerequisites
You must have one of the following user type permissions:
•
•
BI Author Developer
BI Tenant Administrator
Home - Oracle Business Intelligence
Steps
1. Edit the analysis to which the action has been added.
2. Move the mouse pointer over the Options menu for the column or hierarchy level to which the action
has been added and select Column Properties or Hierarchy Level Properties.
The "Column Properties dialog" is displayed.
3. Click the "Column Properties dialog: Interaction tab".
4. In the Action Links area, select the action to save and click the Edit Action Link button. The "Edit Action
Link dialog" is displayed.
5. Click the More button and select Save Action As to display the "Save As dialog" to specify the save
criteria.
6. Specify the save criteria and click OK.
Tip: To replace the reference to the current action with the saved action, then select the Replace
current action with a reference to the saved action box.
7. Click OK in the Edit Action Link dialog.
8. Click OK in the Column Properties dialog.
Saving an Inline Action in a Dashboard to the Catalog
Prerequisites
You must have one of the following user type permissions:
447
Oracle Taleo Enterprise
Reporting with Oracle Business Intelligence User
Guide
• BI Author Developer
•
Chapter 17
Actions
BI Tenant Administrator
Home - Oracle Business Intelligence
Steps
1. Edit the dashboard page.
2. If the action and action link are associated with and action link menu:
3.
4.
5.
6.
7.
8.
9.
a. Click the Properties button for the Action Link Menu object. The "Action Link Menu
Properties dialog" is displayed.
b. Make the appropriate changes to the menu label and caption.
c. In the Action Links area, select the action to edit and click the Edit button.
The "Action Link Properties dialog" is displayed.
If the action and action link are standalone, then click the Properties button for the Action Link object to
which the action is associated. The "Action Link Properties dialog" is displayed.
Click the More button and select Save Action As. The "Save As dialog" is displayed.
Edit the action and click OK.
Click OK in the Action Link Properties dialog, and then in the Action Link Menu Properties dialog (if
displayed).
Click Save to save the dashboard.
Click the More button and select Save Action As to display the dialog to specify the save criteria.
Specify the save criteria and click OK.
Tip: To replace the reference to the current action with the saved action, then select the Replace
current action with a reference to the saved action box.
10. Click OK in the Action Link Properties dialog, and then in the Action Link Menu Properties dialog (if
displayed).
11. Click Save to save the dashboard.
Executing a Named Action to Test It
Prerequisites
You must have one of the following user type permissions:
•
•
•
BI Author Limited
BI Author Developer
BI Tenant Administrator
Home - Oracle Business Intelligence
Steps
1. Navigate to the named action in the catalog.
2. Click the Execute link.
3. Respond to any request for more information or any confirmation prompt that is displayed.
448
Oracle Taleo Enterprise
Reporting with Oracle Business Intelligence User
Guide
Chapter 17
Actions
449
Oracle Taleo Enterprise
Chapter 18
Reporting with Oracle Business Intelligence User
Guide
Appendix
18
Appendix
Appendix
Subject Areas
The standard content was delivered using the Recruiting subject area.
For a complete filterable list of fields please refer to the Oracle - Taleo Reporting OBI Contemporary Subject Areas 15B- Data Dictionary for the Recruiting and Administration subject areas.
Refer to the Oracle - Taleo Reporting OBI Legacy Subject Areas - 15B- Data Dictionary for the Recruiting (Legacy)
and Performance Management subject areas. Recruiting (Legacy) and Performance Management subject areas are only
available to customers that already have SAP BusinessObjects reporting.
Administration Subject Area Additional Information
When developing reports and analyses against the Administration subject area, it is important to understand that every
top level folder is independent, meaning that reports cannot be directly created across various folders. For example, it is
not possible to mix elements from “OLF” and “System Users” in the same query.
Recruiting (Legacy) Subject Area Additional Information
Net new reports should be developed using the contemporary Recruiting subject area, unless the contemporary
Recruiting subject area has functional gaps preventing the new report's functional scope to be met.
When a report developer needs to develop a report on requisitions that do not have any job submissions, it is necessary
to add the following element in the results of the report:
•
Context / Requisitions with/without applications
Recruiting Subject Area
This table outlines the Recruiting Subject Area with the Columns, where to find them (path), with their description and
Data Type
Folder Path
Column
Description
Data Type
Candidate > Candidate Basic
Profile & Preferences
Advance Notice
Returns the candidate's preferred advance
notice.
Varchar
Candidate > Candidate Basic
Profile & Preferences
Candidate Education Level
Returns the candidate's education level.
Varchar
450
Oracle Taleo Enterprise
Chapter 18
Reporting with Oracle Business Intelligence User
Guide
Appendix
Folder Path
Column
Description
Data Type
Candidate > Candidate Basic
Profile & Preferences
Candidate Employee Status
Returns the candidate's preferred employee
status.
Varchar
Candidate > Candidate Basic
Profile & Preferences
Candidate Job Level
Returns the candidate's job level.
Varchar
Candidate > Candidate Basic
Profile & Preferences
Candidate Job Schedule
Returns the candidate's preferred job
schedule.
Varchar
Candidate > Candidate Basic
Profile & Preferences
Candidate Job Shift
Returns the candidate's preferred job shift.
Varchar
Candidate > Candidate Basic
Profile & Preferences
Candidate Job Type
Returns the candidate's preferred job type.
Varchar
Candidate > Candidate Basic
Profile & Preferences
Desired Job Field Level1
Name
Desired Job Field Level1 Name
Varchar
Candidate > Candidate Basic
Profile & Preferences
Desired Job Field Level2
Name
Desired Job Field Level2 Name
Varchar
Candidate > Candidate Basic
Profile & Preferences
Desired Job Field Level3
Name
Desired Job Field Level3 Name
Varchar
Candidate > Candidate Basic
Profile & Preferences
Desired Job Field Level4
Name
Desired Job Field Level4 Name
Varchar
Candidate > Candidate Basic
Profile & Preferences
Desired Location Level1
Name
Desired Location Level1 Name
Varchar
Candidate > Candidate Basic
Profile & Preferences
Desired Location Level2
Name
Desired Location Level2 Name
Varchar
Candidate > Candidate Basic
Profile & Preferences
Desired Location Level3
Name
Desired Location Level3 Name
Varchar
Candidate > Candidate Basic
Profile & Preferences
Desired Location Level4
Name
Desired Location Level4 Name
Varchar
Candidate > Candidate Basic
Profile & Preferences
Desired Location Level5
Name
Desired Location Level5 Name
Varchar
Candidate > Candidate Basic
Profile & Preferences
Desired Organization Level1
Name
Desired Organization Level1 Name
Varchar
Candidate > Candidate Basic
Profile & Preferences
Desired Organization Level10
Name
Desired Organization Level10 Name
Varchar
Candidate > Candidate Basic
Profile & Preferences
Desired Organization Level11
Name
Desired Organization Level11 Name
Varchar
451
Oracle Taleo Enterprise
Chapter 18
Reporting with Oracle Business Intelligence User
Guide
Appendix
Folder Path
Column
Description
Data Type
Candidate > Candidate Basic
Profile & Preferences
Desired Organization Level12
Name
Desired Organization Level12 Name
Varchar
Candidate > Candidate Basic
Profile & Preferences
Desired Organization Level13
Name
Desired Organization Level13 Name
Varchar
Candidate > Candidate Basic
Profile & Preferences
Desired Organization Level14
Name
Desired Organization Level14 Name
Varchar
Candidate > Candidate Basic
Profile & Preferences
Desired Organization Level15
Name
Desired Organization Level15 Name
Varchar
Candidate > Candidate Basic
Profile & Preferences
Desired Organization Level16
Name
Desired Organization Level16 Name
Varchar
Candidate > Candidate Basic
Profile & Preferences
Desired Organization Level17
Name
Desired Organization Level17 Name
Varchar
Candidate > Candidate Basic
Profile & Preferences
Desired Organization Level18
Name
Desired Organization Level18 Name
Varchar
Candidate > Candidate Basic
Profile & Preferences
Desired Organization Level19
Name
Desired Organization Level19 Name
Varchar
Candidate > Candidate Basic
Profile & Preferences
Desired Organization Level2
Name
Desired Organization Level2 Name
Varchar
Candidate > Candidate Basic
Profile & Preferences
Desired Organization Level20
Name
Desired Organization Level20 Name
Varchar
Candidate > Candidate Basic
Profile & Preferences
Desired Organization Level3
Name
Desired Organization Level3 Name
Varchar
Candidate > Candidate Basic
Profile & Preferences
Desired Organization Level4
Name
Desired Organization Level4 Name
Varchar
Candidate > Candidate Basic
Profile & Preferences
Desired Organization Level5
Name
Desired Organization Level5 Name
Varchar
Candidate > Candidate Basic
Profile & Preferences
Desired Organization Level6
Name
Desired Organization Level6 Name
Varchar
Candidate > Candidate Basic
Profile & Preferences
Desired Organization Level7
Name
Desired Organization Level7 Name
Varchar
Candidate > Candidate Basic
Profile & Preferences
Desired Organization Level8
Name
Desired Organization Level8 Name
Varchar
Candidate > Candidate Basic
Profile & Preferences
Desired Organization Level9
Name
Desired Organization Level9 Name
Varchar
452
Oracle Taleo Enterprise
Chapter 18
Reporting with Oracle Business Intelligence User
Guide
Appendix
Folder Path
Column
Description
Data Type
Candidate > Candidate Basic
Profile & Preferences
Email Invitations
Returns whether or not the candidate wants to Char
receive email invitations.
Candidate > Candidate Basic
Profile & Preferences
Hours Per Week - Preference
Returns the candidate's preference of work
hours per week.
Candidate > Candidate Basic
Profile & Preferences
Hours Per Week - Willingness Returns the candidate's threhold of work
hours per week.
Varchar
Candidate > Candidate Basic
Profile & Preferences
Min. Ann. Salary
Returns the candidate's preferred min. annual
salary.
Double
Candidate > Candidate Basic
Profile & Preferences
Travel
Returns the candidate's perferred travel.
Varchar
Candidate > Candidate Basic
Profile & Preferences
Willing To Work On Holidays
Returns the candidate's willingess to work on
holidays.
Char
Candidate > Candidate Basic
Profile & Preferences
Willing To Work On
Weekends
Returns the candidate's willingess to work on
weekends.
Char
Candidate > Candidate Dates
Availability Date
Returns the candidate availability date
Datetime
Candidate > Candidate Dates
Candidate Creation Date
Returns the candidate creation date
Timestamp
Candidate > Candidate Dates
Candidate Last Modified Date
Returns the date when the candidate record
was last modified
Timestamp
Candidate > Candidate Dates
Candidate Last Modified Date
(Including CSW)
Returns the date when the candidate record
was last modified, including CSW status
changes
Timestamp
Candidate > Candidate Dates
Most Recent CSW Move Date Returns the most recent date when the
candidate was moved in the CSW
Timestamp
Candidate > Candidate Dates
Reference Date
Returns the candidate reference date
Timestamp
Candidate > Candidate Dates
Reference End Date
Returns the referral end date.
Datetime
Candidate > Candidate
General Profile > Profile
Certification
Profile Certification Display
Sequence
Returns the certification display sequence
Int
Candidate > Candidate
General Profile > Profile
Certification
Profile Certification Expiration
Date
Returns the certification expiration date
Date
Candidate > Candidate
General Profile > Profile
Certification
Profile Certification Issue Date Returns the certification issue date
Varchar
Date
453
Oracle Taleo Enterprise
Chapter 18
Reporting with Oracle Business Intelligence User
Guide
Appendix
Folder Path
Column
Description
Data Type
Candidate > Candidate
General Profile > Profile
Certification
Profile Certification Issuing
Organization
Returns the certification issuing organization
Varchar
Candidate > Candidate
General Profile > Profile
Certification
Profile Certification Name
Returns the certification name as it was
selected from the list.
Varchar
Candidate > Candidate
General Profile > Profile
Certification
Profile Certification Name
(Other)
Returns the certification name as it was
entered in free text
Varchar
Candidate > Candidate
General Profile > Profile
Certification
Profile Certification Number/
ID
Returns the certification identifier
Varchar
Candidate > Candidate
General Profile > Profile
Dates
Profile Completed Date
Returns the date/time when the general profile Timestamp
was completed
Candidate > Candidate
General Profile > Profile
Dates
Profile Created Date
Returns the date/time when the general profile Timestamp
was created
Candidate > Candidate
General Profile > Profile
Education History
Profile Education Degree
Type
Returns the educational degree type
achieved
Varchar
Candidate > Candidate
General Profile > Profile
Education History
Profile Education Display
Sequence
Returns the education display sequence
Int
Candidate > Candidate
General Profile > Profile
Education History
Profile Education GPA
Returns the profile education GPA
Double
Candidate > Candidate
General Profile > Profile
Education History
Profile Education GPA (Out
Of)
Returns the profile education GPA range
Double
Candidate > Candidate
General Profile > Profile
Education History
Profile Education Graduation
Date
Returns the educational program graduation
date
Datetime
Candidate > Candidate
General Profile > Profile
Education History
Profile Education Graduation
Date Is Projected
Returns whether or not the education program Char
graduation date is projected
Candidate > Candidate
General Profile > Profile
Education History
Profile Education Institution
Country
Returns the country of the educational
institution
Varchar
454
Oracle Taleo Enterprise
Chapter 18
Reporting with Oracle Business Intelligence User
Guide
Appendix
Folder Path
Column
Description
Data Type
Candidate > Candidate
General Profile > Profile
Education History
Profile Education Institution
Name
Returns the educational institution as it was
selected from the list.
Varchar
Candidate > Candidate
General Profile > Profile
Education History
Profile Education Institution
Name (Other)
Returns the educational institution as it was
entered in free text.
Varchar
Candidate > Candidate
General Profile > Profile
Education History
Profile Education Institution
State/Province
Returns the state/province of the educational
institution
Varchar
Candidate > Candidate
General Profile > Profile
Education History
Profile Education Is Most
Recent Based On Graduation
Date
Filters so that only the most recent education
is shown, based on the graduation date.
Char
Candidate > Candidate
General Profile > Profile
Education History
Profile Education Program
Name
Returns the educational program as it was
selected from the list.
Varchar
Candidate > Candidate
General Profile > Profile
Education History
Profile Education Program
Name (Other)
Returns the educational program as it was
entered in free text.
Varchar
Candidate > Candidate
General Profile > Profile
Education History
Profile Education Start Date
Returns the educational program start date
Datetime
Candidate > Candidate
General Profile > Profile
General Info
Profile Is Completed
Returns whether or not the general profile is
complete
Char
Candidate > Candidate
General Profile > Profile
General Info
Profile Is Internal
Returns whether or not the candidate was
Char
internal as of when he/she created the general
profile
Candidate > Candidate
General Profile > Profile
General Info
Profile Locale
Returns the locale of the general profile
Varchar
Candidate > Candidate
General Profile > Profile
General Info
Profile Medium
Returns the general profile medium
Varchar
Candidate > Candidate
General Profile > Profile
General Info
Profile Originator
Returns the general profile originator type i.e.
"Agent", "Candidate", "Recruiter", "Referrer"
Varchar
Candidate > Candidate
General Profile > Profile
Passport
Profile Passport Input
Parameter - Code 1
Returns the code of the passport service
request's input parameter
Varchar
455
Oracle Taleo Enterprise
Chapter 18
Reporting with Oracle Business Intelligence User
Guide
Appendix
Folder Path
Column
Description
Data Type
Candidate > Candidate
General Profile > Profile
Passport
Profile Passport Input
Parameter - Code 10
Returns the code of the passport service
request's input parameter
Varchar
Candidate > Candidate
General Profile > Profile
Passport
Profile Passport Input
Parameter - Code 2
Returns the code of the passport service
request's input parameter
Varchar
Candidate > Candidate
General Profile > Profile
Passport
Profile Passport Input
Parameter - Code 3
Returns the code of the passport service
request's input parameter
Varchar
Candidate > Candidate
General Profile > Profile
Passport
Profile Passport Input
Parameter - Code 4
Returns the code of the passport service
request's input parameter
Varchar
Candidate > Candidate
General Profile > Profile
Passport
Profile Passport Input
Parameter - Code 5
Returns the code of the passport service
request's input parameter
Varchar
Candidate > Candidate
General Profile > Profile
Passport
Profile Passport Input
Parameter - Code 6
Returns the code of the passport service
request's input parameter
Varchar
Candidate > Candidate
General Profile > Profile
Passport
Profile Passport Input
Parameter - Code 7
Returns the code of the passport service
request's input parameter
Varchar
Candidate > Candidate
General Profile > Profile
Passport
Profile Passport Input
Parameter - Code 8
Returns the code of the passport service
request's input parameter
Varchar
Candidate > Candidate
General Profile > Profile
Passport
Profile Passport Input
Parameter - Code 9
Returns the code of the passport service
request's input parameter
Varchar
Candidate > Candidate
General Profile > Profile
Passport
Profile Passport Input
Parameter - Value 1
Returns the value of the passport service
request's input parameter
Varchar
Candidate > Candidate
General Profile > Profile
Passport
Profile Passport Input
Parameter - Value 10
Returns the value of the passport service
request's input parameter
Varchar
Candidate > Candidate
General Profile > Profile
Passport
Profile Passport Input
Parameter - Value 2
Returns the value of the passport service
request's input parameter
Varchar
Candidate > Candidate
General Profile > Profile
Passport
Profile Passport Input
Parameter - Value 3
Returns the value of the passport service
request's input parameter
Varchar
456
Oracle Taleo Enterprise
Chapter 18
Reporting with Oracle Business Intelligence User
Guide
Appendix
Folder Path
Column
Description
Data Type
Candidate > Candidate
General Profile > Profile
Passport
Profile Passport Input
Parameter - Value 4
Returns the value of the passport service
request's input parameter
Varchar
Candidate > Candidate
General Profile > Profile
Passport
Profile Passport Input
Parameter - Value 5
Returns the value of the passport service
request's input parameter
Varchar
Candidate > Candidate
General Profile > Profile
Passport
Profile Passport Input
Parameter - Value 6
Returns the value of the passport service
request's input parameter
Varchar
Candidate > Candidate
General Profile > Profile
Passport
Profile Passport Input
Parameter - Value 7
Returns the value of the passport service
request's input parameter
Varchar
Candidate > Candidate
General Profile > Profile
Passport
Profile Passport Input
Parameter - Value 8
Returns the value of the passport service
request's input parameter
Varchar
Candidate > Candidate
General Profile > Profile
Passport
Profile Passport Input
Parameter - Value 9
Returns the value of the passport service
request's input parameter
Varchar
Candidate > Candidate
General Profile > Profile
Passport
Profile Passport Result - Code Returns the code of the passport service
1
results
Varchar
Candidate > Candidate
General Profile > Profile
Passport
Profile Passport Result - Code Returns the code of the passport service
10
results
Varchar
Candidate > Candidate
General Profile > Profile
Passport
Profile Passport Result - Code Returns the code of the passport service
11
results
Varchar
Candidate > Candidate
General Profile > Profile
Passport
Profile Passport Result - Code Returns the code of the passport service
12
results
Varchar
Candidate > Candidate
General Profile > Profile
Passport
Profile Passport Result - Code Returns the code of the passport service
13
results
Varchar
Candidate > Candidate
General Profile > Profile
Passport
Profile Passport Result - Code Returns the code of the passport service
14
results
Varchar
Candidate > Candidate
General Profile > Profile
Passport
Profile Passport Result - Code Returns the code of the passport service
15
results
Varchar
457
Oracle Taleo Enterprise
Chapter 18
Reporting with Oracle Business Intelligence User
Guide
Appendix
Folder Path
Column
Description
Data Type
Candidate > Candidate
General Profile > Profile
Passport
Profile Passport Result - Code Returns the code of the passport service
16
results
Varchar
Candidate > Candidate
General Profile > Profile
Passport
Profile Passport Result - Code Returns the code of the passport service
17
results
Varchar
Candidate > Candidate
General Profile > Profile
Passport
Profile Passport Result - Code Returns the code of the passport service
18
results
Varchar
Candidate > Candidate
General Profile > Profile
Passport
Profile Passport Result - Code Returns the code of the passport service
19
results
Varchar
Candidate > Candidate
General Profile > Profile
Passport
Profile Passport Result - Code Returns the code of the passport service
2
results
Varchar
Candidate > Candidate
General Profile > Profile
Passport
Profile Passport Result - Code Returns the code of the passport service
20
results
Varchar
Candidate > Candidate
General Profile > Profile
Passport
Profile Passport Result - Code Returns the code of the passport service
21
results
Varchar
Candidate > Candidate
General Profile > Profile
Passport
Profile Passport Result - Code Returns the code of the passport service
22
results
Varchar
Candidate > Candidate
General Profile > Profile
Passport
Profile Passport Result - Code Returns the code of the passport service
23
results
Varchar
Candidate > Candidate
General Profile > Profile
Passport
Profile Passport Result - Code Returns the code of the passport service
24
results
Varchar
Candidate > Candidate
General Profile > Profile
Passport
Profile Passport Result - Code Returns the code of the passport service
25
results
Varchar
Candidate > Candidate
General Profile > Profile
Passport
Profile Passport Result - Code Returns the code of the passport service
26
results
Varchar
Candidate > Candidate
General Profile > Profile
Passport
Profile Passport Result - Code Returns the code of the passport service
27
results
Varchar
458
Oracle Taleo Enterprise
Chapter 18
Reporting with Oracle Business Intelligence User
Guide
Appendix
Folder Path
Column
Description
Data Type
Candidate > Candidate
General Profile > Profile
Passport
Profile Passport Result - Code Returns the code of the passport service
28
results
Varchar
Candidate > Candidate
General Profile > Profile
Passport
Profile Passport Result - Code Returns the code of the passport service
29
results
Varchar
Candidate > Candidate
General Profile > Profile
Passport
Profile Passport Result - Code Returns the code of the passport service
3
results
Varchar
Candidate > Candidate
General Profile > Profile
Passport
Profile Passport Result - Code Returns the code of the passport service
30
results
Varchar
Candidate > Candidate
General Profile > Profile
Passport
Profile Passport Result - Code Returns the code of the passport service
4
results
Varchar
Candidate > Candidate
General Profile > Profile
Passport
Profile Passport Result - Code Returns the code of the passport service
5
results
Varchar
Candidate > Candidate
General Profile > Profile
Passport
Profile Passport Result - Code Returns the code of the passport service
6
results
Varchar
Candidate > Candidate
General Profile > Profile
Passport
Profile Passport Result - Code Returns the code of the passport service
7
results
Varchar
Candidate > Candidate
General Profile > Profile
Passport
Profile Passport Result - Code Returns the code of the passport service
8
results
Varchar
Candidate > Candidate
General Profile > Profile
Passport
Profile Passport Result - Code Returns the code of the passport service
9
results
Varchar
Candidate > Candidate
General Profile > Profile
Passport
Profile Passport Result Value 1
Returns the value of the passport service
results
Varchar
Candidate > Candidate
General Profile > Profile
Passport
Profile Passport Result Value 10
Returns the value of the passport service
results
Varchar
Candidate > Candidate
General Profile > Profile
Passport
Profile Passport Result Value 11
Returns the value of the passport service
results
Varchar
459
Oracle Taleo Enterprise
Chapter 18
Reporting with Oracle Business Intelligence User
Guide
Appendix
Folder Path
Column
Description
Data Type
Candidate > Candidate
General Profile > Profile
Passport
Profile Passport Result Value 12
Returns the value of the passport service
results
Varchar
Candidate > Candidate
General Profile > Profile
Passport
Profile Passport Result Value 13
Returns the value of the passport service
results
Varchar
Candidate > Candidate
General Profile > Profile
Passport
Profile Passport Result Value 14
Returns the value of the passport service
results
Varchar
Candidate > Candidate
General Profile > Profile
Passport
Profile Passport Result Value 15
Returns the value of the passport service
results
Varchar
Candidate > Candidate
General Profile > Profile
Passport
Profile Passport Result Value 16
Returns the value of the passport service
results
Varchar
Candidate > Candidate
General Profile > Profile
Passport
Profile Passport Result Value 17
Returns the value of the passport service
results
Varchar
Candidate > Candidate
General Profile > Profile
Passport
Profile Passport Result Value 18
Returns the value of the passport service
results
Varchar
Candidate > Candidate
General Profile > Profile
Passport
Profile Passport Result Value 19
Returns the value of the passport service
results
Varchar
Candidate > Candidate
General Profile > Profile
Passport
Profile Passport Result Value 2
Returns the value of the passport service
results
Varchar
Candidate > Candidate
General Profile > Profile
Passport
Profile Passport Result Value 20
Returns the value of the passport service
results
Varchar
Candidate > Candidate
General Profile > Profile
Passport
Profile Passport Result Value 21
Returns the value of the passport service
results
Varchar
Candidate > Candidate
General Profile > Profile
Passport
Profile Passport Result Value 22
Returns the value of the passport service
results
Varchar
Candidate > Candidate
General Profile > Profile
Passport
Profile Passport Result Value 23
Returns the value of the passport service
results
Varchar
460
Oracle Taleo Enterprise
Chapter 18
Reporting with Oracle Business Intelligence User
Guide
Appendix
Folder Path
Column
Description
Data Type
Candidate > Candidate
General Profile > Profile
Passport
Profile Passport Result Value 24
Returns the value of the passport service
results
Varchar
Candidate > Candidate
General Profile > Profile
Passport
Profile Passport Result Value 25
Returns the value of the passport service
results
Varchar
Candidate > Candidate
General Profile > Profile
Passport
Profile Passport Result Value 26
Returns the value of the passport service
results
Varchar
Candidate > Candidate
General Profile > Profile
Passport
Profile Passport Result Value 27
Returns the value of the passport service
results
Varchar
Candidate > Candidate
General Profile > Profile
Passport
Profile Passport Result Value 28
Returns the value of the passport service
results
Varchar
Candidate > Candidate
General Profile > Profile
Passport
Profile Passport Result Value 29
Returns the value of the passport service
results
Varchar
Candidate > Candidate
General Profile > Profile
Passport
Profile Passport Result Value 3
Returns the value of the passport service
results
Varchar
Candidate > Candidate
General Profile > Profile
Passport
Profile Passport Result Value 30
Returns the value of the passport service
results
Varchar
Candidate > Candidate
General Profile > Profile
Passport
Profile Passport Result Value 4
Returns the value of the passport service
results
Varchar
Candidate > Candidate
General Profile > Profile
Passport
Profile Passport Result Value 5
Returns the value of the passport service
results
Varchar
Candidate > Candidate
General Profile > Profile
Passport
Profile Passport Result Value 6
Returns the value of the passport service
results
Varchar
Candidate > Candidate
General Profile > Profile
Passport
Profile Passport Result Value 7
Returns the value of the passport service
results
Varchar
Candidate > Candidate
General Profile > Profile
Passport
Profile Passport Result Value 8
Returns the value of the passport service
results
Varchar
461
Oracle Taleo Enterprise
Chapter 18
Reporting with Oracle Business Intelligence User
Guide
Appendix
Folder Path
Column
Description
Data Type
Candidate > Candidate
General Profile > Profile
Passport
Profile Passport Result Value 9
Returns the value of the passport service
results
Varchar
Candidate > Candidate
General Profile > Profile
Passport
Profile Request Is Most
Filters so that only the most recent passport
Char
Recent Request Per Provider/ service request is displayed. This is calculated
Alias
for each provider+alias combination.
Candidate > Candidate
General Profile > Profile
Passport
Profile Service Alias
Returns the passport service alias
Varchar
Candidate > Candidate
General Profile > Profile
Passport
Profile Service External
Reference Number
Returns the passport service request's
external reference number
Varchar
Candidate > Candidate
General Profile > Profile
Passport
Profile Service Internal
Reference Number
Returns the passport service request's internal Double
reference number
Candidate > Candidate
General Profile > Profile
Passport
Profile Service Name
Returns the passport service name
Varchar
Candidate > Candidate
General Profile > Profile
Passport
Profile Service Provider
Returns the passport service provider
Varchar
Candidate > Candidate
General Profile > Profile
Passport
Profile Service Request Date
Returns the date/time when the passport
service was requested
Timestamp
Candidate > Candidate
General Profile > Profile
Passport
Profile Service Request
Status
Returns the current status of the passport
service request
Varchar
Candidate > Candidate
General Profile > Profile
Passport
Profile Service Requester
Returns the requester of the passport service
Varchar
Candidate > Candidate
General Profile > Profile
Passport
Profile Service Status Log
Date
Returns the date/time the passport service
request was changed to its current status
Timestamp
Candidate > Candidate
General Profile > Profile
Passport
Profile Service Type
Returns the passport service type
Varchar
Candidate > Candidate
General Profile > Profile
Source
Profile Source (BL)
Returns the profile source, in its base locale
Varchar
462
Oracle Taleo Enterprise
Chapter 18
Reporting with Oracle Business Intelligence User
Guide
Appendix
Folder Path
Column
Description
Data Type
Candidate > Candidate
General Profile > Profile
Source
Profile Source (ML)
Returns the profile source. Use the element
"Source Locale" to filter on the appropriate
locale.
Varchar
Candidate > Candidate
General Profile > Profile
Source
Profile Source Event Identifier
Returns the general profile source event
identifier
Varchar
Candidate > Candidate
General Profile > Profile
Source
Profile Source Event Name
Returns the profile source event name
Varchar
Candidate > Candidate
General Profile > Profile
Source
Profile Source Explanation
Returns the profile source explanation
Varchar
Candidate > Candidate
General Profile > Profile
Source
Profile Source Identifier
Returns the source identifier as seen in the
source configuration page
Varchar
Candidate > Candidate
General Profile > Profile
Source
Profile Source Is Available
Returns whether or not the source is currently
available.
Char
Candidate > Candidate
General Profile > Profile
Source
Profile Source Locale
Returns the locale of the profile source.
Varchar
Candidate > Candidate
General Profile > Profile
Source
Profile Source Type
Returns the recruitment source type, based on Varchar
its default display label.
Candidate > Candidate
General Profile > Profile
Source
Profile Source Type(Display
As)
Returns the recruitment source type, as
displayed in the recruiting administration
application, under the "display as" column.
Varchar
Candidate > Candidate
General Profile > Profile
Source
Profile Source Was
Automatically Entered
Returns whether or not the source was
automatically populated into the candidate file
Char
Candidate > Candidate
General Profile > Profile
Source
Source (Agency)
Returns the name of the agency when the
source is an agency.
Varchar
Candidate > Candidate
General Profile > Profile
Source
Source (Agent)
Returns the full name of the agent when the
source is an agency.
Varchar
Candidate > Candidate
General Profile > Profile
Source
Source (BL) Agent
Returns the description of the agency or 'Not
Specified' if no description has been entered
for an agency source.
Varchar
463
Oracle Taleo Enterprise
Chapter 18
Reporting with Oracle Business Intelligence User
Guide
Appendix
Folder Path
Column
Description
Data Type
Candidate > Candidate
General Profile > Profile
Transition Process
Profile Transitions Next Step
Code
Returns the profile transitions next step code.
Varchar
Candidate > Candidate
General Profile > Profile
Transition Process
Profile Transitions Next Step
Name (BL)
Returns the profile transitions next step name
in its base locale.
Varchar
Candidate > Candidate
General Profile > Profile
Transition Process
Profile Transitions Process
Code
Returns the profile transitions process code
Varchar
Candidate > Candidate
General Profile > Profile
Transition Process
Profile Transitions Process
Current Status
Returns the profile transitions process current
status
Varchar
Candidate > Candidate
General Profile > Profile
Transition Process
Profile Transitions Process
Days Since Creation
If the profile transitions process is in progress, Int
the time in days between the profile transitions
process start date and the current date is
returned.
Candidate > Candidate
General Profile > Profile
Transition Process
Profile Transitions Process
Days To Complete
If the profile transitions process is complete,
the time in days between the profile
transitions process start date and the profile
transitions latest status change date.
Int
Candidate > Candidate
General Profile > Profile
Transition Process
Profile Transitions Process
End Date
Returns the transitions process end date
Timestamp
Candidate > Candidate
General Profile > Profile
Transition Process
Profile Transitions Process Is
Latest (By Type)
Returns whether or not the profile transitions
process is latest (By Type)
Char
Candidate > Candidate
General Profile > Profile
Transition Process
Profile Transitions Process Is
Visible
Returns whether or not the profile transitions
process is sisible
Char
Candidate > Candidate
General Profile > Profile
Transition Process
Profile Transitions Process
Latest Status Change Date
Returns the profile transitions process latest
status change date
Timestamp
Candidate > Candidate
General Profile > Profile
Transition Process
Profile Transitions Process
Name (BL)
Returns the process name in its base locale
Varchar
Candidate > Candidate
General Profile > Profile
Transition Process
Profile Transitions Process
Owner Email
Returns the profile transitions process owner
email
Varchar
Candidate > Candidate
General Profile > Profile
Transition Process
Profile Transitions Process
Owner Full Name
Returns the profile transitions process wwner
full name
Varchar
464
Oracle Taleo Enterprise
Chapter 18
Reporting with Oracle Business Intelligence User
Guide
Appendix
Folder Path
Column
Description
Data Type
Candidate > Candidate
General Profile > Profile
Transition Process
Profile Transitions Process
Percent Complete
Returns the percent of the profile transitions
process that has beeen completed.
Double
Candidate > Candidate
General Profile > Profile
Transition Process
Profile Transitions Process
Progression Health Is Red
Returns yes if a step or task in the profile
transitions process is overdue.
Char
Candidate > Candidate
General Profile > Profile
Transition Process
Profile Transitions Process
Start Date
Returns the profile transitions process start
date
Timestamp
Candidate > Candidate
General Profile > Profile
Transition Process
Profile Transitions Process
Supervisor Email
Returns the profile transitions process
supervisor email
Varchar
Candidate > Candidate
General Profile > Profile
Transition Process
Profile Transitions Process
Supervisor Full Name
Returns the profile transitions process
supervisor full name
Varchar
Candidate > Candidate
General Profile > Profile
Transition Process
Profile Transitions Process
Type
Returns the profile transitions process type
Varchar
Candidate > Candidate
General Profile > Profile
Transition Process
Profile Transitions Step Code
Returns the profile transitions step code
Varchar
Candidate > Candidate
General Profile > Profile
Transition Process
Profile Transitions Step
Current Status
Returns the profile transitions step current
status
Varchar
Candidate > Candidate
General Profile > Profile
Transition Process
Profile Transitions Step Days
In Progress
If the profile transitions process is in progress, Int
the time in days between the profile transitions
process start date and the current date is
returned.
Candidate > Candidate
General Profile > Profile
Transition Process
Profile Transitions Step Days
To Complete
If the profile transitions step is complete, the
time in days between the profile transitions
step start date and the profile transitions step
latest status change date is returned.
Int
Candidate > Candidate
General Profile > Profile
Transition Process
Profile Transitions Step Due
Date
Returns the profile transitions step due date
Datetime
Candidate > Candidate
General Profile > Profile
Transition Process
Profile Transitions Step End
Date
Returns the transitions step end date
Timestamp
Candidate > Candidate
General Profile > Profile
Transition Process
Profile Transitions Step
Expected Duration
Returns the profile transitions step expected
duration
Double
465
Oracle Taleo Enterprise
Chapter 18
Reporting with Oracle Business Intelligence User
Guide
Appendix
Folder Path
Column
Description
Data Type
Candidate > Candidate
General Profile > Profile
Transition Process
Profile Transitions Step Is
Overdue
Returns whether or not the profile transitions
step ss currently overdue
Char
Candidate > Candidate
General Profile > Profile
Transition Process
Profile Transitions Step Latest Returns the profile transitions step latest
Status Change Date
status change date
Candidate > Candidate
General Profile > Profile
Transition Process
Profile Transitions Step Name Returns the profile transisions step name in its Varchar
(BL)
base locale
Candidate > Candidate
General Profile > Profile
Transition Process
Profile Transitions Step
Overdue Days
If the profile transitions step is in progress, the Int
time in days between the profile transitions
step due date and the current date is returned.
Candidate > Candidate
General Profile > Profile
Transition Process
Profile Transitions Step Start
Date
Returns the profile transitions step start date
Timestamp
Candidate > Candidate
General Profile > Profile
Transition Process
Profile Transitions Step Sub
Process Code
Returns the profile transitions step sub
process code
Varchar
Candidate > Candidate
General Profile > Profile
Transition Process
Profile Transitions Step Sub
Process Name (BL)
Returns the step sub-process name in its base Varchar
locale
Candidate > Candidate
General Profile > Profile
Transition Process
Profile Transitions Step Type
Code
Returns the profile transitions step type code
Varchar
Candidate > Candidate
General Profile > Profile
Transition Process
Profile Transitions Task
Action
Returns the profile transitions task action
Varchar
Candidate > Candidate
General Profile > Profile
Transition Process
Profile Transitions Task
Assignee Department
Returns the profile transitions task assignee
department
Varchar
Candidate > Candidate
General Profile > Profile
Transition Process
Profile Transitions Task
Assignee Email
Returns the profile transitions task assignee
email
Varchar
Candidate > Candidate
General Profile > Profile
Transition Process
Profile Transitions Task
Assignee Name
Returns the profile transitions task assignee
name
Varchar
Candidate > Candidate
General Profile > Profile
Transition Process
Profile Transitions Task
Assignment Date
Returns the profile transitions task assignment Datetime
date
Timestamp
466
Oracle Taleo Enterprise
Chapter 18
Reporting with Oracle Business Intelligence User
Guide
Appendix
Folder Path
Column
Description
Data Type
Candidate > Candidate
General Profile > Profile
Transition Process
Profile Transitions Task Code
Returns the profile transitions task code
Varchar
Candidate > Candidate
General Profile > Profile
Transition Process
Profile Transitions Task
Comments
Returns the profile transitions task comments
Varchar
Candidate > Candidate
General Profile > Profile
Transition Process
Profile Transitions Task
Creation Date
Returns the profile transitions task creation
date
Timestamp
Candidate > Candidate
General Profile > Profile
Transition Process
Profile Transitions Task
Current Status
Returns the profile transitions task current
status
Varchar
Candidate > Candidate
General Profile > Profile
Transition Process
Profile Transitions Task Days
Since Creation
If the profile transitions task is in progress, the
time in days between the profile transitions
task creation date and the current date.
Int
Candidate > Candidate
General Profile > Profile
Transition Process
Profile Transitions Task Due
Date
Returns the profile transitions task due date
Timestamp
Candidate > Candidate
General Profile > Profile
Transition Process
Profile Transitions Task Is
Overdue
Returns whether or not the profile transitions
task is overdue
Char
Candidate > Candidate
General Profile > Profile
Transition Process
Profile Transitions Task Name Returns the name of task in its base locale
(BL)
Varchar
Candidate > Candidate
General Profile > Profile
Transition Process
Profile Transitions Task
Overdue Days
If the profile transitions task is in progress and
the task is overdue, the time in days between
the profile transitions task due date and the
current date.
Int
Candidate > Candidate
General Profile > Profile
Transition Process
Profile Transitions Task
Owner Email
Returns the profile transitions task owner
email
Varchar
Candidate > Candidate
General Profile > Profile
Transition Process
Profile Transitions Task
Owner Name
Returns the profile transitions task owner
name
Varchar
Candidate > Candidate
General Profile > Profile
Transition Process
Profile Transitions Task
Related Source (BL)
Returns the task related source in its base
locale
Varchar
Candidate > Candidate
General Profile > Profile
Transition Process
Profile Transitions Task Type
Returns the profile transitions task type
Varchar
467
Oracle Taleo Enterprise
Chapter 18
Reporting with Oracle Business Intelligence User
Guide
Appendix
Folder Path
Column
Description
Data Type
Candidate > Candidate
General Profile > Profile
Transitions E-Signature
Profile Transitions ESignature Date
Returns the profile transitions e-signature date Datetime
Candidate > Candidate
General Profile > Profile
Transitions E-Signature
Profile Transitions ESignature Definition Name
Returns the profile transitions e-signature
definition name
Varchar
Candidate > Candidate
General Profile > Profile
Transitions E-Signature
Profile Transitions ESignature First & Last Name
Returns the profile transitions e-signature first
& last Name. In transitions, this field is titled
FullName
Varchar
Candidate > Candidate
General Profile > Profile
Transitions E-Signature
Profile Transitions ESignature IP Address
Returns the profile transitions e-signature IP
address
Varchar
Candidate > Candidate
Profile Experience Display
General Profile > Profile Work Sequence
Experience History
Returns the work experience display
sequence
Int
Candidate > Candidate
Profile Experience Employer
General Profile > Profile Work Name
Experience History
Returns the work experience employer as it
was selected from the list.
Varchar
Candidate > Candidate
Profile Experience Employer
General Profile > Profile Work Name (Other)
Experience History
Returns the work experience employer as it
was entered in free text.
Varchar
Candidate > Candidate
Profile Experience End Date
General Profile > Profile Work
Experience History
Returns the work experience end date
Datetime
Candidate > Candidate
Profile Experience Is Current
General Profile > Profile Work Job
Experience History
Returns whether or not the candidate is
currently working for this employer
Char
Candidate > Candidate
Profile Experience Is Most
General Profile > Profile Work Recent Based On Start Date
Experience History
Filters so that only the most recent experience Char
is shown, based on the work start date.
Candidate > Candidate
Profile Experience Job Title
General Profile > Profile Work
Experience History
Returns the work experience job title as it was
selected from the list.
Varchar
Candidate > Candidate
Profile Experience Job Title
General Profile > Profile Work (Other)
Experience History
Returns the work experience job title as it was
entered in free text.
Varchar
Candidate > Candidate
Profile Experience Start Date
General Profile > Profile Work
Experience History
Returns the work experience start date
Datetime
468
Oracle Taleo Enterprise
Chapter 18
Reporting with Oracle Business Intelligence User
Guide
Appendix
Folder Path
Column
Description
Data Type
Candidate > Candidate
Identification
Address of Residence (Line 1) Returns the candidate address of residence
Varchar
Candidate > Candidate
Identification
Address of Residence (Line 2) Returns the candidate address of residence
Varchar
Candidate > Candidate
Identification
Age (Years)
Returns the time (in years) between now and
the candidate's date of birth.
Double
Candidate > Candidate
Identification
Candidate Identifier
Returns Candidate ID
Double
Candidate > Candidate
Identification
Candidate Is Internal
Returns whether or not the candidate is
internal
Char
Candidate > Candidate
Identification
City of Residence
Returns the candidate city of residence
Varchar
Candidate > Candidate
Identification
Country of Residence
Returns the candidate country of residence
Varchar
Candidate > Candidate
Identification
Date of Birth
Returns the candidate date of birth
Datetime
Candidate > Candidate
Identification
Email
Returns the candidate email
Varchar
Candidate > Candidate
Identification
Employee Number
Returns the candidate employee number
Varchar
Candidate > Candidate
Identification
Has Submission
Returns whether or not the candidate has a
Submission.
Char
Candidate > Candidate
Identification
Home Phone
Returns the candidate home phone number
Varchar
Candidate > Candidate
Identification
Is Anonymous
Returns whether the candidate elected to be
anonymous
Char
Candidate > Candidate
Identification
Is Missing Identification
Returns whether or not the candidate is
missing identification information.
Varchar
Candidate > Candidate
Identification
Mobile Phone
Returns the candidate mobile phone number
Varchar
Candidate > Candidate
Identification
Name
Returns the candidate name
Varchar
Candidate > Candidate
Identification
Prefix
Returns the candidate prefix
Varchar
469
Oracle Taleo Enterprise
Chapter 18
Reporting with Oracle Business Intelligence User
Guide
Appendix
Folder Path
Column
Description
Data Type
Candidate > Candidate
Identification
Primary Phone Designation
Returns the candidate primary phone
designation
Varchar
Candidate > Candidate
Identification
Record Status
Returns the status of the candidate record
Varchar
Candidate > Candidate
Identification
Region of Residence
Returns the candidate region of residence
Varchar
Candidate > Candidate
Identification
SSN
Returns the candidate social security number
Varchar
Candidate > Candidate
Identification
State/Prov of Residence
Returns the state/province of residence
Varchar
Candidate > Candidate
Identification
Suffix
Returns the candidate suffix
Varchar
Candidate > Candidate
Identification
Work Phone
Returns the candidate work phone number
Varchar
Candidate > Candidate
Identification
Zip Code of Residence
Returns the candidate zip code of residence
Varchar
Candidate > Candidate Most
Advanced Job Application
Most Advanced Reference
Status
Returns the candidate's most advanced job
application reference status
Varchar
Candidate > Candidate Most
Advanced Job Application
Most Advanced Requisition
Identifier
Returns the requisition identifier associated
with the candidate's most advanced job
application
Varchar
Candidate > Candidate Q&A
Answer (Choice) (BL)
Returns the answer to the question in the
question's base locale
Varchar
Candidate > Candidate Q&A
Answer (Text)
Returns the free text answer to the question
Varchar
Candidate > Candidate Q&A
Is Candidate Question On
Req. List
Returns whether or not the candidate question Char
is on the requisition question list.
Candidate > Candidate Q&A
Question Code
Returns the question code
Varchar
Candidate > Candidate Q&A
Question Description (BL)
Returns the description of the question in its
base locale
Varchar
Candidate > Candidate
Referral
Current Referral Status
Returns the current status of the referral
Varchar
Candidate > Candidate
Referral
Is Currently Referred
Returns whether or not the candidate is
currently bound to an active referral
Char
470
Oracle Taleo Enterprise
Chapter 18
Reporting with Oracle Business Intelligence User
Guide
Appendix
Folder Path
Column
Description
Data Type
Candidate > Candidate
Referral
Is Currently Referred By
Agent
Returns whether or not the candidate is
currently bound to an agent referral
Char
Candidate > Candidate
Referral
Referral Is Most Recent
Returns whether or not the referral is the most Char
recent for the candidate
Candidate > Candidate
Referral
Referrer Email
Returns the email of the referrer
Varchar
Candidate > Candidate
Referral
Referrer Is Employee
Returns whether or not the referrer is an
employee
Char
Candidate > Candidate
Referral
Referrer Name
Returns the name of the referrer
Varchar
Candidate > Candidate
Referral
Referring Agency Name (BL)
Returns the referring agent's agency, in its
base locale
Varchar
Candidate > Candidate
Referral
Referring Agent Email
Returns the email of the agent
Varchar
Candidate > Candidate
Referral
Referring Agent Name
Returns the name of the agent
Varchar
Candidate > Candidate
Regulations
Aboriginal
Returns the answer to the regulation question
Varchar
Candidate > Candidate
Regulations
Armed Forces Medal Veteran
Question Code
Returns the code of the regulation question
Varchar
Candidate > Candidate
Regulations
Armed Forces Medal Vetran
Returns the answer to the regulation question
Varchar
Candidate > Candidate
Regulations
Disabled
Returns the answer to the regulation question
Varchar
Candidate > Candidate
Regulations
Disabled Question Code
Returns the code of the regulation question
Varchar
Candidate > Candidate
Regulations
Disabled Veteran
Returns the answer to the regulation question
Varchar
Candidate > Candidate
Regulations
Disabled Veteran Question
Code
Returns the code of the regulation question
Varchar
Candidate > Candidate
Regulations
Ethnicity
Returns the answer to the regulation question
Varchar
Candidate > Candidate
Regulations
Ethnicity Question Code
Returns the code of the regulation question
Varchar
471
Oracle Taleo Enterprise
Chapter 18
Reporting with Oracle Business Intelligence User
Guide
Appendix
Folder Path
Column
Description
Data Type
Candidate > Candidate
Regulations
Family Status
Returns the answer to the regulation question
Varchar
Candidate > Candidate
Regulations
Gender
Returns the answer to the regulation question
Varchar
Candidate > Candidate
Regulations
Gender Question Code
Returns the code of the regulation question
Varchar
Candidate > Candidate
Regulations
Is Max Standard USA EEO
Form With Answer
Returns whether or not this is the most recent
EEO form with at least one candidate answer,
as it pertains to the standard EEO-USA forms
with versions i.e. EEO1, EEO2A and EEO2b.
Char
Candidate > Candidate
Regulations
Marital Status
Returns the answer to the regulation question
Varchar
Candidate > Candidate
Regulations
Military Status
Returns the answer to the regulation question
Varchar
Candidate > Candidate
Regulations
Other Protected Veteran
Returns the answer to the regulation question
Varchar
Candidate > Candidate
Regulations
Other Protected Veteran
Question Code
Returns the code of the regulation question
Varchar
Candidate > Candidate
Regulations
Political Affiliation
Returns the answer to the regulation question
Varchar
Candidate > Candidate
Regulations
Race
Returns the answer to the regulation question
Varchar
Candidate > Candidate
Regulations
Race Question Code
Returns the code of the regulation question
Varchar
Candidate > Candidate
Regulations
Recently Separated Veteran
Returns the answer to the regulation question
Varchar
Candidate > Candidate
Regulations
Recently Separated Veteran
Question Code
Returns the code of the regulation question
Varchar
Candidate > Candidate
Regulations
Regulation Form Code
Returns the code associated to the global
regulation data collection form.
Varchar
Candidate > Candidate
Regulations
Regulation Question 1
Returns the answer to the regulation question
Varchar
Candidate > Candidate
Regulations
Regulation Question 10
Returns the answer to the regulation question
Varchar
472
Oracle Taleo Enterprise
Chapter 18
Reporting with Oracle Business Intelligence User
Guide
Appendix
Folder Path
Column
Description
Data Type
Candidate > Candidate
Regulations
Regulation Question 11
Returns the answer to the regulation question
Varchar
Candidate > Candidate
Regulations
Regulation Question 12
Returns the answer to the regulation question
Varchar
Candidate > Candidate
Regulations
Regulation Question 13
Returns the answer to the regulation question
Varchar
Candidate > Candidate
Regulations
Regulation Question 14
Returns the answer to the regulation question
Varchar
Candidate > Candidate
Regulations
Regulation Question 15
Returns the answer to the regulation question
Varchar
Candidate > Candidate
Regulations
Regulation Question 16
Returns the answer to the regulation question
Varchar
Candidate > Candidate
Regulations
Regulation Question 17
Returns the answer to the regulation question
Varchar
Candidate > Candidate
Regulations
Regulation Question 18
Returns the answer to the regulation question
Varchar
Candidate > Candidate
Regulations
Regulation Question 19
Returns the answer to the regulation question
Varchar
Candidate > Candidate
Regulations
Regulation Question 2
Returns the answer to the regulation question
Varchar
Candidate > Candidate
Regulations
Regulation Question 20
Returns the answer to the regulation question
Varchar
Candidate > Candidate
Regulations
Regulation Question 21
Returns the answer to the regulation question
Varchar
Candidate > Candidate
Regulations
Regulation Question 22
Returns the answer to the regulation question
Varchar
Candidate > Candidate
Regulations
Regulation Question 23
Returns the answer to the regulation question
Varchar
Candidate > Candidate
Regulations
Regulation Question 24
Returns the answer to the regulation question
Varchar
Candidate > Candidate
Regulations
Regulation Question 25
Returns the answer to the regulation question
Varchar
Candidate > Candidate
Regulations
Regulation Question 3
Returns the answer to the regulation question
Varchar
473
Oracle Taleo Enterprise
Chapter 18
Reporting with Oracle Business Intelligence User
Guide
Appendix
Folder Path
Column
Description
Data Type
Candidate > Candidate
Regulations
Regulation Question 4
Returns the answer to the regulation question
Varchar
Candidate > Candidate
Regulations
Regulation Question 5
Returns the answer to the regulation question
Varchar
Candidate > Candidate
Regulations
Regulation Question 6
Returns the answer to the regulation question
Varchar
Candidate > Candidate
Regulations
Regulation Question 7
Returns the answer to the regulation question
Varchar
Candidate > Candidate
Regulations
Regulation Question 8
Returns the answer to the regulation question
Varchar
Candidate > Candidate
Regulations
Regulation Question 9
Returns the answer to the regulation question
Varchar
Candidate > Candidate
Regulations
Religion
Returns the answer to the regulation question
Varchar
Candidate > Candidate
Regulations
Sexual Orientation
Returns the answer to the regulation question
Varchar
Candidate > Candidate
Regulations
Special Disabled Veteran
Returns the answer to the regulation question
Varchar
Candidate > Candidate
Regulations
Special Disabled Veteran
Question Code
Returns the code of the regulation question
Varchar
Candidate > Candidate
Regulations
Veteran
Returns the answer to the regulation question
Varchar
Candidate > Candidate
Regulations
Veteran Question Code
Returns the code of the regulation question
Varchar
Candidate > Candidate
Regulations
Visible Minority
Returns the answer to the regulation question
Varchar
Candidate > Candidate
Transitions Direct Deposit
Direct Deposit Folio
Returns the direct deposit folio.
Varchar
Candidate > Candidate
Transitions Direct Deposit
Direct Deposit Institution
Name
Returns the direct deposit institution name.
Varchar
Candidate > Candidate
Transitions Direct Deposit
Direct Deposit Institution
Transit Number
Returns the direct deposit institution transit
number.
Varchar
Candidate > Candidate
Transitions Direct Deposit
Direct Deposit Pay
Distribution
Returns the direct deposit pay distribution.
Double
474
Oracle Taleo Enterprise
Chapter 18
Reporting with Oracle Business Intelligence User
Guide
Appendix
Folder Path
Column
Description
Data Type
Candidate > Candidate
Transitions I9
I9 1 Document Expiration
Date
Returns the I9 1 document expiration date
Datetime
Candidate > Candidate
Transitions I9
I9 1 Document Issuing
Authority
Returns the I9 1 document issuing authority
Varchar
Candidate > Candidate
Transitions I9
I9 1 Document Number
Returns the I9 1 document number
Varchar
Candidate > Candidate
Transitions I9
I9 1 Document Title
Returns the I9 1 document title
Varchar
Candidate > Candidate
Transitions I9
I9 1B Document Expiration
Date
Returns the I9 1B document expiration date
Datetime
Candidate > Candidate
Transitions I9
I9 1B Document Issuing
Authority
Returns the I9 1B document issuing authority
Varchar
Candidate > Candidate
Transitions I9
I9 1B Document Number
Returns the I9 1B document number
Varchar
Candidate > Candidate
Transitions I9
I9 1B Document Title
Returns the I9 1B document title
Varchar
Candidate > Candidate
Transitions I9
I9 1C Document Expiration
Date
Returns the I9 1C document expiration date
Datetime
Candidate > Candidate
Transitions I9
I9 1C Document Issuing
Authority
Returns the I9 1C document issuing authority
Varchar
Candidate > Candidate
Transitions I9
I9 1C Document Number
Returns the I9 1C document number
Varchar
Candidate > Candidate
Transitions I9
I9 1C Document Title
Returns the I9 1C document title
Varchar
Candidate > Candidate
Transitions I9
I9 2 Document Expiration
Date
Returns the I9 2 document expiration date
Datetime
Candidate > Candidate
Transitions I9
I9 2 Document Issuing
Authority
Returns the I9 2 document issuing authority
Varchar
Candidate > Candidate
Transitions I9
I9 2 Document Number
Returns the I9 2 document number
Varchar
Candidate > Candidate
Transitions I9
I9 2 Document Title
Returns the I9 2 document title
Varchar
Candidate > Candidate
Transitions I9
I9 3 Document Expiration
Date
Returns the I9 3 document expiration date
Datetime
475
Oracle Taleo Enterprise
Chapter 18
Reporting with Oracle Business Intelligence User
Guide
Appendix
Folder Path
Column
Description
Data Type
Candidate > Candidate
Transitions I9
I9 3 Document Issuing
Authority
Returns the I9 3 document issuing authority
Varchar
Candidate > Candidate
Transitions I9
I9 3 Document Number
Returns the I9 3 document number
Varchar
Candidate > Candidate
Transitions I9
I9 3 Document Title
Returns the I9 3 document title
Varchar
Candidate > Candidate
Transitions I9
I9 Employee Alien Number
Returns the I9 employee alien number
Varchar
Candidate > Candidate
Transitions I9
I9 Employee Alien Number (2) Returns the I9 employee alien number (2)
Varchar
Candidate > Candidate
Transitions I9
I9 Employee Apartment
Returns the I9 employee apartment
Varchar
Candidate > Candidate
Transitions I9
I9 Employee Citizenship
Returns the I9 employee citizenship
Varchar
Candidate > Candidate
Transitions I9
I9 Employee Foreign Passport Returns the I9 employee foreign passport
Country
country
Varchar
Candidate > Candidate
Transitions I9
I9 Employee Foreign Passport Returns the I9 employee foreign passport
Number
number
Varchar
Candidate > Candidate
Transitions I9
I9 Employee Other Names
Returns the I9 employee other names
Varchar
Candidate > Candidate
Transitions I9
I9 Employee Signature Date
Returns the I9 employee signature date
Datetime
Candidate > Candidate
Transitions I9
I9 Employee Signature First & Returns the I9 employee signature first &
Last Name
last Name. In transitions, this field is titled
FullName
Varchar
Candidate > Candidate
Transitions I9
I9 Employee Signature IP
Address
Returns the I9 employee signature IP address
Varchar
Candidate > Candidate
Transitions I9
I9 Employee Work Until Date
Returns the I9 employee work until date
Datetime
Candidate > Candidate
Transitions I9
I9 Employer Business
Address
Returns the I9 employer business address
Varchar
Candidate > Candidate
Transitions I9
I9 Employer Business City
Returns the I9 employer business city
Varchar
Candidate > Candidate
Transitions I9
I9 Employer Business Name
Returns the I9 employer business name
Varchar
476
Oracle Taleo Enterprise
Chapter 18
Reporting with Oracle Business Intelligence User
Guide
Appendix
Folder Path
Column
Description
Data Type
Candidate > Candidate
Transitions I9
I9 Employer Business State
Returns the I9 employer business state
Varchar
Candidate > Candidate
Transitions I9
I9 Employer Business Street
Address
Returns the I9 employer business street
address
Varchar
Candidate > Candidate
Transitions I9
I9 Employer Business Zip
Code
Returns the I9 employer business zip code
Varchar
Candidate > Candidate
Transitions I9
I9 Employer Rep First Name
Returns the I9 employer rep first name
Varchar
Candidate > Candidate
Transitions I9
I9 Employer Rep Last Name
Returns the I9 employer rep last name
Varchar
Candidate > Candidate
Transitions I9
I9 Employer Rep Signature
Date
Returns the I9 employer rep signature date
Datetime
Candidate > Candidate
Transitions I9
I9 Employer Rep Signature
First & Last Name
Returns the I9 employer rep signature first
& last name. In transitions, this field is titled
FullName
Varchar
Candidate > Candidate
Transitions I9
I9 Employer Rep Signature IP
Address
Returns the I9 employer rep signature IP
address
Varchar
Candidate > Candidate
Transitions I9
I9 Employer Rep Title
Returns the I9 employer rep title
Varchar
Candidate > Candidate
Transitions I9
I9 Preparer Address
Returns the I9 preparer address
Varchar
Candidate > Candidate
Transitions I9
I9 Preparer City
Returns the I9 preparer city
Varchar
Candidate > Candidate
Transitions I9
I9 Preparer First Name
Returns the I9 preparer first name
Varchar
Candidate > Candidate
Transitions I9
I9 Preparer Last Name
Returns the I9 preparer last name
Varchar
Candidate > Candidate
Transitions I9
I9 Preparer Print Name
Returns the I9 preparer print name
Varchar
Candidate > Candidate
Transitions I9
I9 Preparer Signature Date
Returns the I9 preparer signature date
Datetime
Candidate > Candidate
Transitions I9
I9 Preparer Signature First &
Last Name
Returns the I9 preparer signature first &
last name. In transitions, this field is titled
FullName
Varchar
477
Oracle Taleo Enterprise
Chapter 18
Reporting with Oracle Business Intelligence User
Guide
Appendix
Folder Path
Column
Description
Data Type
Candidate > Candidate
Transitions I9
I9 Preparer Signature IP
Address
Returns the I9 preparer Signature IP Address
Varchar
Candidate > Candidate
Transitions I9
I9 Preparer State
Returns the I9 preparer state
Varchar
Candidate > Candidate
Transitions I9
I9 Preparer Street Address
Returns the I9 preparer street address
Varchar
Candidate > Candidate
Transitions I9
I9 Preparer Zip Code
Returns the I9 preparer zip code
Varchar
Candidate > Candidate
Transitions Passport
Transitions Passport Input
Parameter - Code *
Returns the code of the passport service
request's input parameter
Varchar
Candidate > Candidate
Transitions Passport
Transitions Passport Input
Parameter - Value *
Returns the value of the passport service
request's input parameter
Varchar
Candidate > Candidate
Transitions Passport
Transitions Passport Result Code *
Returns the code of the passport service
results
Varchar
Candidate > Candidate
Transitions Passport
Transitions Passport Result Value *
Returns the value of the passport service
results
Varchar
Candidate > Candidate
Transitions Passport
Transitions Request Is Most
Recent Per Provider/Alias
Filters so that only the most recent passport
Double
service request is displayed. This is calculated
for each provider+alias combination.
Candidate > Candidate
Transitions Passport
Transitions Service Alias
Returns the passport service alias
Varchar
Candidate > Candidate
Transitions Passport
Transitions Service External
Reference Number
Returns the passport service request's
external reference number
Varchar
Candidate > Candidate
Transitions Passport
Transitions Service Internal
Reference Number
Returns the passport service request's internal Double
reference number
Candidate > Candidate
Transitions Passport
Transitions Service Name
Returns the passport service name
Varchar
Candidate > Candidate
Transitions Passport
Transitions Service Provider
Returns the passport service provider
Varchar
Candidate > Candidate
Transitions Passport
Transitions Service Provider
Request Status
Returns the current provider status of the
passport service request
Varchar
Candidate > Candidate
Transitions Passport
Transitions Service Request
Date
Returns the date/time when the passport
service was requested
Timestamp
Candidate > Candidate
Transitions Passport
Transitions Service Request
Status
Returns the current status of the passport
service request
Double
478
Oracle Taleo Enterprise
Chapter 18
Reporting with Oracle Business Intelligence User
Guide
Appendix
Folder Path
Column
Description
Data Type
Candidate > Candidate
Transitions Passport
Transitions Service Requester Returns the requester of the passport service
Varchar
Candidate > Candidate
Transitions Passport
Transitions Service Status
Log Date
Returns the date/time the passport service
request was changed to its current status
Timestamp
Candidate > Candidate
Transitions Passport
Transitions Service Type
Returns the passport service type
Varchar
Candidate > Candidate
Transitions Subject Info
Subject Corporate Email
Returns the subject corporate email
Varchar
Candidate > Candidate
Transitions Subject Info
Subject Correspondence
Email
Returns the subject correspondence email
Varchar
Candidate > Candidate
Transitions Subject Info
Subject Department Name
Returns the subject department name
Varchar
Candidate > Candidate
Transitions Subject Info
Subject Fax Number
Returns the subject fax number
Varchar
Candidate > Candidate
Transitions Subject Info
Subject Home Phone Number Returns the subject home phone number
Varchar
Candidate > Candidate
Transitions Subject Info
Subject Mobile Phone
Number
Returns the subject mobile phone number
Varchar
Candidate > Candidate
Transitions Subject Info
Subject Pager Number
Returns the subject pager number
Varchar
Candidate > Candidate
Transitions Subject Info
Subject Work Phone Number
Returns the subject work phone number
Varchar
Candidate > Candidate
Transitions Subject Info
Subject Work Phone Number
Extension
Returns the subject work phone number
extension
Varchar
Candidate Facts > Candidate
Counts
# Candidates
Returns the number of distinct candidates
Int
Candidate Facts > Candidate
Counts
# Candidates Currently
Referred
Returns the number of distinct candidates
whose referral status is active
Int
Candidate Facts > Candidate
Counts
# Candidates Currently
Referred By Agent
Returns the number of distinct candidates who Int
are referred by an agent.
Candidate Facts > Candidate
Counts
# General Profiles
Returns the number of distinct of general
profiles.
Int
Candidate Facts > Candidate
Counts
# Submissions
Returns the number of distinct job
submissions.
Int
479
Oracle Taleo Enterprise
Chapter 18
Reporting with Oracle Business Intelligence User
Guide
Appendix
Folder Path
Column
Description
Data Type
Candidate Facts > Candidate
Counts
# Submissions Ace
Returns the number of distinct job
submissions where the candidate is
considered to be ACE.
Int
Candidate Facts > Candidate
Counts
# Submissions By Candidate
Returns the number of distinct submissions
divided by the number of distinct candidates.
Double
Candidate Facts > Candidate
Counts
# Submissions By Recruiter
Returns the number of submissions divided by Double
the number of recruiters.
Candidate Facts > Candidate
Counts
# Submissions By Requisition
Returns the number of submissions divided by Double
the number of requisitions.
Candidate Facts > Candidate
Counts
# Submissions Complete
Returns the number of distinct job
submissions that are completed.
Int
Candidate Facts > Candidate
Counts
# Submissions Currently
Declined
Returns the number of distinct submissions
currently in the "Declined" reference model
status
Int
Candidate Facts > Candidate
Counts
# Submissions Currently
Hired
Returns the number of distinct submissions
currently in the "Hired" reference model
status
Int
Candidate Facts > Candidate
Counts
# Submissions Currently In
1st Intv.
Returns the number of distinct submissions
currently in the "1st Interview" reference
model status
Int
Candidate Facts > Candidate
Counts
# Submissions Currently In
2nd Intv.
Returns the number of distinct submissions
currently in the "2nd Interview" reference
model status
Int
Candidate Facts > Candidate
Counts
# Submissions Currently In
3rd Intv.
Returns the number of distinct submissions
currently in the "3rd Interview" reference
model status
Int
Candidate Facts > Candidate
Counts
# Submissions Currently In
Offer
Returns the number of distinct submissions
currently in the "Offer" reference model status
Int
Candidate Facts > Candidate
Counts
# Submissions Currently In
Pipeline
Returns the number of distinct submissions
currently in the "Pipeline" reference model
status
Int
Candidate Facts > Candidate
Counts
# Submissions Currently in
Review
Returns the number of distinct submissions
currently in the "Review" reference model
status
Int
Candidate Facts > Candidate
Counts
# Submissions Currently In
Testing
Returns the number of distinct submissions
currently in the "Testing" reference model
status
Int
480
Oracle Taleo Enterprise
Chapter 18
Reporting with Oracle Business Intelligence User
Guide
Appendix
Folder Path
Column
Description
Data Type
Candidate Facts > Candidate
Counts
# Submissions Currently
Inactive
Returns the number of distinct submissions
currently in the "Inactive" reference model
status
Int
Candidate Facts > Candidate
Counts
# Submissions Currently New
Returns the number of distinct submissions
currently in the "New" reference model status
Int
Candidate Facts > Candidate
Counts
# Submissions Currently
Referred
Returns a distincct count of submissions
currently referred.
Double
Candidate Facts > Candidate
Counts
# Submissions Currently
Referred By Agent
Returns a distinct count of submissions
current referred by an agent.
Double
Candidate Facts > Candidate
Counts
# Submissions Currently
Rejected
Returns the number of distinct submissions
currently in the "Rejected" reference model
status
Int
Candidate Facts > Candidate
Counts
# Submissions External
Returns the number of distinct job
submissions that are external
Int
Candidate Facts > Candidate
Counts
# Submissions Incomplete
Returns the number of distinct job
submissions that are not completed.
Int
Candidate Facts > Candidate
Counts
# Submissions Internal
Returns the number of distinct submissions
that are internal
Int
Candidate Facts > Candidate
Counts
# Submissions Min.
Requirements Met
Returns the number of distinct job
submissions where the candidate as met all
the requisition minimum requirements.
Int
Candidate Facts > Candidate
Counts
# Submissions Min.
Requirements Unmet
Returns the number of distinct job
submissions where the candidate as not met
all the requisition minimum requirements.
Int
Candidate Facts > Candidate
Counts
# Submissions Non-Ace
Returns the number of distinct job
submissions where the candidate is not
considered to be ACE.
Int
Candidate Facts > Candidate
Counts
# Submissions Offer Accepted Returns the number of distinct submissions
where the offer status is accepted
Int
Candidate Facts > Candidate
Counts
# Submissions Offer Refused
Returns the number of distinct submissions
where the offer status is refused
Int
Candidate Facts > Candidate
Counts
# Submissions Reached 1st
Intv.
Returns the number of distinct submissions
that were historically moved to the reference
status 1st Interview
Int
Candidate Facts > Candidate
Counts
# Submissions Reached 2nd
Intv.
Returns the number of distinct submissions
that were historically moved to the reference
status 2nd Interview
Int
481
Oracle Taleo Enterprise
Chapter 18
Reporting with Oracle Business Intelligence User
Guide
Appendix
Folder Path
Column
Description
Data Type
Candidate Facts > Candidate
Counts
# Submissions Reached 3rd
Intv.
Returns the number of distinct submissions
that were historically moved to the reference
status 3rd Interview
Int
Candidate Facts > Candidate
Counts
# Submissions Reached Offer Returns the number of distinct submissions
that were historically moved to the reference
status Offer
Int
Candidate Facts > Candidate
Counts
# Submissions Reached
Reviewed
Returns the number of distinct submissions
that were historically moved to the reference
status review
Int
Candidate Facts > Candidate
Counts
# Submissions Reached
Testing
Returns the number of distinct submissions
that were historically moved to the reference
status Testing
Int
Candidate Facts > Candidate
Cycle Time
Average Submission Cycle
Time
Returns the number of days between the
submission completed date and the hired
date.
Double
Candidate Facts > Candidate
Cycle Time
Average Time To Complete
Submission
Returns the number of days between the
submission created date and the submission
completed date.
Double
Candidate Facts > Candidate
Cycle Time
Average Time to Hire
Returns the number of days between the first
fully approved date and the hired date.
Double
Candidate Facts > Candidate
Cycle Time
Average Time to Start
Returns the number of days between the first
fully approved date and the hire start date
(offer actual start date, if hire start date is
null).
Double
Candidate Facts > Candidate
Cycle Time
Submission Cycle Time
Returns the average number of days between
the submission completed date and hired
date.
Int
Candidate Facts > Candidate
Cycle Time
Time to Complete Submission Returns the average number of days
between the submission created date and the
submission completed date.
Double
Candidate Facts > Candidate
Cycle Time
Time to Hire
Returns the average number of days between
the first fully approved date and the hired
date.
Double
Candidate Facts > Candidate
Cycle Time
Time to Start
Returns the average number of days between
the the first fully approved date and the hire
start date (offer actual start date, if hire start
date is null).
Double
Candidate Facts > Candidate
Demographics
# Candidates Age < 40 Years
Returns the number of candidates whose age
is under 40
Int
482
Oracle Taleo Enterprise
Chapter 18
Reporting with Oracle Business Intelligence User
Guide
Appendix
Folder Path
Column
Description
Data Type
Candidate Facts > Candidate
Demographics
# Candidates Age >= 40
Years
Returns the number of candidates whose age
is 40 or older.
Int
Candidate Facts > Candidate
Demographics
# Candidates Asian
Returns the number of candidates whose race Int
is asian
Candidate Facts > Candidate
Demographics
# Candidates Black
Returns the number of candidates whose race Int
is black
Candidate Facts > Candidate
Demographics
# Candidates Ethnicity N/S
Returns the number of candidates whose
ethnicity is not specified or undisclosed.
Int
Candidate Facts > Candidate
Demographics
# Candidates Female
Returns the number of candidates whose
gender is female.
Int
Candidate Facts > Candidate
Demographics
# Candidates Gender N/S
Returns the number of candidates whose
gender is not specified or undisclosed.
Int
Candidate Facts > Candidate
Demographics
# Candidates Hispanic
Returns the number of candidates whose
ethnicity is hispanic
Int
Candidate Facts > Candidate
Demographics
# Candidates Indian Native
Returns the number of candidates whose race Int
is indian native
Candidate Facts > Candidate
Demographics
# Candidates Male
Returns the number of candidates whose
gender is male.
Int
Candidate Facts > Candidate
Demographics
# Candidates Not Hispanic
Returns the number of candidates whose
ethnicity is not hispanic
Int
Candidate Facts > Candidate
Demographics
# Candidates Pacific Native
Returns the number of candidates whose race Int
is pacific native
Candidate Facts > Candidate
Demographics
# Candidates Race >1 Choice Returns the number of candidates who
responded that they have 2 or more races.
Candidate Facts > Candidate
Demographics
# Candidates Race N/S
Returns the number of candidates whose race Int
is not specified or undisclosed.
Candidate Facts > Candidate
Demographics
# Candidates White
Returns the number of candidates whose race Int
is white
Candidate Facts > Candidate
Demographics
Average Age (Years)
Returns the average time (in years) between
now and the candidate's date of birth.
Double
Candidate Facts > Candidate
Evaluation Questionnaires
# Evaluation Event
Returns a distinct count of scheduled events.
Events can be of type feedback or interview.
Integer
Candidate Facts > Candidate
Evaluation Questionnaires
# Evaluation Interviews
Returns a distinct count of interviews.
Integer
Int
483
Oracle Taleo Enterprise
Chapter 18
Reporting with Oracle Business Intelligence User
Guide
Appendix
Folder Path
Column
Description
Data Type
Candidate Facts > Candidate
Evaluation Questionnaires
# Evaluation Question
Responses
Returns the distinct count of answers to
individual questions.
Integer
Candidate Facts > Candidate
Evaluation Questionnaires
# Evaluation Requests
Returns the distinct count of evaluation
requests.
Integer
Candidate Facts > Candidate
Evaluation Questionnaires
# Evaluation Requests
Currently Completed
Returns the distinct count of evaluation
requests currently in the status of completed.
Integer
Candidate Facts > Candidate
Evaluation Questionnaires
# Evaluation Requests
Currently Requested
Returns the distinct count of evaluation
requests currently in the status of requested.
Integer
Candidate Facts > Candidate
Evaluation Questionnaires
# Evaluation Skill Responses
Returns the distinct count of answers to
individual skills.
Integer
Candidate Facts > Candidate
Evaluation Questionnaires
Average Evaluation Answer
Total Score By Question
Returns the average total score by question.
Double
Candidate Facts > Candidate
Evaluation Questionnaires
Average Evaluation Answer
Total Weight By Question
Returns the average total weight by question.
Double
Candidate Facts > Candidate
Evaluation Questionnaires
Average Evaluation Answer
Weight
Returns the average individual answer score.
Double
Candidate Facts > Candidate
Evaluation Questionnaires
Average Evaluation Questions Returns the average question summary
Total Percent Score
percent score.
Double
Candidate Facts > Candidate
Evaluation Questionnaires
Average Evaluation Questions Returns the average question summary
Total Score
score.
Double
Candidate Facts > Candidate
Evaluation Questionnaires
Average Evaluation Skill
Rating Value
Returns the average individual skill rating.
Double
Candidate Facts > Candidate
Evaluation Questionnaires
Average Evaluation Skills
Total Percent Score
Returns the average skill summary percent
score.
Double
Candidate Facts > Candidate
Evaluation Questionnaires
Average Evaluation Skills
Total Score
Returns the average skill summary score.
Double
Candidate Facts > Candidate
Source Types
# Submissions From Agency
Returns the number of submissions where the Int
source type is Agency
Candidate Facts > Candidate
Source Types
# Submissions From
Billboards
Returns the number of submissions where the Int
source type is Billboards
Candidate Facts > Candidate
Source Types
# Submissions From
Broadcast
Returns the number of submissions where the Int
source type is Broadcast
Candidate Facts > Candidate
Source Types
# Submissions From Career
Fair
Returns the number of submissions where the Int
source type is Career Fair
484
Oracle Taleo Enterprise
Chapter 18
Reporting with Oracle Business Intelligence User
Guide
Appendix
Folder Path
Column
Description
Data Type
Candidate Facts > Candidate
Source Types
# Submissions From Direct
Mail
Returns the number of submissions where the Int
source type is Direct Mail
Candidate Facts > Candidate
Source Types
# Submissions From Direct
Sourcing
Returns the number of submissions where the Int
source type is Direct Sourcing
Candidate Facts > Candidate
Source Types
# Submissions From Job
Board
Returns the number of submissions where the Int
source type is Job Board
Candidate Facts > Candidate
Source Types
# Submissions From
Magazines and Trade
Publications
Returns the number of submissions where
the source type is Magazines and Trade
Publications
Candidate Facts > Candidate
Source Types
# Submissions From Mailing
List
Returns the number of submissions where the Int
source type is Mailing List
Candidate Facts > Candidate
Source Types
# Submissions From News
Group
Returns the number of submissions where the Int
source type is News Group
Candidate Facts > Candidate
Source Types
# Submissions From
Newspapers
Returns the number of submissions where the Int
source type is Newspapers
Candidate Facts > Candidate
Source Types
# Submissions From Other
Returns the number of submissions where the Int
source type is Other
Candidate Facts > Candidate
Source Types
# Submissions From Our Web Returns the number of submissions where the Int
Site
source type is Our Web Site
Candidate Facts > Candidate
Source Types
# Submissions From
Professional Associations
Returns the number of submissions where the Int
source type is Professional Associations
Candidate Facts > Candidate
Source Types
# Submissions From Referral
Returns the number of submissions where the Int
source type is Referral
Candidate Facts > Candidate
Source Types
# Submissions From Social
Network
Returns the number of submissions where the Int
source type is Social Network
Candidate Facts > Candidate
Source Types
# Submissions From Talent
Exchange
Returns the number of submissions where the Int
source type is Talent Exchange
Candidate Facts > Candidate
Source Types
# Submissions From Taleo
Performance
Returns the number of submissions where the Int
source type is Taleo Performance
Candidate Facts > Candidate
Source Types
# Submissions From
University Recruiting
Returns the number of submissions where the Int
source type is University Recruiting
Candidate Facts > Candidate
Source Types
# Submissions From
Unsolicited
Returns the number of submissions where the Int
source type is Unsolicited
Candidate Facts > Profile
Transitions Process Counts
# Profile Transitions
Processes
Returns the number of profile transitions
processes.
Int
Int
485
Oracle Taleo Enterprise
Chapter 18
Reporting with Oracle Business Intelligence User
Guide
Appendix
Folder Path
Column
Description
Data Type
Candidate Facts > Profile
Transitions Process Counts
# Profile Transitions
Processes Completed
Returns the number of profile transitions
process with a completed status.
Int
Candidate Facts > Profile
Transitions Process Counts
# Profile Transitions
Processes Health Status Red
Returns the number of profile transitions
processes where a step or task is overdue.
Int
Candidate Facts > Profile
Transitions Process Counts
# Profile Transitions Steps
Returns the number of steps that are
associated with a profile transitions process.
Int
Candidate Facts > Profile
Transitions Process Counts
# Profile Transitions Steps
Overdue
Returns the number of steps, that are
associated with a profile transitions process,
that are overdue.
Int
Candidate Facts > Profile
Transitions Process Counts
# Profile Transitions Tasks
Returns the number of tasks that are
associated with a profile transitions process.
Int
Candidate Facts > Profile
Transitions Process Counts
# Profile Transitions Tasks
Overdue
Returns the number of tasks, that are
associated with a profile transitions process,
that are overdue.
Int
Candidate Facts > Profile
Transitions Process Time
Average Profile Transitions
Process Days In Progress
If the transitions process is in progress, the
average time in days between the profile
transitions process start date and the current
date is returned.
Double
Candidate Facts > Profile
Transitions Process Time
Average Profile Transitions
Process Days To Complete
If the transitions process is complete, the
average time in days between the profile
transitions process start date and the profile
transitions latest status change date
Double
Candidate Facts > Profile
Transitions Process Time
Average Profile Transitions
Step Days In Progress
If the profile transitions step is in progress,
Double
the average time in days between the profile
transitions step start date and the current date
is returned.
Candidate Facts > Profile
Transitions Process Time
Average Profile Transitions
Step Days To Complete
If the profile transitions step is complete, the
average time in days between the profile
transitions step start date and the profile
transitions step latest status change date is
returned.
Double
Candidate Facts > Profile
Transitions Process Time
Average Profile Transitions
Step Overdue Days
If the profile transitions step is in progress,
the average time in days between the profile
transitions step due date and the current date
is returned.
Double
Candidate Facts > Profile
Transitions Process Time
Average Profile Transitions
Task Days Since Creation
If the profile transitions task is in progress,
the average time in days between the profile
transitions task creation date and the current
date.
Double
486
Oracle Taleo Enterprise
Chapter 18
Reporting with Oracle Business Intelligence User
Guide
Appendix
Folder Path
Column
Description
Data Type
Candidate Facts > Profile
Transitions Process Time
Average Profile Transitions
Task Overdue Days
If the profile transitions task is in progress and
the task is overdue, the average time in days
between the profile transitions task due date
and the current date.
Double
Candidate Facts >
Submission Aging
Average Time Since Last
CSW Status Change
Returns the time (in days) between now and
the most recent candidate selection workflow
status change.
Double
Candidate Facts >
Submission Aging
Average Time Since
Submission Completion
Returns the time (in days) between now and
the candidate submission completion date.
Double
Candidate Facts >
Submission Aging
Time On Hold Since Last
CSW Status Change
Returns the average time (in days) between
now and the most recent candidate selection
workflow status change.
Double
Candidate Facts >
Submission Aging
Time On Hold Since
Submission Completion
Returns average the time (in days) between
Double
now and the candidate submission completion
date.
Candidate Facts >
Submission Aging
Time Since Last CSW Status
Change
Returns the time (in days) spent on hold
between now and the most recent candidate
selection workflow status change.
Candidate Facts >
Submission Aging
Time Since Submission
Completion
Returns the time (in days) the requisition
Int
spent on hold between now and the candidate
submission completion date.
Candidate Facts >
Submission Transitions
Process Counts
# Submission Transitions
Processes
Returns the number of submission transitions
processes.
Int
Candidate Facts >
Submission Transitions
Process Counts
# Submission Transitions
Processes Completed
Returns the number of submission transitions
process with a completed status.
Int
Candidate Facts >
Submission Transitions
Process Counts
# Submission Transitions
Processes Health Status Red
Returns the number of submission transitions
process where a step or task is overdue.
Int
Candidate Facts >
Submission Transitions
Process Counts
# Submission Transitions
Steps
Returns the number of steps that are
associated with a submission transitions
process.
Int
Candidate Facts >
Submission Transitions
Process Counts
# Submission Transitions
Steps Overdue
Returns the number of steps, that are
associated with a submission transitions
process, that are overdue.
Int
Candidate Facts >
Submission Transitions
Process Counts
# Submission Transitions
Tasks
Returns the number of tasks that are
associated with a submission transitions
process.
Int
Double
487
Oracle Taleo Enterprise
Chapter 18
Reporting with Oracle Business Intelligence User
Guide
Appendix
Folder Path
Column
Description
Data Type
Candidate Facts >
Submission Transitions
Process Counts
# Submission Transitions
Tasks Overdue
Returns the number of tasks, that are
associated with a submission transitions
process, that are overdue.
Int
Candidate Facts >
Submission Transitions
Process Time
Average Submission
Transitions Process Days In
Progress
If the submission transitions process is in
progress, the average time in days between
the submission transitions process start date
and the current date is returned.
Double
Candidate Facts >
Submission Transitions
Process Time
Average Submission
Transitions Process Days To
Complete
If the transitions process is complete, the
average time in days between the submission
transitions process start date and the
submission transitions latest status change
date
Double
Candidate Facts >
Submission Transitions
Process Time
Average Submission
Transitions Step Days In
Progress
If the submission transitions step is in
progress, the average time in days between
the submission transitions step start date and
the current date is returned.
Double
Candidate Facts >
Submission Transitions
Process Time
Average Submission
Transitions Step Days To
Complete
If the submission transitions step is complete,
the average time in days between the
submission transitions step start date and
the submission transitions step latest status
change date is returned.
Double
Candidate Facts >
Submission Transitions
Process Time
Average Submission
Transitions Step Overdue
Days
If the submission transitions step is in
progress, the average time in days between
the submission transitions step due date and
the current date is returned.
Double
Candidate Facts >
Submission Transitions
Process Time
Average Submission
Transitions Task Days Since
Creation
If the submission transitions task is in
progress, the average time in days between
the submission transitions task creation date
and the current date.
Double
Candidate Facts >
Submission Transitions
Process Time
Average Submission
Transitions Task Overdue
Days
If the submission transitions task is in
progress and the task is overdue, the
average time in days between the submission
transitions task due date and the current date.
Double
Felx Fields (UDFs) > Profile
Transitions Process Flex
Fields
{Transitions Process UDF
Label} Code
Returns the code of the transition process flex
field (UDF).
Varchar
Felx Fields (UDFs) > Profile
Transitions Process Flex
Fields
{Transitions Process UDF
Label} Value
Returns the value of the transition process flex Varchar
field (UDF).
Felx Fields (UDFs) >
Submission Transitions
Process Flex Fields
{Transitions Process UDF
Label} Code
Returns the code of the transition process flex
field (UDF).
Varchar
488
Oracle Taleo Enterprise
Chapter 18
Reporting with Oracle Business Intelligence User
Guide
Appendix
Folder Path
Column
Description
Data Type
Felx Fields (UDFs) >
Submission Transitions
Process Flex Fields
{Transitions Process UDF
Label} Value
Returns the value of the transition process flex Varchar
field (UDF).
Felx Fields (UDFs) >
Transitions Subject Personal
Info Flex Fields
{Transitions Subject Personal
Info UDF Label} Code
Returns the code of the transition subject
personal info flex field (UDF).
Varchar
Felx Fields (UDFs) >
Transitions Subject Personal
Info Flex Fields
{Transitions Subject Personal
Info UDF Label} Value
Returns the value of the transition subject
personal info flex field (UDF).
Varchar
Flex Fields (UDFs) >
Candidate Flex Fields
UDF*
Returns a candidate flex field. The first
100 flex fields assigned in SmartOrg are
available for reporting. The name will change
dynamically to whatever name the flex field
was assigned in SmartOrg.
Varchar
Flex Fields (UDFs) >
Candidate Flex Fields
UDSCODE*
Returns a candidate flex field code. The
first 100 flex fields assigned in SmartOrg are
available for reporting. The name will change
dynamically to whatever name the flex field
was assigned in SmartOrg.
Varchar
Flex Fields (UDFs) >
Department Flex Fields
UDF*
Returns a department flex field code. The
first 100 flex fields assigned in SmartOrg are
available for reporting. The name will change
dynamically to whatever name the flex field
was assigned in SmartOrg.
Varchar
Flex Fields (UDFs) >
Department Flex Fields
UDSCODE*
Returns a department flex field. The first
100 flex fields assigned in SmartOrg are
available for reporting. The name will change
dynamically to whatever name the flex field
was assigned in SmartOrg.
Varchar
Flex Fields (UDFs) >
Department-Requisition Flex
Fields
UDF*
Returns a department-requisition flex field.
Varchar
The first 100 flex fields assigned in SmartOrg
are available for reporting. The name will
change dynamically to whatever name the flex
field was assigned in SmartOrg.
Flex Fields (UDFs) >
Department-Requisition Flex
Fields
UDSCODE*
Returns a department-requisition flex field
Varchar
code. The first 100 flex fields assigned in
SmartOrg are available for reporting. The
name will change dynamically to whatever
name the flex field was assigned in SmartOrg.
Flex Fields (UDFs) > Profile
Experience Flex Fields
UDF*
Returns a profile experience flex field. The
first 100 flex fields assigned in SmartOrg are
available for reporting. The name will change
dynamically to whatever name the flex field
was assigned in SmartOrg.
Varchar
489
Oracle Taleo Enterprise
Chapter 18
Reporting with Oracle Business Intelligence User
Guide
Appendix
Folder Path
Column
Description
Data Type
Flex Fields (UDFs) > Profile
Experience Flex Fields
UDSCODE*
Returns a profile experience flex field code.
Varchar
The first 100 flex fields assigned in SmartOrg
are available for reporting. The name will
change dynamically to whatever name the flex
field was assigned in SmartOrg.
Flex Fields (UDFs) >
Requisition Compensation
Flex Fields
UDF*
Returns a requisition compensation flex field. Varchar
The first 100 flex fields assigned in SmartOrg
are available for reporting. The name will
change dynamically to whatever name the flex
field was assigned in SmartOrg.
Flex Fields (UDFs) >
Requisition Compensation
Flex Fields
UDSCODE*
Returns a requisition compensation flex field
Varchar
code. The first 100 flex fields assigned in
SmartOrg are available for reporting. The
name will change dynamically to whatever
name the flex field was assigned in SmartOrg.
Flex Fields (UDFs) >
Requisition Flex Fields
UDF*
Returns a requisition flex field. The first
100 flex fields assigned in SmartOrg are
available for reporting. The name will change
dynamically to whatever name the flex field
was assigned in SmartOrg.
Varchar
Flex Fields (UDFs) >
Requisition Flex Fields
UDSCODE*
Returns a requisition flex field code. The
first 100 flex fields assigned in SmartOrg are
available for reporting. The name will change
dynamically to whatever name the flex field
was assigned in SmartOrg.
Varchar
Flex Fields (UDFs) >
Submission Education Flex
Fields
UDF*
Returns an education flex field. The first
100 flex fields assigned in SmartOrg are
available for reporting. The name will change
dynamically to whatever name the flex field
was assigned in SmartOrg.
Varchar
Flex Fields (UDFs) >
Submission Education Flex
Fields
UDSCODE*
Returns an education flex field code. The
first 100 flex fields assigned in SmartOrg are
available for reporting. The name will change
dynamically to whatever name the flex field
was assigned in SmartOrg.
Varchar
Flex Fields (UDFs) >
Submission Experience Flex
Fields
UDF*
Returns a submission experience flex field.
Varchar
The first 100 flex fields assigned in SmartOrg
are available for reporting. The name will
change dynamically to whatever name the flex
field was assigned in SmartOrg.
Flex Fields (UDFs) >
Submission Experience Flex
Fields
UDSCODE*
Returns a submission experience flex field.
Varchar
The first 100 flex fields assigned in SmartOrg
are available for reporting. The name will
change dynamically to whatever name the flex
field was assigned in SmartOrg.
490
Oracle Taleo Enterprise
Chapter 18
Reporting with Oracle Business Intelligence User
Guide
Appendix
Folder Path
Column
Description
Data Type
Flex Fields (UDFs) >
Submission Job Offer Flex
Fields
UDF*
Returns a submission job offer flex field code. Varchar
The first 100 flex fields assigned in SmartOrg
are available for reporting. The name will
change dynamically to whatever name the flex
field was assigned in SmartOrg.
Flex Fields (UDFs) >
Submission Job Offer Flex
Fields
UDSCODE*
Returns a submission job offer flex field. The
first 100 flex fields assigned in SmartOrg are
available for reporting. The name will change
dynamically to whatever name the flex field
was assigned in SmartOrg.
Varchar
Job Submission > Submission Submission Certification
Certifications
Display Sequence
Returns the certification display sequence
Int
Job Submission > Submission Submission Certification
Certifications
Expiration Date
Returns the certification expiration date
Date
Job Submission > Submission Submission Certification Issue Returns the certification issue date
Certifications
Date
Date
Job Submission > Submission Submission Certification
Certifications
Issuing Organization
Returns the certification issuing organization
Varchar
Job Submission > Submission Submission Certification
Certifications
Name
Returns the certification name as it was
selected from the list.
Varchar
Job Submission > Submission Submission Certification
Certifications
Name (Other)
Returns the certification name as it was
entered in free text
Varchar
Job Submission > Submission Submission Certification
Certifications
Number/ID
Returns the certification identifier
Varchar
Job Submission > Submission Current Reference Status
CSW Status - Current
Name
Returns the current reference status name
Varchar
Job Submission > Submission Current Status Name
CSW Status - Current
Returns the current CSW status name
Varchar
Job Submission > Submission Current Status Start Date
CSW Status - Current
Returns the date when the candidate was
moved to the current status.
Timestamp
Job Submission > Submission Current Step Name
CSW Status - Current
Returns the current CSW step name
Varchar
Job Submission > Submission Current Workflow Name
CSW Status - Current
Returns the name of the candidate selection
workflow used for this job submission.
Varchar
Job Submission > Submission Historical Reference Status
CSW Status - Historical
Name
Returns the unique identifier of the event
Varchar
491
Oracle Taleo Enterprise
Chapter 18
Reporting with Oracle Business Intelligence User
Guide
Appendix
Folder Path
Column
Description
Data Type
Job Submission > Submission Historical Status Change
CSW Status - Historical
History ID
Returns the step move or status change date.
This is the date/time assigned by the user.
Double
Job Submission > Submission Historical Status Event Date
CSW Status - Historical
Returns the motives associated with the
transaction
Timestamp
Job Submission > Submission Historical Status Motives
CSW Status - Historical
Returns the historical CSW status name
Varchar
Job Submission > Submission Historical Status Name
CSW Status - Historical
Returns the sequence of the status in its step
Varchar
Job Submission > Submission Historical Status Sequence
CSW Status - Historical
Returns the historical CSW step name
Double
Job Submission > Submission Historical Step Name
CSW Status - Historical
Returns the sequence of the step in its
workflow
Varchar
Job Submission > Submission Historical Step Sequence
CSW Status - Historical
Returns who changed the candidate to this
status
Double
Job Submission > Submission Historical Step/Status
CSW Status - Historical
Changed By User
Returns the historical reference status name
Varchar
Job Submission > Submission Historical Step/Status
CSW Status - Historical
Comments
Returns the comments associated with the
csw event.
Varchar
Job Submission > Submission Historical Step/Status Details
CSW Status - Historical
Returns the detail text associated with the csw Varchar
event.
Job Submission > Submission Historical Step/Status
CSW Status - Historical
Duration
Returns how long the candidate was in this
status
Double
Job Submission > Submission Historical Step/Status Is
CSW Status - Historical
Latest Offer
Returns whether or not the offer step/
status events are associated with the
job submission's most recent (max) offer
sequence.
Char
Job Submission > Submission Historical Step/Status Offer ID Returns the offer id associated with the
CSW Status - Historical
historical event.
Double
Job Submission > Submission Historical Step/Status Was
CSW Status - Historical
Reverted
Returns whether or not the step or status was
reverted.
Char
Job Submission > Submission Historical Workflow Name
CSW Status - Historical
Returns the name of the candidate selection
workflow used for this job submission.
Varchar
Job Submission > Submission Is CSW Status Change
CSW Status - Historical
Returns whether or not the CSW event is a
status change.
Char
492
Oracle Taleo Enterprise
Chapter 18
Reporting with Oracle Business Intelligence User
Guide
Appendix
Folder Path
Column
Description
Data Type
Job Submission > Submission Is CSW Step Move
CSW Status - Historical
Returns whether or not the CSW event is a
step move.
Char
Job Submission > Submission Submission Historical Status
CSW Status - Historical
End Date
Returns the date/time when the status ended
Timestamp
Job Submission > Submission Submission Historical Status
CSW Status - Historical
Start Date
Returns the step move or status change date.
This is the date/time when the change occurs
in the system.
Timestamp
Job Submission > Submission 1st Interviewed Date
Dates
Returns the most recent date/time when the
candidate was moved to the 1st Interview
reference status.
Timestamp
Job Submission > Submission 2nd Interviewed Date
Dates
Returns the most recent date/time when the
candidate was moved to the 2nd Interview
reference status.
Timestamp
Job Submission > Submission 3rd Interviewed Date
Dates
Returns the most recent date/time when the
candidate was moved to the 3rd Interview
reference status.
Timestamp
Job Submission > Submission Declined Date
Dates
Returns the most recent date/time when
the candidate was moved to the Declined
reference status.
Timestamp
Job Submission > Submission Expiration Date
Dates
Returns the date when the job submission is
set to expire
Timestamp
Job Submission > Submission Hire Start Date
Dates
Returns the hire start date/time as entered
when the candidate is moved to the Hired
reference status
Timestamp
Job Submission > Submission Hired Date
Dates
Returns the most recent date/time when the
candidate was moved to the Hired reference
status.
Timestamp
Job Submission > Submission Most Recent Submission Date Returns the date/time when the most recent
Dates
candidate submission was created
Timestamp
Job Submission > Submission Offer Accepted Date
Dates
Returns the date/time when the candidate
accepted the job offer
Timestamp
Job Submission > Submission Offer Actual Start Date
Dates
Returns the hire start date as entered in the
candidate job offer section
Timestamp
Job Submission > Submission Offer Decision Date
Dates
Returns the date/time when the candidate
either accepted or refused the job offer
Datetime
Job Submission > Submission Offer Extended Date
Dates
Returns the date/time when the candidate was Timestamp
extended the job offer
493
Oracle Taleo Enterprise
Chapter 18
Reporting with Oracle Business Intelligence User
Guide
Appendix
Folder Path
Column
Description
Data Type
Job Submission > Submission Offer Refused Date
Dates
Returns the date/time when the candidate
refused the job offer
Timestamp
Job Submission > Submission Offer Target Start Date
Dates
Returns the target start date as entered in the
candidate job offer section
Datetime
Job Submission > Submission Offered Date
Dates
Returns the most recent date/time when the
candidate was moved to the Offer reference
status.
Timestamp
Job Submission > Submission Rejected Date
Dates
Returns the most recent date/time when
the candidate was moved to the Rejected
reference status.
Timestamp
Job Submission > Submission Reviewed Date
Dates
Returns the most recent date/time when the
Timestamp
candidate was moved to the Review reference
status.
Job Submission > Submission Submission Completed Date
Dates
Returns the date/time when the submission
was completed
Timestamp
Job Submission > Submission Submission Created Date
Dates
Returns the date/time when the submission
was created
Timestamp
Job Submission > Submission Submission Reference Date
Dates
Returns the referral date.
Datetime
Job Submission > Submission Submission Reference End
Dates
Date
Returns the referral end date.
Datetime
Job Submission > Submission Tested Date
Dates
Returns the most recent date/time when the
Timestamp
candidate was moved to the Testing reference
status.
Job Submission > Submission Submission Education Degree Returns the educational degree type
Education History
Type
achieved
Varchar
Job Submission > Submission Submission Education Display Returns the education display sequence
Education History
Sequence
Int
Job Submission > Submission Submission Education GPA
Education History
Returns the job application education GPA
Double
Job Submission > Submission Submission Education GPA
Education History
(Out Of)
Returns the job application education GPA
range
Double
Job Submission > Submission Submission Education
Education History
Graduation Date
Returns the educational program graduation
date
Datetime
Job Submission > Submission Submission Education
Education History
Graduation Date Is Projected
Returns whether or not the education program Char
graduation date is projected
494
Oracle Taleo Enterprise
Chapter 18
Reporting with Oracle Business Intelligence User
Guide
Appendix
Folder Path
Column
Description
Data Type
Job Submission > Submission Submission Education
Education History
Institution Country
Returns the country of the educational
institution
Varchar
Job Submission > Submission Submission Education
Education History
Institution Name
Returns the educational institution as it was
selected from the list.
Varchar
Job Submission > Submission Submission Education
Education History
Institution Name (Other)
Returns the educational institution as it was
entered in free text.
Varchar
Job Submission > Submission Submission Education
Education History
Institution State/Province
Returns the state/province of the educational
institution
Varchar
Job Submission > Submission Submission Education Is Most Filters so that only the most recent education
Education History
Recent Based On Graduation is shown, based on the graduation date.
Date
Char
Job Submission > Submission Submission Education
Education History
Program Name
Returns the educational program as it was
selected from the list.
Varchar
Job Submission > Submission Submission Education
Education History
Program Name (Other)
Returns the educational program as it was
entered in free text.
Varchar
Job Submission > Submission Submission Education Start
Education History
Date
Returns the educational program start date
Datetime
Job Submission > Submission Submission Evaluation
Evaluation Questionnaires
Answer Comments
Returns the comments added to the answer.
Varchar
Job Submission > Submission Submission Evaluation
Evaluation Questionnaires
Answer Description (BL)
Returns the answer description when the
answer is selected on a single or multiple
select question.
Varchar
Job Submission > Submission Submission Evaluation
Evaluation Questionnaires
Answer Text/Date
Returns the answer when the question type is
either text or date.
Varchar
Job Submission > Submission Submission Evaluation
Evaluation Questionnaires
Answer Total Score
Returns the best possible weight achievable
on the question divided by the total weight
rated for the candidate.
Double
Job Submission > Submission Submission Evaluation
Evaluation Questionnaires
Answer Total Weight
Returns the aggregated candidate weight on a Double
per question basis, mostly relevant when the
question is multiple choice.
Job Submission > Submission Submission Evaluation
Evaluation Questionnaires
Answer Weight
Returns the weight associated with the
candidate answer.
Double
Job Submission > Submission Submission Evaluation
Evaluation Questionnaires
Current Status
Returns the current status of the evaluation.
Varchar
Job Submission > Submission Submission Evaluation Days
Evaluation Questionnaires
Since Last Modified Date
Returns the days between the request last
modified date and the report refresh date.
Double
495
Oracle Taleo Enterprise
Chapter 18
Reporting with Oracle Business Intelligence User
Guide
Appendix
Folder Path
Column
Description
Data Type
Job Submission > Submission Submission Evaluation
Evaluation Questionnaires
Desired Skill Score
Returns the desired skill score for the
questionnaire.
Double
Job Submission > Submission Submission Evaluation
Evaluation Questionnaires
Evaluator Email
Returns the evaluator email.
Varchar
Job Submission > Submission Submission Evaluation
Evaluation Questionnaires
Evaluator Name
Returns the evaluator name.
Varchar
Job Submission > Submission Submission Evaluation Event
Evaluation Questionnaires
Type Code
Returns the event type (interview or
feedback)
Varchar
Job Submission > Submission Submission Evaluation Expiry
Evaluation Questionnaires
Date
Returns the expiration date of the evaluation.
Timestamp
Job Submission > Submission Submission Evaluation
Evaluation Questionnaires
Interview Location Notes (BL)
Returns the interview location notes in the
base locale.
Varchar
Job Submission > Submission Submission Evaluation
Evaluation Questionnaires
Interview Name (BL)
Returns the interview name in the base
locale.
Varchar
Job Submission > Submission Submission Evaluation
Evaluation Questionnaires
Interview Participant Notes
(BL)
Returns the interview participant notes in the
base locale.
Varchar
Job Submission > Submission Submission Evaluation
Evaluation Questionnaires
Interview Resource Email
Returns the interview resource email.
Varchar
Job Submission > Submission Submission Evaluation
Evaluation Questionnaires
Interview Resource Name
Returns the interview resource name.
Varchar
Job Submission > Submission Submission Evaluation
Evaluation Questionnaires
Interview Resource Type
Name
Returns the interview resource type name.
Varchar
Job Submission > Submission Submission Evaluation
Evaluation Questionnaires
Interview Short Name (BL)
Returns the interview short name in the base
locale.
Varchar
Job Submission > Submission Submission Evaluation
Evaluation Questionnaires
Interview Start Date
Returns the interview date of the evaluation.
Timestamp
Job Submission > Submission Submission Evaluation
Evaluation Questionnaires
Interview Status
Returns the current interview status.
Varchar
Job Submission > Submission Submission Evaluation Max
Evaluation Questionnaires
Possible Question Score
Returns the max possible question score for
the questionnaire.
Double
Job Submission > Submission Submission Evaluation Max
Evaluation Questionnaires
Possible Skill Score
Returns the max possible skill score for the
questionnaire.
Double
496
Oracle Taleo Enterprise
Chapter 18
Reporting with Oracle Business Intelligence User
Guide
Appendix
Folder Path
Column
Description
Data Type
Job Submission > Submission Submission Evaluation
Evaluation Questionnaires
Question Category (BL)
Returns the question category.
Varchar
Job Submission > Submission Submission Evaluation
Evaluation Questionnaires
Question Description (BL)
Returns the question description.
Varchar
Job Submission > Submission Submission Evaluation
Evaluation Questionnaires
Question Display Sequence
Returns the question display sequence.
Double
Job Submission > Submission Submission Evaluation
Evaluation Questionnaires
Question Display Type
Returns the question display type.
Varchar
Job Submission > Submission Submission Evaluation
Evaluation Questionnaires
Question Max Weight
Returns the best possible weight the
Double
candidate can achieve on the question. If the
question is multiple choice, all answer weights
are added. If the question is single choice, the
max weight is used.
Job Submission > Submission Submission Evaluation
Evaluation Questionnaires
Question Short Name (BL)
Returns the question short name.
Varchar
Job Submission > Submission Submission Evaluation
Evaluation Questionnaires
Questionnaire Category (BL)
Returns the evaulation questionnaire
category.
Varchar
Job Submission > Submission Submission Evaluation
Evaluation Questionnaires
Questionnaire Name (BL)
Returns the evaluation questionnaire name.
Varchar
Job Submission > Submission Submission Evaluation
Evaluation Questionnaires
Questionnaire Short Name
(BL)
Returns the evaluation questionnaire short
name.
Varchar
Job Submission > Submission Submission Evaluation
Evaluation Questionnaires
Questions Total Percent
Score
Returns the questions total earned percent
score.
Double
Job Submission > Submission Submission Evaluation
Evaluation Questionnaires
Questions Total Score
Returns the questions total earned score.
Double
Job Submission > Submission Submission Evaluation
Evaluation Questionnaires
Recommendation Text
Returns the recommendation text associated
with the evaluation.
Varchar
Job Submission > Submission Submission Evaluation
Evaluation Questionnaires
Request Created By Email
Returns the email of the user who created the
request.
Varchar
Job Submission > Submission Submission Evaluation
Evaluation Questionnaires
Request Created By Name
Returns the name of the user who created the
request.
Varchar
Job Submission > Submission Submission Evaluation
Evaluation Questionnaires
Request Created Date
Returns the request creation date.
Timestamp
Job Submission > Submission Submission Evaluation
Evaluation Questionnaires
Request ID
Returns the evaluation request database
identifier.
Double
497
Oracle Taleo Enterprise
Chapter 18
Reporting with Oracle Business Intelligence User
Guide
Appendix
Folder Path
Column
Description
Data Type
Job Submission > Submission Submission Evaluation
Evaluation Questionnaires
Request Modified By Email
Returns the email of the user who last
modified the request.
Varchar
Job Submission > Submission Submission Evaluation
Evaluation Questionnaires
Request Modified By Name
Returns the name of the user who last
modified the request.
Varchar
Job Submission > Submission Submission Evaluation
Evaluation Questionnaires
Request Modified Date
Returns the request last modification date.
Timestamp
Job Submission > Submission Submission Evaluation Skill
Evaluation Questionnaires
Category (BL)
Returns the skill category.
Varchar
Job Submission > Submission Submission Evaluation Skill
Evaluation Questionnaires
Desired Rating Value
Returns the skill desired rating value.
Double
Job Submission > Submission Submission Evaluation Skill
Evaluation Questionnaires
Display Sequence
Returns the skill display sequence.
Double
Job Submission > Submission Submission Evaluation Skill
Evaluation Questionnaires
Name (BL)
Returns the skill name.
Varchar
Job Submission > Submission Submission Evaluation Skill
Evaluation Questionnaires
Rating Name (BL)
Returns the selected skill rating name.
Varchar
Job Submission > Submission Submission Evaluation Skill
Evaluation Questionnaires
Rating Scale Value
Returns the skill max possible rating, based
on the questionnaire scale.
Double
Job Submission > Submission Submission Evaluation Skill
Evaluation Questionnaires
Rating Short Name (BL)
Returns the selected skill rating short name.
Varchar
Job Submission > Submission Submission Evaluation Skill
Evaluation Questionnaires
Rating Value
Returns the selected skill rating value.
Double
Job Submission > Submission Submission Evaluation Skill
Evaluation Questionnaires
Short Name (BL)
Returns the skill short name.
Varchar
Job Submission > Submission Submission Evaluation Skills
Evaluation Questionnaires
Total Percent Score
Returns the skills total earned percent score.
Double
Job Submission > Submission Submission Evaluation Skills
Evaluation Questionnaires
Total Score
Returns the skills total earned score.
Double
Job Submission > Submission Career Site Application Flow
General Info
Name (BL)
Returns the name of the submission flow
of the career site at the time the candidate
applied, in its base locale.
Varchar
Job Submission > Submission Career Site Last Page
General Info
Reached Name (BL)
Returns the name of the last submission
flow page reached at the time the candidate
applied, in its base locale.
Varchar
498
Oracle Taleo Enterprise
Chapter 18
Reporting with Oracle Business Intelligence User
Guide
Appendix
Folder Path
Column
Description
Data Type
Job Submission > Submission Career Site Last Page
General Info
Reached Sequence
Returns the sequence of the last submission
flow page reached at the time the candidate
applied.
Int
Job Submission > Submission Career Site Name (BL)
General Info
Returns the job application career site at the
time the candidate applied, in its base locale.
Varchar
Job Submission > Submission Consented To Background
General Info
Check
Returns whether or not the candidate
consented to the background check
Char
Job Submission > Submission Disqualification Results
General Info
Returns whether or not the candidate passed
the disqualification questions
Varchar
Job Submission > Submission Disqualification Results Date
General Info
Returns the date when the disqualification
results were determined
Timestamp
Job Submission > Submission Is Deleted
General Info
Returns whether or not the job submission is
deleted
Char
Job Submission > Submission Matched From - Requisition
General Info
Number
Returns the requisition identifier
corresponding the requisition the candidate
was matched from
Varchar
Job Submission > Submission Recruiter Score
General Info
Returns the score the recruiter assigned to the Double
candidate
Job Submission > Submission Reject/Decline Motives
General Info
Returns the candidate rejection/declination
motives
Varchar
Job Submission > Submission Reject/Decline Motives (Auto)
General Info
Returns the candidate rejection/declination
motives when they are automatically
generated by the system
Varchar
Job Submission > Submission Self-Withdrew From Career
General Info
Site
Returns whether or not the candidate selfwithdrew from the career site.
Char
Job Submission > Submission Submission Identifier
General Info
Returns the submission unique identifier
Double
Job Submission > Submission Submission Is Completed
General Info
Returns whether or not the submission is
complete
Char
Job Submission > Submission Submission Is Internal
General Info
Returns whether or not the candidate was
internal as of when he/she created the
submission
Char
Job Submission > Submission Submission Locale
General Info
Returns the locale of the submission
Varchar
Job Submission > Submission Submission Medium
General Info
Returns the submission medium
Varchar
499
Oracle Taleo Enterprise
Chapter 18
Reporting with Oracle Business Intelligence User
Guide
Appendix
Folder Path
Column
Description
Data Type
Job Submission > Submission Submission Originator
General Info
Returns the submission's originator type i.e.
"Agent", "Candidate", "Recruiter", "Referrer"
Varchar
Job Submission > Submission Days Per Week
Job Offer
Returns the days per week
Double
Job Submission > Submission Hours Per Day
Job Offer
Returns the hours per day
Double
Job Submission > Submission Is Most Recent
Job Offer
Returns whether or not the job offer is the
most recent on the job application record.
Varchar
Job Submission > Submission Refused Offer Comments
Job Offer
Returns the comments associated with the job Varchar
offer refusal
Job Submission > Submission Relocation
Job Offer
Returns the relocation amount
Double
Job Submission > Submission Salary (Annual)
Job Offer
Returns the annual salary
Double
Job Submission > Submission Salary (By Pay Basis)
Job Offer
Returns the salary by pay basis
Double
Job Submission > Submission Sequence
Job Offer
Returns the sequence of the job offer
Int
Job Submission > Submission Sign-On Bonus
Job Offer
Returns the sign-on bonus
Double
Job Submission > Submission Status
Job Offer
Returns the status of the job offer
Varchar
Job Submission > Submission Submission Job Offer
Job Offer
Currency
Returns the offer currency
Varchar
Job Submission > Submission Submission Job Offer Pay
Job Offer
Basis
Returns the pay basis
Varchar
Job Submission > Submission Submission Passport Input
Passport
Parameter - Code 1
Returns the code of the passport service
request's input parameter
Varchar
Job Submission > Submission Submission Passport Input
Passport
Parameter - Code 10
Returns the code of the passport service
request's input parameter
Varchar
Job Submission > Submission Submission Passport Input
Passport
Parameter - Code 2
Returns the code of the passport service
request's input parameter
Varchar
Job Submission > Submission Submission Passport Input
Passport
Parameter - Code 3
Returns the code of the passport service
request's input parameter
Varchar
500
Oracle Taleo Enterprise
Chapter 18
Reporting with Oracle Business Intelligence User
Guide
Appendix
Folder Path
Column
Description
Data Type
Job Submission > Submission Submission Passport Input
Passport
Parameter - Code 4
Returns the code of the passport service
request's input parameter
Varchar
Job Submission > Submission Submission Passport Input
Passport
Parameter - Code 5
Returns the code of the passport service
request's input parameter
Varchar
Job Submission > Submission Submission Passport Input
Passport
Parameter - Code 6
Returns the code of the passport service
request's input parameter
Varchar
Job Submission > Submission Submission Passport Input
Passport
Parameter - Code 7
Returns the code of the passport service
request's input parameter
Varchar
Job Submission > Submission Submission Passport Input
Passport
Parameter - Code 8
Returns the code of the passport service
request's input parameter
Varchar
Job Submission > Submission Submission Passport Input
Passport
Parameter - Code 9
Returns the code of the passport service
request's input parameter
Varchar
Job Submission > Submission Submission Passport Input
Passport
Parameter - Value 1
Returns the value of the passport service
request's input parameter
Varchar
Job Submission > Submission Submission Passport Input
Passport
Parameter - Value 10
Returns the value of the passport service
request's input parameter
Varchar
Job Submission > Submission Submission Passport Input
Passport
Parameter - Value 2
Returns the value of the passport service
request's input parameter
Varchar
Job Submission > Submission Submission Passport Input
Passport
Parameter - Value 3
Returns the value of the passport service
request's input parameter
Varchar
Job Submission > Submission Submission Passport Input
Passport
Parameter - Value 4
Returns the value of the passport service
request's input parameter
Varchar
Job Submission > Submission Submission Passport Input
Passport
Parameter - Value 5
Returns the value of the passport service
request's input parameter
Varchar
Job Submission > Submission Submission Passport Input
Passport
Parameter - Value 6
Returns the value of the passport service
request's input parameter
Varchar
Job Submission > Submission Submission Passport Input
Passport
Parameter - Value 7
Returns the value of the passport service
request's inp